Docstoc

24- SOLVED PAST PAPERS GURU2

Document Sample
24- SOLVED PAST PAPERS GURU2 Powered By Docstoc
					         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU             




                                http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
VUsolutions' Introduction:
We are pleased to inform you that "VUsolutions" is a PIONEER solution provider blog for VU
students, where u can find all type of study solutions i.e. current & Old Papers solutions,
Assignments solutions, Quizzes solutions, GDBs solutions, Final projects help, Internship
Reports and every type of study help. This blog also provide you "VU Toolbar", "Study Plan Tips",
"Handouts in PDF to download", "Old/Past SOLVED Papers", "Old/past SOLVED Assignments",
"Old/past SOLVED Quizzes" and "Islamic Downloads".

VUsolutions proudly introducing its own FREE VUsolutions TOOLBAR (visit our blog for setup of toolbar),
which help you & ALERT you promptly regarding every VU updates and also provide you SOLUTIONS of
past & CURRENT assignments/quizzes etc in a very fast & furious way on your PC's DESKTOP. It is highly
RECOMMENDED to you that you MUST install it on your PC (installation takes only 01 minute).

Toolbar contains:
1. VU Online Lectures                 2. SOLVED old/past papers/assignments/quizzes/gdbs/projects etc
3. VULMS login                        4. VU Gmail Login
5. Handouts of all subjects
6. Top Funny Site (SantaBanta, Punjabi Totay, Bankay Mian etc)
7. Top Video Site (YouTube, Metacafe, DailyMotion etc)
8. Social Network Logins (Facebook, Orkut, Twitter etc)
9. Send Greeting Cards                                       10. Top Email Login
11. Mobile Software Ringtones Wallpapers etc                 12. Cell Phone Companies Official site
13. Top Audio Song site                                      14. Watch Online TV Channels
15. Read NEWSPAPERS online                                   16. Free Software Download
17. Free Files Upload
18. Official Sites of Fast Food chains, Courier Services, Airlines, Railway, Bus Service etc
19. Pay VU Fee
and many more...

VUsolutions' more than 3000 documents are available on DocStoc which all are very useful for your
study/exams point of view. Visit our VUsolutions website for details.

If you don't have time for your assignments/quizzes/projects due                to any unavoidable
circumstances/reasons, DONT WORRY, you just visit our blog (VUsolutions) on    daily basis, we provide
you solutions of your on-going/current assignments/quizzes. If you dont have   to visit this blog daily,
you may send us your cell number on "virtual.uni.help.updater@gmail.com",      we will update you on
your cell numbers through text (SMS).

VUsolutions also want to thanks to all VU old students, those make VUsolutions a famous blog
among all. We feel proud whenever we see thousands of appreciating emails from old students and
we believe that its reward of our sincerity and continuous struggle to help you in every study
matter and it is also OUR MISSION to serve you with the UNIQUE, EASY and BEST way.  
  
Best of LUCK 
  
VUsolutions HelpDesk.. 
virtual.uni.help@gmail.com 
http://VUsolutions.blogspot.com/ 
                             

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                                      Page 1 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU                




                               http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Our Other Blogs/websites 
  
 VU study/Help related:‐ 
VUsolutions (Every VU related solution)                     http://VUsolutions.blogspot.com/  
Online VU Lectures (Videos)                                 http://onlineVUlectures.blogspot.com/  
VU SOLVED past Papers/Quizzes/Assignments/Final Projects    http://vusolutionsPapers.blogspot.com/  
VUsolutions GURU                                            http://vusolutionsGuru.blogspot.com/  
  
Interesting Site:‐ 
 


Islamic & History Movies (Prophets & Heroes):  http://www.islamic-prophet-movies.blogspot.com/
Naat & Songs of Hina Nasrullah:                  http://hinaNasrullah-naat-songs-tv-videos.blogspot.com/ 
Diamond Engagement Rings, Jewelry Designs:   http://diamonds-jewelry-engagement-rings.blogspot.com/
Birthday Cakes, Dresses, Wishes & Party Ideas   http://BirthdaysWishes.blogspot.com/ 
Mehndi Designs & Wedding related stuff:          http://MehndiWorld.blogspot.com/ 
Natural Home Remedies, Health Tips, Health Care  http://natural-home-remedies-healthy-foods.blogspot.com/  
Learn/Watch Famous Food Recipes:                 http://online‐food‐recipes.blogspot.com/ 
Political Talk Sows:                             http://awaztv.blogspot.com/  
Paksitani WikiLeaks:                             http://paki‐wiki‐leaks.blogspot.com/  
Fashion Central, Current Fashions:               http://only4shefashion.blogspot.com/  
Good Morning Shows:                              http://masala‐morningshow.blogspot.com/  
All Famous TV Dramas:                            http://pak‐topdramas.blogspot.com/  
Watch & Learn Magic Tricks:                      http://biggest‐magic‐tricks.blogspot.com/  
Latest Innovation & latest NEWS of the world:   http://its‐latest.blogspot.com/  
Text SMS funny friendship sad love Joke etc    http://sms‐world.blogspot.com/  
  
Funny Videos:‐ 
Santa Banta (Funny Sardar Jokes Videos)      http://santabanta‐videos.blogspot.com/  
Bankay Mian Ki Qawali (All Videos)           http://bankay‐mian‐ki‐qawali.blogspot.com/  
Funny Punjabi Tootay                         http://funny‐punjabi‐totay.blogspot.com/  
Geo KhabarNak Funny show with Aftab Iqbal    http://khabarnakwithaftabiqbal.blogspot.com/  
Dar & Darling Funny Show                     http://daranddarling.blogspot.com/  
Hum Sab Umeed Say Hain (Geo TV show) http://hum‐sab‐umeed‐say‐hain‐geotv.blogspot.com/  
Aaj ka Cartoon Funny:                        http://aajcartoon.blogspot.com/  
Alif Noon Dunya TV (Funny Videos)            http://alif‐noon‐dunya‐tv.blogspot.com/  
Bulbulay (Funny Drama) ARY TV                http://bulbulay‐ary‐tv.blogspot.com/  
Geo Cartoon (Funny Geo TV)                   http://geo‐cartoon.blogspot.com/  
“Naram Garam” Popular Funny Game show   http://naramgaram‐samaa‐tv.blogspot.com/  


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                                             Page 2 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

    Click on Subject ID or simply scroll &
         go directly to required page
Note: This file contain mostly all papers of Mid/Final term of
2010 & 2011. For other years (including 2010 more papers), you
may visit www.VUsolutionsGURU.blogspot.com, where every
subject have its own separate GURU file.

     Course      Page Course Page Course Page
        ID        No.     ID  No.   ID    No.
     ACC501       04   ENG101 129 MGT101 278
      CS101       05   ENG201 130 MGT201 343
      CS201       29   ENG301 135 MGT211 350
      CS401       40   FIN621 143 MGT301 370
      CS402       46   FIN622 165 MGT402 408
      CS403       50  HRM627 183 MGT411 446
      CS502       63   ISL201 189 MGT501 479
      CS507       64    IT430 203 MGT502 511
      CS601       122 HRM611 245 MGT503 530
      CS610       123 MGMT625 258
      CS615       125 MGMT628 264




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                 Page 3 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ACC501 Final Term 2011 paper subjective

Total 59 mcq'a
10 questions
what is optimal credit policy state? 3
what is difference between market value and book value? 3
how cost of debt can be measured? 3
define benchmarking and its method? 5
find out portfolio? 5
find out capita gain and dividend yeild and total percentage of return? 5
describe difference type of firm's inventory and retail business? 5
what is the best cash policy lec 41 page no.219 5
two question was also from last lectures.
mcq's were not from past papers aur online quizzes just 10 out of 59. all mcq's were
new very conceptual




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 4 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS101 Final 2011 Subjective solved
One More subjective part of the Final Term Paper CS101

WHy we use JavaScript?
write names of phases of DoS attack.
Errors occur in developing program? write names
in which situation we use inline event handling?
what are the properties , method and event handling of image java script?
write names of 5 key characteristics of internet?
A    B = A'.B' + A'.B wrong or right? prove it by truth table..
why we use string function in javascript?
What is the mistake in the following coding
student=new array(10)
Local and global variable?

One More subjective part of the Final Term Paper CS101
Write the names of DOS attack. 2Marks

Write html format to include GIF and JPG images in webpage 2Marks

Differentiate between tags 2 Marks
Who array are implemented in java script 2 Marks

Who we can define pixel 3 marks

What is the preferred organizational structure for the organization 3Marks

Differentiate between onFocus and onBlur 3 Marks

What are three basic components of system softwere 3 Marks

Advantages and disadvantages of client-side scripting 5Marks

Briefly describe for layout of presentation 5Marks

Who many members are there in business development team? briefly describe the
responsibilities and profile of their 5Marks

Explain the function of ‘+’ operator with the help of example 5 Marks

One More subjective part of the Final Term Paper CS101
The mcqz were of 40 marks and he long n short mixed question were of 40 marks.
Total paper was of 80 marks and timing of my paper was 2 hours means 120
minutes.

I don’t remember all the questions but those which I know I m going to share with
you dear fellows.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 5 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

    1. What is an intelligent system? (2 marks)
    2. What is spread sheet? Write two jobs of spread sheet? (3 marks)
    3. What are the arguments of a function? Explain with an example? (5 marks)
    4. What are Trojan horses? (3 marks)
    5. What are semantic errors? (2 marks)
    6. If you are going to work on a big project then make a heuristic chart for this?
       (5 marks)
    7. Write the names of the errors that are found during developing a program? (2
       marks)
    8. Write the properties of u useful web? (5 marks)
    9. What do you mean by FTP? (2 marks)

One More subjective part of the Final Term Paper CS101
1) what is computer screen
2)what is structured vector graphic?
3)why local variable is preferred over global variable?
4)what is preferred organization structure for the organization?
5)write the name of DOS attack' phases?
6)what is output?give three example?
7)write 5 advantages of multimedia presentation?
8)who is the 1st presentation on spreadsheet on personal computer?
9)define primary key and queries?
baki yaad nhi

My today's 13/02/11 paper
Write HTML format to include gif and jpg images in a web page.
Define function and write at least three advantages of function ?
how businesses monitor thier Employees ?

what are the properties, objects in event handling
what are robotics and thier role in daily life
breifly discues atleast two sub catagories of inteligenc system

1.WHy we use javascript?.

Solution:
Small programs that are a part of the Web page and run on the user’s client’s)
computer Wel use JavaScript to do client-side scripting. JavaScript can be used
(along with HTML) to develop interactive content for the Web. It is designed to be
used for developing small programs – called scripts – that can be embedded in
HTML Web pages

2. Write names of phases of DoS attack.
Solution:
Three Phases of the DoS
1.Search

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 6 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
2.Arm
3.Attack

3.Errors occur in developing program? write names
Solution:
Types of Errors
• Syntax errors
• Semantic errors
• Run-time errors

4. In which situation we use inline event handling?
Solution:
Where the event needs to be captured and handled with a JavaScript one-liner that
is embedded in the HTML tag

5. what are the properties, method and event handling of image java
script?

Solution:
• Images in JavaScript can be manipulated in many ways using the built-in object
Image
• Properties: name, border, complete, height, width, hspace, vspace, lowsrc, src
• Methods: None
• Event handlers: onAbort, onError, onLoad, etc.

6. write names of 5 key characteristics of internet?
Solution:
Key Characteristics
Geographic Distribution Global - reaches around the world
Robust Architecture Adapts to damage and error
Speed Data can travels at near ‘c’ on copper, fiber, airwaves
Universal Access
Same functionality to everyone
Growth Rate
The fastest growing technology ever
Freedom of Speech
Promotes freedom of speech
The Digital Advantage
Is digital: can correct errors

7. why we use string function in javascript?

Solution:
See Lecture 38
One More Subjective Part of latest paper share by one Student
Why we use string functions in JavaScript?
Explain function arguments with the help of an example?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 7 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Write the steps to sort an un-sorted list.
Discuss any two situations which show non-ethical behavior?
. Define the anchor tag with the help of example.
What are Trojan Horses ?
What Is the resturction to use in line in a function
Define anchor tag
Write down three advantages of using Functions in a program.
In JavaScript, what is event handling? What are the two types of events?
What is the mistake in the following coding
Student=new array(10)

what is event handler explain. write two types of event handler
What is programming methodology
What is computer screen, explain
what is Turing Machine? explain how its works
Explain why global variable is better than local variable (question was something
like that)
What is Relational Database, give two example of RDBMS
Write down the five advantages of multimedia presentation

CS101 Final Term 2010 Paper Subjective

Write the names of DOS attack. 2Marks
Write html format to include GIF and JPG images in webpage 2Marks
Differentiate between and tags 2 Marks
Who array are implemented in java script 2 Marks
Who we can define pixel          3 marks
What is the preferred organizational structure for the organization 3Marks
Differentiate between onFocus and onBlur 3 Marks
What are three basic components of system softwere 3 Marks
Advantages and disadvantages of client-side scripting 5Marks
Briefly describe for layout of presentation             5Marks
Who many members are there in business development team? briefly describe the
responsibilities and profile of their 5Marks
Explain the function of ‘+’ operator with the help of example 5 Marks


     What is database?      2
     What is Good Programming Methodology?              2
     Difference global variable is better than local variable?   3
     Difference Logic- or time-bombs         3
     Use of Simple Mail Transfer Protocol?          3
     who is computer professional            3
     Difference between ALU & FLU            5

     Why the trend of short term working, Explain?        5



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 8 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS101 Midterm 2010 Paper
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
CS101- Introduction to Computing

Time: 60 min
Marks: 38


Question No: 1

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Cray-1 was first commercial _________ computer

►   Super
►   Mini
►   Micro
►   Personal

Question No: 2

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


__________ language is very good for writing well-structured and readable
programs, but it is not as flexible as the C programming language

► BASIC

► PASCAL

► JAVA

► FORTRAN

Question No: 3

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

What happens if I start a new list without closing the original one?

► An error will be generated

► A nested list will be created


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 9 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Previous list will end and a new will start.

► Nothing will happen

Question No: 4

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A computer program that facilitates the communication between the computer and
a peripheral device is called___________________

► Operating system

► Utilities

► Language Translator
► Device Drives

Question No: 5

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

AutoCAD falls in the category of _________________

► Engineering Applications

► Graphics Applications

► Scientific Applications

► Business Applications

Question No: 6

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Tag used to make a Text Bold is __________________

► None of these

Question No: 7

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one of these is NOT an example of embedded computers?

► IMB PC

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                               Page 10 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

► Microwave oven

► Refrigerator

► Calculator

Question No: 8

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Supercomputers are used in:

► Weather forecasting

► Aeroplane manufacturing

► Atomic bomb experiments

► All of the given choices

Question No: 9

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one of these is NOT an example of storage devices?

► Tape

► RAM

► Floppy

► DVD

Question No: 10

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In which case Cache Memory is used

► To increase RAM speed

► To overcome BUS speed

► To overcome Speed rate between RAM and CPU


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                   Page 11 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► To overcome CPU speed

Question No: 11

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A set of stand alone productivity applications designed to work together known as
______________ .
► Productivity software suites

► Compiled software

► Secure software

► Intelligent software

Question No: 12

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

File handling in java script is done ___________.

► In more accurate way

► In more easy way

► Both more easy and in accurate way

► Not at all

Question No: 13

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one of the following is a valid variable name?

► Break

► Switch

► Catch

► None of the given

Question No: 14

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 12 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

An algorithm that always takes the best immediate or local solution while finding an
answer is called_____________________


► Deterministic Algorithm

► Non deterministic Algorithm

► Greedy Algorithm

► Randomized Algorithm

Question No: 15

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A

B

C

D

4

ABC003
65

=c4=c4

Expression format in cell D4 is NOT correct.

► True

► False


Question No: 16

( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

User interface provided by UNIX operating system is:

► Shell / GUI


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 13 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Shell
Shell

► GUI

► Command line

Question No: 17

( Marks: 2 )

What is meant by microprocessor's Instruction Set ?

Question No: 18

( Marks: 2 )

What are the basic components of a program ?

Question No: 19

( Marks: 2 )

Describe the function of an action attribute?

Question No: 20

( Marks: 3 )

List down the names of any three parameters on which we analyze an algorithm.

Question No: 21

( Marks: 3 )

What is a programming language? In traditional languages what was the problem by
keeping data and methods separate.

Question No: 22

( Marks: 5 )

(a) Write down two positive features of client-side scripting.

(b) Discuss two deficiencies of JavaScript.

Question No: 23

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 14 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

( Marks: 5 )

Write an HTML COde for the following Output on browser:

MaleFemale




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                 Page 15 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010

CS101- Introduction to Computing

Time: 60 min
Marks: 38


Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Vacuum tubes were replaced by ___

►   Punch cards
►   Transistor
►   Micro Processors
►   Resistors

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Hexadecimal number system is based on -------------------- digits

►   2
►   8
►   12
►   16

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Java script interact with user through______________

►   Special control
►   Internet explorer
►   Event handlers
►   Java script does not interact with user

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one is correct for JavaScript?

►   onMouseOver
►   OnMouseOver
►   onmouseover
►   All of the given

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                          Page 16 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Programs that reside on Web servers and receive info that a user enters in a form,
are known as:

►   Server-Side Scripts
►   Client-Side Scripts
►   Super Scripts
►   Form Scripts

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The ______ is connected to all other modules of the microprocessor.

►   Control unit
►   Memory unit
►   Floating Point unit
►   Arithmetic and Logic unit

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

WWW stands for:

►   Wide World Web
►   World Wide Web
►   World White Web
►   World Web Wide

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Supercomputers are used in:

►   Weather forecasting
►   Aeroplane mnufacturing
►   Atomic bomb experiments
►   All of the given choices

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one of these is NOT an example of storage devices?

►   Tape
►   RAM
►   Floppy
►   DVD

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

To display a checkbox on the web page, we use ___ tag

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 17 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

►   CHECKBOX
►   CHECK
►   INPUT
►   INPUTBOX

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Users communicate with the computer using a consistent user interface provided by
the OS.

► True
► False

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

OO software is all about _____________.

►   Behaviors
►   Methods
►   Properties
►   Objects

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Web standards are being developed by

►   Mozilla
►   Microsoft
►   IBM
►   World Wide Web Consortium

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

_________are great for showing parts of a whole that are generally expressed in
percentages.

►   Line Charts
►   Pie Charts
►   Bar Charts
►   None of the options described

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A diode is a __________terminal device

► Three

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 18 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Two
► One
► None of above

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Select the attribute of the
tag

►   Method
►   Action
►   Value
►   All of above

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 2 )

Explain briefly the different techniques that are used to embed JavaScript code in a
web page?

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 2 )

What is an interpreter? Write its one benifit over compiler.

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 2 )

Whether response time of a microprocessor is greater or less than that of RAM?

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 3 )

Write formula for the following expression. 1)If we want to add the value from cell
C3 to C10 we can write 2)If we want to add the value of C2 to the value of C4 and
than multiply by C6 , the formula is written for

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 3 )

How can we enter data in more than one line in an html form?

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 5 )

What is software life cycle?

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )

Elaborate greedy algorithm definition with solid example in favour and one counter
example?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 19 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010

CS101- Introduction to Computing (Session - 4)

Time: 60 min
Marks: 38



Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Ada, Countess of Lovelace developed first:
► Computer
► Website
► Computer Program
► Analytical engine

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Charles Babbage was a/an
► Mathematician
► Computer Scientist
► Physician
► Analyst

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Detailed plan, specifying the required resources and expected deliverables, is done
in ________ phase.

►   Planning
►   User Requirements
►   Design
►   Developer Specification

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A computer program that facilitates the communication between the computer and
a peripheral device is called___________________

►   Operating system
►   Utilities
►   Language Translator
►   Device Drives

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
To start an ordered list from 20 instead of 1, we will write

►
    1.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 20 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
            1.
                 1.


    Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    _________ is the best known builder for supercomputers.
    ► Sun
    ► Cray Research
    ► Microsoft
    ► Apple

    Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Using COLSPAN, number of rows of the current cell should extend itself
    ► Upward
    ► Downward
    ► Both Upward and Downward
    ► None of the given choices

    Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Interactive forms are always placed between ___ tag-set
    ► TITLE
    ► HEAD
    ► BODY
    ► HTML

    Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    _________ manages the HW and SW resources ( memory, disk drives etc) of the
    computer system, often invisibly.
    ► Explorer.exe
    ► System Files
    ► Operating System
    ► Application Software

    Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Speakers fall into the hardware category.
    ► True
    ► False

    Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    ______________ software directly interacts with the hardware.

    ► Application software

    ► System software

    ► Dynamic software


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 21 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Distributed software


    Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    In spreadsheet, which of the following function is used to solve the equation ?
    ► =COUNTIF
    ► =GoalSeek
    ► None of the above
    ► =Sum

    Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    _______ is known as the best feature in word processing.
    ► Cut
    ► Copy
    ► Paste
    ► Undo

    Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    In java script objects may have___________ properties.
    ► Single

    ► Several

    ► Multiple
    ► All of the given options


    Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    _________ are great for showing parts of a whole that are generally expressed in
    percentages.

    ► Line Charts

    ► Pie Charts

    ► Bar Charts

    ► None of the options described


    Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Small Computer System Interface is
    ► Slower and harder to configure then serial and parallel ports

    ► Faster then USB

    ► Both first choices

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                        Page 22 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

    ► Slower then USB but Faster then serial and parallel


    Question No: 17 ( Marks: 2 )
    Write the major types of softwares with examples?

    Question No: 18 ( Marks: 2 )
    What is the major difference between paragraph
    and Line Break
    tags?

    Question No: 19 ( Marks: 2 )
    Why PASCAL was designed and what is the problem with PASCAL?

    Question No: 20 ( Marks: 3 )
    What are the key requirements of E-commerce Software?

    Question No: 21 ( Marks: 3 )
    Write down the pseudo code for the following flow chart.


    Question No: 22 ( Marks: 5 )
    (a) Write down two positive features of client-side scripting.
    (b) Discuss two deficiencies of JavaScript.


    Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )
    What are the key features of a word processor?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                           Page 23 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS101 MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010

Time: 60 min
Marks: 38


Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The impact of a digit in a number is determined by its ---------------

►   Value
►   Location
►   Length
►   None of above

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The default bullet for the list in HTML is
► Circle shape
► Disc shape
► Square shape
► Triangle shape


Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Command which saves the selected text before deleting is
► Copy
► Delete
► Cut
► Undo


Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Supercomputers are used in:
► Weather forecasting
► Aeroplane mnufacturing
► Atomic bomb experiments
► All of the given choices

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of these is NOT an example of storage devices?
► Tape
► RAM
► Floppy
► DVD

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_________ manages the HW and SW resources ( memory, disk drives etc) of the

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                               Page 24 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
computer system, often invisibly.
► Explorer.exe
► System Files
► Operating System
► Application Software

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
PowerBuilder falls in the category of ______________.
► Assembly Languages
► 4-th Generation Languages
► Machine Languages
► High-Level Languages

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
OO software is all about _____________.

►   Behaviors
►   Methods
►   Properties
►   Objects

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Java script has ----------------- ability to create and draw graphics.

►   Limited
►   Versatile
►   Medium
►   Not at all


Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Analytical Engine is not a single physical machine but a succession of designs that
Babbage tinkered with until his death in 1871.
► True
► False

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which statement is true about JavaScript?

►   It is object oriented language
►   It is Structured Query language
►   It is object based language
►   None of the given


Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is Read Only property.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 25 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► None of the given options
    ► Fgcolcor
    ► Title
    ► Referrer

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following memory retains its information when the power to the
system is turned off?

    ► RAM
    ► ROM
    ► DIMM
    ► DRAM

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Norton utilities are a popular ----------design for window operating system.

►   Antivirus program
►   File compression utility
►   Personal firewall
►   Personal computer maintenance utility


Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Form tag has two main properties namely---------- and ------------.

    ► Method & Action
    ► Type
    ► Value
    ► Size

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Shareware, ---------------------and custom-built programs are not usually available
on the web for users to download.

    ► Freeware
    ► Shareware
    ► Trial ware
    ► Hardware

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 2 )
What is Ockham’s Razor principle ?

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 2 )
What do you mean by Comments?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 26 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 19 ( Marks: 2 )
How can you open a link in a new browser window?
Question No: 20 ( Marks: 3 )
How spreadsheet is helpful in doing “what-if” scenario analysis in a business?
Explain with the help of an example.


Question No: 21 ( Marks: 3 )
How do you justify that UNIX is better than Windows operating system?


Question No: 22 ( Marks: 5 )
What is the difference between checkboxes and radio button?

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )
Draw flowchart to find the sum and average of three numbers




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 27 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS201 Final Term 2011 Current papers subjective

CS201 (2011) Current Papers Compiled
5 Compiled Current Papers (2011)
Question 1:
Identify each of the following as system software and application software.
LINUX, DISK CLEANUP, WORD PROCESSOR, WINDOWS, STUDENT
INFORMATION (mark 5)

Q2: Write the explanation of this program. See program from book pg no534.
(mark5)

Q3: Write a program which defines three variables of type double which store three
different values including decimal points, using set precision manipulators to print
all these values with different numbers of digits after the decimal number.(5)

Q4 define static variable also explain life time of static variable? (3)
Q5 what do you know about run time error? (3)
Q6 what are limitation of the friendship between classes? (3)
Q7: read the code and explain the functionality of this program? See page 535 for
cod (3)
Q8: write down the meanings of given below line of code, where m is an object of
the class matrix. If (& m = this) (2)
Q9: write the general syntax for the definition of the user defined function? (2)
Q10: what is the source and destination of cin?(2)
Q11: write the general syntax of allocation memory dynamically to an array using
new operator? (2)

1.what is diffrent between pointer and variable?
2.What is difference between Unary and binary operators and how they can be
overloaded?
3.how many types of templates?
4.What will be the output of following function if we call this function by passing int
5?
template T reciprocal(T x) {return (1/x); }
5. Identify the errors in the following member operator function and also
correct them.
math * operator(math m);
math * operator (math m)
{
math temp;
temp.number= number * number;
return number;
Answer:
The errors are in the arguments of the member operation function and
also in the body of operator member function.
Correct function should be

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 28 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
math *operator(math *m);
math *operator (math *m)
{
math temp;
temp = m;
temp.number= number * number;
return temp.number;

Q# 6: what are limitation of the friendship between classes? (marks3)
Q# 7: Read the code and explain the functionality of this program? See page
535 for cod (marks3)
Q# 8: write down the meanings of given below line of code, where m is an
object of the class matrix. If (& m = this) (marks 2)
Q# 9: write the general syntax for the definition of the user defined function?
(marks2)
Q# 10: what is the source and destination of cin?(marks2
Q# 11: write the general syntax of allocation memory dynamically to an array using
new operator? (marks2)

Question 1:
Identify each of the following as system software and application software.
LINUX, DISK CLEANUP, WORD PROCESSOR, WINDOWS, STUDEN INFORMATION
(mark 5)

Q2: Write the explanation of this program. See program from book pg no534.
(mark5)

Q3: Write a program which defines three variables of type double which store three
different values including decimal points, using set precision manipulators to print
all these values with different numbers of digits after the decimal number.(5)
Q4 define static variable also explain life time of static variable? (3)
Q5 what do you know about run time error? (3)
Q6 what are limitation of the friendship between classes? (3)
Q7: read the code and explain the functionality of this program? See page 535 for
cod (3)
Q8: write down the meanings of given below line of code, where m is an object of
the class matrix. If (& m = this) (2)
Q9: write the general syntax for the definition of the user defined function? (2)
Q10: what is the source and destination of cin?(2)
Q11: write the general syntax of allocation memory dynamically to an array using
new operator? (2)
Q: define buffer?explain its usage? 5 MARKS
Q: why binary search algorithm is efficient than linear search algorithm?
5 marks
Q: perator function ka syntex(3 marks)
Q: post increment and pre increment k syntex btana thay(2 marks)
Q:what is language translator?(2 marks)

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 29 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Q: write somethiing something about testing in designing program? 3 MARKS
Q:Read the given below code and explain what task is being performed by
this function 5 MARKS
Matrix :: Matrix ( int row , int col )
{
numRows = row ;
numCols = col ;
elements = new ( double * ) [ numRows ] ;
for ( int i = 0 ; i < numRows ; i ++ )
{
elements [ i ] = new double [ numCols ] ;
for ( int j = 0 ; j < numCols ; j ++ )
elements [ i ] [ j ] = 0.0 ;
}
}
Hint : This function belong to a matrix class, having
Number of Rows = numRows
Number of Columns = numCols
Which one (copy constructor or assignment operator) will be
called in each of the following code segment?
1) Matrix m1 (m2);
2) Matrix m1, m2;
m1 = m2;
3) Matrix m1 = m2;

    : define buffer? explain its usage? 5 MARKS
    Q: why binary search algorithm is efficient than linear search algorithm? 5 marks
    Q: perator function ka syntex(3 marks)
    Q: post increment and pre increment k syntex btana thay(2 marks)
    Q:what is language translator?(2 marks)
    Q: write somethiing something about testing in designing program? 3 MARKS
    Q:Read the given below code and explain what task is being performed by this
    function 5 MARKS

    Matrix :: Matrix ( int row , int col )
    {
    numRows = row ;
    numCols = col ;
    elements = new ( double * ) [ numRows ] ;
    for ( int i = 0 ; i < numRows ; i ++ )
    {
    elements [ i ] = new double [ numCols ] ;
    for ( int j = 0 ; j < numCols ; j ++ )
    elements [ i ] [ j ] = 0.0 ;
    }
    }



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 30 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

    Hint : This function belong to a matrix class, having
    Number of Rows = numRows
    Number of Columns = numCols
    Which one (copy constructor or assignment operator) will be
    called in each of the following code segment?
    1) Matrix m1 (m2);
    2) Matrix m1, m2;
    m1 = m2;
    3) Matrix m1 = m2;


    Q1.what is diffrent between pointer and variable?
    2.What is difference between Unary and binary operators and how they can be
    overloaded?
    3.how many types of templates?
    4.What will be the output of following function if we call this function by passing
    int 5?
    template T reciprocal(T x) {return (1/x); }
    5. Identify the errors in the following member operator function and also correct
    them.
    math * operator(math m);
    math * operator (math m)
    {
    math temp;
    temp.number= number * number;
    return number;
    Answer:
    The errors are in the arguments of the member operation function and also in
    the body of operator member function.
    Correct function should be
    math *operator(math *m);
    math *operator (math *m)
    {
    math temp;
    temp = m;
    temp.number= number * number;
    return temp.number;




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 31 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS 201 Mid Term Examinations Spring 2010

MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
CS201- Introduction to Programming

Question No: 1      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Compiler is a

    ►   System software
    ►   Application Software
    ►   Driver
    ►   Editor


Question No: 2      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


If Num is an integer variable then Num++ means,

    ► Add 1 two times with Num

    ► Add 1 with Num

    ► Add 2 with Num

    ► Subtract 2 from Num


Question No: 3      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


For one byte there are _____ combinations of values that can be stored in
computer.

    ► 26

    ► 27

    ► 28

    ► 24


Question No: 4      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 32 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

In C/C++ language the header file which is used to perform useful task and
manipulation of character data is


        ► cplext.h

        ► ctype.h

        ► stdio.h

        ► delay.h


Question No: 5           ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


    Default case in switch statement is,

        ► Must

        ► Optional

        ► syntax error

        ► Necessary


Question No: 6           ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


When break statement is encountered in switch statement, it

        ► Stops the entire program

        ► Stops the execution of current statement

        ► Exits from switch statement

        ► None of the given options


Question No: 7           ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


What will be the result of arithmetic expression 6+27/3*3?



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 33 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► 33

    ► 45

    ►9

    ► 30


Question No: 8       ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


What is the correct syntax to declare an array of size 10 of int data type?

    ► int [10] name ;

    ► name[10] int ;

    ► int name[10] ;

    ► int name[] ;


Question No: 9       ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


How many dimensions does n-dimensional array has?

    ► n dimensions

    ► 2n dimensions

    ► (n+1) dimensions

    ► (n-1) dimensions (Array starts from 0th element)


Question No: 10       ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


What will be the correct syntax to access the value of fourth element of an array
using pointer ptr?


    ► ptr[3]

    ► (ptr+3)

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 34 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

    ► *(ptr+3)

    ► Both 1and 3


Question No: 11      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


Which of the following values C++ use to represent true and false?

    ► 1 and 0

    ► 1 and -1

    ► 11 and 00

    ► Any numerical value


Question No: 12      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Declaring structures does not mean that memory is allocated.

    ► True

    ► False

Question No: 13      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

For which array, the size of the array should be one more than the number of
elements in an array?

    ► int

    ► double

    ► float

    ► char



Question No: 14      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If a variable is passed by value to a function and the function makes some changes
to that variable then it

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 35 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

    ►   does not affect the original variable
    ►   affects the original variable
    ►   causes syntax error
    ►   None of the given options



Question No: 15        ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In C/C++ the #include is called,

    ►   Header file
    ►   Preprocessor Directive
    ►   Statement
    ►   Function


Question No: 16        ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


Loops are ------------------------ Structure.

    ► Decision

    ► Repetition

    ► Sequential

    ► Hierarchical


Question No: 17        ( Marks: 2 )


Which variable will be used in inner code block if we have the same names of
variable at outer code block and inner code block?



Question No: 18        ( Marks: 2 )


Give one major use of pointer.


Question No: 19        ( Marks: 2 )

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 36 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Which standard library is included when your program reads from, or writes to,
files?
Fstream.h


Question No: 20         ( Marks: 3 )

Perform left shift operation on a binary number 0101 and write the result in binary
and decimal.

Question No: 21       ( Marks: 3 )
What is difference between variable and pointer?

Question No: 22       ( Marks: 5 )
Write a C/C++ program which defines an array of 10 elements.
This program should ask a number from the user and search this number in the
array if the number exists in the array, it should display the location of the number
otherwise display the message The number is not in the given array.
#include
#include

    1. void main (void)
    2. {
    3. clrscr();
    4. int array[10];
    5. int i = 0;
    6. int find=0;
    7. for (i=0;i<=9;i++)
    8. {
    9. printf("Enter %d Number: ",i+1);
    10.       scanf("%d", &array[i]);
    11.       }
    12.       printf("Enter number to find from array: ");
    13.       scanf("%d",&find);
    14.       for (i=0;i<=9;i++)
    15.       {
    16.       if (find == array[i])
    17.       {
    18.       printf("\nThe Location for your search, in the array is %d",i);
    19.       }

    20.      }
    21.      getch();
    22.      }




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 37 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 23      ( Marks: 5 )

Write a C/C++ program which defines an array of 15 elements and fill the array
with string "12players2teams".

This program should display that how many digits and alphabets the string
"12players2teams" contains using Character handling functions.

Sample output of program:

Number of digits in string "12players2teams": 3
Number of alphabets in string "12players2teams": 12




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 38 
 
              Recent Solved Past Papers GURU 
                                             




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS401 : Mid Term Paper

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The physical address of the stack is obtained by
Ans:► SS:SP combination

►   SS:SI combination
►   SS:SP combination
►   ES:BP combination
►   ES:SP combination


Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
After the execution of instruction “RET ”
Ans: ► SP is incremented by 2

►   SP   is   incremented by 2
►   SP   is   decremented by 2
►   SP   is   incremented by 1
►   SP   is   decremented by 1


Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The second byte in the word designated for one screen location holds
Ans: ► Character color on the screen

►   The dimensions of the screen
►   Character position on the screen
►   Character color on the screen
►   ASCII code of the character


Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
REP will always
Ans: ► Decrement CX by 1
► Increment CX by 1
► Increment CX by 2
► Decrement CX by 1
► Decrement CX by 2


Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The basic function of SCAS instruction is to

Ans: ► Compare
► Compare
► Scan

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                             Page 39 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Sort
► Move data


Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Index registers are used to store __________
Data ►
Intermediate result ►
Address ►
Both data and addresses ►

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The bits of the _____________ work independently and individually
index register ►
base register ►
flags register ►
accumulator ►

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
To convert any digit to its ASCII representation
Ans: ► Add 0x30 in the digit

►   Add 0x30 in the digit
►   Subtract 0x30 from the digit
►   Add 0x61 in the digit
►   Subtract 0x61 from the digit


Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When a 32 bit number is divided by a 16 bit number, the quotient is of

Ans ► 4 bits
► 32 bits
► 16 bits
► 8 bits
► 4 bits

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When a 16 bit number is divided by an 8 bit number, the quotient will be in
Ans:► AL

►   AX
►   AL
►   AH
►   DX

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 40 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Which mathematical operation is dominant during the execution of SCAS instruction
Ans: ► Division
► Division

► Multiplication

► Addition

► Subtraction


Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If AX contains decimal -2 and BX contains decimal 2 then after the execution of
instructions:
CMP AX, BX
JA label
Ans: ► Zero flag will set
► Jump will be taken
► Zero flag will set
► ZF will contain value -4
► Jump will not be taken


Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The execution of the instruction “mov word [ES : 160], 0x1230” will print a
character “0” on the screen at

Ans: ► First column of second row
► Second column of first row
► First column of second row
► Second column of second row
► First column of third row

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If the direction of the processing of a string is from higher addresses towards lower
addresses then
Ans:► DF is cleared
► ZF is cleared
► DF is cleared
► ZF is set
► DF is set

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The instruction ADC has________ Operand(s)
Ans: ► 3

►0

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 41 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
►1
►2
►3

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which bit of the attributes byte represents the red component of background color ?
Ans: ► 3

►   3
►   4
►   5
►   6

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 2 )
What is difference between SHR and SAR instructions?
SHR
The SHR inserts a zero from the left and moves every bit one position to the right
and copy the rightmost bit in the carry flag.

SAR
The SAR shift every bit one place to the right with a copy of the most significant bit
left at the most significant place. The bit dropped from the right is caught in the
carry     basket.   The      sign    bit   is    retained    in    this   operation.

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 2 )
For what purpose "INT 1" is reserved ?

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 2 )
Define implied operand?

It is always in a particular register say the accumulator. It needs to not be
mentioned in the instruction.
Question No: 20 ( Marks: 3 )
Describe the working of the CALL instruction with the reference of Stack.

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 3 )
Tell the Formula to scroll up the screen

rep movsw scroll up

scrollup: push bp
mov bp,sp
push ax
push cx
push si
push di
push es

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 42 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
push ds
mov ax, 80 ; load chars per row in ax
mul byte [bp+4] ; calculate source position
mov si, ax ; load source position in si
push si ; save position for later use
shl si, 1 ; convert to byte offset
mov cx, 2000 ; number of screen locations
sub cx, ax ; count of words to move
mov ax, 0xb800
mov es, ax ; point es to video base
mov ds, ax ; point ds to video base
xor di, di ; point di to top left column
cld ; set auto increment mode
rep movsw ; scroll up
mov ax, 0x0720 ; space in normal attribute
pop cx ; count of positions to clear
rep stosw ; clear the scrolled space
pop ds
pop es
pop di
pop si
pop cx
pop ax
pop bp
ret 2

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 5 )
What is the difference between LES and LDS instructions ?

The string instructions need source and destination in the form of a segment offset
pair. LES and LDS load a segment register and a general purpose register from two
consecutive memory locations. LES loads ES while LDS loads DS. Both instructions
has two parameters, one is the general purpose register to be loaded and the other
is the memory location from which to load these registers. The major application of
these instructions is when a subroutine receives a segment offset pair as an
argument and the pair is to be loaded in a segment and an offset register.

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )
Explain the process of ADC?

Normal addition has two operands and the second operand is added to the first
operand. However ADC has three operands. The third implied operand is the carry
flag. The ADC instruction is specifically placed for extending the capability of ADD.
Further more consider an instruction “ADC AX, BX.” Normal addition would have just
added BX to AX, however ADC first adds the carry flag to AX and then adds BX to
AX. Therefore the last carry is also included in the result. The lower halves of the
two numbers to be added are first added with a normal addition. For the upper

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 43 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
halves a normal addition would lose track of a possible carry from the lower halves
and the answer would be wrong. If a carry was generated it should go to the upper
half. Therefore the upper halves are added with an addition with carry instruction.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 44 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS402 Mega Collection of Subjective

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 2 )
Diffrentiate between Regular and Non regular languages?
Ans:The main difference between regular and non regular language are as:

1. The regular language is that language which can be expressed by RE is known as
regular language whereas any language which can not be expressed by RE is known
as non regular language.

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 2 )
What is meant by a "Transition" in FA?

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 2 )
What are the halt states of PDAs?
Ans:
There are some halts states in PDA which are as:
Accept or reject stat is also halt state.
Reject state is like dead non final state.
Accept state is like final state.

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 2 )
Identify the null productions and nullable productions from the following CFG:
S -> ABAB
A -> a | /\
B-> b | /\

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 3 )
Describe the POP operation and draw symbol for POP state in context of Push down
stack.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 3 )
What does the the following tape of turing machine show?
Ans:
Arbitrary Summary Table:
The arbitrary summary table shows the trip from READ9 to READ3 does not pop one
letter form the STACK it adds two letters to the STACK.

Row11 can be concatenated with some other net style sentences e.g. row11
net(READ3, READ7, a)Net(READ7, READ1, b)Net(READ1, READ8, b) it gives the non
terminal Net(READ9, READ8, b),

The whole process can be written as:
Net(READ9, READ8, b) ?Row11Net(READ3, READ7,a) Net(READ7, READ1,
b)Net(READ1, READ8, b)

This will be a production in the CFG of the corresponding row language.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 45 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 3 )
Find Pref (Q in R) for:
Q = {10, 11, 00, 010}
R = {01001, 10010, 0110, 10101, 01100, 001010}

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 5 )
Consider the Context Free Grammar (CFG)
S à 0AS | 0
A à S1A | SS | 1a
Show that the word 0000100 can be generated by this CFG by showing the whole
derivation starting from S

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 5 )
Consider the language L which is EVEN-EVEN, defined over Σ = {a,b}. In how
many classes does L may partition Σ*. Explain briefly.

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 5 )
What are the conditions (any five) that must be met to know that PDA is in
conversion form?
Ans:
Conversion form of PDA:
A PDA is in conversion form if it has following conditions:
1. The PDA must begin with the sequence
2. There is only one ACCEPT state.
3. Every edge leading out of any READ or HERE state goes directly into a POP state.
4. There are no REJECT states.
5. All branching, deterministic or nondeterministic occurs at READ or HERE states.
6. The STACK is never popped beneath this $ symbol.
7. No two POPs exist in a row on the same path without a READ or HERE.
8. Right before entering ACCEPT this symbol is popped out and left.

Question :
Define Myhill Nerode Theorem.

Question:
How you Differentiate between wanted and unwanted branches while deriving a
string from CFG?

Question:
What is the difference between concatenation and intersection of two FAs and Union
and addition of two FAs?

Question:
Use Pumping Lemma II to show that following language is not regular
L ={an2; n=1,2,3,4,…….}



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 46 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question:
Draw Moore Machine equivalent to the Following Mealy Machine?
Question#1 Consider the CFG ( 5marks)
S--> bS | aX | ^
X--> aX | bY | ^
Y--> aX | ^

Derive the following string from CFG. Show all steps
baabab            ,          ababaab

Question#2 Construct corresponding CFG for the given language (5 mark)
(1) All words of even length but not multiple of 3.
(2) Palindrome (both even and odd palindrome).

Question#3 Write the CFG for the following RE
(a+b)* aa (a+b)*     ( 5Marks)

Question-4.What does the following   arbitary summary table shows (3 Marks)
From       To          READ          POP         Push       ROW
Where      Where       What          What        What       number
READ 9     READ3       b             b           abb        11

Question #5.Is the following CFG ambiguous? How can you remove the ambiguity?
S→aS bS aaS ^ ( 3marks)

Question# 6. If L1, L2, L3 are any three finite languages on   , when will be the
(3marks)

Question#7.Construct RE for the language having words of even length over ∑=
{a.b} (2 Mark)

Question#8.A Push down Automata consists of and input TAPE with ----------many
location in one direction. (Marks 2)

Question# 9. Write alternative form of this production (2 Marks)

Question 10. What is the first step when you want to write RE corresponding to TG
(2Marks??)

Question: 31                           (Marks 1)
Can you say that string of 0’s whose length is a perfect square is not regular?

Question: 33                           (Marks 2)
Is the following an FA or TM?

Question: 34                           (Marks 2)


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                        Page 47 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
If L is the language that accepts even length strings then what strings will Lc
accept?

Question: 35                           (Marks 3)
Define Myhill Nerode theorem

Question: 36                            (Marks 3)
If L1,L2 and L3 be any three finite languages over Sigma = {a,b}, then how will be
(L1 INTERSECTION L2) Union (L2 INTERSECTION L3) ≠ Ø

Question: 37                        (Marks 3)
How you differentiate between wanted and unwanted branches while deriving a
string from in the context of CFG?

Question: 38                         (Marks 5)
What is the difference between concatenation and intersection of two FAs and union
and addition of two FAs?

Question: 39                        (Marks 5)
Use pumping lemma II to show that following language is not regular.
L = {an2 ; n =1,2,3,4…}

Question: 40                        (Marks 10)
Draw Moore Machine equivalent to the following Mealy Machine.

Question: 41                          (Marks 10)
Write CFG of the following PDA. Also write the stack alphabet and tape alphabet.

Question: 1
Use pumping lemma II to show that following language is not regular.
L = {an2 ; n =1,2,3,4…}

Question: 2
What is the difference between concatenation and intersection of two FAs and union
and addition of two FAs?

Question: 3
How you differentiate between wanted and unwanted branches while deriving a
string from in the context of CFG?

Question: 4
Can you say that string of 0’s whose length is a perfect square is not regular?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                        Page 48 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS403 Final Term 2011 Current papers subjective
   • What is the purpose of IN Functions?
   • In which situation join is used?
   • What is serial execution?
   • Write three advantages of views?
   • What are locking protocols, explain?
   • What is rehashing?
   • In which situation self join is used?
   • Why direct access is preferred over sequential access?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                    Page 49 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS403 : MID TERM PAPER C 2010
MIDTERM EXAMINATION Spring 2010
CS403- Database Management Systems (Session - 2)

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT a feature of Context DFD?

    •   one process (which represents the entire system)
    •   all sources/sinks (external entities)
    •   data flows linking the process to the sources and sinks (external entities)
    •   sub-processes (which explain and decomposed the major process into small
        processes)

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is true for the relational model?
► Degree of a relation is the number of rows in a relation.
► Null value is a blank or zero value given to an attribute value when its value is
inapplicable or its value is unknown.
► Complex key is a key consisting of more than one attribute.
►Constraint is a rule that restricts the values in a database.

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following four E-R diagrams is the typical result you obtain when
you initially start with an ER diagram containing just two entities, A and C, in a
Many-to-Many relationship, and then introduce an associative entity (B).

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following most certainly implies the need for an entire table to
implement?
► A binary relationship
► A ternary relationship
► A recursive relationship
► An identifying relationship

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following constraints enforces entity integrity?
► PRIMARY KEY
► FOREIGN KEY
► CHECK
► NOT NULL

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is not true about relational tables?
► Column values are of the same kind.
► Each row is unique.
► Each column must have a unique name.
► The sequence of rows is significant.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 50 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In a conceptual model for a university, what type of relationship exists between
Grade and Student entities?
► 1:1
► 1:M
► M:M
► Ternary

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Controlling redundancy in a database management system DOES NOT help to
► avoid duplication
► avoid unnecessary wastage of storage space
► avoid unauthorised access to data
► avoid inconsistency among data

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is INCORRECT with respect to file systems?
► At the physical level, pointer or hashed address scheme may be employed to
provide a certain degree of data independence at the user level.
► A logical record is concerned with efficient storage of information in the
secondary storage devices.
► Some physical organisations use pointers to record blocks to locate records on
disk.
► The efficiency of a file system depends on how efficiently operations such as
retrieve, insert, update, delete may be performed on the information stored in the
file.

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following functions are NOT performed by a database administrator?
► Planning, designing and implementing database systems
► Establishing standards and procedures for database systems
► Communicating with database users
► Allocation of storage locations and data structures

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Select the correct statement about the ANSI/SPARC architecture.
► The conceptual level is a level of indication between the internal level and the
external level.
► The internal level in a database system will definitely be relational.
► Any given database has many conceptual schemas and one physical schema, but
it has only one external schemas.
► The external level is not concerned with individual user perceptions, while the
conceptual level is concerned with a community user perception.

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is a correct way to implement one-to-many relationship while

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 51 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
designing tables?
► by splitting the data into two tables with primary key and
foreign key relationships.
► using a junction table with the keys from both the tables forming the composite
primary key of the junction table.
► by splitting each table into three
► as a single table and rarely as two tables with primary and foreign key
relationships.

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is not a benefit of normalization?
► Minimize insertion anomolies
► Minimize deletion anomolies
► Minimize updation anomolies
► Maximize redundancy

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Consider the following relation R and its sample data. (Consider that these are the
only tuples for the given relation)
Which of the following statements is NOT correct?
► The functional dependency (EmpNo, DeptNo) -> ProjNo holds over R.
► The functional dependency EmpNo -> DeptNo holds over R.
► The functional dependency ProjNo -> DeptNo holds over R.
► The functional dependency (EmpNo, ProjNo) -> DeptNo holds over R.

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The Entity Relation Model models
► Entities, Relationships and Processes
► Entities and Relationships
► Relationships
► Entities

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
As part of database naming conventions, attribute names should use suffixes such
as ID, NUMBER or CODE for the _______.
► primary key
► foreign key
► index
► determinant

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 2 )
For which purpose do we use relational data model?

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 2 )
What major problem can occur if we do not normalize a relation into the first normal
form?


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 52 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 19 ( Marks: 2 )
In which situation do a recursive relationship exist?

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 3 )
What is DML (Data Manipulation Language)?

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 3 )
What are the three important objectives for using data types while specifying
attributes?

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 5 )
Briefly explain super key in relation with primary key.

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )
When is a functional dependency F said to be minimal?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 53 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS403 : MID TERM PAPER

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A relation (from the relational database model) consists of a set of tuples, which
implies that
► all tuples in a relation must be distinct.
► relational model supports multi-valued attributes whose values can be
represented in sets.
► for any two tuples, the values associated with all of their attributes may be the
same.
► all tuples in a particular relation may have different attributes.



Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Identify the constraint that limits the values that can be placed in a column.

NOT NULL
CHECK
FOREIGN KEY
UNIQUE



Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A database system allows the following EXCEPT

► management and control of data towards an efficient working of an organisation.
► more critical functions in organisations to be computerised and the need to keep
a large
volume of data available in an up to the minute current state increased.
► any user to access all its data.
► integration of data across multiple applications into a single application.



Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following is true regarding relations?
Every attribute value is non-atomic.
Attributes in tables may not have unique names
The order of the columns is relevant.
The order of the rows is irrelevant.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 54 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following concept is applicable with respect to 2NF?

Non-transitive dependency
Full functional dependency
Partial dependency
Transitive dependency


Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Consider the following relation and its sample data. (Consider that these are the
only tuples for the given relation)

Which of the following statements is NOT correct?

The   functional   dependency   (EmpNo, DeptNo) -> ProjNo holds over R.
The   functional   dependency   EmpNo -> DeptNo holds over R.
The   functional   dependency   ProjNo -> DeptNo holds over R.
The   functional   dependency   (EmpNo, ProjNo) -> DeptNo holds over R.


Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following enforces a relation into 1st normal form?

The domain of attribute must include only atomic values.
Every non-key attribute is fully functionally dependent on primary key
non-key attribute is non-transitively dependent on primary key.
Every non-key attribute is partially dependent on super key


Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following concepts is applicable with respect to 3NF?

Full functional dependency
Any kind of dependency
Transitive dependency
Partial functional dependency

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If W, X, Y and Z are attributes of a relation, which of the following inference rules
for functional dependencies is correct?



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 55 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
If   (X, Z) -> Y then X -> Y and Z -> Y.
If   X -> Y and X -> Z then X -> (Y, Z).
If   X Y then Y -> X
If   X -> Y then (X, Z) -> (Y,W).


Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is correct regarding Dataflow diagram?

Single DFD is required to represent a system
The dataflow must be bidirectional
Created at increasing levels of detail
Used to represent the relationships among the external entities


Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT a component of a DFD?

Dataflow
Datastore
External entities
Relationship between external entities

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Consider the relations given below. The relations given in (i) and (ii) respectively
have been
achieved by normalising the relation Person(NID, {Car_Lic#}, {Phone#})
(i) Person(NID, Car_Lic#, Phone#)
(ii) Person1(NID, Car_Lic#) ; Person2(NID, Phone#)
Which of the following statements is correct with respect to solutions (i) and (ii)?

Solution (i) is considered as the better solution since solution (ii) introduces new
relations.
Solution (ii) is considered as the better solution since solution (i) results in an all-
key relation.

Solution (ii) suffers from redundancy.
Only solution (i) holds dependency preservation property.

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statements is correct with respect to entity integrity?

Entity integrity constraints specify that primary key values can be composite.
Entity integrity constraints specify that no primary key value can be null.
Entity integrity constraints are specified between weak entities.
When entity integrity rules are enforced, a tuple in one relation that refers to

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                          Page 56 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
another relation must refer to an existing tuple.



Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Consider the following diagram depicting a kind of a relationship type where X and Z
are entities and Y is a relationship type:

Select the correct statement among the following on the above diagram.

The   relationship type Y is of cardinality ratio 1 : N.
The   diagram depicts existence dependencies.
The   participation of X in the Y relationship type is total.
The   participation of Z in the Y relationship type is partial.


Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Identify the factor which enforces a relation in 3NF?

Every non-key attribute is fully functionally dependent on primary key
Every non-key attribute is partially dependent on super key
The domain of attribute must include only atomic values.
Every non-key attribute is non-transitively dependent on primary key.

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Consider the given relations Student and Instructor as given below. Please note that
Fname and Lname also denote the First Name and Last Name respectively.

Which of the following statements is correct with respect to the two relations given
above?
The two relations are not union-compatible since their attribute names differ.

CS615 midterm


Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
________ identifying which quality standards are relevant to the project and
determining how to satisfy them.
► Quality Planning
► Communications Planning
► Organization Planning
► Staff Acquisition

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
These all are outputs of Initiating Process except
► Project Manager Assignments
► Constraints

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 57 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Selection Criteria
► Assumptions


Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Project management processes can be organized into _____________ groups
► Four
► Five
► Six
► Seven


Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Product quality depends on its conformance to ______
► Software requirements
► Development standards
► Implicit requirements
► All of given


Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_______is the technical kernel of software engineering
► Design
► Implementation
► Requirements analysis
► Testing


Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mode of specification has a great impact on quality of solution. Forcing SWE to work
with incomplete, inconsistence, or misleading specifications result in frustration and
confusion affecting:

►   Quality
►   Timeliness and
►   Completeness of SW product
►   All of given


Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Finally, the specification includes a ________
► Bibliography
► Appendix
► Both Bibliography and Appendix
► Reference




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 58 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Cognitive model describes a system as perceived by its _________

►   User community
►   Developer
►   Top level management
►   Manager


Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A review of the Software Requirements Specification is conducted by ________

►   Software developer
►   Customer
►   Both the software developer and the customer
►   Top level management


Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A meeting is conducted at a _________ and attended by both software engineers
and customers.

►   Software engineer site
►   Neutral site
►   Customer site
►   Company site


Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The model serves as the basis for the creation of ________ for the Software.
► Design
► Maintenance
► Testing
► Specifications


Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Throughout evaluation and solution synthesis, the analyst's primary focus is on
► "What, not "how."
► Model
► Evaluation and Synthesis
► Specification


Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In problem evaluation area of effort, once problems have been identified, the
___________determines what information is to be produced by the new system and

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 59 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
what data will be provided to the system.
► Analyst
► Designer
► Coder
► Manager


Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Requirements are refined and analyzed to assess their clarity, completeness,
and_______
► Correctness
► Consistency
► Concurrency
► None of given


Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A software project that meets all the stated objectives is a success of _________


►   Project   quality
►   Project   fundamental purpose
►   Project   management myth
►   Project   requirement


Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following describe the activity list except:
► It’s an extension of the WBS
► It include all activities of the project
► It describe the WBS update
► It include a description of project activities


Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Software project are carried out sequentially and that each phase is completed
before the next is taken up.
► The Prototyping Model
► The Incremental Model
► The Waterfall model
► The Spiral model

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Project management is a _________of constant communication and negotiation.
► Process
► Concept
► Practice

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 60 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► None of given


Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
These all are design phase activities except
► Output Design
► Input Design
► The software test plan
► Software Selection


Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which organization has set the de facto standards for project management
techniques?
► PMBOK
► PMI
► PMA
► PMO

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )
Give the name of configuration control tools?

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 3 )
Software requirements analysis a bridge between system engineering and software
design, show it by diagram.

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )
Write down the software process player’s names and their roles in projects.

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 10 )
Explain the following terms regarding project characteristics and project dimensions.
· Temporary,
· Unique,
· Aims,
· People,
· Process




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 61 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS502 current final term papers 11 feb, 2011

Fibonacci sequence 2mark

Clique cover problem 2mark

Make Adjacency list from the given table 3marks

Communication design problem (MST).

Strong connected component problem

Heapify proof..... 5marks

Dijkstra Algorithmn

Define Floyd Marshall 5marks

Floyd Marshall 3marks
runtime
space used

DFS algoritmn 3marks




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                  Page 62 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS507 : Subjective Part of 6 current Final papers Feb 2011

2 marks: What is off page connector
Answer: If the flowchart becomes complex, it is better to use connector symbols to
reduce the number of flow lines. Off-Page Connector is used to connect remote
flowchart portion on different pages.

3 marks : What is the data driven support system
Data Driven DSSAs opposed to model driven DSS, these systems use large pools of
data found in major organizational systems. They help to extract information from
the large quantities of data stored. These systems rely onData Warehouses created
from Transaction Processing systems.
• They use following techniques for data analysis
• Online analytical processing, and
• Data mining Components of DSSThere are two major components
• DSS data base – is a collection of current and historical data from internal external
sources. It can be amassive data warehouse.
• Decision Support Software system – is the set of software tools used for data
analysis. For instance
• Online analytical processing (OLAP) tools
• Data mining tools
• Models

2 marks :What do u know about hackers.
Hackers
A hacker is a person who attempts to invade the privacy of the system. In fact he
attempts to gain un authorized entry to a computer system by circumventing the
system’s access controls. Hackers are normally skilled programmers, and have been
known to crack system passwords, with quite an ease. Initially hackers used to aim
at simply copying the desired information from the system. But now the trend has
been to corrupt the desired information.

3 marks : List down the component of an IDS
Components of IDSAn IDS comprises on the following:
• Sensors that are responsible for collecting data. The data can be in the form of
networkpackets, log files, system call traces, etc.
• Analyzers that receive input from sensors and determines intrusive activity.
• An administration console
• A user interface.

3 marks : Identify the information that is required before conducting the
impact analysis
Impact AnalysisThis phase determines the adverse impact resulting from a
successful threat exercise of vulnerability. Following information is required before
conducting an impact analysis.
1. System mission e.g. the process performed by IT system.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 63 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
2. System and data criticality e.g. the system’s value or importance to an
organization
3. System and data sensitivity The information can be obtained from existing
organizational documentation Impact needs to be measured by defining certain
levels. E.g. high medium low as qualitativecategories or quantifying the impact by
using probability distribution.
• Mission Impact Analysis
• Assess criticality assessment
• Data criticality
• Data sensitivity The output of this phase is impact rating.

3 marks : What do u understand by supply chain management
There are lot of Material regarding this question in the Lesson No 42 of the
handouts

5 marks : Discuss why firewall is the primary method keeping a computer
can be secure from intruders .

Firewall: Firewall is the primary method for keeping a computer secure from
intruders. A firewall allows or blocks traffic into and out of a private network or the
user's computer. Firewalls are widely used to give users secure access to the
Internet as well as to separate a company's public Web server from its internal
network. Firewalls are also used to keep internal network segments secure; for
example, the accounting network might be lnerable to snooping from within the
enterprise. In the home, a personal firewall typically comes with or is installed in the
user's computer. Personal firewalls may also detect outbound traffic to guard
against spy ware, which could be sending your surfing habits to a Web site. They
alert you when software makes an outbound request for the first time. In the
organization, a firewall can be a stand-alone machine or software in a server. It can
be as simple asa single server or it may comprise a combination of servers each
performing some type of firewall processing.

Why we need to secure information systems
The information systems are vulnerable to modification, intrusion or malfunctioning.
Hence they need to be secured from all these threats be devising a sound security
system. “Information assets are secure when the expected losses that will occur
from threats eventuating over sometime are at an acceptable level.”28.1 Security
Issues Some losses will inevitably occur in all environments. So eliminating all
possible losses is either impossible or too costly. Level of losses should be specified.
The level of losses decided should be linked with a time period in which the
occurrence would be tolerated. The definition mentions threats, which can be either
• Physical, (e.g. Theft, rain, earthquake, disasters, fire) or
• Logical (e.g intrusion, virus, etc) Examples of intrusion The security might be
required to stop unauthorized access to the financial system of a bank from
executing fraudulent transactions. The purpose of intrusion may not only be to
damage the database of the company but may be limited to stealing customer list
for personal use transferring money illegally. An employee before leaving the

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 64 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
company may have to be stopped from data manipulation, though he is having
authorized access to the system.

5 marks : Discuss the detail of the 4 categories’ of ethical issue
Privacy and Ethics Whenever one has to talk of privacy, ethics is the second half of
it. It won’t be wrong to say that privacy may not have been an issue had it not been
linked with the ethical view a society has. There are certain aspects which when put
together formulate a set of ethical issues. These are

1.   Privacy issues
2.   Accuracy issues
3.   Property issues
4.   Accessibility issues

Privacy issues: Following aspects should be covered when privacy is dealt with.
• What kind of surveillance should be used by an employer on an employee?
• What things can keep to themselves and not be forced to reveal to others?
• What information about individuals should be kept in database and how secure is
the information there – Issues of Data Protection
• What can be revealed to others about oneself if one is required to do so?

Accuracy Issues: Following are some of the accuracy issues.
• How can we ensure that information will be processed and presented properly?
• Who is responsible for checking the correctness of information collected?
• Is there any track of errors, omissions made in the database and who has made
them at what time.
• Who is to be held accountable for the changes made in data base, whether
authorized or unauthorized, intentional or unintentional.

Property Issues: Following are some of the property issues.
• There has to be defined owner of the information
• Issues of software piracy
• Use of corporate computers for private use
• Who should access which component of information database.
Accessibility Issues: These mostly comprise of two aspects.
• Extent of access to be given to various employees in the organization.
• The definition of privileges of each person.

5 marks : Write a complete note on the Focal Point.

What is focal Point?
A corporate-level facilitator may serve as a focal point for assessments throughout
the company, including those pertaining to information security because of
familiarity with the tools and there porting requirements. Each business unit in an
organization may have a designated individual responsible for the business unit's
risk assessment activities. The computer hardware and software company, may also
create a team for the purpose of improving the overall risk assessment process and

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 65 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
reviewing results of risk assessments in the hardware and software systems from
the perspective of offering a better, reliable and risk free product.

2 marks: What is entity relationship management
2 marks: Identify aspects which re necessary to be covered when
property issues for privacy is dealt with.

Property Issues: Following are some of the property issues.
• There has to be defined owner of the information
• Issues of software piracy
• Use of corporate computers for private use
• Who should access which component of information database?


2 marks: Give a brief definition of ERP
“ERP (enterprise resource planning) is an industry term for the broad set of
activities supported by multi-module application software that helps a manufacturer
or other business manage the important parts of its business, including product
planning, parts purchasing, maintaining inventories, interacting with suppliers,
providing customer service, and tracking orders.”

2 marks: Define centralized processing
Centralized Processing is performed in one computer or in a cluster of coupled
computers in a single location. Centralized processing was the architecture that
evolved from the very first computers; however, user access was via dumb
terminals that performed none of the primary processing. Today, centralized
computers are still widely used, but the terminals are mostly full-featured desktop
computers.

2 marks: Identify the role of senior management and BODs in risk
management Process
The senior management and the board of Directors are responsible for identifying,
assessing, prioritizing, managing and controlling risks. They should ensure that
necessary resources are devoted to creating, maintaining and testing the BCP. The
effectiveness of the BCP depends on management commitments and ability to
clearly identify what makes business processes work. BCP is not limited to the
restoration of the IS technology and services or data maintained in electronic form.
Without a BCP that considers every single business unit including personnel
workspace and similar issues.

3 marks: What should be the most important information required for
large organization in your opinion .
Information Requirements of Large Organizations With such a large structure, it is
inevitable that the detailed planning should be made for proper management
control, for both short term and long term. Performance measurement against plans
/ targets Nature of the Business and Information Requirements



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 66 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
• Manufacturing Sector
• Service Sector
• Trading Sector

1. Manufacturing Sector: Manufacturing process involves more than one sub-
processes, detailed information is required before transferring materials for
warehousing, manufacturing and sale to final consumer. Information Requirements
of Manufacturing Sector Management is concerned with the day to day costs,
production targets, quality of the product, deliveryschedules, etc.

2. Service Sector: Final product is intangible, so information is critical at various
steps, e.g. preparation, delivery and customer satisfaction. Quality maintenance is
an issue which requires structured reporting. Information requirements of Service
Sector
• Quality of service provided.
• Mode of delivery
• Customer Satisfaction
• Time Scheduling
• Resource Management

Trading Sector: Monitoring requires information for each product, e.g.
• Customer profiles
• Customer Comments
• Volume of sales
• Profitability
• Stock movements Manufacturing/Procurement Cycle
• Market needs

Today my Current CS507 paper

( Marks: 2 )What is an entity?
Entity: An entity is an object that exists and is distinguishable from other objects.
An entity is described using a set of attributes. For example specific person,
company, event, plant, crop, department, section, cost center.

( Marks: 2 ) Why we need to secure information systems?
Importance of Security Sound security is fundamental to achieving this assurance.
Furthermore, there is a need for organizations to protect themselves against the
risks inherent with the use of information systems while simultaneously recognizing
the benefits that can accrue from having secure information systems. Thus, as
dependence on information systems increases, security is universally recognized as
a pervasive, critically needed, quality.

Management’s responsibility Executive management has a responsibility to ensure
that the organization provides all users with a secure information systems
environment. Importance for security should be sponsored by the senior



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 67 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
management. This would make employees/users of IS, feel the importance of
secure environment in which the IS works and operates un-tampered.


( Marks: 2 ) Identify types of change management.
Change management Change management means to plan, initiate, realize, control,
and finally stabilize change processes on both, corporate and personal level.
Implementation of ERP or any other integration software needs commitment and
proper management. Managing change in implementation projects has become a
serious concern for the management.

Types of Change
• Organizational Development: This is the more gradual and evolutionary
approach to change. It bases on the assumption that it is possible to align corporate
objectives with the individual employees’ objectives. In practice, however, this will
rarely be possible.
• Reengineering: This is known as corporate transformation or business
transformation. It is the more radical form of change management, since it
challenges all elements of processes or structures that have evolved over time.

( Marks: 2 ) What is CRM?
CRM is a business strategy that goes beyond increasing transaction volume.
• Its objectives are to increase profitability, revenue, and customer satisfaction.
• To achieve CRM, a company wide set of tools, technologies, and procedures
promote the relationship with the customer to increase sales.
• Thus, CRM is primarily a strategic business and process issue rather than a
technical issue.

OR

Customer relationship management (CRM) is a widely-implemented strategy
for managing a company’s interactions with customers, clients and sales prospects.
It involves using technology to organize, automate, and synchronize business
processes—principally sales activities, but also those for marketing, customer
service, and technical support. The overall goals are to find, attract, and win new
clients, nurture and retain those the company already has, entice former clients
back into the fold, and reduce the costs of marketing and client service. Customer
relationship management describes a company-wide business strategy including
customer-interface departments as well as other departments.


( Marks: 2 )Briefly discuss Risk Determination ?
Risk Determination/Exposure Analysis: This phase relates to analyzing how much
the information assets are exposed to various threats identified and thus quantifying
the loss caused to the asset through this threat. This phase relates to analysis of
both physical and logical threats and comprises of four steps. Four steps are usually
followed while analyzing the exposure.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 68 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

( Marks: 3 ) What are hackers?
Hackers
A hacker is a person who attempts to invade the privacy of the system. In fact he
attempts to gain un authorized entry to a computer system by circumventing the
system’s access controls. Hackers are normally skilled programmers, and have been
known to crack system passwords, with quite an ease. Initially hackers used to aim
at simply copying the desired information from the system. But now the trend has
been to corrupt the desired information

( Marks: 3 )Discuss Technical Limitations of Ecommerce in business?

From Web
When the goods or services are sold or purchased over the Internet then this way of
commerce is known as E-commerce. In this process consumers use the Internet to
purchase goods and services online; added to this in e-commerce businesses sell
and communicate with other businesses through the Internet.

There is no doubt behind the fact that E-commerce has given many companies the
right to cheer but there are a few limitations of E-commerce too.

The companies or the businesses who are selling the products are not able to
communicate with the customer face to face. Due to this they are not able to get
the feedback about the products so that they may improvise on the products.
Although online chat programs have solved this issue to some extent but it needs to
be implemented on a large scale.

Another limitation with E-commerce is that you are not able to touch and check the
quality of a product before buying it.

Credit Card security is a serious issue. People who are carrying out a transaction
over the Internet are worried about the credit card security.

The next one is a technological limitation that the cost involved with bandwidth and
server is too high.

Customers are still worried and fear about their online Credit Card orders.

Extensive database and technical knowledge and experience required.

Another limitation, in my view is that people are becoming more and more isolated
without having a contact with other people. Due to this people are facing difficulty
interacting with people.

(Marks: 3 ) Identify roles and responsibilities
Controlled processing
• The processing in a TPS must support an organization's operations.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 69 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
For example if an organization allocates roles and responsibilities to particular
employees, then the TPS should enforce and maintainthis requirement.

( Marks: 3 ) Differentiate CRM from ERP

From Web
CRM and ERP have a collaborative relationship. Imagine that CRM is the point of a
large V that faces outward to your customer base, where it is used to track and
predict sales. To back up that effort, information coordination with the sales
department’s sister organizations — finance, manufacturing, product development
and marketing — smooth the way. But how do these teams communicate with each
other effectively? That’s where ERP comes in. ERP is an internal system that
coordinates information between various departments and ensures the lifeblood
flows through your enterprise to help profitability.

What does it take to coordinate your CRM and ERP efforts? Consider these factors:

Getting Buy-In: All departments need to communicate what they contribute and
what can be gained from collaboration to generate buy-in. Ideally, an overseer or
project planner not associated with a particular function can bring all the
stakeholders together.

Ownership: All players should consider their area as an element of the whole
enterprise and work in concert with each other. Concealing proprietary information
about customers or other aspects of doing business is detrimental.

Security: After departments agree that they should share information, protection
must be offered for confidential employee, customer and industry data. A system to
grant access to information is needed.

Common Data Formatting: Data already exists in each department that is useful
to the organization. Back-end data from all departments, for example, is valuable to
the on-the-firing-line sales team. But sometimes, the processes of sharing
information are flawed. Make sure data isn't unnecessarily duplicated. Review
information to ensure that it is not contradictory or out-of-date. The data format
should also be the same for each department to avoid confusion.

Scalability: Any ERP system should accommodate enterprise growth and cross-
company communication with business partners.

Cost: The initial cost of ERP can be high if communication between departments is
seriously lagging. Implementing your solution might be done effectively in stages,
perhaps growing outward from an existing CRM system. Ultimately, the
improvement in focus on the customer should pay off.

(Marks: 3)Briefly describe Incremental Model?



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 70 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Incremental Models In incremental models, software is built not written. Software is
constructed step by step in the same way a building is constructed. The products is
designed, implemented, integrated and tested as a series of incremental builds,
where a build consists of code pieces from various modules interacting together to
provide a specific functional capability and testable as a whole.

( Marks: 3) What do u know about Key stroke Monitoring?
A record of every keystroke---- often called keystroke monitoring. Keystroke
monitoring is the process used to view or record both the keystrokes entered by a
computer user and the computer's response during an interactive session.
Keystroke monitoring is usually considered a special case of audit trails.

( Marks: 5 ) Identify tangible or intangible in splay Chan management?
( Marks: 5 ) What are the sources of critical success factor?
Sources of Critical Success Factors Critical Success Factors have to be analyzed and
established. CSF’s may be developed from various sources. Generally four major
sources of identifying CSF’s are
• Industry CSFs resulting from specific industry characteristics;
• CSF’s resulting from the chosen competitive strategy of the business e.g. quick
and timely delivery may be critical to courier service business
• Environmental CSFs resulting from economic or technological changes; and
• Temporal CSFs resulting from internal organizational needs and changes.

Subjective Part of Final Term paper
Total Qs 45
Total MCQs 30
6 Qs having 2 ,2 marks
6 Qs having 3 ,3 marks
3 Qs of 5 marks

MCQs mostly related from symbols and some related from past chapters ( 1- 23)
Q1 . 2 Figures thein un k bary mein likhna tha.
Q2 1 Q related from supply chain management
Q3 Stand alone
Stand Alone Processing: Stand-alone, self-contained computer is usually a
microcomputer that is not connected to a network of computers and can be used in
isolation from any other device. The processing activities undertaken on such a
computer are usually termed as stand-alone processing. Stand alone environment
may exist in some organization, but is not the generally followed practice in today's
business environment. Therefore we will not be discussing this environment.

USB port enabled devices should not be used until it has been scanned on a stand-
alone machine that is used for no other purpose and is not connected to the
network.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 71 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
These are primarily stand alone systems isolated from major organizational
information systems (finance, manufacturing, HR, etc). They are developed by end
users and are not reliant on central information systems control.

These systems combine
• Use of a strong model, and
• Good user interface to maximize model utility. They are not usually data intensive,
hat is very large data bases are usually not need for model-driven DSS. They use
data and parameters usually provided by decision makers to aid in analyzing a
situation.

Q4 . An event oriented log
(1) An event-oriented log ---- this usually contain records describing system events,
application events, or user events. An audit trail should include sufficient
information to establish what events occurred and who (or what) caused them.

Q5. Types of threats
Types of Threats• Physical threat – This refers to the damage caused to the physical
infrastructure of the information systems, e.g.
• Fire
• Water
• Energy Variations
• Structural damage
• Pollution
• Intrusion
• Logical – This refers to damage caused to the software and data without physical
presence.
• Viruses and worms
• Logical intrusion

Q6. How to secure our computer from virus?
Risk Determination/Exposure Analysis: This phase relates to analyzing how much
the information assets are exposed to various threats identified and thus quantifying
the loss caused to the asset through this threat. This phase relates to analysis of
both physical and logical threats and comprises of four steps.

Four steps are usually followed while analyzing the exposure.
• Figure out whether there are any physical or logical controls in place
• Employees are interviewed
• Walk trough’s are conducted
• How reliable are these controls
• Check whether the firewall stops a virus from entering the organization’s system
• Check whether the antivirus installed stops the virus from execution
• We cannot start an earthquake to see if the building can absorb shocks or not
• What is the probability that occurrence of threat can be successful against these
controls
• Compare assets identified with threats identified to see if controls exist

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 72 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
• Estimate the probability of occurrence based on past experience and future
apprehensions/expectations
• How much loss can occur due to the threat being successful?
• Scenarios are written to see how an identified potential threat can compromise
control


    Q7. Write down the steps or order of EC fulfillment

Subjective Part of Final Term paper
1) Types of threats 5 marks

2) Describe control analysis marks 5
This phase includes assessment of controls already been implemented or planned,
probability that they can be broken, assessment of potential loss despite such
controls existing. Controls are also classified as non-technical controls also called
management controls and technical controls –software, hardware controls. The
output of this step is current or planned controls used for the IT system to measure
the likelihood of vulnerability being exercised and reduce the impact of loss.

3) how to secure the system through virus marks 5
4)describe E-supply 3 marks
5)list any general 6 impacts 3 marks
6) define CRM 3 marks
7)how to secure threats from internet 3marks
8)describe security audit 3marks
9)components of IDS and its limitations 3 marks
Components of an IDSAn IDS comprise of following components:
• Sensors that are responsible for collecting data. The data can be in the form of
networkpackets, log files, system call, traces, etc.
• Analyzers that receive input from sensors and determine intrusive activity
• An administrative console – it contains intrusion definitions applied by the
analyzers.
• A user interface
Limitations of IDS: An IDS can not help with the following weaknesses :
• Incorrectness or scope limitation in the manner threats are defined
• Application-level vulnerabilities
• Backdoors into application
• Weakness in identification and authentication schemes

10) define IDS 2 marks
Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS): Another element to securing networks is an
intrusion detection system (IDS). IDS is used in complement to firewalls.

An IDS works in conjunction with routers and firewalls by monitoring network usage
anomalies. It protects a company’s information systems resources from external as
well as internal misuse.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 73 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

11) describe trojans virus 2 marks
A Trojan horse is a malicious program that is disguised as or embedded within
legitimate software. They may look useful or interesting (or at the very least
harmless) to an unsuspecting user, but are actually harmful when executed.
Examples are
• Logic bomb – Trojan horses are triggered on certain event, e.g. when disc clean
up reaches a certain level of percentage
• Time bomb – Trojan horse is triggered on a certain date.


Subjective Part of Final Term paper

Total Qs were 45 out of them 10 were subjective.

short Qs which i have in my memory were

Define data and information------ 2 marks
attributes of ERP, eaplain______ 5 marks
what are the change agents, explain their role in change------- 3 marks
what factors are helpful for the successful implementation of change. 3marks
property issues regarding privacy------------ 3 marks
what is ethics and code of ethics---------------------3 marks
what are physical threats-------------- 3 marks
the role of audit in MIS----------------- 3 marks
input of risk determination--------------------- 2 marks
risk variance ---------- 2 marks

Today’s subjective paper

1) How the scanners are used as the technical control against the spread of viruses?

2) What is logical intrusion?
3) Identify the rule that DFD as an analytical tool follows the rule in achieving the
level of standarzate?
4) What do you mean by Masquerading?
5) List any two tolls used to implement TQM?
6) Identify any two methods of IS integration?
7) What is E-Supply chain?
8) What is off-page connecter?
9) Discuss various steps in threat

Steps in threat identification: Following steps are followed in this phase
1. Threat source identification – sources vary from being human to natural threats
2. Motivation and threat actions – Reasons why someone should instigate a threat
and what actions he can take in such instigation are discovered.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 74 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Information is used as an input to determine and identify what kind of threats the
system is exposed to history of system attack, data from intelligence agencies. The
out put of this phase is a threat statement identifying and defining threats.

10) How can we make our password secure?
Passwords “Password is the secret character string that is required to log onto a
computer system, thus preventing unauthorized persons from obtaining access to
the computer. Computer users may password-protect their files in some
systems.”Misuse of passwords A very simple form of hacking occurs when the
password of the terminal under the use of a particular employee is exposed or
become commonly known. In such a situation access to the entire information
system can be made through that terminal by using the password. The extent of
access available to an intruder in this case depends on the privilege rights available
to the user.33.5 Best Password practices• Keep the password secret – do not reveal
it to anyone• Do not write it down – if it is complex, people prefer to save it in their
cell phone memory, orwrite on a piece of paper, both of these are not preferred
practices.
• Changing password regularly – Passwords should be associated with users not
machines. Password generation program can also be used for this purpose.• Be
discreet – it is easy for the onlookers to see which keys are being used, care should
be taken while entering the password.• Do not use obvious password – best
approach is to use a combination of letters, numbers, upper case and lower case.
Change passes word immediately if you suspect that anyone else knows it

11) Identify components of Intrusion detection system?
Components of IDS: An IDS comprise of following components:
• Sensors those are responsible for collecting data. The data can be in the form of
network packets, log files, system call, traces, etc.
• Analyzers that receive input from sensors and determine intrusive activity
• An administrative console – it contains intrusion definitions applied by the
analyzers.
• A user interface




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 75 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS507 Solved subjective from current Exam 2011

Subjective question
    1. Parameter of audit trail and risk based audit approach
    2. Five factor that attract ERP
    3. logical threat of IS
    4. Security measure are adopted in IS
    1. SCM
    2. Scope of Security
    3. Business process re-engineering
    4. To understand the ESS
    5. any six type of impacts
    6. to launching the e-commerce
    7. Risk management
    8. to understand the iterative system
    9. object

Parameter of audit trail and risk based audit approach
Parameter of audit trail

    1. Will the organization's computer systems be available for the business at all
       times when required? (Availability)
    2. Will the information in the systems be disclosed only to authorize users?
       Confidentiality)
    3. Will the information provided by the system always be accurate, reliable, and
       timely? (Integrity)
    4. Besides, the availability, confidentiality and integrity of information systems
       receiving IT auditor consideration; it has been suggested by other authors
       that information system utility, possession and authenticity also be considered
       by answering questions such as:
    5. Will the organization's computer system provide useful information when
       required? (Utility)
    1. Will the physical aspects of the organization's computer systems be protected
       from the threat of theft? (Possession)
    2. Will the information provided by the system always be genuine, original
       without
    3. unauthorized change? (Authenticity)

Risk Based Audit Approach
This approach to audit proceeds with following steps
1. Understanding the business process
2. Understanding the control structure built in the system
3. Understanding of inherent risks (risks which are covered through instituting)
controls, which can occur in the absence of controls e.g.• Political legal factors
affecting the business, • Nature of industry the organization exists
4. Risk assessment
5. Categorization of risks identified

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 76 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Five factor that attract ERP
   1. Planning the operations.
   2. Integrated customer related information – order tracking with customer
      database, inventory and shipment at different locations.
   3. Standardized HR information – A company with multiple business units will
      require a
   4. Comprehensive and all-encompassing method of locating employees and
      communicating with them.
   5. Integrated financial information and analysis
   6. Monitoring the operations including those of sub-vendors and manufacturers
   7. Standardization analysis of financial and non financial information for decision
      making control/regulation.


Logical Threat
This refers to damage caused to the software and data without any physical damage
to the computers. Consequently there can be a situation where the damage of data
or software may render the hardware itself unusable. For example the virus or bug
being installed to corrupt data or software might create BAD SECTORS on the hard
drive, leading to its preferable removal from the computer.

Examples of logical Threat
Payroll data or details of draft corporate budget may be perceived as highly
sensitive and unauthorized access to it may be considered as a logical threat. A
person tapping the communication line to have a sniff-around on the organization’s
communications being transferred through the communication line.

53. Write down the steps or order of EC fulfillment
The Steps of EC Order Fulfillment
1. Payment Clearance
2. In-stock availability
3. Packaging, shipment
4. Insuring
5. Production (planning, execution)
6. Plant services
7. Purchasing, warehousing
8. Customer contacts
9. Returns (Reverse logistics)
10. Demand forecast
11. Accounting, billing
12. Reverse logistics




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 77 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

156 Solved subjective Questions
CS 507 subjective

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 2 ) What are the basic components of DSS?
There are two major components
• DSS data base – is a collection of current and historical data from internal
external sources. It can be a massive data warehouse.

• Decision Support Software system – is the set of software tools used for data
analysis.

Question No:2 ( Marks: 2 ) Define the following:
a) Ethics
Ethics are moral choice made by individual in relation to the rest of the community,
rules of governing members and standards of acceptable behaviour.

b) Code of ethics
Code of ethics is collection of rules as guide for the members of the organization.

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 2 ) What is Stand Alone Processing?
Self contained is a micro computer that is not connected to a network. Processing
on this computer is called stand alone processing.

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 2 ) Define intrusion detection?
Intrusion Detection is a process that identifies the attempts to penetrate the system
and gain unauthorized access.

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 3 ) How can we make our password secure?
1: Keep secret
2: Don’t write anywhere
3: Always use the password with combination of letters, numbers, upper and lower
cases
4: change password regular basis

Question No: 6( Marks: 3 ) What are some of the things you should keep in
mind when identifying risks?
The network attackers are getting smarter every day. Organizations and people
want their data to be protected. Businesses must operate within a similar risk
management culture. A comprehensive risk based approach starting from
identifying risks may be a better solution.

Question No:7 ( Marks: 3 ) What is Data Driven Decision Support System?
Data driven DSS use large pool of data in major organizational systems. They help
to extract information from large quantities of data stored. These systems rely on
Data Warehouses created from Transaction Processing systems.


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 78 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

They use following techniques for data analysis
• Online analytical processing, and
• Data mining

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 3 ) Define Re-engineering?
Re engineering is the fundamental rethinking and redesigning of business process to
achieve dramatic improvement in critical, contemporary measures of performance,
such as cost, quality, service and speed.

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 5 ) List any five reasons that attract organizations
to ERP?
Answer:
1. Planning the operations
2. Integrated customer related information – order tracking with customer
database, inventory and shipment at different locations.
3. Standardized HR information – A company with multiple business units will
require a comprehensive and all-encompassing method of locating employees and
communicating with them.
4. Integrated financial information and analysis.
5. Monitoring the operations including those of sub-vendors and manufacturers

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 3 ) How virus and worms can be transmitted into
computers? Identify any three sources?
Answer:
Virus or worms are transmitted easily from the internet by downloading files to
computers web browsers. Other methods of infection occur from files received
though online services, computer bulletin board systems, local area networks.
Viruses can be placed in various programs, for instance
1. Free Software – software downloaded from the net
2. Pirated software – cheaper than original versions
3. Games software – wide appeal and high chances
4. Email attachments – quick to spread
5. Portable hard and flash drives – employees take disks home and may work on
their own personal PC, which have not been cleaned or have suitable anti-viruses
installed on them.

Question No: 11( Marks: 3 )How the information is kept in the purchase
system?
A simple example can be given of a purchase and sales system. In a typical
purchase system information related to purchase of materials is kept, for instance,
• Orders for the purchase of various materials
• Status of deliveries received against specific orders
• Changes in the order quantity, time, day or other information
• Quality inspection reports and whether they need to be communicated to the
supplier
• Updated status report of stock

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 79 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
• Issues made out of the stock

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 2 )What is information Quality Checklist?
Answer: The information can also be ranked in accordance with the qualities it has
in it. The experts have devised certain criteria to evaluate the quality of information.
Those some points which are used to evaluate the quality are known as quality
checks.

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 2 ) What are Active monitors? Define.
Answer: This software serves the concurrent monitoring as the system is being
used. They act as a guard against viruses while the operating system is performing
various functions e.g connected to internet, transferring data, etc.

Question No: 14 (Marks: 3 Briefly describe Incremental Model.
Answer: In incremental models, software is built not written. Software is
constructed step by step in the same way a building is constructed. The product is
designed, implemented, integrated and tested as a series of incremental builds,
where a build consists of code pieces from various modules interacting together to
provide a specific functional capability and testable as a whole.

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 3 ) Information system security association of
USA has listed many ethical challenges, identify any three of them?
Answer:
1. Misrepresentation of certifications, skills
2. Abuse of privileges
3. Inappropriate monitoring

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 5 ) What do you think what are the key benefits
of Ecommerce to organizations?

Answer: Advantages of E-Commerce to the Online Business
•E-Commerce helps to Increase the sales revenue to the business
• Business people can spend less money and earn high profits with e-commerce
• Easily we can track the segment of customers who are happy with purchasing
goods through online
• Instantaneous global sales presence in quick time
• We can operate the business in 24 *7 basis
• Easily we can increase our business customers
• We set up shop anywhere in the world, self-governing of geographical locations
• Inexpensive way to turn your Web site into a revenue center
• Reduce Customer Support costs via e-mail marketing & customary newsletters
• We can create customized mailing list
• Easily we can drive free traffic to the website
• We can easily promote our business website by using various promotional
activities such as Search Engine Optimization, Pay Per Click Management, Email
Marketing, Social Media Optimization, Online Banner Advertisement, Online
Branding and Affiliate Management.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 80 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 5 ) What do you understand by Disaster Recovery
Planning?
A disaster recovery plan is a comprehensive statement of consistent actions to be
taken before, during and after a disaster. The plan should be documented and
tested to ensure the continuity of operations and availability of critical resources in
the event of a disaster.

This typically details the process IT personnel will use to restore the computer
systems. Disaster recovery plans may be included in the business continuity plan or
as a separate document all together. Business continuity plan may not be
comprehensively available in a non-critical environment but Disaster Recovery Plan
should be there at least to manage and help organization to recover from disasters.
A subcomponent of business continuity plan is the IT disaster recovery plan. IS
processing is one operation of many that keep the organization not only alive but
also successful, which makes it of strategic importance.

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 2 ) List information Requirements for Medium
sizes organizations.

Answer:
Planning for required Information
Monitoring of information of planning.

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 2 ) Why we need to secure information systems?
Sound security is fundamental to achieving this assurance. Furthermore, there is a
need for organizations to protect themselves against the risks inherent with the use
of information systems while simultaneously recognizing the benefits that can
accrue from having secure information systems. Thus, as dependence on
information systems increases, security is universally recognized as a pervasive,
critically needed, quality.

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 3 ) What is access control? Give example
Answer: Access Controls
These controls establish the interface between the would-be user of the computer
system and the computer itself. These controls monitor the initial handshaking
procedure of the user with the operating system. For example when a customer
enter the card and the pin code in an automatic teller machine (ATM), the access
controls are exercised by the system to block unwanted or illegitimate access.

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 3 )
Risk mitigation is a process that takes place after the process of risk
assessment has been completed. Discuss briefly various risk mitigation
options?

Answer:



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 81 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
• Risk assumption: To accept the potential risk and continue operating the IT
system or to implement controls to lower the risk to an acceptable level.
• Risk Avoidance: To avoid the risk by eliminating the risk cause and e.g. forgo
certain functions of the system or shut down the system when risks are identified.
• Risk Limitation: To limit the risk by implementing controls that minimize the
adverse impact of a threat’s exercising a vulnerability e.g. use of supporting
preventive and detective controls.
• Risk Planning: To manage risk by developing a risk mitigation plant that predicts
implements and maintains controls.
• Research and acknowledgement: To lower the risk of loss by acknowledging
vulnerability or flaw and researching controls to correct the vulnerability.
• Risk Transference: To transfer the risk by using other options to compensate
loss such as purchasing insurance.

Question No:22 ( Marks: 3 ) Differentiate CRM from ERP ?

Answer: ERP & CRM
Customer has become of critical importance in the modern day business. Early on,
organizations used to focus more on how much has been sold what has been
produced. But now the focus is quite different. Focus has been placed on the
requirements of the customer, providing quality service and quickness of response
to customer queries. Analysis of the customer data from their personal habits to
spending one’s have become a crucial element of doing a successful business. ERP
has this unique potential to improve the quality of customer handling.

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 5 ) Differentiate Impact analysis from Risk
determination?
This phase relates to analyzing how much the information assets are exposed to
various threats identified and thus quantifying the loss caused to the asset through
this threat.

This phase relates to analysis of both physical and logical threats. It measures level
of risk is to determine the adverse impact resulting into a successful exercise of
vulnerability. The information can be obtained from existing organizational
documentation, such as the mission impact analysis report or asset criticality
assessment report. A business impact analysis report or asset criticality assessment
report. The adverse impact of a security event can be described in terms of loss or
delay of any or all of the three security goals. Confidentiality, integrity, availability.

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 2 ) What are the physical threats for Information
System.
Answer: Physical threats
The risks of physical damage render the computer hardware becomes useless due
to the damage caused to it by natural disasters (Fire, earth quake, flood), pollution-
Dust, energy Variations. Reasonable measures should be taken to avoid undesirable
consequences.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                         Page 82 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 23 ( Marks: 2 ) List any two types of information that can be
used as input for vulnerability. Following information is used as an input
2. Any audit comments
3. Security requirements

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 2 ) List down different types of SUPPLY CHAIN.
Types of Supply Chains
Supply chain may exist in various forms depending on the need of the business:
1. Made to Store
2. Continuous Replenishment
3. Built to order

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 3) What do u know about Key stroke Monitoring?
(3)
Answer : A record of every keystroke---- often called keystroke monitoring.
Keystroke monitoring is the process used to view or record both the keystrokes
entered by a computer user and the computer's response during an interactive
session. Keystroke monitoring is usually considered a special case of audit trails.

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 3 ) Identify roles and responsibilities of any three
professionals in an organization.

Answer:
1-Data Owners — responsible for determining sensitivity or classification levels of
the data as well as maintaining accuracy and integrity of the data resident on the
information system;
2-Process Owners — responsible for ensuring that appropriate security, consistent
with the organization’s security policy, is embedded in their information systems;
3-Technology providers — responsible for assisting with the implementation of
information security

Question No: 27 Classify E-Commerce into different classes. (5)
The most prevalent of E-Commerce models can be classified as under:
1. Business to Consumer (B2C)
2. Business to Business (B2B),
3. Business to Employee (B2E),
4. Consumer to Consumer (C2C) and
5. E-Government
• Government to Citizens/Customers (G2C)
• Government to Business (G2B)
• Government to Government (G2G

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 5 ) Incorporate Risk management SDLC? identify
its phases?
For each phase of SDLC, the process of risk management is no different. Rather it is
iterative process which can be performed at each major phase. Every step of



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 83 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
development has its own risks which need to be handled and addressed separately.
Hence managing risk in SDLC means managing risk of each phase of life cycle.

Phases of Risk Management
Following are various phases of SDLC
• System Characterization
• Threat Identification
• Vulnerability Identification
• Control Analysis
• Likelihood Determination
• Impact Analysis
• Risk Identification
• Control Recommendation
• Results Documentation
• Implementation
• Monitoring

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 2 ) What do you understand by OLAP?
Online Analytical Processing Decision support software that allows the user to
quickly analyze information that has been summarized into multidimensional views
and hierarchies. The term online refers to the interactive querying facility provided
to the user to minimize response time

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 2 ) How threats are identified?
Threats can be identified on the basis of nature of Threat which can either be
accidental-natural occurrences/force major, or deliberate-intentional act of harm or
on the basis of sources of threat which can either be internal-threat caused within
the organization, or external-threat from some one outside the organization.

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 2 ) List down the inputs to Risk Determination
phase ?
Likelihood of threat exploitation
Magnitude of impact
Adequacy of planned and current controls

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 2 ) Identify components of Intrusion detection
system ?
Sensors that are responsible for collecting data. The data can be in the form of
network packets, log files, system call, traces, etc. Analyzers that receive input from
sensors and determine intrusive activity an administrative console – it contains
intrusion definitions applied by the analyzers. A user interface

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 3 )
What are the challenges to organizations for launching Ecommerce?
Identify any three.
Security is the biggest challenge to for launching Ecommerce There is a consensus
that the issue of computer and data security is the biggest hurdle in the growth of

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 84 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ecommerce. Web servers also face this security threat. Some other problems with
launching e-commerce business is lack of trust of customers, culture and languages
problems. lengthy procedure of payment and receipt of products or services.

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 3 )
Designing file or database is a major component of system designing.
Identify its basic purposes.

Designing file or database has the following purposes.
1. Data convenience is ensured to the user as and when it is required.
2. Data updates in master file will mechanically keep posted the data in the whole
system.
3. Data is professionally processed & stored.
4. Data reliability that is Correctness of data is ensured.
Question No: 35 ( Marks: 3 )What is the responsibility of the management
of the organization to ensure the security of information systems?

Executive or senior management take the responsibility to provide safe and secure
information system environment to their employees and user of information system.
Due to it employees will feel no harm or fear and can easily do the work with secure
information system of an organization.

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 3 )
Discuss various steps in threat identification? Give any example of threat
sources and threat actions .

Following are steps in threat identification.
1. Threat source identification
2. Motivation and threat actions
For example a hacker can hack a system and can delete or get any personal data or
information.
Question No: 37 ( Marks: 5 ) Can you classify E-Commerce into different
classes? Identify any five.
E-Commerce models can be classified as
Business to Business (B2B),
Business to Consumer (B2C)
Consumer to Consumer (C2C)
Business to Employee (B2E),
E-Government

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 5 ) How Audit trails are technical mechanism that
helps managers to maintain individual accountability?
In Audit trails are technical mechanism Users are recognized by the record being
retain. Users are informed of what the password allows them to do and why it
should be kept secure and confidential. Audit trails also help to give alternative from
normal behavior which can guide to illegal usage of resources.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 85 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Audit trails can be used together with access controls to identify and provide
information about users alleged of inappropriate modification of data.

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 2 )
What is the basic purpose of setting up systems and procedures? Give your
own opinion.

Answer: The basic purpose of setting up system and procedures is to make
available information when it is required.

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 2 ) Define threat and identify its types.
Answer: Threat is an act or event which can cause loss. Threats are of two types
logical threats and physical threats.

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 2 )
List any two types of information that can be used as input for
vulnerability?
Answer:
1- Any audit comments
2- Security requirements

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 2 ) Identify leading ERP software vendors ?
Answer:
1-SAP
2-Oracale
3-QAD
4-PeopleSoft
5-Sag

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 3 ) Define Risk Determination. Identify its inputs
and outputs.
Answer: Risk determination phase assesses the risk and level of risk to IT system.

The inputs of to this phase are
1. Likelihood of threat exploitation
2. Magnitude of impact
3. Adequacy of planned and current controls
The output is the determination of risk and associated risk levels.

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 3 ) What are the types of threats?
Answer: There are three types of threats.
1-Physical threats: It refers to damage caused to the physical infrastructure of
information system. For example:
1-Fire
2-Water
3-Intrusion
4-Energy variation

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 86 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
5-Pollution
6-Structural damage

2-Logical Threat: It refers to damage caused to the information system without
any physical presence.
1-Worms and viruses
2-Logical intrusion

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 3 )
Differentiate between Incremental and iterative models with the help of
one example each.
Answer: Incremental vs. Iterative
These sound similar, and sometimes are equated but there is a subtle difference:
• Incremental: add to the product at each phase
• Iterative: re-do the product at each phase

Example:
Building a House
• Incremental: Starts with a modest house, keep adding rooms and upgrades to it.
• Iterative: The design/construction map.
Question No:46 ( Marks: 3 )
Identify any six factors that should be considered in order for change to be
successful?
Answer:
Following factors should be considered in order for change to be successful:
• What are the implications and barriers to successful implementation?
• What processes will we need to change/introduce?
• Who will feel threatened by the change?
• How do we change people's behavior?
• How will success be measured and what value will success
Have for the business and individual?
•Is the proposed change aligned with the strategic plan?

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 5 )
Define the following:
a) EC (E commerce)
Electronic Commerce (e-commerce or EC) describes the buying, selling, and
exchanging of products, services, and information via computer network, primarily
the internet. Some people view the term commerce as describing transactions
conducted between business partners.
b) EB (E business)
E-business means using the internet and online technologies to create operating
efficiencies, and therefore increase value to the customer. It is internally focused.
All e-commerce is part of e-business. Not all e-business is e-commerce.

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 5 )
Identify and define the types of active attacks ?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 87 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Answer: After getting proper information about system in passive attacks intruder
will obtain unauthorized access to modify data or programs, causing a denial of
service, escalating privileges, accessing other systems. They affect the integrity,
availability and authentication attributes of network security.

Types of Active attacks
Common form of active attacks may include the following:
• Masquerading – involves carrying out unauthorized activity by impersonating a
legitimate user of the system.
• Piggybacking – involves intercepting communications between the operating
system and the user and modifying them or substituting new messages.
• Spoofing – A penetrator fools users into thinking they are interacting with the
operating system. He duplicates logon procedure and captures pass word.
• Backdoors/trapdoors – it allows user to employ the facilities of the operating
system without being subject to the normal controls.
• Trojan Horse – Users execute the program written by the penetrator. The
program undertakes unauthorized activities e.g. a copy of the sensitive data

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 2 )
What are the information requirements of the service sector?
Answer:
Information requirements of Service Sector
• Quality of service provided.
• Mode of delivery
• Customer Satisfaction
• Time Scheduling
• Resource Management

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 2 )
Define Business Continuity Planning (BCP) ?
Answer: Business Continuity Planning (BCP) is a methodology used to create a plan
for how an organization will resume partially or completely interrupted critical
functions within a predetermined time after a disaster or disruption.”

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 2 )
Identify different types of Information assets ?
1- Security Policy
2- Security Program

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 2 )
Identify components of Intrusion detection system ?
Answer: Components of IDS
An IDS comprises on the following:
• Sensors that are responsible for collecting data. The data can be in the form of
network packets, log files, system call traces, etc.
• Analyzers that receive input from sensors and determines intrusive activity.
• An administration

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 88 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 3 )
What is the necessary information needed to begin impact analysis?
Answer: Before beginning the impact analysis, it is necessary to obtain the
following necessary information.
• System mission
• System and data criticality
• System and data sensitivity

Question No: 54 ( Marks: 3 ) Define Active attacks?
Answer: Active attacks may include obtaining unauthorized access to modify data
or programs, causing a denial of service, escalating privileges, accessing other
systems. They affect the integrity, availability and authentication attributes of
network security.

Question No: 55 ( Marks: 3 )
Why is it needed for Accounting information system (AIS) to be linked with
all other information systems in an organization?
Answer: Accounting information system (AIS) is linked to all the information
systems in an organization. This is important because the data required for proper
book keeping and generation of transactional reports is extracted from all over the
organization. For instance sales information can be sought only from marketing
information system and stock information is available in manufacturing information
system.

Question No: 56 ( Marks: 3 )
Identify any six factors that should be considered in order for change to be
successful?
Answer:
Following factors should be considered in order for change to be successful:
• What are the implications and barriers to successful implementation?
• What processes will we need to change/introduce?
• Who will feel threatened by the change?
• How do we change people's behavior?
• How will success be measured and what value will success

Have for the business and individual?
•Is the proposed change aligned with the strategic plan?

Question No: 57 ( Marks: 5 )
What do you understand by Privacy? How can privacy be protected? List
threats to Privacy.
Answer:
Privacy means the quality or condition of being secluded from the presence or view
of others, the state of being free from unsanctioned intrusion: a person's right to
privacy, the state of being concealed; secrecy. Privacy is quite a subjective/relative
concept.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 89 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Protecting Privacy
The rights of privacy must be balanced against the needs of the society. Every
society has to decide somewhere on the gray area between hiding all and knowing
all extremes. Public’s rights to know are superior to the individual’s rights of
privacy. Usually public and individual’s rights stand in conflict with each other. Since
government agencies have their concerns in priority e.g. criminal investigation,
undesirable social activities. Various aspects can be seen as a threat to privacy.

Threats to Privacy
• Electronic surveillance
• Data Profiling
• Online Privacy
• Workplace monitoring
• Location tracking
• Background checks
• Financial privacy
• Medical record and genetic profiling
• Digital right
• Intellectual property rights
• Taxation Issues

Question No: 58 ( Marks: 5 )
Give any two examples to prove that Audit trails help to provide variants
from normal behavior which may lead to unauthorized usage of resources.
Answer: Audit trails help to provide variants from normal behavior which may lead
to unauthorized usage of resources. For example
• Audit trails can be used together with access controls to identify and provide
information about users suspected of improper modification of data (e.g.,
introducing errors into a database).
• An audit trail may record "before" and "after" images, also called snapshots of
records.

Question No: 59 ( Marks: 3 ) What are hackers?
Answer:
A hacker is a person who attempts to invade the privacy of the system. In fact he
attempts to gain unauthorized entry to a computer system by circumventing the
system’s access controls. Hackers are normally skilled programmers, and have been
known to crack system passwords, with quite an ease. Initially hackers used to aim
at simply copying the desired information from the system.

But now the trend has been to corrupt the desired information.

Question No: 60 ( Marks: 1 ) Define Risk Mitigation.
Answer: Risk mitigation is a process that takes place after the process of risk
assessment has been completed. Systematic reduction in the extent of exposure to
a risk and/or the likelihood of its occurrence. Also called risk reduction.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 90 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 61 ( Marks: 1 ) What are the value sets?
Answer: Each attribute has a Value Set (domain) i.e. defined parameters or the
range in which value of the attribute may fall.

Question No: 62 ( Marks: 2 ) What are the purposes of the Objects?
Answer: An object can be defined as “A concept, abstraction, or thing with crisp
boundaries and meaning of the problem at hand. Objects serve two purposes, they
promote understanding of the real world and provide a practical basis for computer
implementation.”

Question No: 63 ( Marks: 1 ) What is the purpose of line symbol in the
Entity Relationship Diagram?
Answer: Lines link attributes to entity sets, entity sets to relationship sets (also
represent roles).

Question No: 64 ( Marks: 1 ) What are the logical threats to the information
systems?
Answer: This refers to damage caused to the software and data without physical
presence.
Examples are viruses and worms, logical intrusion commonly referred to as hacking

Question No: 65 ( Marks: 2 ) What is cryptography?
Answer:
In truthful conditions, cryptography means science of coded writing. It is a security
defend to make information incomprehensible if unlawful persons cut off the
transmission. When the information is to be used, it can be decoded. “The exchange
of data into a secret code for the secure transmission over a public network is called
cryptography.”

Question No: 66 ( Marks: 2 )
What do you understand by Intrusion Detection Systems?
Answer:
Another element to securing networks is an intrusion detection system (IDS). IDS is
used in balance to firewalls. An IDS works in combination with routers and firewalls
and it monitor network that how much it used and It protects a company’s
information systems resources from external as well as internal mistreatment.

Question No: 67 ( Marks: 2 )
List information Requirements for Medium sizes organizations.
Answer:
Planning for required
Information
Monitoring of information of planning.

Question No: 68 ( Marks: 2 )
Define Dropper and Trojan horse ?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 91 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Answer:
Trojan horse is like it executes by user the program written by the penetrate. The
program undertakes illegal actions e.g. a copy of the sensitive data and files.

A dropper is a program not a virus. It installs a virus on the PC while performing
another function.

Question No: 69 ( Marks: 3 )
Designing file or database is a major component of system designing.
Identify its basic purposes.
Answer: Purposes of Designing file or database
Data is well processed
Data is stores carefully
Data bring up to date carefully as it update in master file, master file automatically
update whole data Data accessibility is ensured when a customer or user need data
Data integrity is confirmed.

Question No:70 ( Marks: 3 )
What is the responsibility of the management of the organization to ensure
the security of
information systems?

Answer:
The responsibility of the management of the organization to ensure the security of
information system that Security must be sponsored by senior management.
Management has a responsibility to ensure that the organization provides all secure
information systems environment for users or customers. This will make users of
information systems that are they feel secure and the importance of secure
information environment.

Question No: 71 ( Marks: 3 )
Identify the information that is required before conducting an impact
analysis?
Answer:
Information that is required before conduction an impact analysis are that Analyze
the Mission of the system analyze the System and data criticality analyze System
and data sensitivity.

Question No: 72 ( Marks: 3 ) Define Reengineering?
Answer:
This is known as company transformation or business transformation. It
is the more essential form of change management, since it works for all the
elements of Processes or structures that have evolved over time.

Question No: 72 ( Marks: 5 )
Briefly discuss Risk Determination ?



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 92 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Answer: Risk Determination:
Risk determination means that phase of analyzing how much the information assets
are uncovered to various threats known and thus count the loss cause to the asset
through this threat.

This phase relates to analysis of both physical and logical threats and comprises of
four steps.

Four steps are usually followed while analyzing the exposure.
The main reason of this step is to assess the level of risk to the IT system. The
determination of exacting threat can be spoken as a meaning of
1 The likelihood of a given threat-source’s attempting to exercise a given weakness.
2. The magnitude of the impact should a threat source successfully exercise a
susceptibility
3. The competence of planned or existing security controls for reducing or
minimizing risk.

Question No: 73 ( Marks: 5 )
Discuss Technical Limitations of Ecommerce in comparison with Non-
Technical Limitations in organizations?
Answer:
Technical Limitations of Ecommerce in comparison with Non-Technical limitation in
organization are that more cost to use for softwares and technology, reliability for
certain processes. in sufficient communications the reason is that people don’t know
about it. Software tools are not fixed and used in regular manner. people has No
enough access of internet and they
have difficulty to adopt e-commerce infrastructure instead of organizational systems

Question No: 74 ( Marks: 1 )
Give a brief definition of ERP.
Answer: “ERP (enterprise resource planning) is an industry term for the broad set
of activities supported by multi-module application software that helps a
manufacturer or other business manage the important parts of its business,
including product planning, parts purchasing, maintaining inventories, interacting
with suppliers, providing customer service, and tracking orders.”

Question No: 75 ( Marks: 1 )
Why is a "risk matrix" necessary?
Answer: A problem when you have a number of possible risks is to decide which
ones are worthy of further attention. The Risk Matrix is a simple tool to help
prioritize risks.

Question No: 76 ( Marks: 2 )
Define threat and identify its types.
Answer: “A threat is some action or event that can lead to a loss.”
There are 2 types of threats.
1-Physical threat

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 93 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
2-Logical Threat

Question No: 77 ( Marks: 2 ) Define Firewall.
Answer: Firewall
Firewall is the primary method for keeping a computer secure from intruders. A
firewall allows or blocks traffic into and out of a private network or the user's
computer.

Question No: 78 ( Marks: 3 )
In accounting and finance terms, audit is a process which includes an
examination of records or financial accounts to check their accuracy, an
adjustment or correction of accounts an examined and verified
account.Discuss the concept of Audit in IS?

Answer: An information technology (IT) audit or information systems (IS) audit is
an examination of the controls within an entity's Information technology
infrastructure. IS audit focuses more on examining the integrity of controls and
ensuring whether they are properly working. Obtained evidence evaluation can
ensure whether the organization's information systems safeguard assets, maintains
data integrity, and is operating effectively and efficiently to achieve the
organization's goals or objectives.

Question No: 79 ( Marks: 5 ) Differentiate object from class.
An object is an instance of some class. All objects are instances of some class.
Instance also carries connotations of the class to which the object belongs. For
example, computers are the domain/Class which can be divided into following sub-
classes:
• Laptop computer
• Desktop computer
• Palmtop

Question No: 80 ( Marks: 1 )
Define Risk Mitigation.
Answer: Risk mitigation is a process that takes place after the process of risk
assessment has been completed. Systematic reduction in the extent of exposure to
a risk and/or the likelihood of its occurrence. Also called risk reduction.

Question No: 81 ( Marks: 1 )
Define Risk Mitigation.
Answer: Risk mitigation is a process that takes place after the process of risk
assessment has been completed. Systematic reduction in the extent of exposure to
a risk and/or the likelihood of its occurrence. Also called risk reduction.

Question No: 82 ( Marks: 1 ) Identify types of change management.
Answer:
Types of change management:
1- Organizational Development:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 94 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
2- Re-engineering

Question No: 83 ( Marks: 2 )
Identify what information is needed before conducting an Impact analysis?
Answer: Before beginning the impact analysis, it is necessary to obtain the
following necessary information.
• System mission
• System and data criticality
• System and data sensitivity

Question No:84 ( Marks: 2 )
Why process symbol is used in the Flow charts?
Answer:
Process symbol is used to indicate an activity undertaken or action done.

Question No: 85( Marks: 3 )
What are the objective/purposes of the DFDs?
Answer: The purpose of data flow diagrams is to provide a linking bridge between
users and systems developers. Data flow diagrams facilitate users to understand
how the system operate. DFD’s also help developers to better understand the
system which helps in avoiding delays in proper designing, development, etc. of
projects.

Question No:86 ( Marks: 3 ) What are hackers?
Answer:
A hacker is a person who attempts to invade the privacy of the system. In fact he
attempts to gain un authorized entry to a computer system by circumventing the
system’s access controls. Hackers are normally skilled programmers, and have been
known to crack system passwords, with quite an ease.

Question No: 87 ( Marks: 1 ) What are the value sets?
Answer: Each attribute has a Value Set (domain) i.e. defined parameters or the
range in which value of the attribute may fall.

Question No: 88( Marks: 2 ) What are the purposes of the Objects?
Answer: An object can be defined as “A concept, abstraction, or thing with crisp
boundaries and meaning of the problem at hand. Objects serve two purposes; they
promote understanding of the real world and provide a practical basis for computer
implementation.”

Question No:89 ( Marks: 2 ) What do you understand by Intrusion
Detection Systems?
Answer: An element to securing networks is an intrusion detection system (IDS).
IDS is used in complement to firewalls. An IDS works in conjunction with routers
and firewalls by monitoring network usage anomalies. It protects a company’s
information systems resources from external as well as internal misuse



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 95 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 90 ( Marks: 3 ) What is the purpose of decision symbol in the
flow chart?
Answer:
• The symbol is used when a choice can be made between the options available.
• Such options are mutually exclusive.
• Only one flow line should enter a decision symbol, but two or three flow lines, one
for each possible answer, should leave the decision symbol.

Question No: 91 ( Marks: 1 ) Define Risk Mitigation.
Answer: Risk mitigation is a process that takes place after the process of risk
assessment has been completed.

Question No: 92 ( Marks: 1 ) Identify types of change management.
Answer:
Types of change management:
1- Organizational Development:
2- Reengineering

Question No: 93 ( Marks: 2 ) Identify what information is needed before
conducting an Impact analysis?
Answer: Before beginning the impact analysis, it is necessary to obtain the
following necessary information.
• System mission
• System and data criticality
• System and data sensitivity

Question No: 94 ( Marks: 2 ) Why process symbol is used in the Flow
charts?
Answer:
Process symbol is used to indicate a activity undertaken or action done.

Question No: 95 ( Marks: 3 ) What are the objective/purposes of the DFDs?
Answer: The purpose of data flow diagrams is to provide a linking bridge between
users and systems developers. Data flow diagrams facilitate users to understand
how the system operate. DFD’s also help developers to better understand the
system which helps in avoiding delays in proper designing, development, etc. of
projects.

Question No: 96 ( Marks: 3 ) What are hackers?
Answer:
A hacker is a person who attempts to invade the privacy of the system. In fact he
attempts to gain un authorized entry to a computer system by circumventing the
system’s access controls. Hackers are normally skilled programmers, and have been
known to crack system passwords, with quite an ease.

Question No: 97 ( Marks: 2 ) What is an entity?



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 96 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Answer: An entity is an object that exists and is distinguishable from other objects.
An entity is described using a set of attributes. For example specific person,
company, event, plant, crop, department, section, cost center.

Question No: 98 ( Marks: 2 ) Define CRM.
Answer: CRM Uses proven methodologies and e-business technologies to help
companies to identify, select, acquire, develop, and retain profitable customers,
building the lasting relationships that are key to long-term financial success.

Question No: 99( Marks: 3 ) Identify basic steps to implement BPRE.
Answer: Following steps should be followed to implement BPR.
• Break down the CSF’s into the key or critical business processes and gain
process ownership.
• Break down the critical processes into sub-processes, activities and task and form
the teams around these.
• Re-design, monitor and adjust the process-alignment in response to difficulties in
the change process.

Question No: 100 ( Marks: 3 )
Define Risk Determination. Identify its inputs and outputs.
Answer: This phase relates to analyzing how much the information assets are
exposed to various threats identified and thus quantifying the loss caused to the
asset through this threat.

The inputs of to this phase are
1. Likelihood of threat exploitation
2. Magnitude of impact
3. Adequacy of planned and current controls

The output is the determination of risk and associated risk levels.
Risk Determination
The purpose of this step is to assess the level of risk to the IT system. The
determination of particular threat can be expressed as a function of
1. The likelihood of a given threat-source’s attempting to exercise a given
vulnerability (system flaw)
2. The magnitude of the impact should a threat source successfully exercise a
vulnerability
3. The adequacy of planned or existing security controls for reducing or eliminating
risk.
This phase also presumes the definition of risk levels in order to classify the risks.
The is more of a discretionary act on part of the management. Levels can be defined
as high medium low and allocating various probabilities ranges. Risk levels are
made to compare them with the ranges of impact.

Question No: 102 ( Marks: 3 ) Differentiate CRM from ERP
Answer: The difference between CRM and ERP is that the former is outward-
looking, while the latter is inward-looking.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 97 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 102 ( Marks: 5 ) How the likelihood is determined? Enlist the
factors.

Likelihood Determination
• This phase determines that a potential vulnerability could be exercised by a given
threat-source. Following table will help us to define and understand the likelihood
definitions. The input to this phase is
• Threat source motivation
• Threat capacity
• Nature of vulnerability
• Current Controls
The output to this phase is a likelihood rating to be used further in the risk
assessment process.

Impact Analysis
This phase determines the adverse impact resulting from a successful threat
exercise of vulnerability. Following information is required before conducting an
impact analysis.

1. System mission e.g. the process performed by IT system.
2. System and data criticality e.g. the system’s value or importance to an
organization
3. System and data sensitivity

Question No:103 ( Marks: 10 ) How will you compare Integrated Systems
to ERP?

Integrating systems
Let’s take a look what an integrated information system looks like. As seen in the
above picture all systems are interfaced with one another, the input in one system
automatically updating the data in the other relevant system. We thus observe
simultaneous Data sharing between various systems and simultaneous execution of
different business processes. For Example, a confirmed sales order received by the
sales department from the customer will once entered into the sales system
automatically provide data input to stores/packing/ shipping and possibly the
production systems. Thus ensuring that all relevant departments are notified of
ready for necessary action simultaneously.

Question No: 104 ( Marks: 1 ) What indicates the symbol Arrow in the flow
charts?
Answer: Arrow in a flow chart shows the direction of flow of procedure or system.

Question No: 105 ( Marks: 1 ) Define Unfreezing class of Change.
Answer: In this phase of change management, a situation for next phase is
prepared by disconfirming existent attitudes and behaviors.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 98 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No:106 ( Marks: 2 ) What are the physical threats to the
information systems?

Answer: This refers to the damage caused to the physical infrastructure of the
information systems. Examples are natural disasters (Fire, earth quake, flood),
pollution, energy variations and physical Intrusion.

Question No: 107 ( Marks: 2 ) What is cryptography?
Answer: In literal terms, cryptography means science of coded writing. It is a
security safeguard to render information unintelligible if unauthorized individuals
intercept the transmission. When the information is to be used, it can be decoded.
“The conversion of data into a secret code for the secure transmission over a public
network is called cryptography.”

Question No: 108 ( Marks: 3 ) What is off-page connector?
Answer: If the flowchart becomes complex, it is better to use connector symbols to
reduce the number of flow lines. Off-Page Connector is used to connect remote
flowchart portion on different pages. One flow line enters or exits.

Question No: 109 ( Marks: 3 ) What is access control? Give example
Answer: These controls establish the interface between the would-be user of the
computer system and the computer itself. These controls monitor the initial
handshaking procedure of the user with the operating system. For example when a
customer enters the card and the pin code in an automatic teller machine (ATM),
the access controls are exercised by the system to block unwanted or illegitimate
access.

Question No: 110 ( Marks: 3 ) List any three ethical challenges given by IS
security association of USA ?

Ethical Challenges
Information system security association of USA has listed down following ethical
challenges
1. Misrepresentation of certifications, skills
2. Abuse of privileges
3. Inappropriate monitoring
4. Withholding information
5. Divulging information inappropriately
6. Overstating issues
7. Conflicts of interest
8. Management / employee / client issues


Question No: 111( Marks: 5 ) Differentiate the following (Intrusion
Detection vs Variance Detection

Intrusion detection

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 99 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Intrusion detection refers to the process of identifying attempts to penetrate a
system and gain unauthorized access. If audit trails have been designed and
implemented to record appropriate information, they can assist in intrusion
detection. Intrusion detection system can be made part of the regular security
system to effectively detect intrusion. Real time intrusion detection is technical and
complex to achieve but reasonable extent can be attained. Real-time intrusion
detection is primarily aimed at outsiders attempting to gain unauthorized access to
the system.

Variance detection and audit trails
Trends/variance-detection tools look for anomalies in user or system behavior. It is
possible to monitor usage trends and detect major variations. The log can be
detected and analyzed to detect the irregularity. For example, if a user typically logs
in at 9 a.m., but appears at 4:30 a.m. one morning, this may indicate either a
security problem or a malfunctioning of the system clock, that may need to be
investigated. The log can be sorted/filtered for all log ins befor 9 a.m. from that
particular terminal

Question No: 112 ( Marks: 5 ) What are the sources of critical success
factor?

Critical Success Factors have to be analyzed and established. CSF’s may be
developed from various sources.

Generally four major sources of identifying CSF’s are
• Industry CSFs resulting from specific industry characteristics;
• CSF’s resulting from the chosen competitive strategy of the business e.g. quick
and timely delivery may be critical to courier service business
• Environmental CSFs resulting from economic or technological changes; and
• Temporal CSFs resulting from internal organizational needs and changes.

Question No: 113 ( Marks: 10 ) What is reusable software?
Reusable Software – The software developed using object oriented approach can be
easily reused due to independence/uniqueness of the objects i.e. an independent
accounting module built in object oriented environment can be made a part of a
complete ERP solution without developing it again from scratch for ERP.

Question No:114 ( Marks: 10 )
Discuss System Characterization ? What information may help to
characterize the system ?

System Characterization
In assessing risks for an IT system, the first step is to define the scope of the effort.
The resources and information that constitute the system are identified. The system
related information is documented which includes.
1. Hardware
2. Software

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 100 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
3.   System Interface
4.   Data & Information
5.   People (Who support and use IT)
6.   Systems Mission (Processes performed by IT system)

Additional information that may help in characterizing the system are:
1. Functional requirements of IT system
2. Users of system (technical support and application users)
3. System Security Policy
4. System Security Architecture

Question No: 115 ( Marks: 2 )
What should be the basic objective of an organization in your opinion?
The basic objective of an organization is to make a profit and get a sustainable
competency.

Question No: 116 ( Marks: 2 ) Define intrusion detection ?
Intrusion detection refers to the process of identifying attempts to penetrate a
system and gain unauthorized access. If audit trails have been designed and
implemented to record appropriate information, they can assist in intrusion
detection. Intrusion detection system can be made part of the regular security
system to effectively detect intrusion. Real time intrusion detection is technical and
complex to achieve but reasonable extent can be attained. Real-time intrusion
detection is primarily aimed at outsiders attempting to gain unauthorized access to
the system.

Types of Viruses
Although viruses are of many types, however broad categories have been identified
in accordance with the damage they cause. Some of these categories have been
stated below

•   Boot Sector Viruses
•   Overwriting viruses
•   Dropper
•   Trojans

Boot sector Virus
The boot sector is part of computer which helps it to start up. If the boot sector is
infected, the virus can be transferred to the operating system and application
software.

Overwriting Viruses
As the name implies, it overwrites every program/software/file it infects with itself.
Hence the infected file no longer functions.

Dropper



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 101 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
A dropper is a program not a virus. It installs a virus on the PC while performing
another function.

Trojan horse
A Trojan horse is a malicious program that is disguised as or embedded within
legitimate software.
They may look useful or interesting (or at the very least harmless) to an
unsuspecting user, but are actually harmful when executed. Examples are

• Logic bomb – Trojan horses are triggered on certain event, e.g. when disc clean
up reaches a certain level of percentage
• Time bomb – Trojan horse is triggered on a certain date.
Possible perpetrators include:
• Hackers
• Hacktivists
• Crackers

Hackers
A hacker is a person who attempts to invade the privacy of the system. In fact he
attempts to gain unauthorized entry to a computer system by circumventing the
system’s access controls. Hackers are normally skilled programmers, and have been
known to crack system passwords, with quite an ease. Initially hackers used to aim
at simply copying the desired information from the system. But now the trend has
been to corrupt the desired information.

Hacktivsts
This refers to individuals using their skills to forward a political agenda, possibly
breaking the law in the process, but justifying their actions for political reasons.

Crackers
There are hackers who are more malicious in nature whose primary purpose or
intent is to commit a crime through their actions for some level of personal gain or
satisfaction. The terms hack and crack are often used interchangeably.

Its very common for hackers to misuse passwords and Personal identification
number, in order to gain unauthorized access.

Passwords
“Password is the secret character string that is required to log onto a computer
system, thus preventing unauthorized persons from obtaining access to the
computer. Computer users may password-protect their files in some systems.”

Misuse of passwords
A very simple form of hacking occurs when the password of the terminal under the
use of a particular employee is exposed or become commonly known. In such a
situation access to the entire information system can be made through that terminal



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 102 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
by using the password. The extent of access available to an intruder in this case
depends on the privilege rights available to the user.

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 2 )
What is the use of Default keyword in switch structure?

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 3 )
Where "While" loop is more preferable than "For" loop and vice versa? , explain with
the help of example.

Where "While" loop is more preferable than "For" loop and vice versa?
ans:
The golden rule in iteration: everything done with a for loop can be done with a
while loop, BUT not all while loops can be implemented with a for loop.

for-loops are just a short-cut way for writing a while loop, while an initialization
statement, control statement (when to stop), and a iteration statement (what to do
with the controlling factor after each iteration).

Question No: 117 Where "While" loop is more preferable than "For" loop
and vice versa?

The golden rule in iteration: everything done with a for loop can be done with a
while loop, BUT not all while loops can be implemented with a for loop. for-loops are
just a short-cut way for writing a while loop, while an initialization statement,
control statement (when to stop), and a iteration statement (what to do with the
controlling factor after each iteration).


If you knew how many times you needed to loop then use a for loop. If you want to
loop until a certain condition was met then use a while loop

What are the different types of viruses?
Types of Viruses
Although viruses are of many types, however broad categories have been identified
in accordance with the damage they cause. Some of these categories have been
stated below
• Boot Sector Viruses
• Overwriting viruses
• Dropper
• Trojans

Boot sector Virus
The boot sector is part of computer which helps it to start up. If the boot sector is
infected, the virus can be transferred to the operating system and application
software.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 103 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Overwriting Viruses
As the name implies, it overwrites every program/software/file it infects with itself.
Hence the infected file no longer functions.

Dropper
A dropper is a program not a virus. It installs a virus on the PC while performing
another function.

Trojan horse
A Trojan horse is a malicious program that is disguised as or embedded within
legitimate software. They may look useful or interesting (or at the very least
harmless) to an unsuspecting user, but are actually harmful when executed.
Examples are

• Logic bomb – Trojan horses are triggered on certain event, e.g. when disc clean
up reaches a certain level of percentage

• Time bomb – Trojan horse is triggered on a certain date. Possible perpetrators
include:

Question No: 118 ( Marks: 1 ) What indicates the symbol Arrow in the flow
charts?
Answer: Arrow in a flow chart shows the direction of flow of procedure or system.

Question No: 119 ( Marks: 1 )
Define Unfreezing class of Change.
Answer: In this phase of change management, a situation for next phase is
prepared by disconfirming existent attitudes and behaviors.

Question No: 120 ( Marks: 2 )
What are the physical threats to the information systems?
Answer: This refers to the damage caused to the physical infrastructure of the
information systems. Examples are natural disasters (Fire, earth quake, flood),
pollution, energy variations and physical Intrusion.

Question No: 121 ( Marks: 2 )
What is cryptography?
Answer: In literal terms, cryptography means science of coded writing. It is a
security safeguard to render information unintelligible if unauthorized individuals
intercept the transmission. When the information is to be used, it can be decoded.
“The conversion of data into a secret code for the secure transmission over a public
network is called cryptography.”

Question No: 122 ( Marks: 3 ) What is off-page connector?
Answer: If the flowchart becomes complex, it is better to use connector symbols to
reduce the number of flow lines. Off-Page Connector is used to connect remote
flowchart portion on different pages.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 104 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
.
Question No: 123 ( Marks: 3 )What is access control? Give example
Answer: These controls establish the interface between the would-be user of the
computer system and the computer itself. These controls monitor the initial
handshaking procedure of the user with the operating system.

For example when a customer enters the card and the pin code in an automatic
teller machine (ATM), the access controls are exercised by the system to block
unwanted or illegitimate access.

Question No:124 ( Marks: 3 ) List the Supply Chain Flows.

Question No: 125 ( Marks: 5 )
How the scanners are used as the technical control against the spread of
viruses?
Scanners
They scan the operating system and application software for any virus based on the
viruses definitions they contain. Every virus has a different bit pattern. These
unique bit patterns act as an identity for the virus and are called signatures. These
signatures are available in virus definitions. Every scanner contains in it certain
virus definitions which in fact are signatures (bit patterns) for various kinds of virus.

The scanner checks or scans the operating system and other application software
installed on the hard drives. While scanning, it checks the bit patterns in all software
against the bit patterns contained in the virus definitions of the scanner. If they
found similar, they are labeled as virus.

Question No: 126( Marks: 5 )
Can you classify E-Commerce into different classes? Identify any five.
E-Commerce models can be classified as
Business to Business (B2B)
Business to Consumer (B2C)
Consumer to Consumer (C2C)
Business to Employee (B2E)
E-Government

Question No: 127 ( Marks: 10 )
What do you understand by Intruder? Classify and discuss intruders
according to way they operate.
In physical intrusion, the intruder physically could enter an organization to steal
information system assets or carry out sabotage. For example the Intruder might
try to remove hard disks. In case of logical intrusion, the intruder might be trying to
have an unauthorized access to the system. The purpose could be damaging or
stealing data, installation of bug or wire tapping -- Spying on communication within
the organization.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 105 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
A person making an intrusion is generally termed as intruder. However, he can be
classified according to the way he operates.
Possible perpetrators include:
• Hackers
• Hacktivists
• Crackers

Hackers
A hacker is a person who attempts to invade the privacy of the system. In fact he
attempts to gain un authorized entry to a computer system by circumventing the
system’s access controls. Hackers are normally skilled programmers, and have been
known to crack system passwords, with quite an ease. Initially hackers used to aim
at simply copying the desired information from the system. But now the trend has
been to corrupt the desired information.

Hacktivsts
This refers to individuals using their skills to forward a political agenda, possibly
breaking the law in the process, but justifying their actions for political reasons.

Crackers
There are hackers who are more malicious in nature whose primary purpose or
intent is to commit a crime through their actions for some level of personal gain or
satisfaction. The terms hack and crack are often used interchangeably.

Question No: 128 ( Marks: 10 )
Identify and define different levels of likelihood determination.
Likelihood level
High
The threat source is highly motivated and sufficiently capable and controls to
prevent the Vulnerability from being exercised are ineffective.
Medium
The threat source is motivated and capable but controls are in place that may
impede the successful exercise of the vulnerability
Low
The threat source lacks motivation or capability or controls are in place to prevent
or at least significantly impede the vulnerability from being exercised

Question No: 129 ( Marks: 5 )
Discuss Intrusion detection Systems and also explain its components?
Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS)
Another element to securing networks is an intrusion detection system (IDS). IDS is
used in complement to firewalls. An IDS works in conjunction with routers and
firewalls by monitoring network usage anomalies. It protects a company’s
information systems resources from external as well as internal misuse.

Components of an ID
IDS comprise of following components:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 106 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
• Sensors
These are responsible for collecting data. The data can be in the form of network
packets, log files, system call, traces, etc.
• Analyzers that receive input from sensors and determine intrusive activity
• An administrative console – it contains intrusion definitions applied by the
analyzers.
• A user interface

Question No: 130 ( Marks: 5 )
Identify the objective and scope of security?
The concept of security applies to all information. Security relates to the protection
of valuable assets against loss, disclosure, or damage. Valuable assets are the data
or information recorded, processed, stored, shared, transmitted, or retrieved from
an electronic medium. The data or information must be protected against harm
from threats that will lead to its loss, inaccessibility, alteration or wrongful
disclosure.

Question No: 131 ( Marks: 10 )
How will you differentiate CSF from KPI? Discuss briefly.

Question No: 132 ( Marks: 10
The concept of security applies to all information. Discuss what is the
objective and scope of Security? What may be the security issues regarding
information and what will be the management responsibility to resolve
these issues?

Internet Security Controls
Information Systems can be made secure from the threats. There is not a single
control available to cater for the risk of vulnerabilities associated with web
(Internet).
Some of the solutions are:
• Firewall Security Systems
• Intrusion Detection Systems
• Encryption

Firewall Security Systems
Every time a corporation connects its internal computer network to the Internet if
faces potential danger. Because of the Internet’s openness, every corporate network
connected to it is vulnerable to attack. Hackers on the Internet could break into the
corporate network and do harm in a number of ways: steal or damage important
data, damage individual computers or the entire network, use the corporate
computer’s resources, or use the corporate network and resources as a way of
posing as a corporate employee. Companies should build firewalls as one means of
perimeter security for their networks. Likewise, this same principle holds true for
very sensitive or critical systems that need to be protected from entrusted users
inside the corporate network.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 107 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Firewalls are defined as a device installed at the point where network connections
enter a site, they apply rules to control the type of networking traffic flowing in and
out. The purpose is to protect the Web server by controlling all traffic between the
Internet and the Web server. To be effective, firewalls should allow individual on the
corporate network to access the Internet and at the same time, stop hackers or
others on the Internet from gaining access to the corporate network to cause
damage. Generally, most organizations can follow any of the two philosophies

• Deny-all philosophy which means that access to a given recourses will be
denied unless a user can provide a specific business reason or need for access to
the information resource.

• Accept All Philosophy -- under which everyone is allowed access unless
someone can provide a reason for denying access. System reports may also be
generated to see who attempted to attack to system and tried to enter the firewall
from remote locations. Firewalls are hardware and software combinations that are
built using routers, servers and variety of software. They should control the most
vulnerable point between a corporate network and the Internet, and they can be as
simple or complex as the corporate security policy demands. There are many types
of firewalls, but most enable organization to
• Block access to an organization sites on the Internet
• Limit traffic on an organization’s public services segment to relevant addresses.
• Prevent certain users from accessing certain servers or services.
• Monitor communications between an internal and an external network
• Monitor and record all communications between an internal and the outside world
to investigate network penetrations or detect internal subversion.
• Encrypt packets of data that are sent between different physical locations within
an organization by creating a VPN over the Internet. Firewalls encrypt packets that
are sent between different physical locations within an organization by creating a
VPN over the Internet. The capabilities of some firewalls can be extended so that
they can also provide for protection against viruses and attacks directed to exploit
known operating system vulnerabilities. Remote Location server protected by fire
walls and IDS further complemented by IPS (Intrusion Prevention system) –
Defining Specific ranges of IP addresses that may access the location with defined
rights.

Question No: 133 ( Marks: 10 )
What is polymorphism? Define with example.
Polymorphism Following example will help understand the concept in a better
manner.

Hence based on the example given above, the concept can be defined.
Polymorphism is a derived from Greek language meaning "having multiple forms").
Polymorphism is the characteristic of being able to assign a different meaning or
usage to something in different contexts - specifically, to allow an entity such as a
variable, a method, or an object to have more than one form.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 108 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 134 ( Marks: 3 )
Explain intrusion with example
Intrusion can be both either physical or logical. In physical intrusion, the intruder
physically could enter an organization to steal information system assets or carry
out sabotage. For example the Intruder might try to remove hard disks. In case of
logical intrusion, the intruder might be trying to have an unauthorized access to the
system. The purpose could be damaging or stealing data, installation of bug or wire
tapping -- Spying on communication within the organization.

Question No: 135 ( Marks: 3 ) Define Active attacks?
Active Attacks: Once enough network information has been gathered, the intruder
will launch an actual attack against a targeted system to either gain complete
control over that system or enough control to cause certain threats to be realized.
This may include obtaining unauthorized access to modify data or programs,
causing a denial of service, escalating privileges, accessing other systems. They
affect the integrity, availability and authentication attributes of network security.

Question No: 136 ( Marks: 10 )
What do you understand by Crypto systems? Discuss different types of
controls.
In literal terms, cryptography means science of coded writing. It is a security
safeguard to render information unintelligible if unauthorized individuals intercept
the transmission. When the information is to be used, it can be decoded. “The
conversion of data into a secret code for the secure transmission over a public
network is called cryptography.”

Encryption & Decryption
Cryptography primarily consists of two basic processes. These processes are
explained through a diagram.

• Encryption – the process of converting data into codes (cryptograms)
• Decryption – the process of decoding the code arrived at data actually encrypted

Question No: 137 ( Marks: 10 ) What are the components of the object?
Give example
An object is defined as
“an abstraction of something in a problem domain, reflecting the capabilities of the
system to keep information about it, interact with it, or both.” Coad and Yourdon
(1990) An object is any abstraction that models a single concept.

Another Definition of object
“A concept, abstraction, or thing with crisp boundaries and meaning of the problem
at hand. Objects serve two purposes. They promote understanding of the real world
and provide a practical basis for computer implementation.” Rumbaugh et al.
(1991)

Components of object

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 109 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
According to Booch, there are three components of object. Objects have state,
behavior and identity.
• Identity: Who is it?

Each object has unique identity.
• Behavior: What can it do?
What an object can do, how it can respond to events and stimuli.
• State: What does it know?
The condition of an object at any moment, affecting how it can behave Real-world
objects share two characteristics: They all have state and behavior.
For example,
• Dogs have state (name, color, breed, hungry) and behavior (barking, fetching,
wagging tail).
• Bicycles have state (current gear, current pedal cadence, two wheels, number of
gears) and behavior (braking, accelerating, slowing down, changing gears).

Question No: 138 ( Marks: 10 ) How can we compute the expected loss?
Discuss the occurrence of threats.
Computing Expected Loss
In fourth step of the exposure analysis, the amount of expected loss is computed
through following formula
A=BxCxD
1. A = Expected Loss
2. B = Chances (in %) of threat occurrence
3. C = Chances (in %) of Threat being successful
4. D = Loss which can occur once the threat is successful

Control Adjustment
This phase involves determining whether any controls can be designed,
implemented, operated.
The cost of devising controls should not exceed the expected potential benefit being
en-cashed and the potential loss being avoided. The controls that could mitigate or
eliminate the identified risk appropriate to the organization’s operations are
provided. The goal of the recommended controls is to reduce the level of risk to the
IT system and its data to an acceptable level.

Following factors should be considered in recommending controls and alternative
solutions to minimize or eliminate identified risks.
• Effectiveness of recommended options
• Legislation and regulation
• Organizational policy
• Operational Impact
• Safety and reliability

The control recommendations are the results of the risk assessment process and
provide the risk mitigation process during which the recommended procedural and
technical security controls are evaluated, prioritized and implemented. It should be

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 110 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
noted that not all possible recommended controls can be implemented to reach and
to determine which ones are required and appropriate for a specific organization, a
cost analysis, should be conducted for the proposed recommendations of controls to
demonstrate that the costs of implementing the controls can be justified by the
reduction in the level of risk. In addition, the operational impact and feasibility of
introducing recommended option should be evaluated carefully during the risk
mitigation
process.

The above decision takes into account consideration of following factors:
5. Personal judgment of the situation
6. Any information gained on desired/non-existing controls during the previous
phases
7. Seek demands of users for an ideal control environment.
Existing controls should not be totally discarded while adjusting controls. They can
either be terminated totally, due to the threats not being there any more or
existence of better controls or modification for betterment, this phase should
consider the security to be cost effective, and integrated.

2)-   What are the conglomerate organizations?
3)-   Feasibility
4)-   RAID model
5)-   waterfall model
6)-   system analyst
7)-   Computer Integrated Manufacturing

Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Goals
CIM has three basic goals
• Simplification of all manufacturing technologies and techniques
• Automation of as many of the manufacturing processes as possible by integration
of many information technologies like
o Flexible Manufacturing Systems – a form of flexible automation in which several
machine tools are linked together by a material-handling system controlled by a
central computer. It is distinguished from an automated production line by its ability
to process more than one product style simultaneously.

o Computer aided Engineering (CAE) -- the application of computer software in
engineering to analyze the robustness and performance of components, assemblies,
products and manufacturing tools.

o Just in time (JIT) – A Japanese idea that inventory is manufactured (or acquired)
only as the need for it arises or in time to be sold (or used). A major goal is to cut
down on inventory investment.

• Integration and coordination of all the manufacturing aspects through computer
hardware and software



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 111 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
8)- Define different models of SDLC?
Project lifecycle vs. SDLC
The systems development life cycle is a project management technique that divides
complex projects into smaller, more easily managed segments or phases.
Segmenting projects allows managers to verify the successful completion of project
phases before allocating resources to subsequent phases. Although System
development can be seen as a project in itself, but the attribute that makes system
development different from regular projects is that a project has a definite end and
it is unlikely that ongoing maintenance will be included in the scope of the project
but this falls in the definition of SDLC.

9)- Spiral Model.
SPIRAL is an iterative approach to system development. The spiral lifecycle model is
a combination of the classic waterfall model and aspects of risk analysis. This model
is very appropriate for large and complex Information Systems. The spiral model
emphasizes the need to go back and reiterate earlier steps a number of times as the
project progresses. It's actually a series of short waterfall cycles, each producing an
early prototype representing a part of the entire project. It is a circular view of the
software lifecycle as opposed to the linear view of the waterfall approach. It can
incorporate other models in its various developmental phases.

There are usually four distinct phases of the spiral model software development
approach.

10) physical design
The logical design is converted to physical design in this phase. The physical design
involves breaking up the logical design into units, which in turn can be decomposed
further into implementation units such as programs and modules.

Design of the Hardware/ Software Platform
New system requires new software and hardware not currently available in the
organization.

For example
• User workstations might have to be purchased to support an office automation
system.
• A minicomputer might have to be purchased to provide extra processing resources
to the new system.

Office Automation Systems
Office automation system includes formal and informal electronic systems primarily
concerned with the communication of information to and from persons both inside
and outside the firm. It supports data workers in an organization.

For Instance
• Word processing
• Desktop publishing

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 112 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
• Imaging & Web publishing
• Electronic calendars – manager’s appt. calendars
• Email
• Audio & video conferencing – establishing communication between geographically
dispersed persons.

Question No: 139 ( Marks: 5 )
How the scanners are used as the technical control against the spread of
viruses?
Use of antivirus software is another very important technical control against the
spread of virus.

33.1 Scanners
They scan the operating system and application soft ware for any virus based on the
viruses they contain. Every virus has a different bit pattern. These unique bit
patterns act as an identity for the virus and are called signatures. These signatures
are available in virus definitions. Every scanner
contains in it certain virus definitions which in fact are signatures (bit patterns) for
various kinds of virus. The scanner checks or scans the operating system and other
application soft wares installed on the hard drives. While scanning, it checks the bit
patterns in all software against the bit patterns contained in the virus definitions of
the scanner. If they found similar, they are labeled as virus.

Question No: 140 ( Marks: 5 )
Can you classify E-Commerce into different classes? Identify any five.
Electronic Commerce (e-commerce or EC) describes the buying, selling, and
exchanging of products, services, and information via computer network, primarily
the internet. Some people view the term commerce as describing transactions
conducted between business partners. Ebusiness is a broad definition of EC, not just
buying and selling, but also servicing customers, collaborating with business
partners, and conducting electronic transactions within an organization. The most
prevalent of E-Commerce models can be classified as
1. Business to Consumer (B2C)
2. Business to Business (B2B),
3. Business to Employee (B2E),
4. Consumer to Consumer (C2C) and
5. E-Government
• Government to Citizens/Customers (G2C)
• Government to Business (G2B)
• Government to Government (G2G

141- What is Object Oriented Analysis and Design (OOAD)? (Marks 1)

Object Oriented Analysis and Design (OOAD)
The concept of object oriented analysis and design focuses on problems in terms of
classes and objects. This concept combines aspects of both entity relationship
diagram and data flow diagrams. The object oriented analysis and design tool has

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 113 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
been devised to support the object oriented languages, for example C++ and Java.
The roots of the concept of object orientation evolved in late 60’s with the
emergence of first language “SIMULA 67” as the first object oriented language.
Object oriented methodologies do not replace traditional approaches (such as data
flow, process flow, and state transition diagrams); they are important new additions
to the toolkit.

142 What do you understand by computing envroiment. Describe the •
Stand Alone Processing and Web Based Environment (Marks 5)

Web based Environment
The typically refers to the use of web, internet and browser based applications for
transactions execution. In Web based environment, clients connect to the
application through Broad-band or base band/dial up connection. Application is
located on the enterprise server which is accessed
by the client through then internet connection. Access may be given to single
application software or the entire operating system. Web based environment can be
combined with and applied to both centralized or decentralized to optimize the
performance.

Web based architecture can be used, either to give access to the company
employees to the information system e.g Virtual Private Networks (VPN) in case of
banks or to give access to any body and every body to company’s information
system.

Following example can explain the concept in a better fashion. Two users A & B
present at remote locations or we can say outside the organization may want to
access the server located within the organization. They may get connected with the
internet and access the server located in the organization. The server needs to be
online as well so as to be accessed by A & B through any of the means (broad band,
base band, wi-fi, or satellite). Hence data can be transmitted and retrieved using
the internet. Availability of connection of proper bandwidth allowing appropriate
internet connection speed is critical to both transmission and retrieval. Due to this
reason, companies have taken dedicated lines to enjoy uninterrupted service.

143 Roles & Responsibility any three (Marks 3)
Roles & Responsibility
For security to be effective, it is imperative that individual roles, responsibilities are
clearly communicated and understood by all. Organizations must assign security
related functions in the appropriate manner to nominated employees.
Responsibilities to consider include:

1. Executive Management — assigned overall responsibility for the security of
information;
2. Information Systems Security Professionals — responsible for the design,
implementation, management, and review of the organization’s security policy,
standards, measures, practices, and procedures;

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 114 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

3. Data Owners — responsible for determining sensitivity or classification levels of
the data as well as maintaining accuracy and integrity of the data resident on the
information system;

4. Process Owners — responsible for ensuring that appropriate security,
consistent with the organization’s security policy, is embedded in their information
systems;

5. Technology providers — responsible for assisting with the implementation of
information security;

6. Users — responsible for following the procedures set out in the organization’s
security policy;
and
7. Information Systems Auditors — responsible for providing independent
assurance to management on the appropriateness of the security objectives.

144 What is focal Point? Complete (Marks 10)

What is focal Point?
A corporate-level facilitator may serve as a focal point for assessments throughout
the company, including those pertaining to information security because of
familiarity with the tools and the reporting requirements. Each business unit in an
organization may have a designated individual responsible for the business unit's
risk assessment activities. The computer hardware and software company, may also
create a team for the purpose of improving the overall risk assessment process and
reviewing results of risk assessments in the hardware and software systems from
the perspective of offering a better, reliable and risk free product.

145- What is Vulnerability? (Marks 1)
Vulnerability is a weakness that can be accidentally triggered or intentionally
exploited. This phase helps in building up a list of weaknesses and flaws that could
be exploited by the potential threat sources.

146- Two output of Impact Analysis? (Marks 2)
Impact Analysis
This phase determines the adverse impact resulting from a successful threat
exercise of vulnerability. Following information is required before conducting an
impact analysis.
1. System mission e.g. the process performed by IT system.
2. System and data criticality e.g. the system’s value or importance to an
organization
3. System and data sensitivity
The information can be obtained from existing organizational documentation.
The threat source lacks motivation or capability or controls are in place to prevent
or at least significantly impede the vulnerability from being exercised.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 115 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Low The threat source is motivated and capable but controls are in place that may
impede the successful exercise of the vulnerability.

Medium The threat source is highly motivated and sufficiently capable and controls
to prevent then vulnerability from being exercised are ineffective

High Likelihood level Likelihood Definition
Impact needs to be measured by defining certain levels. E.g. high medium low as
qualitative categories or quantifying the impact by using probability distribution.

• Mission Impact Analysis
• Assess criticality assessment
• Data criticality
• Data sensitivity
The output of this phase is impact rating.

147- What is change management. Identify its types ? (Marks 5)
Change management
Change management means to plan, initiate, realize, control, and finally stabilize
change processes on both, corporate and personal level. Implementation of ERP or
any other integration software needs commitment and proper management.
Managing change in implementation projects has become a serious concern for the
management.

Types of Change
• Organizational Development: This is the more gradual and evolutionary approach
to change. It bases on the assumption that it is possible to align corporate
objectives with the individual employees’ objectives. In practice, however, this will
rarely be possible.

• Reengineering: This is known as corporate transformation or business
transformation. It is the more radical form of change management, since it
challenges all elements of processes or structures that have evolved over time.

148- What is difference between the Changing and Freezing? (Marks 3)

Another view of phases
Change management phases can be classified in an alternative way:
• Unfreezing -- Preparing a situation for change by disconfirming existing attitudes
and behaviors.
• Changing -- Taking action to modify a situation by altering the targets of change.
• Refreezing -- Maintaining and eventually institutionalizing the change.

149- How will you differentiate CSF from KPI? Discuss briefly.
CSF vs. Key Performance Indicator
A critical success factor is not a key performance indicator or KPI. Critical Success
Factors are elements that are vital for a strategy to be successful. A KPI measures

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 116 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
the achievements. The following example will clarify the difference. A CSF for
improved sales may be adopting a new sales strategy through better and regularly
arranged display of products in the shop windows.

However, the KPI identified would be the increased/decreased Average Revenue Per
Customer as a result of the strategy. Key Performance Indicators directly or
indirectly measure the results of implementation of Critical Success Factors. KPI’s
are measures that quantify objectives and enable the measurement of strategic
performance.

Question No: 150 ( Marks: 1 ) What is an entity set? Entity
An entity is an object that exists and is distinguishable from other objects. An entity
is described using a set of attributes. For example specific person, company, event,
plant, crop, department, section, cost center.
• An entity set is a set of entities of the same type that share the same properties
• All entities in an entity set have the same set of attributes, i.e. common
characteristics e.g. names, addresses, date of birth, etc.
• Each entity set has a distinct attribute by which it can be easily identified, e.g. NIC
no., employee no.

Example
• Bird is an entity
• The class of birds is an entity set
• The color of birds is an attribute
151- Why use in arrow of process in the flow chart? (Marks 1)
Flow Chart
"A schematic representation of a sequence of operations as in a manufacturing
process or computer program

Question No:152( Marks: 2 ) Why we use the tools like flowcharts, DFDs etc
in the System Design?

Entity Relationship Diagram (ERD)
Another diagrammatical tool used in system design is ERD. ERD as shown below
indicates simple relationships. These relationships can be read as follows.
• One department has one supervisor
• A department may have more than one employees
Or
• An employee may be in more than one departments
• An employee may not be working on any project but a project must have at least
one employee working on it Or
• An employee may be in more than one departments
• An employee may not be working on any project but a project must have at least
one employee working on it This is another form of ERD used to show the relations
between various fields in files used to record specific data.

153- Question No: 153 ( Marks: 1 ) Define Clear Text ?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 117 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Clear text – it is the data to be encrypted.
• Cipher text – it is the code created out of data after encryption

Critical Success Factors differ from organization to organization. While
approving any project, the management may evaluate the project on the
basis of certain factors critical to the success or failure of the project. Five
example in real life (Marks 10)

Critical Success Factors (CSF)
Critical Success Factor (CSF) is a business term for an element which is necessary
for an organization or project to achieve its mission. For example, for an
international package delivery system, CSF’s can be identified such as safe
transport of customer consignments, timely delivery of consignment, online status
confirmation system to inform customers and proper packaging
and handling.

Critical Success Factors differ from organization to organization. While approving
any project, the management may evaluate the project on the basis of certain
factors critical to the success or failure of the project. For instance:
• Money factors: positive cash flow, revenue growth, and profit margins.
• Acquiring new customers and/or distributors
• Customer satisfaction – No. of complaints, after sales service
• Quality – Customer feed back on the product.
• Product / service development -- what's new that will increase business with
existing customers and attract new ones?
• Intellectual capital – enhancing production techniques and acquiring knowledge
relating to advancement in hardware/machines, equipment, processes.
• Strategic relationships -- new sources of business, products and outside revenue,
sub contracting.
• Employee development and retention –
• Sustainability
• Corporate social responsibility
• Corporate Governance

27.1 Sources of Critical Success Factors
Critical Success Factors have to be analyzed and established. CSF’s may be
developed from various sources.
Generally four major sources of identifying CSF’s are
• Industry CSFs resulting from specific industry characteristics;
• CSF’s resulting from the chosen competitive strategy of the business e.g. quick
and timely delivery may be critical to courier service business
• Environmental CSFs resulting from economic or technological changes; and
• Temporal CSFs resulting from internal organizational needs and changes.

Question No: 154 ( Marks: 2 )What is the use of Default keyword in switch
structure?



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 118 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
The default statement is used because, when dealing with switch, you will have
many cases either returning TRUE or FALSE.

If neither of those cases return true, then default will recognize the switch value.
However, the default line should be at the end of every caseIt's a catch-all for any
case that doesn't exist. Think of it as 'else' in a list of if-else statements, if the
switch doesn't match a listed case, the default case is used (if it exists).

155- Object Oriented Design has the purpose to create flexible Object
Oriented Systems.

Object-Oriented Analysis(OOA) and Object-Oriented Design(OOD)?
Flexible in terms of Object Orientation means, that it's possible to add functionality
without messing the whole thing up. Object Oriented Analysis has the purpose of
finding a proper OOD for the problem, e.g. by using Design Patterns.

Question No: 156( Marks: 3 ) Identify draw backs to ERP systems.
Disadvantages of ERP: Many problems organizations have with ERP systems are
due to inadequate investment in ongoing training for involved personnel, including
those implementing and testing changes, as well as a lack of corporate policy
protecting the integrity of the data in the ERP systems and how it is used.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 119 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS601 : subjective part of one final Term paper Feb 11

There are 45 questions in all 30 Objective and 15 Subjective
Objective covers almost 80% of last 10 lectures.

Subjective questions:
1. Differentiate between Guided and Un-Guided Media.
2. What is coaxial cable?
3. Explain briefly Checksum.
4. Explain redundancy in terms of error detection mechanism.
5. Name and discuss briefly the bits in HDLC control field.
6. Why asynchronous data link protocol is slow but not complex?
7. What are the fractional T-Lines?
8. Write down the abbreviation of the followings: a- ARP b- RARP c- ICMP
9. Which one has overhead repeater or bridge?
10. What is differential Manchester encoding scheme?
11. Which attribute of Ethernet developed by ITU-T and ANSI?
12. Write down the four architectures of LAN.
13. What is Network Virtual Terminal (NVT)?
14. Whether hamming code is error detection or error correction?
15. What are the basic types of Telephone Network?

Question#1: What are the Asynchronous protocols in data communication layer?

Question#2: What is Frequencly division multiplexing ?.......Marks (5)

Question#3: Find the binary equivalent ………….Marks (5)

Question#4
What is stop and wait ARQ in error control ?....Marks (3)

Question#5: What is Interleaving ?........Marks (3)

Question#6: What is DSU in terms of digital services?.........Marks (3)

Question#7
Which architecture of Ethernet developed by ITU_T and ANSI?........... Marks (2)

Question#8: What is a spike in noise term?.........Marks (2)

Question#9

What is even parity generator in VRC error detection mechanism?...........Marks (2)




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 120 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS610 COPUTER NETWORKS FINAL TERM FALL 2011
CS610 COPUTER NETWORKS
FINAL TERM FALL2011

There were 30 MCQs
15 descriptive questions are as fallow:

Question no. 31       (Marks2)
Find the class in 00000001.001011.1001.111

Question no. 32       (Marks2)
What is the difference between unicast and multicast?

Question no. 33       (Marks2)
What is the basic concept of Twice NAT (Network Address Translation)?

Question no. 34       (Marks2)
What is the role of DMA in NIC?

Question no. 35       (Marks2)
What is the function of Hope count matrix in routing information protocol?

Question no. 36        (Marks2)
What is the scale or level of requirement in of IPv6?

Question No: 37     (Marks: 3)
Change the following into equalant binary
154.31.161.13
202.32.15.7
192.168.1.5

Question No: 38    (Marks: 3)
What is the meaning of Facilities for Transit Routing as a characteristic of the Border
Gateway Protocol?

Question No: 39 (Marks: 3)
In internet routing how does a host join or leave a group?

Question No: 40 (Marks: 3)
Name the six services provided by TCP

Question No: 41 (Marks: 3)
In internet routing how does a host join or leave a group?

Question No: 42 (Marks: 3)
What are the distance limitations in Fiber Optic?



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 121 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 43     (Marks: 5)
What are the three approaches for datagram forwarding?

Question No: 45   (Marks: 5)
Write down the comparison of Distance- vector and Link – state algorithm?

Total duration allowed 90 Minutes
Total Questions 45

Total MCQs 30 time budget for MCQs is 30 Minute
There was 15 subjective questions 90 minutes duration
Strange paper was designed for 120 minutes but time given was 90 Minutes so you
have to complete subjective in 60 minutes
Approximately they were divided as
2 marks 7 questions = 14 Marks and 28 Minutes
3 marks 5 questions = 15 Marks and 30 Minutes
5 marks 3 questions = 15 marks and 30 Minutes
most of questions are available in old papers




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 122 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
CS615 Final Term Papers
. what are the tasks that you perform in project closedown ? (2)
. state any three benefits of weekly status report (2)
list the features of WBS? (2)
what are the advantage of function point (2)
.what are the types of risk (2)
how can material resource rate is calculated? (2)
.define software process & explain it (3)
.write down concept of “time and effort allocation” for project scheduling ? (3)
.when risk is considered in the context of software engineering what conceptual
underpinning are always in evidence (3)
what is process line? How many ways a progress line can be displayed? (3)
.list the project planning key tasks used in planning physics (3)
.what are the output that comes from staff acquisition (3)
.why we use WBS?(5)
difference between reactive & proactive risk management (5)
. prepare simple risk analysis table?(5)
================================

Q 31. what are the tasks that you perform in project closedown ? (2)
Ans: Prepare closedown report
Identify Learning
Identify reusable software components
Create reference material
32. state any three benefits of weekly status report (2)
Ans: Activities during the period
Activities planed for next week Problems.
33. list the features of WBS? (2)
Ans :First, it gives the management an idea about the size and complexity of the
project.
Second, it helps in planning, scheduling, and monitoring a project realistically.
This is possible because all the tasks in the project can be preformed measurable
targets for each task.
34. what are the advantage of function point (2)
Function points are language-and technology-independent. Therefore, you can use
them to estimate any kind of project. They can also be used to estimate the effort,
cost, and schedules of projects that use the Prototyping and Spiral models because
such projects have uncertain user and project requirements.

In addition, you can use function points as a project estimation technique when you
anticipate changes in the middle of a project. These changes may disturb the
estimates if, you had used SLOC to estimate the effort, cost, or size of a project.

The FP estimation uses a subjective and holistic approach for project estimation.

Consequently, the estimates calculated by using the FP are unlikely to be incorrect.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 123 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
35.what are the types of risk (2)
Ans: A software project encounters two types of risks, development process risks
and product- related risks. Some of the development process risks are developer
errors, natural disasters, disgruntled employees, and poor management objectives.
Some project related risks are incomplete requirements, unclear project deliverables
and objectives, and complexity of the product.

36.how can material resource rate is calculated? (2)

37.define software process & explain it (3)
Ans: When you build a product or system, it’s important to go through a series of
predictable steps – a road map that helps you create a timely, high-quality result,
The road map that you follow is called a ‘software process’ A software process
provides the framework from which a comprehensive plan for software development
can be established.

38.write down concept of “time and effort allocation” for project
scheduling ? (3)
Ans: each activity in a software project needs a certain amount of time and effort
for completion. To manage the project, you assign start and end dates to each
activity. You also need to allocate appropriate effort to each activity. Most software
projects operate with time and effort constraints. Therefore, managing within the
available resources is very important for a software project manager

39.when risk is considered in the context of software engineering what
conceptual underpinning are always in evidence (3)
Ans: – The future is our concern – what risks might cause the software project to
go awry?
– Change is our concern -how will changes in customer requirements,
development technologies, target computers, and all other entities connected to the
project affect timeliness and overall success?
– Last, we must grapple with choices - what methods and tools should we use, how
many people should be involved, how much emphasis on quality is
"enough"?

40.what is progess line? How many ways a progress line can be displayed?
(3)
To track a project plan, you first view the progress of a project. You can view the
progress of a project by applying progress lines to the tasks in the project. You can
display progress lines in three ways,

41.list the project planning key tasks used in planning physics (3)
Ans: 1. Set goal and scope
2. Select lifecycle
3. Set organization team form
4. Start team selection
5. Determine risks

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 124 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
6. Create WBS
7. Identify tasks
8. Estimate size
9. Estimate effort
10. Identify task dependencies
11. Assign resources
12. Schedule work

42.what are the output that comes from staff acquisition (3)
Ans: i. Project staff assigned. The project is staffed when appropriate people have
been reliably assigned to work on it. Staff may be assigned full time, part time, or
variably, based on the needs of the project.

ii. Project team directory. A project team directory lists all the project team
members and other stakeholders. The directory may be formal or informal, highly
detailed or broadly framed, based on the needs of the project.

43. Why we use WBS? (5)
Ans: Using a WBS provides a number of benefits to the management and to the
development teams.

First, it gives the management an idea about the size and complexity of the project.

Second, it helps in planning, scheduling, and monitoring a project realistically.

This is possible because all the tasks in the project can be preformed measurable
targets for each task.

44.difference between reactive & proactive risk management (5)
Ans: Reactive strategies have been laughingly called the “Indiana Jones School of
risk management” [THO92]. In the movies that carried his name, Indiana Jones,
when faced with overwhelming difficulty, would invariably say, “Don’t worry, I’ll
think of something!” Never worrying about problems until they happened, Indy
would react in some heroic way.

Sadly, the average software project manager is not Indiana Jones and the
members of the software project team are not his trusty sidekicks. Yet, the
majority of software teams rely solely on reactive risk strategies. At best, a
reactive strategy monitors the project for likely risks. Resources are set aside to
deal with them, should they become actual problems. More commonly, the software
team does nothing about risks until something goes wrong. Then, the team flies into
action in an attempt to correct the problem rapidly. This is often called a fire
fighting mode. When this fails, “Crisis Management” [CHA92] takes over, and the
project is in real jeopardy.

A considerably more intelligent strategy for risk management is to be proactive. A
proactive strategy begins long before technical work is initiated. Potential risks are

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 125 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
identified, their probability and impact are assessed and they are ranked by
importance. Then, the software team establishes a plan for managing risk. The
primary objective is to avoid risk, but because not all risks can be avoided, the team
works to develop a contingency plan that will enable it to respond in a controlled
and effective manner.

45. prepare simple risk analysis table?(5)




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 126 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ENG101 LATEST paper Feb 2011
Mr. Lim takes only______________________ drinks. He neither drinks wine nor
beer.
2. He acted ______________ when he leaked the secrets of how his school
basketball team will handle its rivals.
3. The dance will begin in the ___________________ direction and will then
proceed forward and backwards.
4. The meeting was most __________________. None of the important issues were
discussed.
5. An ________________ has to be found immediately or else the community will
die from the poison.
6. Their arch-rival launched a _________________ against them when he realized
they were off-guard.
7. Hugh did not like to mingle with others. His________________ behavior led him
to seclusion.
8. I am reluctant to order goods from this factory as it has a ______________ sales
policy.
9. The runner was __________________ from the finals when the officials
discovered that he had taken steroids.
10. Such ___________________ behavior will not get you anywhere. You will only
be considered uncouth.
Complete the following sentences by using appropriate words from the list given.

Antisocial counter-clockwise non-alcoholic
Antitoxin disloyally Disorderly
Counter-offensive disqualified non-returnable
Counter-productive
Define the following terms. (3+2)
Emphasis
Parallelism

Express your views on the given topic in paragraph form. It should comprise of 100-
130 words.

Describe your childhood home.

What are five main types of determiners? Write names only.
Why is it important to give an outline in an Essay?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 127 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ENG201 final Term 2011 paper
Total: 40
Objectives: 27
Subjective: 13 (2x4; 3x5; 5x5)
Here are 15 objectives I found in previous papers that have been repeated.
One objective was about which one show the best presentation of quantitative
data… my ans n to me the correct one was Line Graph…other options were bar
graph; pie chart; pictograph
Another one was related to progress reports
Other were grammatical..the correct use of that or which; whom or who commas
type q’s. I have found a website where there are practice quizzes and answers with
logic and most of theses questions in ENG201 papers are being copied from there.
Here is the link
          http://www.grammarbook.com/interactive_quizzes_exercises.asp
1-What is the last thing you need to do before you get ready to distribute
your document?
► Designing
► Revising
► Proofreading
► All of the above

2-Feasibility reports are used:
► To analyze problems and predict practical alternatives.
► To control problems, sell products and services.
► To monitor and control production, sales, shipping, etc.
► To solve problems and supply facts.

3-Which phrase is used during a presentation?
► Thanks for giving me a hand.
► Thank you very much for your time today.
► Thank you for your quick response.
► Thank you for your corporation.

4-Claim letter is also called:
► Transmittal letter
► Credit refusing letter
► Adjustment letter
► Complaint letter

5-If your message is specific, definite and vivid; which of the following
principle
has been applied?
► Completeness
► Correctness27
► Conciseness
► Concreteness


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 128 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
6-Which of the following suggests the following statement? "First group
the ideas and then put them in sequence."
► Revising a message
► Editing a message
► Organizing a message
► Planning a message

7-Which of the following significantly improves the interest of a
presentation?
► Illustration
► Visual aids
► Image
► Reflection

8-What is meant by task-facilitating roles?
► Suggesting decision-making procedures that will move the
group towards the goal
► Drawing out other members by showing verbal support
► Offering to yield on a point in the interest of reaching mutually acceptable
decision
► Drawing out other members by showing verbal and non verbal support,
praise or agreement

9-How many elements are found in conventional superstructure for
instructions?
► Three
► Four
► Five
► Two

10-AIDS stands for:
► Attention Immunodeficiency Syndrome
► Acquired Implement System
► Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome
► Attention Implement System

11-Choose the correct sentence.
► A friendly-little dog is all I need for company.
► A friendly little dog is all I need for company.
► A friendly, little dog is all I need for company.
► A friendly; little dog is all I need for company.

12-Choose the sentence with the correct comma placement.
► We will grant you immunity, if you decide to cooperate with us.
► We will grant you immunity, if you decide, to cooperate with us.
► We will grant you immunity if you decide, to cooperate with us.
► We will grant you immunity if you decide to cooperate with us.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 129 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

13-Software functional specs usually contain:
► Assumptions, resources
► Cost target, Maintenance
► A & b - correct
► Orientation specs and Functional specs

14-Which of the following messages aim to influence audiences who are
inclined to resist, so they depend heavily on strategic planning?
► Considerate messages
► Courteous messages
► Informative messages
► Persuasive messages

15-Choose the sentence with the correct comma placement.
► You are I am sure, telling the truth.
► You are I am sure telling, the truth.
► You are, I am sure, telling the truth.
► You are, I am sure telling the truth.

Subjectives:
1: What does mean a trite expression? 2 marks
2: A question was fill in the blanks with proper transitional word. the sentence was
like
First line telling about ancient customs of china. The spring season,-----------------,
marks the celebrations of ancient new year in china.
(I used “Therefore” whats correct I dnt noe. :S)

3: What are Proposals? 2 marks
Answer: In a proposal, identify a specific problem and state how you will solve that
problem. Most organizations rely on successful proposal writing for their continued
existence. You will most likely spend a major part of your professional life writing
proposals

Proposal Structure:
• Front matter
• Body
• Introduction
• Technical approach
• Management requirements
• Work plan
• End matter

4: How to construct a pie chart? 2

5: How do Visual Aids support your arguments? Marks 3
Answer:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 130 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Use your visual aids to maintain and revive audience interest. Visual
aids, especially those involving color and movement, are much better at
getting back the audience’s attention than any words you may have for
them. Keep going, and things usually get better. Things usually get
better, and your audience will silently be wishing you success.

6: What is lack of information? 3 marks
Lack of Information:
If it is the result of poor research, then you will have to stop writing and do more
information gathering. If you find yourself doing this often, you might correctly
guess that you have a problem in defining your communication purpose.

7: What is an “Empirical Research Report”? 3 marks
Answer;
Superstructure for Empirical research Reports: To answer the readers typical
questions about empirical research reports, writers use a substructure that has the
following elements.

• Introduction
• Objectives of research
• Methods Results
• Discussion
• Conclusions
•Recommendation

8: What rae the Modify verbs? 3 marks

9: How does Editing help to improve a document? 5
Answer:
To re-structure the leaflets, manuals, standard letters or customer service letters, to
make them concise, clear and effective.

Editing gives documents an indispensable proofreading tool that not only catches
plagiarism, grammar and style mistakes, but also delivers instructional feedback
that serves to make students better writers.

10: What are the Tables in Visual aids? 5 marks

11: How to make persuasive speaking during a presentation? What’s its
imp?

12: How to plan an interview? 5 marks

13: What are Two types of the preliminary outlines? How preliminary
outlines help in preparing a report? 5 marks




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 131 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ENG301 Final Term Paper 2011
There are total 42 questions all questions almost repeated

1.   Write the essential parts of Business Letter (3)
2.   Define CV and Resume (2)
3.   Write a brief note on Quasi-Experimental Research. (3)
4.   What appeals are generally used in a collection letter?
5.   What do you understand by MLA and APA formats?

What is a delivery method of oral presentation in which speech is made without any
preparation or made on the spur of the moment?
► Extemporaneous
► Impromptu page no 181
► Reading
► Writing
All pieces of literature, key journals and books referred to in a research proposal
should be listed at the end of the proposal. It is called------------------ section of
thesis.
► tables and figures
► appendices
► bibliography page 133
► index
--------------- is a group of people who are appointed to solve a specific problem.
► A standing committee
► A committee
► A task force page no 117
► A help desk
The person who has the power to act upon and carry out decisions is known as:
► Chairman
► Executive (PAGE 118)
► Advisory
► Leader
Both parties walk away from the negotiation dissatisfied. This situation is
called ……………………………
Select correct option:
     • win-win strategy
     • win-lose strategy
     • lose-win strategy
     • lose-Lose strategy page no 186
Arrived at the conclusion’ is --------------------- expression and ‘Concluded’ is -------
--------- expression.

►     concise, verbose
►    Verbose, concrete
►    Concise, simple
►    Verbose, concise


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 132 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Today paper of ENG….301….LATEST QUESTIONS AND…MCQ

There are total 42 questions all questions almost repeated
1. Write the essential parts of Business Letter (3)
2. Define CV and Resume (2)
3. Write a brief note on Quasi-Experimental Research. (3)
4. What appeals are generally used in a collection letter?
5. What do you understand by MLA and APA formats?

What is a delivery method of oral presentation in which speech is made without any
preparation or made on the spur of the moment?
► Extemporaneous
► Impromptu page no 181
► Reading
► Writing

All pieces of literature, key journals and books referred to in a research proposal
should be listed at the end of the proposal. It is called------ section of thesis.
► tables and figures
► appendices
► bibliography page 133
► index

--------------- is a group of people who are appointed
to solve a specific problem.
► A standing committee
► A committee
► A task force page no 117
► A help desk

The person who has the power to act upon and carry out decisions is known as:
► Chairman
► Executive (PAGE 118)
► Advisory
► Leader

Both parties walk away from the negotiation dissatisfied. This situation is
called ……
Select correct option:
· win-win strategy
· win-lose strategy
· lose-win strategy
· lose-Lose strategy page no 186

Arrived at the conclusion’ is ----------- expression and ‘Concluded’ is ----------------
expression.
► concise, verbose

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 133 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Verbose, concrete
► Concise, simple
► Verbose, concise

1. A typical recruiter devotes _____ seconds to each resume before tossing it into
either the “maybe” or the “reject” pile.

2. Redraft the message for clarity
The identification and classification of the various histological types of lymphomas
are

3.Evaluation studies are usually described as either------------------ or summative.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 134 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ENG301 : MID TERM PAPER2010
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
Time: 60 min

Marks: 35


Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. The essence of---------------is
making a sale.

►   Persuation
►   Inquiry
►   Concession
►   Sale

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. An effective way of maintaining
communication with employees is to monitor:

►   Feedback
►   Behaviour
►   Environment of the company
►   Situation

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Personal space varies
according to:

►   Situation
►   Culture, status
►   Medium
►   Channel

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. A machine scans a printed
page, converts it to a signal, and transmits the signal over a telephone line to a
receiving machine. Although they have been available for many years, until recently
they were slow and expensive.

These are called:



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 135 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
►   Groupware
►   Teleconferencing
►   Faxes
►   Voice Mail

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image.

AIDA plan stands for:

►   Attention, Interest, Desire, Action
►   Authority, Interest, Disclose, Accuracy
►   Accuracy, Internal, Diction, Attention
►   Action, Interest, Desire, Authority

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. When your message contains
all the facts, the reader or the listener needs, it is called:

►   Complete
►   Considerate
►   Courteous
►   Clear

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image.

Which one is not related to close paragraph?

►   Make Action
►   Keep Last Paragraph Concise and Correct
►   End on a Positive, Courteous Thought
►   Make a refusal statement

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image.

Which of the following parts are related to business letters?

►   Heading
►   Date
►   Inside address, salutation
►   All of the above

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                              Page 136 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Clarity is achieved in part
through a balance between ……………………………….

►   Precise and familiar language
►   Complex and difficult language
►   Easy and simple language
►   Rough and tough language

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Advancement in technology
has brought changes in the business market.

Which one is not correct from the following:

►   increased demand of things.
►   made communication easy.
►   increased market competition.
►   ignored local markets.

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 2 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. Write down names of standard
parts of a business letter.

Heading, date, inside address, body, salutation, complementary close, signature
and reference section

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 2 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which points should be kept in
mind while writing get-well soon and sympathy letters.

Answer:

When a personal friend or a business collegue is ill, a letter from you is welcome. If
the illness is not serious and recovery is expected, a humorous get-well card or a
cheerful, happy letter can be written.

If the illness is serious or the person is getting over a major operation, the the
person will not be in a mood for jokes!

Mention once at the beginning of the letter how sorry you are that the person is ill.
Then talk about a normal life.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 137 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 3 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. What is direct approach?

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 3 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. Explain Letterhead of Business
message and name its different parts.

Answer:

A letterhead is a printed paper with the name and address of a person or
organization. It occupies not more than 2 inches at the top of the page.

Following are the different parts of letterhead

Name
Address
telephone number
Fax number
Type of business
Name of manufacturing unit / corporate office etc.

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 5 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. Environmental factors can
greatly affect the process of communication’. Discuss.

Answer:

Organizations give consideration to office space, factory area and layout, the sales
area and conference venues. The environment put people at ease and match their
expectations; an uncomfortable environment can produce ‘noise’ that causes
communication barriers and interferes communication process.

Therefore desire for privacy, familiarity and security, need to be satisfied.

Careful design of the working area meet these needs and in so doing improve
communication, productivity and morale.

Light, colour, tables, chairs, desks, temperature, plants, sound, artwork, and wall
coverings all have a good impact on people about the image of organization.

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 5 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. ‘When a message is vivid,

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 138 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
definite and specific, it conveys meaning effectively’. Discuss the importance of
concreteness in business message.

Answer:

Concreteness means “a message should be vivid, definite and specific”

If message convince the reader than sender will get the reply and feed back

And if a message lacks the qualities, it will be vague and general and it may be
ignored by the reader.

Concrete facts and figures make the reader to know exactly what is required or
desired by the sender.

Example: if some information to be given regarding decision.

The chief executive decided” is clearer than “A decision has been made.”

A positive messages always leaves positive signs on the reader.

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 5 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. Write a detailed note on buffer.

Answer:

Buffer is defined as “its a statement, that helps to bring the reader in a positive
frame of mind, and message becomes readable and easy to understand for the
reader. To give bad news, messages begin with a buffer. But “Buffer” should be
neutral in tone. Try to avoid misleading the reader to think that the message is
good.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 139 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
FIN621 : LATEST FINAL PAPER

The trial balance shows Supplies of Rs.1,350 and Supplies Expense of Rs.0. If
Rs.600 of supplies are on hand at the end of the period, the adjusting entry would
be:

Which of the following items are NOT added back to the net income figure (which is
found on the Income Statement) to arrive at cash flows from operations?
   • Depreciation
   • Deferred tax
   • Amortization
   • Investments

Which of the following accounts will be debited, when increased?
  • Liabilities and expenses
  • Assets and equity
  • Assets and expenses
  • Equity and revenues

The users of a statement of cash flows are mostly interested in:
  • Net cash flow from operating activities
  • Net cash flow from investing activities
  • Net cash flow from financing activities
  • Net cash flow from non-cash transactions

A business has purchased a building on cash, how it would be recorded in the
journal?
Select correct option:
   • Building - Debit; Cash - Credit
   • Cash - Debit; Building - Credit
   • Building - Debit; Owner’s equity - Credit
   • Building - Debit; Accounts Payable - Credit

The current ratio will be excessively very high in which of the following
inventory costing Methods?
   • FIFO
   • LIFO
   • Average cost
   • Specific identification

    Which of the following is a type of preferred stock that entitles the holder to a
    fixed dividend and, in addition, to the right to get any surplus profits after
    payment of agreed levels of dividends to holders of common stock?
       ►In arrears preferred shares
       ►Call able preferred shares
       ►Cumulative preferred shares
       ►Participating preferred shares

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 140 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

There are five main kinds of current assets. Which of the following is NOT among
them?
Select correct option:

    •   Cash and equivalents
    •   Deferred income
    •   Accounts receivable
    •   Prepaid expenses

What will be the effect on the EPS of the company, if it paid stock dividend on
common stock?
  • Increase
  • Decrease
  • No effect
  • Can not be found from the given information

What will be the effect of appropriated retained earnings on the rate of return
on stockholder's equity?
   • Increase
   • Decrease
   • No effect
   • Can not be found from the given information

Which one of the following statement indicates the Inventory turnover ratio?
  • How quickly company prepared its inventory
  • How quickly company converts its inventory into cash
  • How quickly company purchases its inventory
  • How quickly company sells its inventory

Which of the following options indicate how quickly accounts receivables are
converted into cash?
 I.  a) Accounts receivable turnover
 I.  b) Days to collect accounts receivable
 I.  c) Working capital
 I.  d) Total assets turnover

Ames Corporation's net accounts receivable were Rs. 750,000 on December 31,
20X1, and Rs. 1,250,000 on December 31, 20X2. Net cash sales for 20X2
were Rs. 3,300,000. The accounts receivable turnover ratio for 20X2 was 16.
What were the total net sales for 20X2?
 I.  a)
 I.  b)
 I.  c)
 I.  d)

Nestle Pakistan Limited is an example of which of the following types of businesses?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 141 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 I.  a) Manufacturing
 I.  b) Service
 I.  c) Merchandise
Whole seller

LONG QUESTION.
 I.  A COMPANY GETS LOAN OF RS.80,000 WHICH IS PAYABLE IN 90 DAYS
    WHAT IS THE EFFECT OF ON THE WORKING CAPTIAL.
 I.  ENLIST OF THE OWNER EQUITY SHOWS ITMES IN BALANCE SHEET.
 I.  ONE QUESTION ABOUT TO CALCULATE TOATL ASSET TURN OVER RATIO.

(FOR 2 YERS.. TOTAL ASSEST AND SALES ARE GIVEN NOT DIFICLUT)
 I.   ONE IS TO MAKE OWNER EQUITY STATEMENT.
 I.   WHICH THING EFFECT THE RATION OF A FIRM INLIST ANY 5.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                     Page 142 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
FIN621 Final Term 2011

SUBJECTIVE PAPER
Q#1 some analyst argue that defferd tax should be included in the debt of the
company. Why? 3
Q#2 list down the component of stockholders equity 3
Q#3 can a stock have negative price to earning ratio. Support your answer with
valid reason. 3
Q#4 calculate return on investment 5 marks
Net income 40,000
Interest expense 10,000
Income tax expense 20,000
Liabilities 1, 50,000
Common share 1, 50,000
Retained earning 60,000
Q#5 calculate earning per share
Q#6 journal transactions




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 143 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
FIN621 Solved MCQs Final term 2010 papers
ABC Company has Rs. 120,000 cash, Rs. 50,000 as accounts receivables, Rs.
10,000 as allowance for doubtful accounts, Rs. 30,000 as work in progress
inventory, Rs. 45,000 as finished goods, Rs. 40,000 land purchased in the current
year. Calculate the value of current assets.
     ۩ Rs. 275,000
     ۩ Rs. 285000
    ۩ Rs. 235,000
     ۩ Rs. 210,000

    (120,000+50000,-10,000+30,000+45,000) = 235,000 land r fix assets

Krisle and Kringle's debt-to-total assets ratio is 4%. What is its debt-to-equity ratio?

     ۩ 2%
     ۩ 7%
     ۩ 6%
     ۩ 3%
Since the debt-to-total assets ratio is.4, then equity-to-total assets ratio is.6. The
ratio of debt to equity is then .4/.6 or .667 (66.7%).

A firm has beginning accounts receivables of Rs. 375,000, and ending accounts
receivables of Rs. 400,000. The sales were Rs. 2,500,000 including cash sales of Rs.
600,000. Calculate the accounts receivable turnover ratio of the company.
0.76
6.45
4.75
4.90

(agv ac rec 375,000 + 400,000 / 2 ) 387,500
Crdt sale (2,500,000-600,000) = 1,900,000
Turnover ratio = 1,900,000/387,500 = 4.90
If the prepaid rent account before adjustment at the end of the month has a debit
balance of Rs. 1,600, representing a payment made on the first day of the month,
and if the monthly rent was Rs.800, the amount of prepaid rent that would appear
on the balance sheet at the end of the month, after adjustment, is:
       ۩ Rs. 1,600
      ۩ Rs. 400
      ۩ Rs. 800       1600-800 = 800
      ۩ Rs. 2,400

A company has interest expense of Rs. 35,000, its accrued liabilities increased by
Rs. 7,000. What will be the cash payments for the interest?
Rs. 28,000
Rs. 42,000
Rs. 30,000
Rs. 18,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 144 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    (35,000+7000) =42,000

A company has the following currents assets: Cash Rs. 30,000; marketable
securities Rs. 20,000; accounts receivable Rs. 20,000, inventory Rs. 15,000;
prepaid expenses Rs. 10,000; the total current liabilities were Rs. 55,400. Calculate
the quick ratio of the company.
1.71
1.44
1.26
1.53
 (30,000+20,000+20,000+10,000) =80,000/55,400 = 1.44

 The situation, where the amount of current assets is exactly equal to current
liabilities, is found when current ratio is:
2:1
2.3 : 1
3:2
1:1

Current ratio = current assets/ current liabilities
              100/100 = 1


Assume that a company total paid in capital of Rs. 57,160,000, Preferred shares Rs.
12,000,000 and commons tock Rs. 14,000,000. Calculate the amount of total legal
capital of the company.

Rs. 26,000,000
Rs. 2000,000
Rs. 45,160,000
Rs. 43,160,000
 (14,000,000+12,000,000) =26,000,000

 Suppose that a company has cash sales of Rs. 50 million, total expenses of Rs. 35
million, and net income of Rs.15 million. If accounts receivable decreased by Rs. 12
million, how much cash did the company receive from the customers?
Rs. 62 million
Rs. 50 million
Rs. 38 million (doubted)
Rs. 15 million

A company has a cost of goods sold of Rs. 530,000; the beginning inventory is Rs.
120,000, and ending inventory is Rs. 180,000. Calculate the number of days to sell
the inventory. (Round the figures to the nearest whole)
83 days
125 days
104 days

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 145 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

100 days


    Which of the following is NOT among the five main kinds of current assets?

       ۩   Cash and equivalents
       ۩   Deferred income
       ۩   Accounts receivable
       ۩   Prepaid expenses

    Investing activities include all of the following EXCEPT:
        ۩ Payment of debt
        ۩ Collection of loans
        ۩ Making of loans
        ۩ Sale of available for sale and held to maturity securities

 When merchandise is purchased in a periodic inventory system, its cost is debited
to ________ account.
     ۩ Inventory
     ۩ Inventory expense
     ۩ Purchases
     ۩ Cost of goods sold

 The indirect method shows the reconciliation from net income to operating cash
flows. Select the adjustment that is subtracted during the reconciliation.
     ۩ Non-cash revenues (revenues earned but payment not yet received)
reported on the income statement
     ۩ A decrease in Accounts Receivable or another non-cash current asset
     ۩ Revenues earned and received in cash.
     ۩ Non-cash expenses (expenses incurred but not paid) reported on the income
statement-one example is amortization expense.


    Which of the following is NOT an example of deferred item?
       ۩ Depreciation
       ۩ Accounts payable
       ۩ Unearned revenue
       ۩ Prepaid insurance

    Which of the following is NOT true about the net income?
      ۩ It is a calculated figure and represents actual cash
      ۩ It can be distributed among holders of common stock as a dividend
      ۩ It can be held by the firm as retained earnings
      ۩ It is obtained by subtracting expenses from the revenues

    Which of the following statements about a periodic inventory system is TRUE?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 146 
 
            Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
۩ Companies determine cost of goods sold only at the end of the
accounting period
۩ Companies continuously maintain detailed records of the cost of each inventory
purchases
۩ The periodic system provides better control over inventories than a perpetual
system
۩ The increased use of computerized systems has increased the use of the periodic
system


 Which of the following transactions would increase the net cash flow from operating
activities?
     ۩ The collection of an account receivable from a customer
     ۩ The issuance of capital stock for cash at a price above par
     ۩ The purchase of a delivery truck by issuing a note payable
     ۩ The sale of equipment for cash at a gain

Balance Sheet and Accounting Cycle are based on which of the following?

        ۩   Adjusting entries
        ۩   Closing entries
        ۩   Financial position
        ۩   Accounting Equation

    Audit opinions can NOT be classified as which of the following?
        ۩ Adverse opinion
        ۩ Unqualified opinion
        ۩ Qualified opinion
       ۩ Disagreement of opinion

http://www.urlaubaccounting.com/typeaudit.html


    The audit is NOT a necessary requirement for which of the following companies?
        ۩ Listed companies
        ۩ Corporations
        ۩ Sole proprietorship
        ۩ Partnerships

    Which of the follwing business owner is personally liable for its debts?
        ۩ Corporations
        ۩ Sole proprietorship
        ۩ General partnership
        ۩ Limited liability company
    The rules of GAAP are applicable to all types of companies EXCEPT:

        ۩ Sole proprietorship

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 147 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
        ۩ Corporations
        ۩ Partnerships
        ۩ None of the given option

    Which of the following is NOT an advantage of a Sole proprietorship?
       ۩ Easy to form and wind up
       ۩ Direct motivation
       ۩ Better control
       ۩ Limited liability

    Which of the following is NOT a part of the shareholder’s equity?
       ۩ Paid in capital
       ۩ Additional paid in capital
       ۩ Net income
       ۩ Retained earnings


 Which of the following is a type of preferred stock that entitles the holder to a fixed
dividend and, in addition, to the right to get any surplus profits after payment of
agreed levels of dividends to holders of common stock?
     ۩ In arrears preferred shares
     ۩ Call able preferred shares
     ۩ Cumulative preferred shares
     ۩ Participating preferred shares


 What will be the effect of purchases of its own shares by the business on the book
value of the business?
۩ Increase the total book value
۩ Decrease total book value
۩ No effect on the total book value
۩ May or may not change

What will be the affect of dividends paid on the book value of a company?
No effect on book value
Increase in book value
Decrease in book value
Depends upon the situation

The amount of current assets that varies with seasonal requirements is referred to
as which of the following?
Permanent Working Capital
Net Working Capital
Temporary Working Capital
Gross Working Capital

Which of the following is NOT true about the accounts receivable turnover ratio?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 148 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

It provides insight into the quality of the firm’s receivables
This ratio is calculated by dividing the receivables to annual credit sales
This ratio tells the number of time accounts receivables have been turned over in a
month
The higher the ratio, the better is for company

What will be the effect on the day’s sales in accounts receivables of a company if it
uses a natural business year?
Accounts receivables will be understated
Accounts receivables will be understated for service firms
Accounts receivables will be overstated
Accounts receivables will be have no effect

 Which of the following is NOT a goal of analysis of financial statement?
Assess the past performance
Asses the current financial position
Predict the future performance of the company
Asses the working of management in the future

 Which of the following is the percentage change if a negative amount appears in
the base year?
·      Misleading
·      Positive
·      Can not be computed
·      Negative

Page 125 Percentage change cannot be computed for negative amount or zero
amount in base
year.

When calculating the gross profit percentages, which of the following is used as the
base year for each year?
Net sales
Net income (not sure)
Gross profit
Cost of goods sold

 Which of the following performance measures would be of most direct interest to
shareholders?
Return on net assets
Gross profit margin
Debt ratio
Dividend yield

Company A makes an operating profit margin of 5 % on sales of Rs. 2.5 million.
Company B has sales that are 20% higher than Company A and achieves an

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 149 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
operating profit margin of 3.5%. Which company makes the highest operating
profit?
Company B
Company A (answer by marina)
Both make the same operating profit
Not possible to calculate


 Which of the following statement best describes the operating profit margin?
It shows what portion of profits are being distributed to shareholders
It shows what return is being made on assets employed in the business
It shows how well a company is controlling its costs, including overheads
It shows how efficiently a company is turning profits into cash

Page 144: A ratio widely used to evaluate a company's operational efficiency. ROS
is also known as a firm's "operating profit margin".

 The total legal capital of the company consists of which of the following?
Only common stocks issued
Only preferred stocks issued
Common stocks and preferred stocks
Common stocks and retained earnings
Page 149: Total legal capital = 12,000,000 (preferred) +14,000,000 (common)

Which one of the following statement indicates the Inventory turnover ratio?
How quickly company prepared its inventory
How quickly company converts its inventory into cash
How quickly company purchases its inventory
How quickly company sells its inventory

It shows how quickly inventory is sold and is determined by Inventory Turnover
Ratio

 Operating cycle belongs to which group of ratios?
Leverage ratios
Liquidity ratios
Profitability ratios
Activity ratios


 The period of time required to convert inventory into cash is known as which of the
following?
Operating cycle
Accounting cycle
Cash conversion cycle
None of the above



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 150 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Page 43: assets capable of being converted into cash within one year or operating
cycle, whichever is longer. Operating cycle is the time required to purchase or
manufacture inventory, sell the product and collect cash i.e.

 What will be effect of purchase of inventory on open account on quick ratio of the
company?
Increase
Decrease
No effect
Can not be found from the given information

 What will be the effect of conversion of a portion of bonds payable into common
stock on the interest coverage ratio of the company?
Increase
Decrease
No effect
Can not be found from the given information

 What will be the effect on the current ratio of the company, if company purchased
factory supplies on open account?
Increase
Decrease
No effect
Can not be found from the given information

 Which of the following is NOT an example of liquid assets?
Cash
Accounts receivable
Marketable securities
Prepaid expenses

 Prepaid expenses — these are expenses paid in cash and recorded as assets before
they are used or consumed (a common example is insurance). See also adjusting
entries.

 Arch Co. has a note payable to its bank. An adjusting entry is likely to be required
on Arch's books at the end of every month that the loan is outstanding to record
which of the following?
Amount of interest paid during the month
Amount of total interest to be paid when the note is paid off
Amount of principal payable at the maturity date of the note
Accrued interest expense for the month
 Ref:   http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/novella/QuizProcessingServlet


 To measure the business income, life of a business is divided into which of the
following?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 151 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Divided into specific points in time
Divided into irregular cycles
Divided into discrete accounting periods
Considered to be a continuous cycle

 Posting is performed by transferring information from:
Source documents to the journal
Ledger to the journal
Ledger to trial balance
 Journal to the ledger

Higher Inventory Turnover Ratio means all of the following EXCEPT:
How efficient the inventory management of the firm is?
How quickly inventory is sold?
How fast number of times the company sells it inventory during the year?
How quickly company converts its account receivables into cash?


Which   one of the following is NOT a type of adjusting entries?
    ۩    Entries to record accrued revenues
    ۩    Entries to record accrued expenses
    ۩    Entries to distribute un-earned revenue
    ۩   Entries to record revenues page 29


 Which one of the following statements is TRUE regarding distributions to
stockholders?
     ۩ The payment of dividends is not directly related to the profits of a given
period
     ۩ Shareholders can individually decide on their distributions
     ۩ To receive a corporate dividend, stock must be owned on the date of
declaration
    ۩ Corporate dividends reduce contributed capital and therefore, stockholders’
equity


Cash flow relating to investing activities does NOT present the cash effects of which
of the following?
     ۩ Plant assets
     ۩ Intangible assets
     ۩ Investments
     ۩ Debt financing

 Office supplies are purchased on account. The company uses a perpetual inventory
system. What is the correct journal entry for this purchase of office supplies?
      ۩ Debit - Purchases; Credit - Cash
      ۩ Debit - Merchandise Inventory; Credit - Cost of Goods Sold

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 152 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ۩ Debit - Office Supplies; Credit - Accounts Payable
    ۩ Debit - Merchandise Inventory; Credit - Accounts Payable


 Which of the following is NOT true about the specific identification method?
     ۩ It requires a very detailed physical count
     ۩ This method allows management to easily manipulate ending inventory cost
     ۩ This method is very hard to use on interchangeable goods
     ۩ This results in an overstated inventory account during the period of
inflation


 If sales revenues are Rs. 400,000, cost of goods sold is Rs. 310,000, and operating
expenses are Rs. 60,000, what is the gross profit?
      ۩ Rs. 30,000
      ۩ Rs. 90,000
      ۩ Rs. 340,000
      ۩ Rs. 400,000
G.P= SALES – C.O.G.S = 400000-310000= 90,000

 Which of the following statements best describes the nature of depreciation?
     ۩ Regular reduction of asset value to correspond to the decline in
market value as the asset ages
     ۩ A process of correlating the book value of an asset with its gradual decline in
physical efficiency
     ۩ Allocation of the cost in a manner that will ensure that plant and equipment
items are not carried on the balance sheet at amounts in excess of net realizable
value
     ۩ Allocation of the cost of a plant asset to the periods in which benefits are
received

 Warner Corporation reported net income in excess of its net cash flow from
operations. A possible explanation of this difference is:
    ۩ Depreciation expense
    ۩ Non operating gains
    ۩ A decrease in income tax rates
    ۩ A decrease in accounts receivable over the period


 In a statement of cash flows, the acquisition of land by issuing capital stock:
     ۩ Is not shown at all, since no cash was received or disbursed
     ۩ Is shown as an investing activity
     ۩ Is shown as a financing activity
     ۩ Is shown in a supplementary schedule as a non-cash investing and financing
transaction




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 153 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Examples of cash flows from investing activities are: Cash payments and receipts
from acquisition and disposal of other than long term assets e.g.
Shares, debentures, TFC, long term loans given etc.

 Which of the following opinions state that the financial statements do not present
fairly the financial position, results of operations etc, in conformity with GAAP?
      ۩ Unqualified opinion
      ۩ Qualified opinion
      ۩ adverse opinion
      ۩ Disclaimer of opinion

    Which one of the following is NOT a limitation of financial statements?
       ۩ They always present past
       ۩ They always present the monetary terms
       ۩ They help in assessment of future profitability
       ۩ They give no information about management and employee relations


    Which of the follwing business owner is personally liable for its debts?
       ۩ Corporations
       ۩ Sole proprietorship
       ۩ General partnership
       ۩ Limited liability company

 Which of the following characteristics is NOT generally regarded as right of
common shareholders?
     ۩ Preemptive right
     ۩ Voting rights
     ۩ Preference in liquidation
     ۩ Transferability of shares
Preferred stockholders have no voting rights. Preferred shares are callable or
redeemable at higher price by the company issuing these.

 What would be the journal entry to record the issue of 1,000 shares of Rs. 1 par-
value common stock, which is issued for Rs. 4 per share?
     ۩ Debit Cash 4,000; Credit Common Stock 4,000
     ۩ Debit Cash 4,000; Credit Common Stock, 1,000, Credit Paid-in-Capital in
Excess of Par 3,000

    ۩ Debit Cash 4,000; Credit Common Stock, 1,000, Credit Retained
Earnings 3,000
    ۩ Debit Cash 4,000, Debit Paid-in-Capital in Excess of Par 3,000; Credit
Common Stock 4,000

 Suppose that an investor buys shares for Rs. 15per share from a company whose
stock's par value is stated at Rs. 10 per share, then what will be the value of paid in
capital for each share sold?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 154 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ۩   Rs. 25
    ۩   Rs. 5
    ۩   Rs. 20
    ۩   Rs. 30

 In the vertical analysis of income statement, all the accounts are expressed as a
percentage of which of the following?
     ۩ Net sales
      ۩ Gross sales
      ۩ Net income
      ۩ Total expenses
When using vertical analysis, the analyst calculates each item on a single financial
statement as a
percentage of a total.. The total used by the analyst on the income statement is net
sales revenue,

 The changes in the financial statement items from a base year to following years
are often expressed as which of the following?
     ۩ Trend percentages
     ۩ Component percentages
     ۩ Common percentages
     ۩ Both trend and component percentages

Trend percentages/ Horizontal Analysis/ Index Analysis: This analysis
considers changes in
items of financial statement from a base year to the following years to show the
direction of change.This is also called horizontal analysis.

Question No: 18      ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one

 Which of the following indicates the relative size of each item included in a total?
     ۩ Trend percentages
     ۩ Component percentages
     ۩ Common percentages
     ۩ Both trend and component percentages
Component percentages/ Vertical Analysis/ Common- Size Analysis: This
type of analysis
indicates the relative size of each item in the Financial Statements as a percentage
of the total of that Statement i.e. Total Assets or total Liabilities & Shareholders
equity in Balance Sheet and Sales in Income Statement.

 If a firm has Rs. 100 in inventories, a current ratio equal to 1.2, and a quick ratio
equal to 1.1, what is the firm's Net Working Capital?
      ۩ Rs. 0
      ۩ Rs. 100
      ۩ Rs. 200
      ۩ Rs. 1,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 155 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

 A company can improve (lower) its debt-to-total asset ratio by doing which of the
following?
     ۩ Borrow more
     ۩ Shift short-term to long-term debt
     ۩ Shift long-term to short-term debt
     ۩ Sell common stock

  REF
http://web.utk.edu/~jwachowi/mcquiz/mc6.html


 Earnings per share, return on sales, and return on equity are all examples of which
of the following?
     ۩ Leverage ratios
     ۩ Liquidity ratios
     ۩ Turnover ratios
     ۩ Profitability ratios

 Which of the following could account for a company's gross profit ratio increasing
from one period to the next?
     ۩ An increase in the cost of sales which has not been accompanied by an
increase in the selling price of goods sold

    ۩ An increase in the selling price of goods sold which has not been
accompanied by an increase in the cost of sales

     ۩ A change in the mix of goods sold so that lower profit margin goods take a
greater proportion of total sales

    ۩ A change in stock valuation method at the year end which leads to a
decrease in the closing stock figure

 Which of the following is MOST likely to offer you the highest rate of return
together with the highest risk?

     ۩ Cash in a building society deposit account
     ۩ Preference shares
     ۩ Ordinary shares
     ۩ Government bonds
 Assume that a company total paid in capital of Rs. 57,160,000, Preferred shares
Rs. 12,000,000 and commons tock Rs. 14,000,000. Calculate the amount of total
legal capital of the company.

    ۩ Rs. 26,000,000
    ۩ Rs. 2000,000
    ۩ Rs. 45,160,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 156 
 
            Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
        ۩ Rs. 43,160,000


ABC Company has cumulative preferred stock and three years of dividends are
owed. Using the following information, calculate the book value per share of the
preferred stock.

                 9% preferred stock, Rs. 100 par, 300 shares      Rs. 3,000
                 authorized and issued
                 Call price                                       Rs. 109
                 Retained Earnings                                Rs.
                                                                  28,000

        ۩   Rs. 109
        ۩   Rs. 202
        ۩   Rs. 211
        ۩   Rs. 118

    Which one of the following statement indicates the Inventory turnover ratio?
       ۩ How quickly company prepared its inventory
       ۩ How quickly company converts its inventory into cash
       ۩ How quickly company purchases its inventory
       ۩ How quickly company sells its inventory

    Operating cycle belongs to which group of ratios?
       ۩ Leverage ratios
       ۩ Liquidity ratios
       ۩ Profitability ratios
       ۩ Activity ratios

    Which of the following is the ideal position of debt ratio?
       ۩ 30%
       ۩ 60%
       ۩ 50%
       ۩ 45%

 What will be effect of purchase of inventory on open account on quick ratio of the
company?
    ۩ Increase
    ۩ Decrease
    ۩ No effect
    ۩ Can not be found from the given information

 What will be the effect on the inventory turnover ratio of the company, if it
changed from FIFO to LIFO during the period of inflation?
    ۩ Increase
    ۩ Decrease

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 157 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
        ۩ No effect
        ۩ Can not be found from the given information

 What will be the effect on the EPS of the company, if it paid stock dividend on
common stock?
    ۩ Increase
    ۩ Decrease
    ۩ No effect
    ۩ Can not be found from the given information

 Which of the following is essential to conduct business activity, particularly in times
of adversity?
     ۩ Profitability
     ۩ Liquidity
     ۩ Stability
     ۩ Solvency

 Failure to record the receipt of a utility bill for services already received will result
in which of the following?
      ۩ An overstatement of assets
      ۩ An overstatement of liabilities
      ۩ An overstatement of equity
      ۩ An understatement of assets

Which of the following would be the proper journal entry to record Rs. 1,000 of
Dividends paid by ABC Corporation?
     ۩ Debit Dividends 1,000; Credit Cash 1,000
     ۩ Debit Accounts Payable 1,000; Credit Cash 1,000
     ۩ Debit Dividends Expense 1,000; Credit Cash 1,000
     ۩ Debit Dividends Expense 1,000; Credit Service Revenue 1,000

    How does the acid test ratio differ from the current ratio?
       ۩ It is concerned with future cash flows rather than historical cash flows
       ۩ It does not differ from the current ratio
       ۩ It excludes the value of stocks
       ۩ It excludes the trade debtors


    Which of the following provides the basis for the trial balance?
       ۩ Income statement
       ۩ Statement of cash flow
       ۩ Ledger
       ۩ Adjusting entries

 Which of the following is NOT normally required for revenue to be recognized
according to the revenue principle for accrual basis accounting?
    ۩ The price is fixed or determinable

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                          Page 158 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ۩ Services have been performed
    ۩ Cash that has already been collected
    ۩ Evidence of an arrangement for customer payment exists


 If monthly financial statements are desired by management then:
     ۩ Journalizing and posting adjusting entries must be done each month
     ۩ Journalizing and posting closing entries must be done each month
     ۩ Monthly financial statements can be prepared from worksheets;
adjustments and closing entries need not be entered in the accounting
records
     ۩ Adjusting and closing entries must be entered in the accounting records
before preparation of interim financial statements

 ABC Company sold a plant asset that originally cost Rs. 50,000 for Rs. 22,000
cash. If the company correctly reports a Rs. 5,000 gain on this sale, the
accumulated depreciation on the asset at the date of sale must be:
    ۩ Rs. 33,000
    ۩ Rs. 28,000
    ۩ Rs. 27,000
    ۩ Rs. 23,000

 Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding depreciation methods?
     ۩ Accumulated depreciation represents a fund being accumulated fro the
replacement of assets
     ۩ The cost of a machine includes the cost of repairing damage to the machine
during the installation process
     ۩ A company may use different depreciation methods in its financial
statements and its income tax returns
     ۩ The use of an accelerated depreciation method causes an asset to wear out
more quickly than does the straight line method

 The actions taken by the management to make company appear as strong as
possible in its financial statements is termed as which of the following?
     ۩ Window dressing
     ۩ Understanding
     ۩ Comprehensiveness
     ۩ Materiality

 ABC Company selected ‘Abdullah and Ahmad Charted Accountants’ as its auditors /
accountancy firm. After audit the auditors stated company’s audit report as:
We have examined the accounts of ABC Company up to the year ended 30th June,
2009, and other record based on these accounts and we got all the information
required by us. In our opinion the financial statements and the accounts on which
they are based have been prepared in conformity with GAAP and present a true and
fair position of the affairs of ABC Company.


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 159 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
What do you think the above case is which type of following audit reports?
    ۩ Qualified Audit Opinion
    ۩ Un-qualified Audit Opinion
    ۩ Adverse Audit Opinion
    ۩ Disclaimer Audit Opinion

 All of the following users are very much concerned with the ratio analysis EXCEPT?
      ۩ Credit analyst, including banks who want to know the credibility of
company
      ۩ Bond rating companies, who analyze ratios to help ascertain a company’s
ability to pay its debts
      ۩ Customers, who want to know the designs and quality of the products
offered
      ۩ Managers, to analyze, control, and thus improve their working operations

 In order to know the percentage of assets financed by creditors, which of the
following ratio is calculated?
      ۩ Debt Ratio
      ۩ Equity Ratio
      ۩ Operating credit Ratio
      ۩ Quick Ratio
    The creditors' equity ratio equals total liabilities divided by total assets. This
reflects the percentage of assets financed by creditors. In the event of corporate
liquidation, creditors are paid before

 Which of the following statement is the LEAST LIKELY to be correct?
     ۩ A firm that has a high degree of business risk is less likely to want to incur
financial risk
     ۩ There exists little or no negotiation with suppliers of capital
regarding the financing needs of the firm
     ۩ Financial ratios are relevant for making internal comparisons
     ۩ It is important to make external comparisons or financial ratios
   A firm that has a high degree of business risk is much more likely to use equity
financing because there is no contractual responsibility to make interest payments.


 Which of the following is LEAST likely to be presented in Notes to financial
statements of a firm?
     ۩ Significant pending lawsuits
     ۩ Methods of Cost flow assumptions
     ۩ A firm’s capital resource needs and liquidity
     ۩ Sales by region or business segment




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                        Page 160 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
FIN622 Final Term 2011 Paper's subjective

total questions were 69
MCQS=62
short answers=3 (3 marks)
long questions=4 (5 marks)

short questions:
which dividend policy is best? (3)
calculation from breakeven point (3)
what is project financing (3)

long questions:
define correlation of coefficient and efficient portfolio (5)
elaborate equity and debt markets (5)
to avoid risks and returns what measures a firm took? (5)
calculation from NOI approach(5)

Fin622 current final term fall2010 dated (11 feb,2011)
my today ppr of fin-622

subjective here....

1. Give at least three reasons of merger failure and explain each of them briefly.3
marks

2. If a firm is facing cash flow problems, what steps would you suggest to the firm
to overcome its cash flow problems?5 marks

3. How a firm can create a hedge against interest rate risk? Explain briefly. 5 marks

4. Suppose a firm is planning to borrow some amount in a short-term period. How
this firm can create a hedge against rising interest rates? 5 marks

1) Systemic and unsystematic risk(3 M)
• SYSTEMATIC
• Economy-wide sources of Risk that effect all the stocks being traded in market.
Systematic risk influences large number of assets and is also known as market risk.
• Systematic Risk is measured by Beta Coefficient or Beta.
• Beta measures the systematic risk inherent in an asset relative to the market as
whole.
• Systematic Risk:
• Systematic risks are unanticipated that effects all the assets to some degree. It is
no diversifiable.
••UNSYSTEMATIC
• It affects only specific assets or a firm. it is also known as Diversifiable or Unique
or Asset- specific Risk.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 161 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
It can be eliminated by Diversification therefore; a Portfolio with many assets has
almost zero
Unsystematic Risk
• Unsystematic Risk or Unique Risk:– It affects only specific assets or a firm. it is
also known as Diversifiable or Unique or Asset- specific Risk. It can be eliminated by
Diversification therefore, a Portfolio with many assets has almost zero Unsystematic
Risk.

2) Capital ratio for investment (5)
A situation where a company has scarcity of funds to invest in potential
opportunities and these opportunities are compared with one another in order to
allocate resources most effectively and efficiently.

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
Explain the main features of a forward rate agreement.
Features of forward rate agreement It is in between bank and client for fixing future
interest rate on notional amount of loan. The loan is for an affirmed period starting
on a particular time in future. The size of the notional loan or deposit is decided
between the bank and the client. forward rate agreement are cash settled. On
settlement date buyer and seller must settle the agreement. The FRA rate for three
months loan/deposit starting in a 6 months’ time is normally expressed as 6v9 FRA.
The buyer of a FRA agrees to pay fixed interest rate on notional loan. At the same
buyer will receive interest on notional loan at standard rate of interest. On the other
side, seller of FRA agrees to pay interest on the notional amount at benchmark rate
and receives interest at a fixed rate.

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
Differentiate between Management Buyout and Management Buy-In.
Management Buyouts
Management buyouts are similar in all major legal aspects to any other acquisition
of a company. The particular nature of the MBO lies in the position of the buyers as
managers of the company and the practical consequences that follow from that. In
particular, the due diligence process is likely to be limited as the buyers already
have full knowledge of the company available to them. The seller is also unlikely to
give any but the most basic warranties to the management, on the basis that the
management knows more about the company than the sellers do and therefore the
sellers should not have to warrant the state of the company. In many cases, the
company will already be a private company, but if it is public then the management
will take it private.

Management Buy In (MBI):
Management Buy in (MBI) occurs when a manager or a management team from
outside the company raises the necessary finance buys it and becomes the
company's new management. A management buy-in team often competes with
other purchasers in the search for a suitable business. Usually, a manager will lead
the team with significant experience at managing director level. The difference to a
management buy-out is in the position of the purchaser: in the case of a buy-out,

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 162 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
they are already working for the company. In the case of a buy-in, however, the
manager or management team is from another source.

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
Assume that a bookstore uses up cash at a steady rate of Rs.300,000
per year. The interest rate is 3% and each sale of securities costs
Rs.20. Determine the optimal cash balance for the bookstore.
Answer Page#95
Q = √ 2 FS / i
Where:
S = is the amount of cash to be used in each period
F = fixed cost of obtaining new funds
i = interest cost of holding cash
Q = quantity of cash to be held per period.
Q = √ 2 FS / i
= √ [(2 ラ 20 ラ 300,000) / 0.03]
= √ [12000000 / 0.03]
= √ 400000000
= Rs. 20000
Optimal level of cash = √(2FT / I)
= √ [(2 ラ 20 ラ 300,000) / 0.03]
= √ [12000000 / 0.03]
= √ 400000000
= Rs. 20000

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
Firm A wants to acquire a private limited company operating in the
same industry. What procedure would be followed by the Firm A to
acquire the target company?

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
Why exchange rates of two currencies fluctuate? Explain briefly
Following are some factors for fluctuation:
Answer
Relative interest rates: One factor that affects exchange rates is the
size of the differential between the real interest rates available to
investors in the respective countries. The real interest rate is simply
the nominal interest rate available to an investor in a high quality
short-term investment subtracted by the country's inflation rate.
Trade imbalances: The size of any trade deficit between two
countries will also affect those countries' currency exchange rates. This
is because they result in an imbalance of currency reserves among the
trading partners.

Political stability: If a country's government becomes unstable due
to political gridlock, votes of no confidence, revolution or civil war,
confidence can quickly be lost. People become less willing to accept

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 163 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
paper currency in exchange for their goods and services, primarily
because they're unsure whether they'll be able to pass the paper along
to the next person.

Government involvement: The relative value of a country's
currency is of great importance to its government. The value of a
country's currency affects the wealth of its citizens, the
competitiveness of domestically produced goods, the relative cost of
the country's labor, and the country's ability to compete. As a result,
governments often try to influence the relative value of their country's
currencies in a number of different ways, including altering their
monetary and fiscal policies, and by directly intervening in the
currency markets.
Investors: Perhaps the most powerful factor that can influence
exchange rates over short time frames is the role that speculators
play. Investors typically have tremendous amounts of capital that they
can use to either buy or sell any currency. Consequently, their actions
can cause the value of such currency to fluctuate, sometimes quite
significantly.
3) Levered and un levered for firm (3)
· Levered firm :
If Business has Debt & Equity (i.e. levered firm): for a levered firm range of ROE is
high
LEVERED (Debt
& Equity) Firm:
Higher Slope.
ROE more sensitive to changes in EBIT
· un levered firm:”
If Business is 100% Equity (or un-levered firm)
No Debt and No Interest. For un levered firm this range is very short
Un-Levered (100% Equity):
Lower ROE and Lower Risk.
4) Dividend policy and types.(5)
The policy a company uses to decide how much it will pay out to shareholders in
dividends.
TYPES OF DIVIDEND
1. Cash (most common) are those paid out in form of "real cash". It is a form of
investment interest/income and is taxable to the recipient in the year they are paid.
It is
the most common method of sharing corporate profits.
2. Stock or Scrip dividends (common) are those paid out in form of additional stock
shares of
the issuing corporation, or other corporation (e.g., its subsidiary corporation). They
are
usually issued in proportion to shares owned (e.g., for every 100 shares of stock
owned,



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 164 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
5% stock dividend will yield 5 extra shares). This is very similar to a stock split in
that it
increases the total number of shares while lowering the price of each share and
does not
change the market capitalization
3. Property or dividends in specie are those paid out in form of assets from the
issuing corporation, or other corporation (e.g., its subsidiary corporation). Property
dividends are usually paid in the form of products or services provided by the
corporation. When paying property dividends, the corporation will often use
securities of other companies owned by the issuer.

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 3 )
Give at least three sources of synergies and explain each of them briefly.
Staff reductions - As every employee knows, mergers tend to mean job
losses. Consider all the money saved from reducing the number of staff
members from accounting, marketing and other departments.
Economies of scale - Yes, size matters. Whether it's purchasing stationery
or a new corporate IT system, a bigger company placing the orders can save
more on costs. When placing larger orders, companies have a greater ability
to negotiate prices with their suppliers.
Acquiring new technology - To stay competitive, companies need to stay
on top of technological developments and their business applications. By
buying a smaller company with unique technologies, a large company can
maintain or develop a competitive edge.

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 5 )
How would you expect the firm’s cash balance to respond to the following changes?
a) Interest rates increase.
b) The volatility of daily cash flow decreases
c) The transaction cost of buying or selling marketable securities goes up

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 5 )
The Inventory Manager of a firm has given the following data:
Consumption per Period = S = 4000 Units
Economic Order Quantity = EOQ = 80 Units
Lead Time = L = 1 Month
Stock out Acceptance Factor = F = 1.10
Requirement:
Determine the Economic Order Point for the firm.
Solution:
EOP = SL + F √S x EOQ x L
Where
S= Consumption Per Period
L= Lead Time
F= Stock out Acceptance Factor
EOQ = Economic Order Quantity
S = 4000 Units

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 165 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
EOQ = 80 Units
L = 1 Month
F= 1.10 (This Represents The Stock out level of say, 10%)
EOP = SL + F √S x EOQ x L
= 4000 x 1 + 1.10 √4000 x80 x 1
= 4622.25 Units

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 5 )
How a firm can create a money market hedge against transaction exposure, when
the firm has to make a payment at some future date?
Money Market Hedge – future FCY payment scenario A similar approach will be
taken to create the hedge when a firm is expecting to pay in FCY in future. In this
scenario, a hedge can be created by exchanging local currency for FCY now using
spot rates and putting the currency on deposit until the future payment is to be
made. The amount borrowed and the interest earned on the deposit should be equal
to the FCY. If it is not the case then it will not be a clean hedge. The cash flows are
fixed because the cost in local currency is the cost of buying FCY on spot rates that
was put under a deposit.

Mechanism:
Step 1: determine the FCY (assume US $) amount to be put to a deposit that will
grow exactly to equalize the future payment in dollars. You need to calculate this
using the available spot rates and interest rate on dollar deposit.
Step 2: in order to deposit dollars in interest bearing account, the company will buy
dollars at spot rates.
Step 3: the company will borrow local currency for the period of hedge. These steps
will ensure that the hedge created a definite cash flow regardless of exchange rate
or interest rate fluctuations. The exchange rate has been fixed.

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 10 )
Describe in detail the major steps in short term financial planning process of a firm.
The Financial Planning Process consists of the Following five Steps
1. Establishing and defining the client-planner relationship.The financial planner
should clearly explain or document the services to be provided to you and define
both his and your responsibilities. The planner should explain fully how he will be
paid and by whom. You and the planner should agree on how long the professional
relationship should last and on how decisions will be made.
2. Gathering client data, including goals. The financial planner should ask for
information about your financial situation. You and the planner should mutually
define your personal and financial goals, understand your time frame for results and
discuss, if relevant, how you feel about risk. The financial planner should gather all
the necessary documents before giving you the advice you need.
3. Analyzing and evaluating your financial status. The financial planner should
analyze your information to assess your current situation and determine what you
must do to meet your goals. Depending on what services you have asked for, this
could include analyzing your assets, liabilities and cash flow, current insurance
coverage, investments or tax strategies.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 166 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
4. Developing and presenting financial planning recommendations and/or
alternatives. The financial planner should offer financial planning recommendations
that address your goals, based on the information you provide. The planner should
go over the recommendations with you to help you understand them so that you
can make informed decisions. The planner should also listen to your concerns and
revise the recommendations as appropriate.
5. Implementing the financial planning recommendations.
You and the planner should agree on how the recommendations will be carried out.
The planner may carry out the recommendations or serve as your "coach,"
coordinating the whole process with you and other professionals such as attorneys
or stockbrokers.

Q 3.Compare and contrast the Stable Dividend per share policy and Constant
dividend payout policy. Marks 5
CONSTANT DIVIDEND PAYOUT
• A fixed %age is paid out as dividend.
• Under this policy the dividend amount will vary because the net income is not
constant.
• STABLE DIVIDEND PER SHARE:
• per share fixed amount of dividend paid every year.
• Look favorably by investors and implies low risk firm.
• Investors can easily forecast and predict their earnings.
• Aid in financial planning


Important For Short Questions:
AGGRESSIVE AND DEFENSIVE STOCKS:
• Aggressive Stocks have high betas, greater than 1, meaning that their return is
more than one-to-one to changes in return of overall market.
• Defensive stock are less volatile to change in market return and have beta of less
than One

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
Differentiate between Management Buyout and Management Buy-In.
Management Buyouts Management buyouts are similar in all major legal aspects to
any other acquisition of a company. of the company and the practical on sequences
that follow from that. In particular, the due diligence process is likely to be limited
as the buyers already have full knowledge of the company available to them. The
seller is also unlikely to give any but the most basic warranties to the management,
on the basis that the management knows more about the company than the sellers
do and therefore the sellers should not have to warrant the state of the company. In
many cases, the company will already be a private company, but if it is public then
the management will take it private.

Management Buy In (MBI):
Management Buy in (MBI) occurs when a manager or a management team from
outside the company raises the necessary finance buys it and becomes the

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 167 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
company's new management. A management buy-in team often competes with
other purchasers in the search for a suitable business. Usually, a manager will lead
the team with significant experience at managing director level. The difference to a
management buy-out is in the position of the purchaser: in the case of a buy-out,
they are already working for the company. In the case of a buy-in, however, the
manager or management team is from another source.
Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
Assume that a bookstore uses up cash at a steady rate of Rs.300,000 per year. The
interest rate is 3% and each sale of securities costs Rs.20. Determine the optimal
cash balance for the bookstore.
  Optimal level of cash =
√(2FT /
I)
= √ [(2 × 20 × 300,000) / 0.03]
= √ [12000000 / 0.03]
= √ 400000000
= Rs. 20000
  Question No: 52 (
Marks: 5
)

Firm A wants to acquire a private limited company operating in the same industry.
What procedure would be followed by the Firm A to acquire the target company?
Why exchange rates of two currencies fluctuate? Explain briefly
Following are some factors for fluctuation:
Relative interest rates:
One factor that affects exchange rates is the size of the differential between the real
interest rates available to investors in the respective countries. The real interest
rate is simply the nominal interest rate available to an investor in a high quality
short-term investment subtracted by the country's inflation rate.
Trade imbalances: The size of any trade deficit between two countries will also
affect those countries' currency exchange rates. This is because they result in an
imbalance of currency reserves among the trading partners.
Political stability:
If a country's government becomes unstable due to political gridlock, votes of no
confidence, revolution or civil war, confidence can quickly be lost. People become
less willing to accept paper currency in exchange for their goods and services,
primarily because they're unsure whether hey'll be able to pass the paper along to
the next person. Government involvement: The relative value of a country's
currency is of great importance to its government. The value of a country's currency
affects the wealth of its citizens, the competitiveness of domestically produced
goods, the relative cost of the country's labor, and the country's ability to compete.
As a result, governments often try to influence the relative value of their country's
currencies in a number of different ways, including altering their monetary and fiscal
policies, and by directly intervening in the currency markets. Investors: Perhaps
the most powerful factor that can influence exchange rates over short time frames
is the role that speculators play. Investors typically have tremendous amounts of

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 168 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
capital that they can use to either buy or sell any currency. Consequently, their
actions can cause the value of such currency to fluctuate, sometimes quite
significantly.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 169 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
FIN622 MidTerm Fall 2010


Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding Profitability Index?
    ► It ignores time value of money
    ► It ignores future cash flows
   ► It ignores the scale of investment
   ► It ignores return on investment

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The employment of fixed costs associated with the actual production of goods or
services is known as:
      ► Financial leverage
     ► Volume discounting
     ► Operating leverage
     ► Covariance

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding the fundamental analysis?
     ► Fundamental analysts use only Economic indicators to evaluate a stock
     ► Fundamental analysts use only financial information to evaluate a company’s
stocks
     ► Fundamental analysts use financial and non-financial information to
evaluate a company’s stocks
     ► Fundamental analysts use only non-financial information to evaluate a
company’s stocks

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 ABC Corporation declared 10% dividend on its shares. A person purchased some
shares of this corporation after the dividend was announced. If he is entitled to
receive the declared dividend, his shares would be categorized as which of the
following?

    ►   Ex-Dividend
    ►   Cum-Dividend
    ►   Stock- Dividend
    ►   Cash Dividend

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following firms would have the highest financial leverage?

    ►   A firm having debt-to-equity ratio of 30:70
    ►   A firm having debt-to-equity ratio of 40:60
    ►   A firm having debt-to-equity ratio of 50:50
    ►   A firm having debt-to-equity ratio of 60:40


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 170 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following types of bonds pays no annual interest to the holder, but is
sold at discount below the par value?
     ► An original maturity bond
     ► A floating rate bond
     ► A fixed maturity date bond
     ► A zero coupon bond

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What will be the effect of reduction in the cost of capital on the accounting break-
even level of revenues?

     ► It raises the break-even level
     ► It reduces the break-even level.
     ► It has no effect on the break-even level.
     ► This cannot be determined without knowing the length of the investment
horizon.

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following risks increases as the debt level of a business increases?

      ► Financial risk
      ► Operating risk
      ► Business risk
      ► Investment risk

Quiz no.9
Which of the following is a transaction of a primary financial market?

►   Initial Public Offering
►   Buying Mutual Funds Certificates
►   Selling old shares
►   Buying Bonds issued in previous years

Question No: 10 (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
A firm had an interest expense of Rs.400,000 on its outstanding debt during the
financial year 2006-2007. If the firm marginal tax rate is 40%, what was the total
tax savings of the firm during the period 2006-2007?

►   Rs.150, 000
►   Rs.160, 000
►   Rs.170, 000
►   Rs.180, 000

Question No: 11 (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
Which of the following are the primary sources of capital to the firm?


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 171 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
►   Net income, Retained earnings and Bank loans
►   Bonds, Preferred stock and Common stock
►   Operating profits, extraordinary gains and Dividends
►   Amortization cash flow, Net income and Retained earnings

Question No: 12 (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
Which one of the following costs should be ignored while evaluating the financial
viability of a project?

►   Initial cost
►   Equipment cost
►   Cost of capital
►   Sunk cost

Q 1.Why the weighted average cost of capital of levered firm is lesser than
the un-levered firm? Briefly describe. Marks 3

Q 2.What is the difference between systematic and unsystematic risk?
Marks 3

Q 3.Compare and contrast the Stable Dividend per share policy and
Constant dividend payout policy. Marks 5

Q 4.How does the probability analysis evaluate the financial feasibility of a
project? Marks 5




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 172 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
HRM624 MID2009
                        MIDTERM EXAMINATION
                                Fall 2009
                HRM624- Conflict Management (Session - 5)

Time: 60 min
Marks: 45
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statement is misperception about conflict?
► Conflict levels are segregated into multiple situations
► Delaying the conflicts may leads to destructive behavior
► Conflicts are only created to gain benefits
► Conflict not always leads to an anger

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following does not restrict innovations?
► Proficiency lack
► Efficient outcomes
► Limited resources
► Ongoing systems

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Application of ADR is promoted in which of the following type of culture?
► Collectivist
► Communist
► Monopolistic
► Individualistic

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Customer remained dissatisfied with the shopkeeper’s demonstration
about the product, it leads to which of the following?
► Dispute
► Collision
► Distortion
► Confusion

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT an important tip for a driver to survive in a
Fender-Bender?
► Exchange information
► Keep calm
► Call the police
► Start a row

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are dimensions of issue perspective of conflict EXCEPT:
► Joint Vs Individual

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                            Page 173 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Process Vs Outcome
► Tangible Vs Intangible
► Narrow Vs Broad focus

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A conflict which is purely internal and does not involve any other person,
is:
► Interpersonal conflict
► Intrapersonal conflict
► Interpretive conflict
► Not a conflict

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is an internal urge to give good performance and
which forces for creativity & innovation?
► Reinforcement
► Determination
► Confidence
► Motivation

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
While identifying interpersonal conflicts, it is necessary to indicate:
► The interests of all involved parties
► The disputants of a particular conflict
► The divergent goals of all disputants
► All of the given options

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Many conflicting situations may have more than one:
► Activity conflict
► Interpersonal conflict
► Intrapersonal conflict
► Agency conflict

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Why it is important to focus on resources in order to diagnose a conflict?
► Helpful in finding other sources of conflict
► Identify underlying reasons of conflict
► Identify best available option
► All of the given options

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The conflict which arises over personal beliefs and deeply held morals &
ethics is termed as:
► Differences in orientation
► Conflict over facts
► Conflicts over deeply held values

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 174 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Threats to self-concept and world view

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following truly explains the situation in which the disputants
are not focusing the real facts and figures of conflict?
► Dislodged conflict
► Misplaced conflict
► misaligned conflict
► Misattributed conflict

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Conflict can be taken as a challenge and could be transformed into a/an:
► Threat
► System
► Opportunity
► Weakness

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
You are a negotiator of party ‘A’ and negotiator of party ‘B’ is exchanging
the ideas about his party's principles, values and preferences. You are
analyzing the:
► Constituents & stake holder’s interests
► Other disputant’s interests
► Disputant’s interests
► Own interests

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are advantages of understanding the other disputant's
interests, EXCEPT:
► Disputant is restricted with his own ideas
► Craft proposals that are acceptable to others
► Avoidance of positional bargaining
► Limit later sabotage that may arouse

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
According to Abraham Maslow, the most basic needs are:
► Safety needs
► Security needs
► Physiological needs
► Psychological needs

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The stances of disputants in an interpersonal conflict are known as:
► Position
► Interests
► Bargaining
► Negotiation

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                             Page 175 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
According to the Deutsch's theory which of            the   following   is   that
cooperation begets?
► Exacerbation
► Competition
► Cooperation
► Escalation

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Who said, “If thou are a master, be some time blind; if a servant,
sometimes deaf”?
► Robert Gaits
► Robert Frost
► Thomas Fuller
► Thomas Millar

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following negotiation style causes loss of both opportunities
and benefits?
► Accommodating style
► Compromising style
► Dominating style
► Avoiding style

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is relevant to the misperception about conflict
management?
► Increases the possibility to impair a positive resolution
► Reduces the alternative ways to handle conflict
► It always leads to become more vicious
► All of the given options

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is a clear picture of Individualistic culture?
► It provides more opportunities to promote an individual
► Its preferences and structures tend to be invisible to inhabitants
► It provides more opportunities to handle a conflict in a better way
► All of the given options

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A social conflict as compared to the corporate conflicts can be considered
as:
► Low risky
► More risky
► Risk free
► None of the given options

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                              Page 176 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Conflict is largely considered as:
► Global phenomenon
► Perceived phenomenon
► Destructive phenomenon
► Constructive phenomenon

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Theory of Social Ecology includes which of the following important
institutions for operation of all human beings?
► Mass media
► Court systems
► School Organizations
► All of the given institutions

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following outcomes of a conflict are being observed in the
specific context of Pakistan?
► Opportunity for change
► Win-win situation
► Competition
► Positive

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is the purpose of adoption of ADR by “Efficiency
Wing”?
► Divert cases to litigation
► Save time & money
► Elapse conflict for long time
► Create win-win situation

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
After receiving social stimuli, people assign meaning to what they have
experienced, which is known as:
► Interpretation
► Perception
► Reception
► Stimulus

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following type of justice refers to the fairness of the process?
► Distributive
► Competitive
► Procedural
► Substantive


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                             Page 177 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 31 ( Marks: 5 )
What aspect enhance the importance of conflict management?
Question No: 32 ( Marks: 10 )
What do you know about Dual Concern Model? Discuss in detail.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                      Page 178 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
HRM627 Mid solved paper (2010)
HRM627- Human Resource Development
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010


Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Temperature, clothes and environment etc. relates to:
 ► Gustatory Submodalities
 ► Auditory Submodalities
   ► Kinesthetic Submodalities
   ► Visual Submodalities

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the followings is part of the attitude that refers to the beliefs, opinions,
knowledge or information held by a person?
    ► Cognitive component

     ► Behavioral component
     ► Affective component
     ► Environmental component

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If Mr. B has a belief that “discrimination is wrong” and he starts avoiding Mr. C
because he discriminates against women.This refers to which of the following?
     ► Affective component
     ► Cognitive component
     ► Behavioral component
     ► Environmental component

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 An individual who is shy and withdrawn, and focuses on understanding the world is
described as an:
     ► Introvert
     ► Sensing
     ► Perceptive
     ► Intuitive

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Degree to which people like or dislike themselves is known as:


     ►   Self-monitoring
     ►   Locus of control
     ►   Self-esteem
     ►   Stereotyping


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 179 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The performance of which type of people will decrease under monotonous
conditions?
     ► Low on extraversion
     ► High on extraversion
     ► Low on conscientiousness
     ► High onconscientiousness

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 According to the Big-Five Model, which of the following is the personality dimension
that explains the degree to which someone is imaginative, artistically sensitive, and
intellectual?
      ► Extraversion
      ► Openness to experience
      ► Conscientiousness
      ► Emotional stability

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The need level immediately preceding self-actualisation in Maslow’s hierarchy of
needs theory is:
     ► Social
     ► Safety
     ► Esteem
     ► Security

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Impersonal communication occurs when:
   ► We interact spontaneously with other people
   ► We practice other-centered communication
   ► We treat people as objects
   ► We interact spontaneously and practice other-centered communication

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 According to Watzlawick, Beavin and Jackson, interpersonal communication has
___________ levels of meaning.
     ► Three
     ► Four
     ► Five
     ► Two

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 From 1985 to 2000, the number of most democratic countries in the world
increased from:
     ►40 to 56
     ►56 to 74
     ►44 to 82
     ►82 to 93

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 180 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 What is the type of conflicts that supports a group’s goals and improves its
performance?
     ► Dysfunctional conflict
     ► Functional conflict
     ► Task conflict
     ► Relationship conflict

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following power is an influence that is based on expertise, special
skills, or knowledge?
      ► Reward power
      ► Coercive power
      ► Legitimate power
      ► Expert power

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following dimensions of trust deals with willingness to freely share
ideas and information?
     ► Openness
     ► Loyalty
     ► Consistency
     ► Integrity

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which stage of group development is characterized by intragroup conflict?
   ► Norming
   ► Storming
   ► Adjourning
   ► Forming

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is true about a group?
    ► Interacting individuals who come together to achieve particular goals
    ► Interdependent individuals who come together to achieve particular goals
    ► Interacting and interdependent individuals who come together to
achieve particular goals
    ► Two or more interacting and interdependent individuals

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT a type of teams?
   ► Functional team
   ► Focus team
   ► Cross functional team
   ► Virtual team


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 181 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Human development index (HDI) varies within certain Minimum and Maximum
limits. A HDI at 0.4 is considered as:
      ► Average development
      ► Low development
      ► High development
      ► Intermediate development

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Human development index of Pakistan was 0.551 in 2005, published in 2007 and
is:
    ► Increasing
    ► Decreasing
    ► Constant
    ► Excellent

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Human development index of Nepal was 0.534 in 2005, published in 2007 and is:
   ► Increasing
   ► Decreasing
   ► Constant
   ► Facing change

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Governance is a process of:
   ► Decision making and decision implementing
   ► Decision implementing and decision monitoring
   ► Decision making and decision processing
   ► Decision making and decision monitoring

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Sustainable Human Resource Development can be attained and sustained only
when the people at large have access to:
    ► Information
    ► Knowledge decision making
    ► Empowerment and decision implementation
    ► All of the given options

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Human Development Index (HDI) is a:
   ► Comparative measure
   ► Proportional measure
   ► Distributive measure
   ► Relativistic measure

Question No: 24    ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                              Page 182 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 According to McClelland’s three needs theory of motivation, a good salesperson can
probably high in which need?
     ► Need for achievement
     ► Need for power
     ► Need for affiliation
     ► All of the given options

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following states that ‘employers should use reward systems that are
fair and open, conforming to both distributive and procedural justice perceptions of
the employees’?
      ► Expectancy theory
      ► Reinforcement theory
      ► Equity theory
      ► Attribution theory

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Job sharing and telecommuting are two forms of __________ work schedules.
    ► Compressed
    ► Strict
    ► Flexible
    ► All of the given options

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Scholars estimate that nonverbal behaviour contributes ______________ to the
total meaning of communication.
      ► 10% to 25%
      ► 30% to 45%
      ► 50% to 63%
      ► 65% to 93%

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 When we find a student guilty of using unfair means in exam and conclude that all
the students are cheaters, corresponds to:
     ► Stereotyping
     ► Halo effect
     ► Attitude
     ► Behavior

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 3 )
Give your views about the importance of group decision making?




Question No: 30 ( Marks: 3 )
What are the ingredients of a balanced diet?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 183 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 




Question No: 31 ( Marks: 5 )
What factors distort communication of emotions?


Question No: 32 ( Marks: 5 )
Differentiate between cross-functional team and functional teams.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                          Page 184 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ISL201 Final Term 2011 Paper
ISL 201 Total question 69
MCqs 62 some were new and mostly form old papers
What is the form of islamic salutation?
What is the definition of forgiveness?
Holy Prophet urged the peopal to use medicine.
An incident of holy prophet fulfill the promise.
Slection of qualified peopal to support the socity
Why muslim gives attention to medicine and Public health.

………………
Quiz

Question # 10 of 15 ( Start time: 08:14:34 PM ) Total Marks: 1
_______________are integral parts of Islamic way of life.
Select correct option:

Taqwa (piety), sincerity and sacrifice
Altruism and Fascism
Egoism and insensitivity
All of the given options

Question # 11 of 15 ( Start time: 08:14:53 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The second source of Islamic law is
Select correct option:

Quran
Ijmaa (Consensus)
Qieas (Syllogism)
Sunnah (Hadith)

Question # 12 of 15 ( Start time: 08:15:24 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Farz (obligation) is a term of
Select correct option:

Jurisprudence ..........Not Confirm
Fiqh
Law
Political science

Question # 13 of 15 ( Start time: 08:16:22 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which one is the basic element of society?
Select correct option:

Ranks
Persons
Area

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                       Page 185 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Tribe

Question # 14 of 15 ( Start time: 08:17:15 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Human beings admirable effort of talking is called
Select correct option:

Etiquettes
Manners
Ethics
All of the given options

Question # 15 of 15 ( Start time: 08:17:34 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Jaz’ia is a tax on
Select correct option:

Old citizens of Islamic state
Young citizens of Islamic state
Female citizens of Islamic state
None Muslim citizens of Islamic state

Pari Angel: Allah is alone the ___________ of the world.
Select correct option:

Authority
Sustainer
Creator
All of the given options

Muslims migrated to ________, due to the hardships and atrocities committed by
disbelievers.
Select correct option:

Yam an
Iran
Babul
Abyssinia

Who curses a thing which does not deserve it, the curse returns on
Select correct option:

His parents
His own self
His relatives
None of the given options

Which one is the basic element of society?
Select correct option:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                               Page 186 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Ranks
Persons
Area
Tribe

To develop Taqwa, which of the following condition must be fulfilled?
Select correct option:

Have riya in his actions
Show off his wealth
Follow the Sunnah of the Holy Prophet (PBUH)
Do Jihad for the sake of the booty

Specific act that nourish ALLAH’S love
Select correct option:

Waste
Oppression
Betrayal
Taqwa

Pari Angel: Allah most High ordered the believers to refer all disputed matters to
Select correct option:

Allah   and   angels
Allah   and   His Prophet
Allah   and   executive authority
Allah   and   saints

 It is obligatory for Muslims to obey
Select correct option:

Allah
Prophet Muhammad (PBUH)'
Executive authority
All of the given options

The successors of the companions of the Prophet(PBUH) are known as
Select correct option:

Tab’een
Muhadi’theen
Muja’hidin
Siddi’qeen

Zakat is a kind of

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 187 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU              




                                   http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Select correct option:
Recitation
Fiscal worship
Fasting

They are severe against disbelievers” is a very distinguished quality of the
Muslims.
Select correct option:

Sahaba (Companions of the Holy Prophet)A.S
Ta’been
Muslims
Saints

Which one of the following is the sign for the day of the Judgment?
Select correct option:

The   sun   will   rise   from   the   East
The   sun   will   rise   from   the   west
The   sun   will   rise   from   the   North
The   sun   will   rise   from   the   South

 How many Muslims were martyred in the battle of Uhad?
Select correct option:

17
70
27
57

The first revelation to Holy Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) showed thst how much
Islam concerns for
Select correct option:

Morality
Knowledge
Taqwa
Sincerity




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 188 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ISL201 Final Term 2008
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Fall 2008
ISL201- Islamic Studies (Session - 3)

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Islamic concept of honesty covers the ___________ aspects of life.
     ► Personal
     ► Family
     ► Political
     ► All of the given options

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Who is called the mother of all mankind?
    ► Hazrat Fatima
    ► Hazrat Sara
    ► Hazrat Hawwa
    ► Hazrat Asia

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Unavailability of honesty is one of the major signs of
    ► Resurrection
    ► Ending of life
    ► Nuclear war
    ► None of the given options

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Quality of being truthful and able to be trusted is called
    ► Upright for tousles
    ► Dedication
    ► Honesty
    ► Peacefulness

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
________ was ordered to divorce his wife?
    ► Abdullah bin Umar
    ► Hazrat Hussain
    ► Souban
    ► Ibn-i-abbas

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Two basic elements for honest livelihood are
    ► Contentment and Carelessness
    ► Contentment and Personal integrity
    ► Contentment and heedlessness
    ► Contentment and enjoyment


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                           Page 189 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Islam gives the right of freedom of ______ to all citizens on the condition that it
should be used for the propagation of virtue and truth.
     ► Suppression
     ► Expression
     ► Repression
     ► Control

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
God created a human _____________ to herald the beginning of the life of
Mankind on earth.
    ► Man
    ► Woman
    ► Couple
    ► None of the given options

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All things of a Muslim are inviolable for his brother in faith, including his
     ► Blood
     ► Wealth
     ► Honor
     ► All of the given options

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The Holy Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) said: "The _______ merit is that person
should kind and generous towards his father's friend".
     ► Medium
     ► High
     ► Higher
     ► Highest

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The Holy Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) said: “May his _______ rubbed in dust, (He
said this thrice), who found his parents, one or both, approaching old age, but did
not enter Paradise."
     ► Hand
     ► Forehead
     ► Nose
     ► Foot

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Meaning of respect is_________.
    ► Fear and collective
    ► Fear and awful
    ► Fear and appalling
    ► Fear and honor


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 190 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Respect comes from the _______ word ehrfrucht.
    ► Persian
    ► English
    ► German
    ► Greek

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
“Now We have enjoined on men goodness towards his parents” is an
    ► Divine order
    ► Hadith
    ► Saying of Hazrat Abu-bakar
    ► Saying of Hazrat Umar

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Good manners are related to those actions on which ones act upon_______.
   ► Frequently
   ► Intermittently
   ► From time to time
   ► Sporadically

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_______ is one of the worst habits.
   ► Proud
   ► Sake of fun
   ► Backbiting
   ► All of the given options

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Indulge in backbiting is________.
   ► Allowed
   ► Not allowed
   ► Good deed
   ► Strictly prohibited

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Al-Qanun fi al-Tibb is a famous book by __________.
   ► Ibn Batuta
   ► Khalaf Abul-Qasim Al-Zahrawi
   ► Ibn Sina
   ► Al-Razi

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Al-Muqdisi is a famous______________.
   ► Geographer
   ► Mathematician
   ► Scholar

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                             Page 191 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Physician

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Abul-Qasim Al-Zahrawi is a famous______________.
   ► Mathematician
   ► Scholar
   ► Surgeon
   ► Physician

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
By the_________, Muslims determine the beginning and the end of the months.
   ► Sun
   ► Moon
   ► Stars
   ► All of the given options

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Jaz’ia is a tax on
   ► Old citizens of Islamic state
   ► Young citizens of Islamic state
   ► None Muslim citizens of Islamic state               not confirmed
   ► Female citizens of Islamic state

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 _______________are integral parts of Islamic way of life.

    ► Taqwa (piety), sincerity and sacrifice
    ► Altruism and Fascism
    ► Egoism and insensitivity
    ► All of the given options

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Entire structure of religion ___________ on knowledge.

     ► Confidence

     ► Assurance
     ► Rely
     ► Pledge

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 How many years Holy Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) lived in Makkah after receiving
the Divine Call?


     ► Ten years
     ► Eleven years

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                               Page 192 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Twelve years
    ► Thirteen years

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one
Holy Prophet used to focus on

    ► Control of temperament
    ► Brotherhood
    ► Truthfulness
    ► All of the given options

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_________ had control over the air.
    ► Hazrat Abraham
    ► Hazrat Adam
    ► Hazrat Daood
    ► Hazrat Suleiman

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The Zakat levied on agriculture production is__________.
    ► Ushoor
    ► Ushr
    ► Ashroon
    ► None of the given options

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_______name of the fourth kalimah.

    ►   Kalimah tauheed
    ►   Kalimah risalat
    ►   Kalimah tamjeed
    ►   Kalimah shahdat

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Holy prophet Muhamad (PBUH) said:
"He/She who believes in Allah, the Almighty and the Day of Judgment must
communicate, be good, courteous and kind to his______________ ".
    ► Kith
    ► Kin
    ► Relatives of
    ► All the given option

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
We need a cause of ___________ to develop a society.
    ► Frenzy
    ► Zeal
    ► Unity

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 193 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Obsession

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one is the basic factor of society?
    ► Area and assets
    ► Area and country
    ► Area and region
    ► Area and estate

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Religion is a ________ matter in Non Islamic system.
    ► Social
    ► Civil
    ► Private
    ► Public

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
________ is a most comprehensive surah on Islamic social system.
    ► Al-Nasar
    ► Al-Asar
    ► Al-Qadar
    ► Al-Takasar

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Islamic social system creates sense of
    ► Humor
    ► Responsibility
    ► Violence
    ► Horror

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
People who are _________ will go into hell.

    ►   Lazy in offering prayer
    ►   Do not eat the meal to poor
    ►   Lazy in offering prayer and do not eat the meal to poor
    ►   None of the given options

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
It is one of the qualities of Mutteqeen is to
     ► Believe in the Abatement
     ► Believe in the Manifest
     ► Believe in the Abhor
     ► Believe in the unseen

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Name the mountains where Hazrat Abraham left his wife and son?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                         Page 194 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ►   Safa and Uhad
    ►   Safa and Marwa
    ►   Safa and Jabl-e-Noor
    ►   Safa and Tour

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which sin can nullify all other virtues?


    ►   Ascribing partners with Allah
    ►   Disobedience of parents
    ►   Fleeing from Jihad
    ►   All of the given options

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
__________was the first person who confirmed the miracle of Ascension {Mi’raj}.
    ► Hazrat Abu-baker
    ► Hazrat Ommer
    ► Hazrat Usman
    ► Hazrat Ali

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Ikhlas in worship (ibadah) means to do worship


    ► For the pleasure of Allah
    ► For the gratification of Allah
    ► For the blessing of Allah
    ► All of the given options

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The address of Holy prophet Muhammad (PBUH) given in Quba was one of his
___________addresses.

    ►   Shortest
    ►   Medium
    ►   Longest
    ►   All the given options

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What is the name of address of Holy prophet Muhammad (PBUH) given in Quba?
    ► Khutba Taqwa
    ► Khutba Hajja-tul-weda
    ► Khutba Rasool
    ► None of the given option

Question No: 44    ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                               Page 195 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU  




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    _____________ used to write whatever Muhammad (PBUH) said.
       ► Hazrat Abduallah bin Abbas
       ► Hazrat Abduallah bin Umar bin Alaas
       ► Hazrat Abduallah bin Masood
       ► Hazrat Abduallah bin Zubair

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The Holy Prophet Muhamamd (PBUH) was born in __________
    ► 570 A.D
    ► 671 A.D
    ► 582 A.D
    ► 563 A.D

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
________ uses inner stress to act upon its teachings.

       ► Islam
       ► Christianity
       ► Buddhism
       ► Hinduism


Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The term "sulosul-Quran" (one third of the Holy Quran) is applied to which surah?
    ► Al-Fateha
    ► Al-Kousar
    ► Al-Ikhlas
    ► Al-Qadar

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What does it mean to have faith in Allah?
    ► It means to believe in Allah
    ► It means to believe in His prophets
    ► All of the given options
    ► It means to believe in the Angles

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 ______ Is the name to that portion of money or wealth which is given to the poor
as per Allah’s command?
     ► Namaz
     ► Rroza
    ► Zakat
     ► Sales tax

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The second source of Islamic law is


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 196 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Quran
    ► Ijmaa (Consensus)
    ► Qieas (Syllogism)
    ► Sunnah (Hadith)


Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
Justify that Islam gives unique rules of using toilet.

Rules

A Muslim must first find an acceptable place away from standing water, or people's
pathways or shade. They are advised that its better to enter the area with the left
foot, facing away from the Al-Qiblah.
While on the toilet, one must remain silent. Talking, answering greetings or greeting
others is forbidden. When defecating together, two men cannot converse, nor look
at each other's private parts, and especially not handle each other's private parts. A
man should not touch his private parts with the right hand, only his left.

The Islamic Prophet Muhammad specified that one should use an odd number of
stones (preferably three) to cleanse the anal orifice after defecation and then
proceed to a different location to wash it with water. Use of toilet paper in place of
stones is now acceptable, but washing with water is still needed for ritual purity.
When leaving the toilet, one is advised to leave with the right foot, and also say a
prayer - "Praise be to Allah who relieved me of the filth and gave me relief. This is
similar in concept to the prayers said by orthodox Jews when leaving the toilet in
which they thank god for the openings used to defecate/urinate


Question No: 52 ( Marks: 10 )
Justify that Islam gives great esteem to Mother.

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 10 )
Holy prophet Muhammad (PBUH) never took revenge on his own behalf
from anyone. Discuss in detail.
   Another great quality of the prophet Muhammad (PBUH) was that he (PBUH)
never took revenge on anyone for personal reasons and always forgave even his
staunch enemies. A'isha(RA) said that God's Messenger (PBUH) never took
revenge on his own behalf on anyone. She also said that God's Messenger
(PBUH) was not unseemly or obscene in his speech, nor was he (PBUH)
loud-voiced in the streets, nor did he (PBUH) return evil for evil, but he
(PBUH) would forgive and pardon. The people of the Quraish rebuked him,
taunted and mocked at him, beat him and abused him. They tried to kill him and
when he escaped to Medinah, they waged many wars against him yet when he
(PBUH) entered Makkah victorious with an army of 10,000, he did not take revenge
on anyone He forgave all Even his deadliest enemy Abu Sufyan, who fought so
many battles, was forgiven, and anyone who stayed in his house was also forgiven

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 197 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

The leaders of T'aif, who engaged scoundrels to throw stones at him when he
(PBUH) visited that town in order to invite them to Islam, were also forgiven
Abdullah bin Ubayy, leader of the hypocrites of Medinah, was forgiven Muhammad
(PBUH) offered his funeral prayer and prayed to God for his forgiveness The Qur'an
mentions this incident in these words: "And never (O Muhammad) pray for one of
them who dies, nor stand by his grave Lo! They disbelieve in God and His
Messenger (PBUH), and they died while they were evil doers". Abdullah bin Ubayy
worked all his life against Muhammad(PBUH) and Islam and left no stone unturned
in bringing him into disrepute and in trying to defeat his mission. He withdrew his
300 supporters in the battle of Uhud and almost broke the backbone of the Muslim.
He had engaged in intrigues and acts of hostility against the Prophet (PBUH) of
Islam and the Muslims. It was he who raised the incident Of if k through his allies to
discredit God's Messenger (PBUH) by spreading scandal about his wife, A'isha

"Lo! They who spread the slander are a gang among you Deem it not a bad
thing for you; nay, it is good for you Unto every man of them will be paid
that which he has earned of the sin; and as for him among them who had
the greater share therein, his will be an awful doom"[Qur'aan 24:11]

"An Abyssinian slave, who killed Hamza, Muhammad's (PBUH) uncle, in the battle of
Uhud, and after the victory of Makkah embraced Islam and came to him, was
forgiven. The wife of Abu Sufyan had cut the chest of Hamza and torn his liver and
heart into pieces in the battle of Uhud She quietly came to the Prophet (PBUH) and
accepted Islam. He recognised her but did not say anything. She was so impressed
by his magnanimity and stature that she said, "O God's Messenger, no tent was
more deserted in my eyes than yours; but today no tent is more lovely in my eyes
than yours".


Question No: 54        ( Marks: 10 )

    Who are the recipients of Zakat? Elaborte




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 198 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
IT430 : Subjective part of 4 Final term papers
E-Commerce (IT430)
Exam subjective paper 13-2-2011 (7:30Am)

Q1: What are the barriers of internet E-commerce? Just name.
Q2: What is the key difference between B2C and B2B.
Q3: How E-bank ensures that payment coin should not be spent more
than one time.
Q4: What protocol used at “network layer” of OSI Model.
Q5: How a developer who releases software updates of his software can reduce
price and increase sales in E-commerce environment.
Q6: What is the role and responsibility of “application layer” in OSI model?
Q7: Describe “perceived value” in context of branding.
Q8: In Virtual pin payment system, merchant is less secure and buyer is secure. Do
you agree? Please justify your answer. (1+2)
Q9: Is any copy right Idea exists? Explain.
Q10: Factors of Industrial and competitive analysis, find factors according to
strategic planning.
Q11: What do you know about private legislation?
Q12: Disadvantages of E-business? With examples. 5
Q13: According to Section 25, Explain CPS? 5
Q14: How do you know that a product needs how much amount of E-commerce to
make it successful? 5

One More subjective portion of final Term paper shared by some One
question1 (2 marks): how certification authority issues the certificate?
Q 2: (3 mrks): define relevence elament in branding
q 3: (3 marks): name the portals used for e-mail mesaging
q 4: (3marks): what is cyber wallet?what is the use of cyeber wallet?
q 5: (3marks): What is meant by “1973 is the supreme law of the country”?
q 6: (5 marks): What do you perceive by Value Added Network? Explain its
advantages too with reference to EDI.
q 7: (2 marks): what do we mean by the anonymity in E-Cash Payment system?
q 8: (2 marks): Under Section 21 of the ETO, the funds of the Certification Council
shall comprise of:?

One More subjective portion of final Term paper shared by some One

total 45 questions thay
objective questions 30 that
subjective questions 15 thay
subjective questions 45 marks k thay
3 questions 5,5,5,marks k thay
question1 (2 marks): how certification authority issues the certificate?
Q 2: (3 mrks): define relevence elament in branding
q 3: (3 marks): name the portals used for e-mail mesaging
q 4: (3marks): what is cyber wallet?what is the use of cyeber wallet?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 199 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
q 5: (3marks): What is meant by “1973 is the supreme law of the country”?
q 6: (5 marks): What do you perceive by Value Added Network? Explain its
advantages too with reference to EDI.
q 7: (2 marks): what do we mean by the anonymity in E-Cash Payment system?
q 8: (2 marks): Under Section 21 of the ETO, the funds of the Certification Council
shall comprise of:?



IT430 CURRENT FINAL TRM PAPR (FEBRUARY 2011)

MY todays of it430
Total question 45
Time period 120 minutes
I strongly recommend all to study it before attempting the pepper.

1  What is web server? 2
2   How bank verifies the validity of the coins?
3  What is E-business? 2
4   Do u agree that improved logistic supply chain is one of the roles of e-
commerce?
5   define the two terms plaintiff and defendant?
6   In how many classes the law is divided, give their name?
7   What are the global issues of internet taxation briefly discuss?
8   What does RAS and RAC stands for in the context of virtual private network?
9   What is business promotion? Give two names?
10 Which type of signatures is more reliable and convenient?
11 discuss the 4th stage of strategic planning cycle?
12   identify different area of study involve e-commerce?
13   What is cyber squatting? Explain with example
14   How we can obtain MD1 and MD2, DSMD?
15   Explain the term support and confidence in the context of association?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 200 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
IT430 SOLVED SUBJCTV FINAL Term 2011

Paper #1
31: What is the key difference between B2C and B2B.
Business-to-Business (B2B): electronic market transactions that take place
between organizations
Business-to-Consumer (B2C): retailing transactions with individual shoppers –
typical shopper at
Amazon.com is a consumer

32: According to Section 25, Explain CPS? 5
Under Section 25, each certification service provider shall prepare a Certification
Practice Statement (CPS) as prescribed by the regulations of the Certification
Council. CPS would be a policy document of the certification service provider, which
would be filed along with the application for grant of accreditation certificate. A copy
of the certification practice statement shall be maintained at the office of the
Certification Council and shall be open to public inspection. Subject to any
regulations made by the Council, a CPS would normally include information for
persons adversely affected by a wrong/false certificate, the extent of liability, policy
about suspension or revocation of certificates etc. page#171

33.What is meant by “1973 is the supreme law of the country”?
1973 is the supreme law of the country, which means that every other law in
Pakistan has to confirm to the terms of the constitution page#165

34. advantages of e-business
Advantages of E-business
Some of the major advantages of an e-business as compared to a traditional
business are as under:
1. Personalized service
2. High-quality customer service
3. No inventory cost
4. Worldwide reach of the business
5. Electronic catalogues (convenient and quick transaction)
6. Bulk transactions
7. Improved supply chain management page#125

35. section 3
Section 3 of the ETO provides:
“No document, record, information, communication or transaction shall be denied
legal recognition, Admissibility, effect, validity, proof or enforceability on the ground
that it is in electronic form and has not been attested by any witness”. Page#164
36. What do u know about product and supplies activities and also define
strength and weakness analysis 5marks
While judging the strengths of a business, questions can be asked such as what
does a business do well?.Does it have a sense of purpose and culture to support
that purpose? While judging weaknesses of a business questions can be asked as to

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 201 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
what does a company do poorly?. Has it any serious financial liabilities?. Has it got
the required skilled manpower?

37circuit level firewall 5marks




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 202 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
IT430 : Latest one paper solved 11-feb-2011

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 2 )
What is Competition between existing players?.
Answer
Competition within businesses to get more customers and trade at a price that
produces a satisfactory profit. If there are lots of players of the same size, capacity
and strategy having little difference between their goods, then there is fierce
competition among them as regards the price of the goods. Even a small change in
the price of the product/service can be crucial for the business. Again the use of EC
can cause a significant difference by reducing administration/transaction cost,
increasing efficiency of the supply chain, improving product quality and customer
service.

Question No: 32 (Marks: 2 )
What is the use of CRC in communication over the network?
Answer
Cyclical Redundancy Check (CRC), help us to confirm integrity of data frames. CRC
are used in all types of communications. All packets sent over a network connection
are checked with a CRC. Also each data block on your hard disk has a CRC value
attached to it. Modern computer world cannot do without these CRC calculations.
They are widely used because they are powerful, detect many types of errors and
are extremely fast to calculate especially when dedicated hardware chips are used.

Question No: 33 (Marks: 2)
What is the Key difference between the B2C and B2B?
Answer
B2C stands for Business-to-Consumer and deals between electronic markets to
consumer (end user) directly e.g. Amazon.com, while B2B is Business-to-Business
and make bridge between two or more organization.

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 2 )
What is meant by online defamation?
Answer
A defamatory statement is a false statement that injures the reputation of on
another company. In cases of defamation the appeal taken by the defendant is that
his statement is not false. Rather, it is a ‘fair comment’. In case defamation is done
using the internet, it is termed as online defamation.

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 3 )
In ETO, what are functions of Accredited Certification Service Provider?
Answer
Accredited Certification Service Provider means a Certification Service Provider
accredited under this Ordinance to issue certificates for the use of its cryptography
services.

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 3 )

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 203 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
SSL is better than SET. Do you agree with this statement? Justify your
answer.
(1+2)
Answer
Yes I agree with this statement that SSL is better than SET because SSL only
handles secured transmission of credit card no. but SET is designed to handle the
whole transaction in a secured manner using dual signatures.

SSL is a general purpose protocol built into the browser, whereas SET requires
software on, both, the client and the merchant side. SET uses a hierarchy of
certificates for authentication. SET is complex and distribution of certificates is
sometimes not stable. SET increases transaction cost. SET transactions are slower
than SSL. SET uses a payment gateway for secured transmission of information.

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 3 )
What is meant by connectivity media in networking? What are two different
options to connect computers on a network? 1+2
Answer
A network can be anything from a simple collection of computers at one location
connected through a connectivity media to internet (a global network of networks).
it has two options, 1 multiple I.P address 2: internet connection sharing via
software

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 3 )
Write down the principles of private legislation?
Answer
A private legislation is a private bill, proposal for a law that would apply to a
particular individual or group of individuals, or corporate entity. Following are the
principles:

1. A private bill should only be passed at the explicit request of the persons who are
to benefit from the legislation.
2. Pertinent information regarding a private bill should be made available to all
interested persons.
3. All persons or bodies affected by a private bill should be heard and the need for
the bill demonstrated.
4. The financial burden of considering a bill for the benefit of private interests
should not be borne solely by the public treasury.

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 5 )
What is cyber squatting and its purpose? Give its example.
Answer
The act of deliberately registering domain names having trademarks of famous
companies to later blackmail or demand payment from those companies is called
cyber squatting. For example; Assume there is a firm ‘Nassir Enterprise’ and it
wants to have its web site. It also wants to have the word ‘Nassir’ as a part of its
domain name because for years it has been recognized in the market through this

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 204 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
word. However, at the time of registration of its domain name it finds that a person
Mr. ‘A’ who has nothing to do with the business of the firm or the word ‘Nassir’ has
already registered a domain name containing this word as a part of it. Since there
cannot be two similar domain names, the firm is forced to request Mr. ‘A’ to transfer
that domain name to it. In response, if Mr. ‘A’ blackmails or claims ransom from the
said firm, he would be said to have committed cyber squatting.

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 5 )
How much benefits you can derive from E-banking? Brief shortly each.
Answer
Followings are some advantages getting from E-banking:
• Banking around the clock is no longer a remote possibility. But the banks don't
have to keep their branches open 24 hours a day to provide this service. This is one
of the biggest advantages of Internet banking.
• One doesn't have to go to the bank's branch to request a financial statement. You
can download it from your online bank account, which shows you up-to-the-minute
updated figures.
• Another advantage of Internet banking is that it is cost-effective. Thousands of
customers can be dealt with at once. There is no need to have too many clerks and
cashiers.
• The administrative work gets reduced drastically with Internet banking.
Expenditures on paper slips, forms and even bank stationery have gone down,
which helps raise the profit margin of the bank by a surprisingly large number.
• As far as customers are concerned, their account information is available round
the clock, regardless of their location.
• They can reschedule their future payments from their bank account while sitting
thousands of miles away. They can electronically transfer money from their bank
accounts or receive money in their bank accounts within seconds
• You can apply for a loan without visiting the local bank branch and get one easily.
You can buy or sell stocks and other securities by using your bank accounts.
• Get current account balances at any time
We can check our accounts balances from anywhere of world, no need to go bank.
• Obtain credit card statements
If you want reconcile your statements you can get easily from it.
• Pay utility bills
Paying bills by credit card give much relief to users, no need of stand in queue for
long time.
• Download account information
Any info you want about your account, get from online bank accounts
• Transfer money between accounts
Money transferring is not headache, no need of stand in queue for long time.
• Send e-mail to your bank
It’s no easier to live in contact with your bank.
• Handle your finances from
You can manage finances from it.

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 2 )

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 205 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
What is meant by EDI?
Answer Page # 147
EDI is used by organizations for transactions that occur on a regular basis.
According to a pre-determined format. It involves exchange of electronic business
documents, i.e., purchase orders, invoices etc.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 2 )
What do we mean by “Affiliation” between two parties? Explain shortly.
Answer
Affiliation:
Generally, affiliation exists when one business controls or has the power to control
another or when a third party (or parties) controls or has the power to control both
businesses. Control may arise through ownership, management, or other
relationships or interactions between the parties. Merger is an example of affiliation.

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 2 )
What term/matters does the concurrent legislative list sets out according to (ETO)
2002?
Answer Page # 163
ETO is the law introduced in 2002 which extends to the whole of Pakistan. It
basically provides legal recognition to documents in electronic form and to electronic
signatures. To understand this law, it would be useful to revise the concept related
to the working of digital signature technology.

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 3 )
Describe the importance of Customer Relationship Management (CRM) in current
scenario.
Answer Page # 136
It provides fast and effective service to customers and ensures that corrective
measures are readily in place. CRM includes call handling, sales tracking and
Transaction support (technology/personnel etc.). One major goal of CRM is to
establish a long-lasting relationship between a company and its customers.

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 3 )
How many legislative list(s) is(are) in Constitution of Islamic Republic of Pakistan at
end?
Answer Page # 165
The Constitution of Islamic Republic of Pakistan, 1973 is the supreme law of the
country, which means that every other law in Pakistan has to confirm to the terms
of the constitution.

It contains two legislative lists at its end, that is, the Federal legislative list and
Concurrent legislative list.

The federal legislative list sets out those items/subjects on which only the federal
legislature can make laws such as the subject related to defense of Pakistan and
armed forces etc. On the other hand, matters contained in concurrent legislative list

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 206 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
are those on which both the federal and provincial legislature can enact/make laws,
such as the subject related to marriage and divorce etc.

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 3 )
Write short note on Packet Filter Firewall?
Answer Page # 96
It uses a set of rules to determine whether outgoing or incoming data packets are
allowed to pass through the firewall. For example, we can, as a rule, specify IP
addresses of sending devices such that packets from these IP addresses are not
allowed to enter the network. The Firewall would stop them from entering. A packet
filter firewall is the simplest type of firewalls which operates at data link and
network layers of the OSI model.

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 5 )
Discuss briefly how companies are getting competitive advantage over the other
organizations through differentiation and focus?
Answer Page # 157
Companies are getting competitive advantage over the other organizations through
differentiation and focus as given under:

Differentiation
Differentiation means that your product/service has certain quality that makes it
more attractive than the one offered by your competitor, despite the price of your
competitor’s product/service is somewhat lower. For instance, you can beat your
competitors for the reason that the air conditioner produced by your company is
unique as it does not produce noise while in operation, whereas this feature is
missing in the air conditioners produced by your competitors.

Focus
Focus strategy is defined as concentration on a single aspect of the market. That
single aspect can be a particular market segment or market area or product type.
For example, if my competitors are focusing on different market areas, I may, on
the other hand, plan that I can be more profitable by concentrating on one
particular area. It may be a particular province or a city etc. where I may have a
better distribution channel.

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 5 )
Write a short note on the following Global legal issues (Marks: 2.5+2.5=5)
1. Territorial Jurisdiction
2. Online contracts
Answer Page # 177, 178

Territorial Jurisdiction Page # 177
There are different forms of jurisdiction. Territorial jurisdiction refers to the
competence of a court to decide a case on the basis of certain geographical area /
territory. So, if a dispute arises in Karachi, the courts in Karachi would only have
territorial jurisdiction, and the case cannot be filed in Islamabad or Lahore.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 207 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Ordinarily, territorial jurisdiction lies where the defendant resides or carries on
business or the cause of action has wholly or partly arisen or the immoveable
property is situated (in case the matter relates to land etc.). Note that the person
who files a lawsuit is called plaintiff and the person against whom it is filed is called
defendant. Thus, if a contract is signed at Lahore under which Mr. Ali has to deliver
certain goods to Mr. Imran at Karachi and Mr. Ali resides at Rawalpindi, then Mr.
Imran can file a suit against Mr. Ali for his failure to deliver the goods. This suit can
be filed at any of the three places, that is, Lahore, Karachi or Rawalpindi.

Online contracts Page # 178
In the physical world three elements must be satisfied in order to make a valid
contract, namely, offer, acceptance and consideration. The same three elements
must also be present in case of a valid online contract. An offer is a commitment
with certain terms made to another party such as willingness to buy or sell certain
product. A contract is formed when a party accepts the offer of another party for
consideration. Consideration is the agreed exchange of something valuable for both
the parties such as money, property or services. For example, Mr. ‘A’ offers to buy a
basket of apples for Rs. 200, which is accepted by Mr. ‘B’ and thus a lawful contract
comes into existence between them. Here, consideration for Mr. ‘A’ is the basket of
apples he is getting, and for Mr. ‘B’, Rs. 200 in exchange of his apples. In most
cases when you click ‘I accept’ or ‘I agree’ button on a web page, it indicates your
acceptance to the terms of a certain offer, and this can give rise to a lawfully
binding contract (also known as a click wrap agreement).

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 )
What is stand for WIPO?
Answer Page 182
WIPO stands for World Intellectual Property Organization.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 )
Name any 3 E-Business models?
Answer Page # 128
Three E-Business models are given below
1-Storefront Model
2-Auction Model
3-Online Banking

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 2 )
What is the basic purpose of using hash function in communication?
Answer Page # 103
A hash function is applied on the message to get the message digest.
OR
Hash function is a one way mathematical function applied to a message. Result of
the hash function is unique to each message called Message Digest.

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 3 )



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 208 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
On what basis, generally the protection under “fair use” may be sought? Doesn’t
need to explain.
Answer Page # 179
Nature of use: - the work has been used for educational and/or non-profit
purposes only;
Nature of work: - if the copied work contains factual information then it may be
more effectively covered under the fair use clause as opposed to some creative
work;
Extent of the work copied: - if the amount of work copied is insignificantly small
then the courts might take a view favorable to the accused;
Effect on the market value of the work: - A person alleged with the copyright
violation may escape any liability arguing that the work has not been circulated to
many people and there has not been any negative impact on the value of actual
work due to the circulation.

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 3 )
In Virtual PIN Payment system, merchant side is less secure than buyer side. Do
you agree with this statement? Justify your answer. 1+2
Answer Page # 112
Yes, I agree with this statement that merchant side is less secure than buyer side
merchant side is less secured in the transaction because the goods are delivered by
the merchant before the payment is actually received.

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 3 )
What are the disadvantages of Data Mining? (1+1+1)
Answer
Privacy Issues: - Personal privacy has always been a major concern in this
country. In recent years, with the widespread use of Internet, the concerns about
privacy have increase tremendously. Because of the privacy issues, some people do
not shop on Internet. They are afraid that somebody may have access to their
personal information and then use that information in an unethical way; thus
causing they harm.

Security issues: - Although companies have a lot of personal information about us
available online, they do not have sufficient security systems in place to protect that
information. For example, recently the Ford Motor credit company had to inform
13,000 of the consumers that their personal information including Social Security
number, address, account number and payment history were accessed by hackers
who broke into a database belonging to the Experian credit reporting agency.

Maintenance Problem: - Another problem with the data warehouse is that it is
difficult to maintain. Any organization that is considering using a data warehouse
must decide if the benefits outweigh the costs. Once you have paid for the data
warehouse, you will still need to pay for the cost of maintenance over time. The
costs involved with this must always be taken into consideration.

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 5 )

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 209 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Describe the advantages of E-Business in detail.
Answer Page #126
Some advantages of an e-business are given as under:
Personalized service
In fact, the nature of internet technology is such that the information about the
online customers including their buying behavior can be recorded in the databases.
This information can be utilized by the e-commerce site to study the needs of a
particular customer. Based upon that the site can do customization and provide a
personalized service to the customer.

High-quality customer service
Customers can provide their feedback or register their complaints quite conveniently
in case of online business as compared to offline business, and in light of that an e-
business can improve its customer services.

No inventory cost
An e-business can have minimum overhead cost. You do not need to have any
special physical place to start your business or hire any staff to operate the business
as required in offline business.

Worldwide reach of your business
An online business has global reach. In a way people living anywhere in the world
are potential customers of an e-business.

Electronic catalogues
Electronic catalogues are used in case of an online shop. They have many
advantages over paper catalogues. Therefore, online shopping can be done more
quickly and in a more convenient environment.

Bulk transactions
One can do bulk transactions during one visit to an e-shop, since there is no
limitation of collecting, packaging or carrying goods in contrast to shopping from a
traditional offline shop.

Improved supply chain management
Typical members of a supply chain management are suppliers, manufacturers and
end customers. Ultimately, the goods can be quickly delivered to the end customers
due to the improved supply chain management.

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 5 )
Elaborate the importance of OLAP in decision making support for an organization.
Answer Page # 145
OALP is important in decision making because Online Analytical Processing (OLAP)
uses knowledge for the purpose of presenting data at different levels of abstraction.
It is different from data mining as it does not help in making predictions. But data
can be viewed and reviewed in many different ways for decision making purpose.
The result is showed in form of a data cube.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 210 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 10 )
What is Porter’s 5 forces model? Discuss briefly 5 forces with its purpose.
Answer Page # 158
Porter`s models helps a firm to identify threats to its competitive position. and to
divide plans accordingly which includes uses of IT and E commerce to protect or
enhance his competitive position .

Following are the 2 forces models of porter.
1- Threats of new potential entrants to the sector
This threats relates to the opportunity that how easily a company having different
products and services can enter into the given trade sector. How efficiently it
removes the barriers like IT, Capital and skills. For example to start online banking
you need not to
2-Threats of substitute product or service in existing trade
3-Bragaining power of the buyers
4-Bargaining power of the suppliers
5-Competition between existing players

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 10 )
What are the advantages and disadvantages of offline and online catalogues? 5+5

Answer Page # 127
Paper catalogs
Advantages
Easy to create a catalog without high technology
Reader is able to look at the catalog without computer system
More portable than electronic catalog

Disadvantages
Difficult to update changes in the product information
Only limited number of products can be displayed

Online or electronic catalogs
Advantages
Easy to update product information
Able to integrate with the purchasing process
Good search and comparison capabilities
Able to provide timely, up-to-date product information
Can provide broad range of product information
Possibility of adding voice and motion pictures
Cost savings
Easy to customize

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 )
What is a basic purpose of payment gateway in SET transactions? Explain shortly.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 211 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Answer Page # 122
The role of payment gateway is to connect entities on the internet with those which
are not on the internet such as the electronic network of banks. Payment gateway
provides the security of data transmission to/from the acquirer bank.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 )
‘Provide after sales service and support’ is one of the areas in a strategic business
unit according to Michael Porter. List what kind of activities is performed in this
area?
Answer Page # 152
‘Provide after sales service and support’ refer to those activities that aim at
promoting a continuing relationship with customers, e.g, installing, testing,
repairing, maintaining a product, fulfilling warranties etc.

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 2 )
Discuss briefly how a software developer who releases annual updates of his
software can reduce the price of his product and increase sales revenue in an
Ecommerce environment.
Answer Page # 152
A software developer who releases annual updates of his software might consider
eliminating software retailer from distribution channel for updates by offering to
send updates through internet directly to his customers. In this way he can reduce
the price of his product and increase sales revenue since revenue margin payable to
the retailer can now be cut down from the price.

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 3 )
Under Section 21 of the ETO, the funds of the Certification Council shall comprise
of?
Answer Page # 169
The functions of the Certification Council are described in Section 21. Mainly, the
council would grant, renew, suspend, revoke any accreditation certificates to the
certification service providers, and would monitor compliance of certification service
providers with the provisions of the ordinance. It would also be responsible for
setting up and maintaining a repository/database where information about
accreditation certificates and digital certificates issued to the subscribers would be
placed and accessible by public at large.

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 3 )
What is business promotion? Briefly explain any two methods of business
promotion. 1+2
Answer Page # 133
E-business promotions can attract visitors to your site and induce them to purchase.
Promotional messages can be sent both online and offline.

Frequent-flyer miles




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 212 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
The online business has a contract with an airline such that the customer of the
business earns specific miles from the airline free of charge if he purchases from the
online business items up to a certain value.

Point-based rewards
On the performance of a pre-specified action, customers can be entitled to point
based rewards – t-shirts, mugs etc. with the company’s logo etc.

Question No: 37 (Marks: 3 )
How does the client purchase from merchant using E-Cash Payment system? Show
the payment request format.
Answer Page # 118
E-cash Purchase
Having received an order the merchant sends a payment request to the client in the
following format:
Payreq={currency,amount,timestamp,merchant_bank ID, merchant_accID, order
description}

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 10 )
What elements should we consider for global marketing of e-businesses? Describe
briefly.
Answer: Page # 139
As a marketer, when you are aiming at marketing your business in the entire world,
you have to keep certain considerations in mind. Your web design must provide
content in various languages and provide prices in various currencies, so that
people belonging to different countries/cultures can understand the information
contained in your web site. A regular display of currency exchange rate information
can be useful in this behalf. Today, tools exist that can translate emails and your
web sites into different languages. Another important consideration should be as to
whether the country where you are doing the business has the required
infrastructure to support your e-business. For example, whether you have a proper
distribution channel of your products in a country you are doing business in.
Similarly, you should carefully choose a payment system for your e-business which
is compatible with the environment of a country where you are doing business. For
example, a payment mechanism using SET cannot be considered as compatible with
business environment in most of the third world countries.

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 10 )
Give an example to show how members of supply chain can work together to reduce
inventory, increase quality of product, reduce production cost and increase process
speed.
Answer: Page # 156
In 1997 the company had to stop its two assembly operations for several weeks due
to errors in production and scheduling system causing it a huge financial loss.
Thereafter, it decided to invest in information systems in every element of its supply
chain. Involving its suppliers in the process, it began the use of EDI and internet
technology, so that the suppliers could supply the right part or assembly at right

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 213 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
time to prevent production delay. Now, the suppliers could get engineering
specifications and drawings before the start of manufacturing using a secure
internet connection, and plan their own business activities, accordingly. Also,
members of the supply chain could have the knowledge of the completion of
milestones and any changes in production schedule. In two years time, this
approach resulted in reducing half the time needed to complete individual assembly
processes. Thus, instead of waiting for 3 years the customer airlines could now have
the ordered airplane ready for delivery in 10-12 months. Furthermore, the company
launched a spare parts web site for ordering replacement parts. The site allowed
customer airlines to register and order for replacement parts through browsers.
Soon, the site was processing 5000 transactions per day at much lower cost as
compared to orders cost through phone, mail, or fax. It also improved customer
service in the sense that most parts could now be delivered the same day or the
next day.

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 )
LDA stands for _______
Answer:
► Lahore Development Authority
Page #165
For example, the Lahore Development Authority (LDA) is a statutory body
established under the Lahore Development Act, 1975 (a provincial statute
► Lahore Development Act

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 2 )
What is Data Mining?
Answer P # 140
Data Mining can be defined as the task of discovering interesting patterns from
large amounts of data, where the data can be stored in databases, data
warehouses, or other information repositories.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 2 )
What is the purpose of FRAMESET tag?
Answer Page # 31
Frameset page divides the browser window into a set of frames and defines the size
of each frame. It also specifies which content pages are displayed in which frame. It
has no body section (no body tag). Content pages are just regular HTML pages.

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 2 )
What do we mean by "Free-Trial" promotion technique?
Answer Page # 133
"Free-Trial" promotion technique:-
Customers can sign up for a free service. For example, they can be allowed to
download software for certain days free of cost on trial basis before buying it.

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 2 )
What is UNCITRAL?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 214 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Asnwer Page # 176
Most of the countries have, by now, made laws providing recognition to electronic
documents and electronic signatures. They have basically followed a model law on
ecommerce proposed by a U.N. body called UNCITRAL (United Nations Commission
on International Trade Law) in 1996.

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 3 )
Write precisely about the 4th stage of planning cycle?
Answer Page # 160
Strategy assessment
Results of implementation plan are monitored and assessed so that any corrective
measures or expansion plan can take place. Basically, you want to assess whether
your strategy has delivered what it was supposed to deliver; whether your strategy
is still viable/workable in the ever changing environment. In strategy assessment
phase, you can learn from your mistakes and do your future planning. In case your
EC project has been a failure, you can identify the problems and try to remove
them. Some of the corrective measures can be to property train your web team,
establish or review your security or privacy policy, review or reassess your web
design content, reconsider your marketing plan etc. For the strategy assessment,
you can conduct surveys, collect information and receive feedback from different
groups of people so that you have solid input from people coming from a variety of
background. Sometimes, you have to entirety give up a particular strategy you
followed and formulate a new strategy or set of strategies in light of the company’s
main objective or its mission.

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 3 )
Discuss the role and responsibilities of “Transport layer” in OSI model?
Answer Page # 5&6
TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) or UDP (User Datagram Protocol) operate at
this layer. It has two functions. It converts the data into data packets. Secondly, it
is responsible for flow control of data. TCP is more reliable as it is acknowledgment
based as opposed to UDP which does not use any system of acknowledgment for
the delivery of data packets.

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 3 )
How lack of trust barrier can be overcome or minimized? Discuss it briefly
Answer Page # 161
Lack of Trust
It is very important for online businesses to establish trusting relationships with
their customers like in the physical world where companies ensure that customers
know who they are. However, it is difficult to build trust because a kind of
anonymity exists for companies trying to establish web presence. There was, once,
a famous cartoon used to depict that on the internet nobody knows whether you are
a dog. The issue of anonymity can be explained by the example that a visiting
customer will not know in case of an online bank as to how large or well-established
the bank is, simply by browsing through its web site. On the other hand, visitors
would not become customers unless they trust the company behind the site. Thus, a

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 215 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
plan for establishing credibility of an online business is extremely crucial for its
success. In this behalf, attention to the needs of the site visitors is very important
while designing the web site, since it can be helpful in building trust with customers.
For instance, there should be easy to find web pages that answer questions of the
visitors. Note that companies with established brands can build trust for online
business more quickly as compared to a new company/business without reputation,
since a brand conveys expectations about how the online business would behave.
For example, how the seller online business would react to a claim of refund by the
customer.

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 3 )
Write the names of companies who were helper in developing Secure Electronic
Transaction.
Answer Page # 122
The two companies who were helper in developing Secure Electronic Transaction are
Visa, MasterCard, Netscape and Microsoft in 1997.

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 5 )
Differentiate between Cyber squatting and concurrent use with example.

Answer Page # 181 & 182
Cyber squatting
The act of intentionally registering domain names containing trademarks / trade
names of prominent companies to later blackmail or demand ransom from those
companies is called cyber squatting. It is regarded as an offence in most countries.

Assume there is a firm ‘Glory Enterprise’ and it wants to have its web site. It also
wants to have the word ‘glory’ as a part of its domain name because for years it has
been recognized in the physical world through this word. However, at the time of
registration of its domain name it finds that a person Mr. ‘A’ who has nothing to do
with the business of the firm or the word ‘glory’ has already registered a domain
name containing this word as a part of it. Since there cannot be two similar domain
names, the firm is forced to request Mr. ‘A’ to transfer that domain name to it. In
response, if Mr. ‘A’

Concurrent use
This problem arises when two organizations have apparently legitimate claim to use
the same domain name but cannot do so due to the uniqueness of domain names.

Suppose, there is a company manufacturing electronic goods and another company
selling French fries. Under the traditional trade mark law both these companies can
have the same trade mark/trade name such as ‘frys’. The problem arises when both
apply for the registration of a domain name containing the word ‘frys’. Here, both
are legitimate claimants of this domain name but due to the element of uniqueness
of domain names only one of them can be assigned the desired domain name.

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 5 )

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 216 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Explain ‘Confidence’ and ‘Support’ as two measures of Association?
Answer Page # 144
Confidence’ is a measure of how often the relationship holds true e.g., what
percentage of time did people who bought milk also bought eggs. Support means
what is the percentage of two items occurring together overall. Mathematically, they
can be expressed as follows if we take the example of eggs and milk:
Confidence = Transactions (eggs+milk)
Transactions (eggs or milk or both)
In case no. of transactions involving eggs and milk are 25 and those involving eggs
or milk or both are 75 then confidence is 25/75*100=33.3%
Support = Transactions (eggs+milk)
Total no. of transactions
In case no. of transactions involving eggs and milk are 10 and total no. of
transactions in a day are 50 then support is 10/50*100 = 20%

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 2 )
What you understand about Denial of services (DOS) attacks?
Answer Page # 95
Denial of services (DOS) attacks
In this type of attack, the attacker gains access to the network and then send
invalid data to network services or applications. These services or applications
consequently become unable to perform their normal tasks or functions. Hence,
sending a flood of data to a particular service or computer can cause it to overload
or shutdown. This attack is specially used to take down websites on the internet,
when repeated requests for web pages are deliberately initiated so as to choke
down a web server.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 2 )
How the Porter’s model helps a firm to devise a plan?

Answer Page # 158
Porter’s Model helps a firm to identify threats to its competitive position and to
devise plans including the use of IT and e-commerce to protect or enhance that
position. Porter identified five forces of competitive rivalry described as under:
Threat of potential/new entrants to the sector
Threat of substitute product or service in the existing trade
Bargaining power of the buyers
Bargaining power of the suppliers
Competition between existing players

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 2 )
Define electronic signature?
Answer Page # 158
Electronic Signature means any letters, numbers, symbols, images, characters or
any combination thereof in electronic form, applied to, incorporated in or associated
with an electronic document, with the intention of authenticating or approving the
same, in order to establish authenticity or integrity, or both”.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 217 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 2 )
In SSL handshaking what is mean by Cipher Suite?
Answer Page # 121
SSL Handshake
SSL supports a variety of encryption algorithm and authentication methods. The
combination of algorithms and methods is called a cipher suite.

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 3 )
What do you know about interactive advertisement? Briefly explain.
Answer Page # 134, 135
Interactive Advertising
It uses a combination of rich media (such as audio, video, animations) and
traditional forms (such as print, TV or radio ads) in order to involve customers in
advertising process to increase brand recognition. For example, there is a famous
business that uses this marketing technique. Its TV commercial induces/encourages
viewers to access its website from where customers can select/download various
action pictures and background music. Thus, by involving a customer in the
advertising process itself, it attempts to increase its brand recognition for the
customers.

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 3 )
Describe ‘Online Analytical Processing (OLAP)’ in short?
Answer Page # 145
Online Analytical Processing (OLAP)
OLAP makes use of background knowledge regarding the domain of the data being
studied in order to allow the presentation of data at different levels of abstraction. It
is different form data mining in the sense that it does not provide any patterns for
making predictions; rather the information stored in databases can be presented/
viewed in a convenient format in case of OLAP at different levels that facilitates
decision makers or managers. The result of OLAP is displayed in the form of a data
cube

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 5 )
Write down the list of major global issues of e-commerce.
Answer Page # 176 to 184
Some major global legal issues of e-commerce. They are listed as follows:

Territorial jurisdiction
Online contracts
Copyright in cyberspace
Domain name and trademark conflicts
Online defamation
Online privacy
Issues of taxation on internet
Cyber crimes of a data cube.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 218 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 33 ( Marks: 2 )
What is ONLINE BANKING?
Answer Page # 128
Online banking provides services to the customers through internet including
services of electronic funds transfer.

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 2 )
Define these two terms plaintiff and defendant?
Answer Page #177
Plaintiff:-
The person who files a lawsuit are called plaintiff.
Defendant:- The person against whom a lawsuit is filed is called defendant.

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 3 )
What do we mean by internet-based EDI? Briefly explain how could it be used as
substitute of VAN? (1 + 2)
Answer Page # 149
Internet-Based EDI:-
Internet can support EDI in a variety of ways. Internet e-mail can be used as EDI
message transport mechanism in place of having a VAN. An extranet can be created
with the trading partner allowing a partner to enter information in the fields of web
forms which correspond to the fields of EDI message. Also, web-based EDI hosting
service can be utilized through web-based EDI software.

However, a lot of work is still required to be done to make use of and popularize
internet based EDI.

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 3 )
Briefly explain how the bank check validity of e-coins does when merchant sends
them for deposit?
Answer Page #118
Making the Payment:-
Coins used in the payment are encrypted with bank’s public key, preventing the
merchant to view them. Payment information is forwarded to the bank with
encrypted coins during merchants deposited. Only hash of the order description is
included in payment information preventing the bank from knowing the order
details.

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 5 )
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of Virtual PIN. (2.5+2.5)
Answer Page #112
Advantages of Virtual PIN:
  • Simplicity
  • No encryption
  • No special software is required
  • User friendly front end
  • In case of fraud only sales are lost


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 219 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Disadvantages of Virtual PIN:-
   • Pre-registration of the buyer and the merchant with FV
   • Maintaining a bank account in case of merchant is essential
   • Having a credit card in case of a buyer is also essential part of this system
   • Merchant side is less secured in the transaction because the goods are
     dlivered by the merchant before the payment is actually received
   • Extremely long waiting period between when a sale is made and when a
     pyment is deposited in merchant’s accounts

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 10 )
How strategies are formulated and implemented? Explain it with real world example.

Answer Page #161
Strategy Formulation:-
Based upon this study of internal and external business environment and in light of
a company’s strengths and weaknesses, a competitive business strategy is formed.
It may be a strategy of cost leadership, product differentiation or focus. One can
also identify ways how information technology can be used to implement/enforce
such strategy.

Strategy Implementation:-
   • In the implementation stage, you build a plan to identify steps needed to put
     the strategy into action and practically take those steps. For example, where
     your strategy is to pursue differentiation in terms of quality of service by
     using/arranging a web-based call centre through which the customers can
     immediately register their complaints; then you will have to select appropriate
     individuals who are suitable for the job in the implementation stage.

    •   Creating a web team and defining the role of each member of the team is a
        critical component of implementation stage. For example, you define that this
        person would be the team leader; this would be in the technical staff, or the
        management staff. Note that involvement of key persons from marketing,
        accounting, finance, human resource, IT, customer relations etc. will be
        important in decision making as to how a particular implementation plan can
        be executed.

    •   A strategic plan can be at times initially implemented in terms of a pilot
        project before launching it to a full scale. For example, an automobile
        manufacturer in America had implemented a plan/scheme which allowed the
        potential customers to have scheduled test drives before buying a particular
        car. Initially, this scheme was introduced to four American states but later it
        was implemented all over the country.

    •   Another point is to consider whether you should build your own infrastructure
        for execution or outsource the task of execution of a strategic plan. For
        example, where a strategic plan requires a particular web design, you can

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 220 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     either mange your own team of web designers or outsource this task to an
     outside firm having expertise in this area.

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 10 )
How can you define the concept of cyber banking? How it takes place? What is its
important role in E-Commerce? (3+2+5)
Answer Page #150, 151
Electronic Banking/ cyber banking:-
Electronic banking, also known as cyber banking, virtual banking, home banking
and online banking, includes various banking activities conducted from home,
business, or on the road, instead of at a physical bank location.

Important role of cyber banking in E-Commerce:-
  • Get current account balances at any time
  • Obtain credit card statements
  • Pay utility bills
  • Download account information
  • Transfer money between accounts
  • Send e-mail to your bank
  • Manage your own schedule
  • Handle your finances from any location
  • Apply for loans online

For banks, e-banking represents an inexpensive alternative to branch banking and a
chance to enlist remote customers.

Question No: 01(marks: 2)
What is web server?
Answer page # 90
Web server:
You know that web server is a machine that serves up the web page requests of a
client on the internet. It is a combination of hardware and software. Decision as
regards the type of a web server is largely dependent on the volume and type of
web activities. So, transaction processing sites generating dynamic pages with high
traffic volumes would need web server software that is more efficient and can easily
be upgraded.

Question No: 02 (marks: 2)
What does parse floating (string) and NaN value mean?
Answer page 67
A list of some commonly used predefined JavaScript object is given below: Global
Array String Math Date Global object is an object with globally-accessible
variables/properties and functions. Netscape navigator and internet explorer
implement Global object, but do not allow it to be explicitly created or referenced.
Instead its properties and methods are referenced directly. NaN - ‘not a number’ is
one of its properties.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 221 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
‘parseFloat(string)’ that parses the string as a floating point number, is the example
of a function/method of Global Object. Note a general difference between properties
and functions of an object in that the names of the properties are not followed by
small brackets whereas the names of the functions do have small brackets following
their names. Information contained in the small brackets of a function is called
arguments. Also note that generally properties and functions of an object are
invoked / referenced by typing the name of the object followed by a dot before
typing the property or function name, e.g, document.write().

Question No: 03 (marks: 3)
Write a brief note on ERP and write any two ERP software’s name.
Answer page 93
Enterprise Resource Planning
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) is a concept that integrates all aspects of a
business e.g, accounting, logistics, manufacturing, marketing, planning, project
management etc. at a single place. An ERP system such as SAP is expensive. E-
commerce sites/software has to fully integrate with ERP software, wherever it is
used.
Examples of ERP soft wares: SAP, GPL, AGPL, LGPL

Question NO: 04 (marks : 5)
Describe the importance of cryptography in internet data transfer security in E-
commerce.
Answer page 98
Cryptography
Cryptography is the technique of converting a message into unintelligible or non-
understandable form such that even if some unauthorized or unwanted person
intercepts the message he/she would still not be able to make any sense out of it.
Cryptography is thousands of years old.

Techniques used for cryptography Substitution In substitution we replace each letter
in the message with another to make the message non-understandable. For
example, each letter “a” in the message can be replaced with letter “d” and letter
“b” with letter “e” and so on. Transposition It is based on scrambling the characters
in a message. A transposition system may first write a message into a table row by
row then the message can be read and rewritten column by column to make it
scrambled.

Historically, cryptography has long been used as a military technology. Julis Ceaser
used a simple transposition cipher to scramble messages to give instructions to his
commanders in the battlefield. Similarly, Hitler used Enigma encryption cipher to
scramble messages sent by radio to German armies and u-boats during the Second
World War. Cryptography has also been used for non-military purposes over the
centuries. There are records of people using cryptography to protect religious
secrets and to hide secrets of science and industry. In recent years, the use of
cryptography in business and commerce appears to have surpassed its earlier use.
It has made the rapid commercialization of internet possible. Without cryptography,

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 222 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
it is doubtful that banks, businesses and individuals would feel safe doing business
online.

Cryptography is a collection of mathematical techniques used to ensure
confidentiality of information. The process of scrambling a message with the help of
a key is called Encryption. The process of unscrambling a message using an
appropriate key is called decryption (see Fig. 1). Keys are numbers or characters
that are randomly generated with the help of some cryptographic algorithm. Pretty
Good Privacy (PGP) is the name of a popular cryptographic system which is
available for general public use. There are two types of cryptography - Symmetric
and Asymmetric cryptography.

Symmetric Cryptography
In symmetric cryptography same keys are used for encryption and decryption.

Asymmetric or Public Key Cryptography
In this type a pair of public and private keys is used for encryption and decryption

Electronic Payment Systems
Most of the electronic payment systems on internet use cryptography in one way or
the other to ensure confidentiality and security of the payment information. Some of
the popular payment systems on internet include the credit-card based payment
systems, electronic checks, electronic cash, micro-payment systems (milicent,
payword etc.)

Electronic Checks
Financial Services Technology Consortium (FSTC) is a group of U.S banks, research
agencies and government organizations formed in 1993. It has introduced the
concept of electronic checks. An electronic check contains an instruction to the
payer’s bank to make a specified payment to a payee. Both, symmetric and
asymmetric type of cryptography is used in this system. The payer and the payee
are issued digital certificates in X. 509 standard format by their respective banks.
These certificates are used to verify the digital signatures on the check. A bank may
include account restrictions, maximum check value, or currencies allowed by the
bank in the certificate.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 223 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
IT430 Final Term 2010 Paper subjective
Paper pattern was as follows;
Total Marks = 70
Total No. of Questions = 44
No. of MCQs = 30
No. of 2 marks Questions = 6*2 = 12
No. of 3 marks Questions = 6*3 = 18
No. of 5 marks Questions = 2*5 = 10

I remember few of subjective questions which are as follows; please study
thoroughly these questions before attempting your IT430 paper.

Q 31: Define electronic signature? (Marks 2)
Q 32: Which currency is used in e-cash banking system? (Marks 2)
Q 33: What do you know about interactive advertisement? Briefly explain. (Marks 3)
Q 34: What are uses of submit and reset button? (Marks 2)
Q 35: What do you know about coupon? (Marks 2)
Q 36: On what basis, generally the protection under “fair use” may besought?
Doesn't need to explain. (Marks 3)
Q 37: What is relational database? (Marks 3)Q 38: Fill the following table with
appropriate information; (Marks 3)Minting stageSerial no.? Client ?Deposit
stageSerial no. ?Client ?
Q 39: What type of issues civil and criminal laws deals with? (Marks 3)
Q 40: What is Meta information? Why do search engines use Meta
information?(Marks 5)
Q 41: How do cultural issues affect International e-commerce? (Marks 5)




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 224 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
IT430 : Mid Term Paper 2010
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010

Marks: 40
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
MAC stand for

►   Media Access Control
►   Media Access Consortium
►   Member of Asian Community
►   None of these

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. Choose the correct HTML tag
for the largest heading

►   <head>
►   <h1>
►   <Heading>
►   <h6>

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following tags are
used for embedding sound files into HTML code?

►   <A href=“song.wav”>
►   <EMBED SRC="Skylar.MP3">
►   <A href=“song.wav”> and <EMBED SRC="Skylar.MP3">
►   None of these

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following is NOT
an advantage of CSS ?

►   Works on version 4 browsers or newer
►   Define the look of your pages in one place
►   Easily change the look
►   Implement same formatting each time tage is used.

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following is
correct line to add separated css file with name xxxx.css?

► <link scr=stylesheet href="xxxx.css" type="text/css">
► <link rel=stylesheet href="xxxx.css" type="text/css">
► <style rel=stylesheet href="xxxx.css" type="text/css">

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 225 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► <link rel=stylesheet scr="xxxx.css" type="text/css">

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following is
correct syntax to define color in CSS?

►   body {color: black}
►   body:color=black
►   {body:color=black(body}
►   {body;color:black}

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. Inside which of the following
HTML element do we put the JavaScript?

►   <script>
►   <js>
►   <javascript>
►   <scripting>

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. JavaScript is mainly a
___________ language.

►   Server Side Scripting
►   Cross Side Scripting
►   Client Side Scripting
►   both Cross and Server Side Scripting

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which one is the responsible to
manage “Internal processes”?

►   E-business
►   E-commerce
►   E-marketing
►   All of the given

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. The first control statement in a
for loop usually

►   sets the termination condition
►   increments a counter
►   creates a control variable
►   none of the above

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 226 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. You define a method using

►   obj.method
►   obj.method[]
►   obj.method()
►   obj-method

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. What is the default scripting
language in ASP?

►   EcmaScript
►   JavaScript
►   Java
►   VBScript

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Following are malicious
programs EXCEPT ----------------- .

►   Back doors
►   Trojan Horses
►   Firewalls
►   Worms

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Outside attacks on a network
include the following, EXCEPT --------------- .

►   Password attack
►   DoS
►   Back doors
►   IP spoofing

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. At which layer of the OSI
model the circuit level firewall operates?

►   Application layer
►   Presentation layer
►   Network layer
►   Transport layer

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 227 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU               




                                 http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. The process of scrambling a
message with the help of a key is called -------------- .

►   Cryptography
►   Filtering
►   Transposition
►   Encryption

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. In a ring network, every device
has exactly ______ neighbors for communication purpose.

►   more than two
►   Two
►   Four
►   None of these

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. What is identified by the tag
<FRAMESET COLS="20%,60%,20%">?

►   Horizontal frame
►   Vertical Frame
►   Top Frame
►   Bottom Frame

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Your browser may not support display of this image. Why we use reset tag in HTML?

►   To   remove   the   text   written   in   Notepad.
►   To   remove   the   text   written   in   between <body> and </body>tag.
►   To   remove   the   text   written   in   between <head> and </head> tag.
►   To   remove   the   text   written   in   between <form> and </form> tag.

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Network Interface Card is
operated at

► Application layer
► Session layer
► Network layer

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 228 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Datalink layer

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. What value will be printed after
executing the following statement in JavaScript:

document.write( Math.pow(3, 2) );

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 2 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. What is a web server?

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 3 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. To calculate the area of a circle
the formula pi r squared is used. How would you code it in JavaScript?

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 3 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. Name four commonly used web
server operating systems.

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 5 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. Write the types of firewalls.
Only names? Explain these briefly

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 5 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. Write the JavaScript code
which will display the following in a web page using a FOR loop:

The   number   is   0
The   number   is   1
The   number   is   2
The   number   is   3
The   number   is   4
The   number   is   5




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 229 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
IT430 : MID TERM PAPER

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Academic institutions, religious organizations and government using -----------------
---- e-commerce classification
► Business-to-Business(B2B)
► Intra Business
► Non Business EC (Ans)
► Business-to-consumer(B2C)

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In which protocol, the messages are not deleted from email server.

► SMTP
► POP3
► IMAP (Ans)
► ICMP
Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

What is the correct HTML tag for adding a background color?
► <background>yellow</background>
► <body bgcolor="yellow"> (Ans)
► <body color="yellow">
► None
Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which HTML tag is used to define an internal style sheet?

► <css>
► <script>
► <style> (Ans)
► <sheet>
Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What is the correct HTML for making a hyperlink?

►   <a href="http://www.w3schools.com">W3Schools</a> (Ans)
►   <a name="http://www.w3schools.com">W3Schools.com</a>
►   <a url="http://www.w3schools.com">W3Schools.com</a>
►   <a>http://www.w3schools.com</a>

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If we leave out the target attribute in frame tag and link was clicked ,the document
loads into the window
► In Same page (Ans)
► In other blank page.
► To display browser error.
► All of the options.


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 230 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What does mean by != comparison operator?

►   Equal to
►   Not
►   Equal
►   Not Equal (Ans)

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What does the string.match (“abc”) object do?
► Concatenates the “abc” word to other “abc” words
► Matches the “abc” words with other “abc” words (Ans)
► It does replacement of abc word with other words
► All of the above

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
var txt="Hello World!" document.write(txt.length), it would return the length as.

►   10
►   11
►   12 (Ans)
►   13

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following property falls in HTTP?
► Stateless (Ans)
► Stateful
► Temporary
► All of these

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one of the following certifies the binding between public key and its owner.

►   CA (ANS)
►   KDC
►   TLS
►   Firewall

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Cyclical Redundancy Check (CRC), takes place in which layer of OSI Model.

►   Session Layer
►   Transport Layer (Ans)
►   Network Layer
►   Data link layer

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 231 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                              http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
How can you convert information consisting of comma separated values into an
array?

►   txtArray   =   txt.indexOf(','); (Ans)
►   txtArray   =   txt.split(',');
►   txtArray   =   txt.trim(',');
►   txtArray   =   txt.substring(',');

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The control statement on a while loop is tested

►   before each time through the loop (Ans)
►   after each time through the loop
►   once at the start
►   once at the end

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which SQL statement is used to delete data from a database?

►   DELETE (Ans)
►   COLLAPSE
►   REMOVE
►   DISCARD

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A program that performs a specific function such as creating invoices/bills or
processing payment received from customers is called a/an ---------------.

►   Middleware
►   Web Service
►   CRM Software
►   Appplication Program (Ans)

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which firewall uses strong user authentication to verify identity of a host attempting
to connect to the network?

►   Packet filter firewall
►   Circuit level firewall
►   Application gateway firewall (Ans)
►   Hybrid firewall

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 232 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU               




                                 http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
In what form are style rules presented?

►   selector   { property: value }
►   selector   { property= value } (Ans)
►   selector   ( property: value )
►   selector   ( property= value )

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Why we use reset tag in HTML?

►   To   remove   the   text   written   in   Notepad.
►   To   remove   the   text   written   in   between <body> and </body>tag. (Ans)
►   To   remove   the   text   written   in   between <head> and </head> tag.
►   To   remove   the   text   written   in   between <form> and </form> tag.

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

When data moves upward in the OSI stack it is called

►   Encapsulation
►   De-encapsulation
►   Synchronization (Ans)
►   None of these

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )
What does PPTP stand for?

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 2 )
What are the keywords to define a variable and a function in JavaScript?

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 3 )
Identify the object, property and method in the following:


Math.sin(45)
Math.PI

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 3 )
Performance of web servers can be evaluated mainly on the basis of two factors.
What are they?

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 5 )
Write the code for a web page displaying a button named "Testing". After clicking
that button an alert should be displayed saying "The test is successful".

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 5 )



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                           Page 233 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
What is the difference between an interpreted and a compiled language? Give one
example of each.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                             Page 234 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
IT430 : MID TERM PAPER

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Academic institutions, religious organizations and government using -----------------
---- e-commerce classification
► Business-to-Business(B2B)
► Intra Business
► Non Business EC (Ans)
► Business-to-consumer(B2C)

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In which protocol, the messages are not deleted from email server.

►   SMTP
►   POP3
►   IMAP (Ans)
►   ICMP

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

What is the correct HTML tag for adding a background color?
► <background>yellow</background>
► <body bgcolor="yellow"> (Ans)
► <body color="yellow">
► None

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which HTML tag is used to define an internal style sheet?

►   <css>
►   <script>
►   <style> (Ans)
►   <sheet>

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What is the correct HTML for making a hyperlink?

►   <a href="http://www.w3schools.com">W3Schools</a> (Ans)
►   <a name="http://www.w3schools.com">W3Schools.com</a>
►   <a url="http://www.w3schools.com">W3Schools.com</a>
►   <a>http://www.w3schools.com</a>

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If we leave out the target attribute in frame tag and link was clicked ,the document
loads into the window
► In Same page (Ans)
► In other blank page.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 235 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► To display browser error.
► All of the options.

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What does mean by != comparison operator?

►   Equal to
►   Not
►   Equal
►   Not Equal (Ans)

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What does the string.match (“abc”) object do?
► Concatenates the “abc” word to other “abc” words
► Matches the “abc” words with other “abc” words (Ans)
► It does replacement of abc word with other words
► All of the above

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
var txt="Hello World!" document.write(txt.length), it would return the length as.

►   10
►   11
►   12 (Ans)
►   13

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following property falls in HTTP?
► Stateless (Ans)
► Stateful
► Temporary
► All of these

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one of the following certifies the binding between public key and its owner.

►   CA (ANS)
►   KDC
►   TLS
►   Firewall

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Cyclical Redundancy Check (CRC), takes place in which layer of OSI Model.

► Session Layer
► Transport Layer (Ans)

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 236 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                              http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Network Layer
► Data link layer

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

How can you convert information consisting of comma separated values into an
array?

►   txtArray   =   txt.indexOf(','); (Ans)
►   txtArray   =   txt.split(',');
►   txtArray   =   txt.trim(',');
►   txtArray   =   txt.substring(',');

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The control statement on a while loop is tested

►   before each time through the loop (Ans)
►   after each time through the loop
►   once at the start
►   once at the end

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which SQL statement is used to delete data from a database?

►   DELETE (Ans)
►   COLLAPSE
►   REMOVE
►   DISCARD

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A program that performs a specific function such as creating invoices/bills or
processing payment received from customers is called a/an ---------------.

►   Middleware
►   Web Service
►   CRM Software
►   Appplication Program (Ans)

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which firewall uses strong user authentication to verify identity of a host attempting
to connect to the network?

► Packet filter firewall

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 237 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Circuit level firewall
► Application gateway firewall (Ans)
► Hybrid firewall

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In what form are style rules presented?

► selector { property: value }

► selector { property= value } (Ans)

► selector ( property: value )

► selector ( property= value )

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Why we use reset tag in HTML?

► To remove the text written in Notepad.
► To remove the text written in between <body> and </body>tag. (Ans)
► To remove the text written in between <head> and </head> tag.
► To remove the text written in between <form> and </form> tag.
Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

When data moves upward in the OSI stack it is called

► Encapsulation

► De-encapsulation

► Synchronization (Ans)

► None of these

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 2 )
What does PPTP stand for?

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 2 )
What are the keywords to define a variable and a function in JavaScript?

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 3 )
Identify the object, property and method in the following:

Math.sin(45)
Math.PI


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 238 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 24 ( Marks: 3 )
Performance of web servers can be evaluated mainly on the basis of two factors.
What are they?

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 5 )

Write the code for a web page displaying a button named "Testing". After clicking
that button an alert should be displayed saying "The test is successful".

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 5 )

What is the difference between an interpreted and a compiled language? Give one
example of each.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 239 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
HRM611 Final 2010 Solved Paper
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010(Session4)
MGMT611- Human Relations (alt. code=HRM611)
Time: 90 min                       Marks: 69.

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Sheikh, Rajput, Kashmiri are all example of:
     ► Frame of references
     ► Stereotype images
     ► Perception
      ► Biasness
Ref:page 11
 (1) Stereotype Images
We have certain images about different things i.e. about caste. We ask about
someone’s caste because we have certain image about that caste i.e. Sheikh,
Rajput, Kashmiri etc


Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 People of a religious sect, neighbourhood, same caste and same profession are
members of:
     ► In group
     ►Out group
     ► Emergent group
      ►Secondary group
Ref:page 13 •
An in-group is a social group towards which an individual feels loyalty and respect,
usually due to membership in the group. This loyalty often manifests itself as an
ingroup bias. Commonly encountered ingroups include family members, people of
the same race or religion.

 Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A major purpose of feedback is to tell a person:
     ► How well he or she communicates the true self
     ► How well he or she has performed
(correct in my view,recheck it by your ownself)
     ► The difference between right and wrong
     ► When it is time to enhance self-esteem

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A key characteristic of self-disciplined people is that they:
    ► Impose punishment and suffering on themselves
    ► Rebel against goals set by management
    ► Find very little joy in working
    ► Work toward attaining goals without being distracted



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 240 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
   Page 21
Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The first step in the self-discipline model is to:
     ► Compartmentalize spheres of life
     ► Search for pleasure within the task
     ► Develop role models
     ► Formulate a mission statement
Page 21
Self-discipline and motivation
1. Formulate a mission statement related to your life.
2. Develop role models of self-disciplined achievers.
3. Develop goals for each task.
4. Develop action plans to achieve goals.


Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A person makes a decision when he or she:
    ► Chooses one alternative from several
    ► Faces a crisis
    ► Identifies a gap between the real and the ideal
    ► Engages in rigid efforts
     Page 20
      Lesson 8
Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A distinguished consequence of perfectionism is that it often leads to a:
    ► Sudden increase in satisfaction with the task
    ► Feelings of excitement while solving a problem
    ► Delay in making decisions(Doubted)
    ► Lack of concern for details

Question No: 8   ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


 Which type of human communication is employed for sharing knowledge, solving
problems and developing new ideas?


     ►Mediated communication
     ►Intrapersonal communication
     ►Interpersonal communication(doubted)
     ►Public communication

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is an example of downward communications?

    ► Your supervisor assigns you a new task
    ► You ask your supervisor for a new task

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 241 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► You want a new task
    ► Your co-worker tells you that you are going to get a new task

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
One of the major benifit of high self-esteem is:
   ► Increased worker involvement on teams(doubted)
   ► Good mental health
   ► Increased absenteeism
   ► Decreased complaints from unionized workers

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is a suggested way for developing your leadership potential?
   ► Help your leader lead
   ► Acquire broad experience
   ► Practice a little leadership when the opportunity presents itself
   ► All of the given are suggested ways
  Paga 54

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A study on the quality of interactions between supervisor and their employees
indicated that:
     ► Agreeing with your supervisor’s opinions usually fail
      ►Supervisors are impressed strictly by work performance
     ►Favorable interactions lead to better performance
     ► Avoiding the supervisor improves performance ratings
Page 65

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 There should be knowledge of self _______________ while planning a career.
    ► Strength and power
    ► Weaknesses and status
    ► Power and income
    ► Strengths and weaknesses
Page 97

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
To identify a career which of the following is more compatible with your interest?

   ► Peer influence
   ► Social networking
   ► Job opportunity
   ► Recognize your preferences
Page 142

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Networking implies helping others and doing all of the following EXCEPT:
   ►Giving advice

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 242 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
       ► Giving industry specific information
       ► Giving trade secrets
       ► Giving contacts

Question No: 16      ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

    Ali is a true workaholic as he:
         ► Works an average of at least 60 hours per week
         ► Finds not working to be an uncomfortable experience
         ► Brings work home at least four nights per week
         ► Establishes unrealistic goals
      Page 93

Question No: 17      ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

 Multitasking is recommended for:
    ►Creative assignments
    ► Work at a steady pace
    ► Breakthrough tasks
    ► Routine tasks
Page 95

Question No: 18      ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

 Now day’s organizations are emphasizing more on which type of growth:
   ► Horizontal
   ► Vertical
   ► Lateral
   ► Straight up
Page 96

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Cyber networking includes which one of the following?
    ► Action
    ► E-mail
    ► Glass ceiling
    ► Traditions
Ref:page 102


Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Asifa is competent and efficient employee, she has which type of values:
    ►Democratic values
    ► Ethical values
    ► Professional values
    ► People values
  Page 124

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 243 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 21       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

Hassan needs to hire a new assistant. Which one of the following decisions would be
unethical?
    ► Promotes a lower-level staff member into the position
    ► Hires a person who needs a little training
    ► Hires a good friend who has no experience and not fit for the jobs(doubted)
    ► Hires a person with the most experience and highest qualifications

Question No: 22       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

 Which one of the following is an example of mentoring behaviour?
   ► Depression
   ► Conflict
   ► Coaching
   ► High emotions
Page 128

Question No: 23       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

    Identify the suggested way of building good relationships   with customers.

       ► When a customer complains, be defensive
       ►Show care and concern for the customer
       ► Establish customer dissatisfaction goals
       ► Place the company's needs first

Page 141

Question No: 24       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

 According to American Research, indifferent attitude of an employee is the reason
for non-return of customers. That is:
     ► 68 percent
     ► 14 percent
     ► 09 percent
     ► 05 percent
Page 71

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is highly unusual, complicated tactic that involves a trick for
finding a job?
     ► Extreme job hunting
     ► Employment Agencies
     ► Company websites
     ► Help Wanted Ads

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 244 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Page 82

Question No: 26        ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

    Identify which of the following skill is more essential than technical skills?
       ► Personal
       ► Communication
       ► Interpersonal
       ► Public
      Page 85

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Two key elements of a personal financial plan are financial goals and:
    ► Budget
    ► Mission statement
    ► Resources
    ► Funds
Page 104

Question No: 28        ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

    When you purchase stocks, you become a(n):
      ► Practice contrary investing
      ► Pay off debt
      ► Owner of an asset
      ► Lending money

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Signifying respect, fairness and courtesy in dealings with fellow workers comes
under:
    ► Ethical values
    ► Democratic values
    ► Professional values
    ► People values
Page 124

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is the technique or skill that can be helpful for mentoring
at work place?
    ► Interpret what is happening and ask tough questions
    ► Provide emotional support and provide constructive advic, criticism and
feedback
    ► Encourage the person to speak and offer constructive criticism
    ►Provide specific feedback and allow for modelling the desired performance
Page 129

Question No: 31        ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                           Page 245 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Ali is a nurturing task leader; he believes that the task system in an organization
should be:
      ► Developed inter-relationship
      ► Meaningful and trusting
      ► Growth oriented
      ► All of the given options
Page 128

Question No: 32    ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

 If your environment support you to achieve your goals, you can be successful and
productive for your:
     ► Self
     ► Health
     ► Friends
     ► Set up
PAG 101

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Cultures within an organization that are defined by departmental designations are
often called _____.
    ► Micro-cultures
    ► Subcultures
    ► Divisional cultures
    ► Counter cultures

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of following is suggested technique for uplifting one's self-confidence?
   ► Strive for peak performance
   ► Use negative visual imagery
   ► Use negative self-talk
   ► Develop a solid knowledge base
page139

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
  According to research evidence, which of the following is the most important
reason of Develop a solid knowledge base of customers?
    ► Moved away to some other place
    ► Indifferent attitude of an employee
    ► Product dissatisfaction
    ► Role of rivalry forces
Ref: page 71
Second option is most important because the non-return ratio of this category is
large than other categories.

Question No: 36    ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 246 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 You have often seen job advertisement in the newspaper where organizations
prefer to use post office box instead of mentioning their organizational postal
address. This is an example of:
    ► Open ads
    ► Blind ads
    ► Catch ads
    ► Web ads

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Hina took every opportunity she could to explain to her prospective employer what
she could do to help their company if she were hired. Hina used:
    ► Behavioral statements
    ► Communication statements
    ► Skill-benefit statements
    ► Internal job market statements

Question No: 38     ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


“Have you had to convince a team to work on a project they weren't thrilled about?
How did you do it?” If an interviewer ask this question from the job candidate then
which of the following type of interview is it?
    ► Phone interview
    ► Projection interview
    ► Behavioral interview
    ► Communication interview
  Page 85

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
As an investment, collectibles such as coins, antiques or paintings involve:
   ► No risk(in my view)
   ► Low risk
   ► Moderate risk
   ► High risk

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 For achieving happiness in life, if someone’s feelings turn negative suddenly, then
its time to do:
      ► Mental readjustment
      ► Physical readjustment
      ► Social readjustment(in my view)
      ► Economic readjustment

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Sadia likes her friend Hina because of having common interest, values and beliefs.
This liking on the basis of similarities is the focus point of which one of the following
theory?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 247 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
       ► Reinforcement theory
       ► Balance theory of attraction
       ► Social exchange theory of attraction
       ► Need for intimacy
      Page 117

Question No: 42       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

    An important contributor to happiness is :
        ► Live with what you cannot change
        ►Change yourself to meet society’s aesthetic standards
       ► Establish goals for changing conditions that are difficult to change
       ► Avoid vigorous physical exercise


Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If two people want to live harmoniously after the conflict, what they should avoid?
    ► Below the belt comments
    ► Show positive behavior
    ► Prepare to compromise
    ► Minimize an accusatory tone

Question No: 44       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

What should be a recommended solution for the working couple to avoid disputes
on the household chores?
    ► Wife should be responsible for all house hold chores
    ► Husband should be responsible for all house hold chores
    ► Wife should be more responsible than husband for houshold chores
    ► Husband and wife should be equally responsible for house hold chores
  Page 120

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following statement is true?
   ► Laziness and right description of liveliness
   ► Laziness is the right description of apathy
   ► Laziness is the wrong description of apathy
   ► Laziness is the wrong description of idleness
Page 122

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Ahmed is performing his job responsibilities with objectivity and impartiality. He is
using;
    ► Democratic values
    ► Professional values
    ► People values
    ► Moral values

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 248 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Page 124

Question No: 47    ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

The quality of human relations improved when an individual follows:
    ► Ethics
    ► Rules
    ► Regulations
    ► Procedures
Page 126

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following tactics can be helpful in dealing with difficult people?
   ► Use tact and diplomacy
   ► Ask tough questions
   ►Use hostile or adverse impact
   ► Use negative reinforcement
  Page 65

Question No: 49    ( Marks: 3 )

Which rules help you to be a positive nurturing person?

One can be a positive nurturing person by following these rules.

1. Understand that most people have needs of growth. There is hardly anyone who
doesn’t want promotion in life. Suppose if a person is employed as a clerk, it doesn’t
mean that he always have to live with that status. If you help him in improving his
status he will have nice feelings for you.

2. Make a team with a coworker to form a network. If you are able to form a team,
you can be more helpful to others. Networks play an important role in the personal
and organizational development and growth.

3. Be a role model for others. When you demonstrate how to be a good worker,
others would like to follow you.

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
Enlist and describe the two key elements which are included in a personal
financial plan. Two key elements of the plan arefinancial goals and a
budget.

Establishing financial goals
A common approach to financial goal setting is to specify amounts of money you
would like to earn at certain points in time. Another common goal is to obtain
enough money to cover specific expenses.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 249 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Financial goals are sometimes expressed in terms of allocation of money, such as
putting pay raises into savings or reducing debt.

A more motivational approach is use financial goals to point to a lifestyle one hopes
to achieve with specific amounts of money. In this way money becomes the means
to ends that bring satisfaction and happiness.
Developing a Budget (Spending Plan)
A budget is a plan for spending money to improve your chances of using your
money wisely and not spending more than net income.

Steps in budget making
Developing a budget can be divided into a series of logical steps.

Establishing goals
You should keep in mind your goals while establishing a budget so that you could
make the best use of your money.

1. Estimating income
First of all estimate your income and then plan the spending of money. You should
be aware of the total amount that you have in order to develop realistic budget.

2. Estimating expenses
Do this by keeping careful track of current spending.

3. Comparing expenses and income.
Remember that the true profit from your labor is the difference between your net
income and total expenses. If you spend all your money and you are left with
nothing, it is not sensible. You must save something for unseen expenses that may
arise in future.

4. Carrying out the budget
Try to spend money according to your budget. If you spend more than the expected
amount on various things, then it is no use of making budget.

6. Evaluating the Plan
A budget usually needs reworking until it fits your needs. You can evaluate your
budget time to time.

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
Why continuous learning and self-development is necessary for career progression?

Continuous Learning and Self-Development
Keep on working hard to bring efficiency and quality to your work. Given that
continuous learning is part of the new model of career advancement, engaging in
regular learning will help a person advance. Self development can include any type
of learning but often emphasizes personal improvement and skill development.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 250 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Continuous learning and self development follow the Japanese philosophy of
kaizen, the relentless quest for a better way and higher quality work.

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
How spending a meaningful life acts as a major contributor to happiness. Give an
example?

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
In your opinion what sort of behaviors are required in a mentor which can be
beneficial in establishing quality relationships between the mentor and the mentee.

mentoring behaviour
If you ensure some basic roles and responsibilities of a mentor, you will see the
improved quality of relationships between the mentor and the mentee. Let us see,
how you can be helpful to others by guiding and leading them towards their growth.
1. Sponsor.
Sponsor others to help and assist them in getting jobs.
2. Do coaching.
Provide guidance and coaching based on your past experiences.
3. Protect others.
Everyone commits mistakes. If you protect others from the bad consequences of
their mistakes, you will perform the job of a mentor.
4. Share challenging tasks.
 If you share some challenging task with your coworkers, it will be helpful in
building confidence in them.
5. Act as a referral agent.
If somebody needs your reference, be sincere and honest in telling the positive
characteristics. And also you can refer your mentee to the one who can guide him in
a better way than you can.
6. Become a Role model.
 Demonstrate through your behaviour what you expect from your mentee.
7. Giving support and encouragement.
People always need support and encouragement. You can
do it by a number of ways. Some nice words can work wonders.
8. Do counseling.
 Develop a positive counseling relationship with your mentee.
9. Providing friendship.
Friendly relationships give mental and psychological support which plays many a
time vital role in the development of a person.
10. Encourage problem solving.
Be helpful by identifying and solving problems.
11. Explain complexities.
 Life is becoming more and more complex. If you are better informed and others are
confused about a particular situation. Try to solve the complexities of life.
12. Teaching the right skills.
Make others learn how to be successful. Impart right and proper knowledge and skill
to your mentees.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 251 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
13. Encourage continuous learning.
Changes are occurring all the time. Encourage your mentees to learn new skills and
keep your knowledge up to date.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 252 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGMT625 Solved Subjective Questions
) environmental creep and organizational creep    3 marks
2) describe 3 dimensions of incremental model    3 marks
3)What does mean by deep structures in organization                   in   context      of
incrementalisam 5marks
4) Describe transitional leader 3 marks
5) Describe dimensions of strategic change 5 marks
6) Briefly describe turf privacy 5marks
7) Dialectical theory    5 marks

Subjective questions of change management

Assumptions of grainer model
The model explains why and how organizations are unable to grow, and in a way
suggest how organisations ought to grow? The model is based on certain
assumptions about the organization which are as under:

First assumption is organisations are rigid, bureaucratic, control-centric, and
centralised entities.

Second, organisations fail to see that the future success of an organisation lie within
their own organisation, and also fail to assess their evolving states of development.
Therefore inability of a management to understand its organisation development
problems can result in organization becoming frozen in its present stage of evolution
(failure to evolve) regardless of market opportunities.

Role of middle management and change process
Problems of a large hierarchical level organization
When an organization go for a large in size or for empire building, it often no longer
be able serves his target customer or stakeholders but in trying to serve itself. More
broadly, there are three problems associated with large hierarchical levels:

1. It is an expensive option
2. It complicates the communication process
3. Finally, it complicates the planning and control systems

Differentiate convergent period from reorientation
The model was developed by Tushman and Romanelli who argued that organization
progresses through convergent periods punctuated by reorientations which demark
and set bearings for the next convergent period. Convergent periods are relatively
long spans of incremental change and adaptation, whereas reorientations are
relatively short periods of radical – discontinuous change. Change is theorized on
five domains of organization activity:
   • • Culture
   • • Strategy
   • • Structure
   • • Power structure and


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                        Page 253 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    •   • Control system - together they all constitute to form strategic orientation

Role of dialectical cycle
Turf protection
Turf protection means favouritism or protection of individuals or a group or groups
who have some vested interest with change process. For instance, the protection for
those ones: (1) who are nonperformers or (2) may be for those who are loyalist
toward change initiators. The turf protection, therefore, leads an organization
towards failure in change implementation. In the context of developing countries,
for instance, where we have seen a more personalized style of management, the
turf protection culture is more prominent and highly lucrative.

Sources of SOC with example
How Winter relate QMM to evolutionary theory of change?       3
Winter, a scholar, whose work on this subject is quite known, links QMM from
evolutionary economic characterisation of a firm to evolutionary economic theory.
There are three aspects of organization changes:

1. Corporate knowledge resides in the organisational capabilities embedded in
organizational routines. These routines do not arise from isolated managerial
decisions but from a process of organisational learning. These routines have a large
tacit component of learning.

2. There is no sharp distinction between the firm’s technical and organisation
component.
Systematic routines may result in creating opportunities for improvement.

3. The capabilities of a firm are not from universal technical hand book but are
idiosyncratic (individuality or personality) outcome of unique firm histories
(evolving)

Discuss organization control system? 3
Organization Control includes any process designed to assure that organization
plans are carried out the way they were designed.
a. Traditionally, control processes were primarily quantitative in nature.
i.e.; budgets, standard cost systems, market quotas
b. Thus, the duty for establishment and analysis of control system results
developed primarily as an accounting function.
c. During the past decade, control systems have moved from strictly quantitative in
nature to both quantitative and qualitative in nature.
i.e.; From performance bonuses based on bottom-line net income to efforts that
generate increased satisfaction of customers with the quality of products or services

Environment creep and organizational creep? 3
Environmental Creep:
The environment itself may be changing incrementally and in ways become
imperceptible to managers.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 254 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Therefore the degree of change over time may be large and require major re-
adjustment
Organizational Creep:
The organization itself may move out of strategic alignment with an environment
which remainrelatively stable

Pettigrew and whipp’s what organizational factor affect process of
change?3
Pettigrew & Whipp’s Typology
In his article, “Context and action in the organizational transformation”, Pettigrew
gave the partial review on the literature for leadership, and then tried to develop
the linkage between leadership and organizational transformation. According to
Pettigrew and Whipp the essential dimensions of strategic change are context,
content and process of change. Let us deal with them in details one by one:

    1. Context on X-axis (Why of change)
    2. Content on Y - axis (What of change)
    3. Process on Z-axis (How of change)

Allex miller’s metaphor statement? 5
As Alex Miller said metaphorically:
“Organization is like a woven fabric or sweater – if you pull one string or single
thread, you run the danger of unraveling the whole.” The change management in
organization is a difficult process. It is because strategists normally consider a
single variable instead of the holistic view of the organization. For instance, what
should be the ramifications for other departments or for the culture of the
organization when an organization goes for introducing the new technology? So,
these kind of issues or linkages must properly be addressed or analyzed when an
organization go for a change because Organization is just like a woven fabric.



Basic assumptions of Burke Litwin model? 5
Theories and models are always based on some set of assumptions. This model too
has some basic assumptions which are as under:

1. An Individual or group performance is prone to regression unless some measures
are taken to institutionalise the improved performance level

2. There is a tension in person whenever a psychological need or intent exists, and
the tension is released when the need or intention is fulfilled.

3. This tension may be positive or negative, and under conflict situation this is
identified as “force field”. Hence the term is known as force field analysis so as to
evaluate the tension between positive or facilitating forces and negative or
constraining forces the given change plan.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 255 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
   
1- List down the features of incremental model? 3marks
   Features of incremental model
      • § Unidirectional
      • § Continuous
      • § Constant learning
      • § Relevant at all or multiple levels of organizations
      • § Converging
      • § Short term based



  2- Briefly discuss the importance of shared values in organizational
  change? 3marks
  The values shared by members of the organization that make it different from other
  organizations. Managing values and cultural artifacts are critical to successfully
  leading organizational change. This operates at intangible level and has significant
  impact on the working environment of an organization.

  3- What does mean by deep structures in organization in context of
  incrementalisam?
  Revolutionary change theorist view that organization having deep structures or
  coherent Configuration of strategy, systems, structure, controls and ideologies
  which are highly stable in nature limit the range of options available to manager
  contemplating change. deep structures initiate inertia and power commitments of
  the organization members to existing conditions preclude departure from change.

  4- How do transformational leaders influence the technological change
  process in an organization? 5 Marks
  The most frequent and common trigger for organizational transformation is
  technology. This transformation occurs on account of revolutionizing production
  process, informational and communication technologies or other processes such as
  demand management , order fulfillment. It is the technological innovation
  perceptibly lead to increased efficiency in value chain activities, especially in
  primary       and       support     activities    of     the     value       chain.
  5- Why the participative approach is comparable to the OD model and
  which techniques are used to implement change? 5 Marks
  Participative approach is comparable to the organization development (OD) model
  that focuses on the planned and controlled change of organizations in the desired
  directions. The techniques which are used to implement change are as follow;
     • · Sensitivity training
     • · Teams building
     • · Participation
     • · Job -redesign



  6- In what ways organizational change is considered as problematic
  Day to day practices are conductive for making organization’s mission and vision
  effective for organization change and productivity. Therefore routines, procedures,

  virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 256 
   
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
rules, principles and SOPs, and how people do work provide a connect to
organizations long term efficacy and health. There will be system disconnect if
practices are not related with mission of organization. Or in other words people are
unable to give meanings to rules and regulations of organizations and larger goals
of the organizations. If this is the case then people turn out to be least motivated to
do their jobs.

Some other personal sorts of reason that can cause an organizational disconnect.
One is people are least motivated to their jobs. Second, there might not be a
practical linkage between organization performance and reward.

The failure to do so can lead to either over organization or under organization, these
are the ways which is problematic for good management.

7-Differentiate between Functional Strategy and Process Strategy. 3 Marks
Functional strategy
Functional strategies support the business strategy. Functional strategies in the
areas of marketing, finance, operations, human resource management, R and D,
information, and logistics should be aligned with the business strategy.

Process strategy
Process strategies normally cut across functions and are aimed at integrating
organizational processes across the organization in order to make them more
effective and more efficient. Strategy formulation involves the consideration of
strengths,         weaknesses,         threats         and        opportunities.

8. What do you know about Burke Litwin Model of Organizational Change?
3 Marks
Burke Litwin model is based on organizational performance and change by exploring
the interplay between organizational functioning and organizational change. Change
is depicted in terms of both process and content, with particular emphasis on
transformational as compared with transactional factors. transformational change
occurs as a response to the external environment and directly affects organizational
mission and strategy, the organization’s leadership, aid culture, in turn; the
transactional factors are affected by structure, systems, management practices and
climate. These transformational and transactional factors together affect motivation,
which, in turn, affects performance.

9. Why Participative approach is considered as a mean of Recognition? 3
Marks
Participation is a mean of recognition. It satisfies the need for affiliation and
acceptance of the people which is the third need in Maslow’s hierarchy. In general,
people are not motivated by being consulted but by being ‘in to the act’.

10. What impact Transactional Leaders have on the technological change
process in the organization? 5 Marks



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 257 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

11. How can you distinguish between inappropriate innovation and episodic
innovation? 5 Marks

Inappropriate innovation
Recognizing the need to change but responding in ways that have poor strategic fit
with the business or divert from more important ends. Here firms may take changes
but they cannot support them-for example the failure of EMI body scanner is
attributed at least in part to a lack of suitable experience or competence in
manufacturing and marketing of complex high tech products. Another common
problem is adoption of innovation as a result of following fashion rather than for
clear strategic purposes.

Episodic innovation
Recognizing the need but on occasional basis so that intensive innovation effort is
followed by a period of inactivity. Here the problem is one of maintaining continuity
and ensuring a steady stream of innovation rather than pursuing a blockbuster
approach.

12. Discuss the situation in which Unilateral change approach is more
effective? 5 Marks
Unilateral approach or traditional way of management is based on actions rather
than on attitudes. If actions goes right then automatically the attitudes and
behaviors goes right. it is, sometimes, also called the classical school of
bureaucratic approach. Unilateral approach is measured through outward actions
and focuses on process design or redesign, job redesign, restructuring particularly
the restructuring of authority, communication, and work rules. And it is a typical
top-down phenomenon. As for legal compliance, technology is another mean for
achieving the unilateral approach because it is considered universal. For instance,
managers have a tendency to rely on technology in order to enhance productivity
and efficiency in the organization.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 258 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGMT628 Latest paper
MGMT628 Organizational Development

Long Questions.
Q:1 Employment security maintained overtime and helps to build trust b/w people
and their employer this trust can trigger many benefits. What are these benefits?
(3)
Q:2 What are the functional units of any organization. (3)
Q:3 It is necessary the cultural change must be managed from the top of the
organization. why or why not? (5)
Q:4 A number of difficulties can arise in trying to measure improvements as a result
of process consultation. what are those problems. (5)
Q:5 Forming a "Steering Committee" is a key activity in parallel structure, a
technique to increase employee involvement in an organization. What diverse task
that committee perform? (5)

Question: 1
Internal networks exits in an organization in certain conditions. Discuss those
circumstances. (Marks 3)

Question: 2
What is the purpose of employee assistance programs? (Marks 3)

Question: 3
Employee involvement interaction can increase productivity through improving
capabilities. Discuss (Marks 5)

Question: 4
The fourth phase of Grid OD is “Developing an ideal strategic organization Model”.
The key people in the organization work toward achieving that model by
incorporation some basic factors. What are those factors? (Marks 5)

Question: 5
To diagnose the culture of an organization, the behavioral approach provides
specific descriptions about how tasks are performed and how relationships are
managed       in     an   organization.  What     are   those    relationships
exits in an organization and what are managerial tasks performed by manger?
(Marks 5)




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 259 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGMT628 Final Term Paper Solved
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGMT628- Organizational Development (alt. code=HRM628) (Session - 3)
Time: 90 min
 Marks: 69

Question No: 1     ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one

 In under organized organizations which of the following factors is not
present?
     ► Too little constraint or regulation for effective task performance
     ► Communication is fragmented
     ► Job responsibilities are ambiguous
     ► Conflicts are avoided
pg#37
Communication between management and employees is typically suppressed,
conflicts are avoided, and employees are apathetic. In under organized
organizations, on the other hand, there is too little constraint or regulation for
effective task performance.

Leadership, structure, job design, and policy are poorly defined and fail to control
task behaviors effectively. Communication is fragmented, job responsibilities are
ambiguous, and employees' energies are dissipated because they lack direction.

 Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Internal consultants of organization development are members of the
organization and often are located in which department of organization?
    ► Human resources
    ► Finance
    ► Research and development
    ► Information technology

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 When OD practitioners try to implement interventions for which they are
not skilled or when the client attempts a change for which he is not ready
then which of the following ethical dilemmas can occur?
    ► Technical Ineptness
    ► Value and Goal Conflict
    ► Coercion
    ► Misuse of Data
 http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=rdjtPTfkWG8C&pg=PA64&lpg=PA64&dq=When+OD+practitio
ners+try+to+implement+inter%C2%ADventions+for+which+they+are+not+skilled+or+when+the+
client+attempts+a+change+for+which+he+is+not+ready+then&source=bl&ots=4hSeGIf--
E&sig=ufPvuXEbz6G6N4WwJcA2P2JvvZw&hl=en&ei=xYQtTYPtHIfOhAeNzP2TCQ&sa=X&oi=book_res
ult&ct=result&resnum=3&ved=0CCIQ6AEwAg#v=onepage&q&f=false

Question No: 4     ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 260 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 In which of the following ethical dilemmas organization members are
forced to participate in an OD intervention.
     ► Technical Ineptness
     ► Value and Goal Conflict
     ► Coercion
     ► Misuse of Data
pg#64
Coercion occurs when organization members are forced to participate in an OD
intervention.

Question No: 5    ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

 Which of the following ethical dilemma is likely to occur in the entering
and contracting phases of planned change when the initial consulting
relationship is being established?
      ► Misrepresentation
      ► Coercion
      ► Misuse of Data
      ► Value and Goal Conflict
pg#64
Misrepresentation is likely to occur in the entering and contracting phases of
planned change when the
initial consulting relationship is being established-


Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is the second level in an organization having open
system?
     ► Strategy and structure of organization
     ► Group designs
     ► Individual job design
     ► Ways of doing job
 http://www.zainbooks.com/books/management/organization-
development_16_organization-as-open-systems.html#top


When viewed as open systems, organizations can be diagnosed at three levels. The
highest level is the overall organization and includes the design of the company’s
strategy, structure, and processes. Large organization units, such as divisions,
subsidiaries, or strategic business units, also can be diagnosed at that level. The
next lowest level is the group or department, which includes group design and such
devices for structuring interactions among members as norms and work schedules


Question No: 7    ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 261 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Task-related activities are involved in which of the following design
components of group?
    ► Goal clarity
    ► Task structure
    ► Group composition
     ► Group functioning
pg#63
Group functioning therefore involves task-related activities, such as giving and
seeking information and elaborating, coordinating, and evaluating activities; and the
group-maintenance function, which is directed toward holding the group together as
a cohesive team and includes encouraging, harmonizing, compromising, setting
standards, and observing.

Performance norms are member beliefs about how the group should perform its
task and include acceptable levels of performance.

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Building a data-collection contract can ensure that organization members
provide:
     ► A good chance of promotion for practitioner
     ► Honest, reliable, and complete information
     ► Reliable but restricted amount of information
     ► A help in strategy making
  pg# 102
Building a data-collection contract can ensure that organization members provide
honest, reliable, and complete information.

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following technique has two way communications?

    ► Questionnaires
    ► Interview
 ► Observations
    ► Unobtrusive measures
   pg#105
Second, interviewing is the only technique that
provides two-way communication.


Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Sensitivity to pressures for change can work as an indicator of which of the
following?

    ► Capability to change
    ► Readiness to change
    ► Acceptance of applied change
    ► Dissatisfaction with applied change

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 262 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
pg#122
Readiness for Change:
Intervention success depends heavily on the organization being ready for planned
change. Indicators of readiness for change include sensitivity to pressures for
change, dissatisfaction with the status quo, availability of resources to support
change, and commitment of significant management time.

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
“Heavy foreign competition” can be used for which of the following
methods to generate sufficient dissatisfaction to produce change?
   ► Creating pressure for change
   ► Revealing discrepancies between current and desired states
   ► Conveying credible positive expectation for the change
   ► Starting communication for change
pg#131
Sensitize organizations to pressure for change. Innumerable pressures for
change operate both externally and internally to organizations. As mentioned
earlier, modern organizations face unprecedented environmental pressures to
change themselves, including heavy foreign competition,

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 One of the most frustrating aspects of managing change is:
   ► Empathy and support
   ► Communication
   ► Participation and involvement
   ► Creating pressure for change
pg#132
However, communication is also one of the most frustrating aspects of managing
change.

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Group interventions aimed at contents includes which of the following?
   ► Relationships between and among group members(in mine point of view)
   ► Problem solving and decision making
   ► The identity and purpose of the group
   ► Group membership
pg#96
In this case, diagnosis suggests the need for group interventions aimed at
improving performance norms and developing healthy interpersonal relations.

Question No: 14    ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

Which of the following can help third-party consultants in achieving
productive dialogue between the disputants?
   ► Providing open and clear forms of communication
   ► Avoiding the conflict
   ► Ignoring the dispute

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 263 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Producing tension and sense of urgency
  pg#168
The following ingredients can help third-party
consultants achieve productive dialogue between the disputants so that they
examine their differences and change their perceptions and behaviors: mutual
motivation to resolve the conflict; equality of power between the parties;
coordinated attempts to confront the conflict; relevant phasing of the stages of
identifying differences and of searching for integrative solutions; open and clear
forms of communication; and productive levels of tension and stress.

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
People working in marketing department of an organization are example of
which of the following?

   ► Natural work team
► Temporary task team
► Project groups
   ► Special assignment teams
pg#171
Natural work team – people come together because they do related jobs or
because of the structure of the organizations design.

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Radically redesigns the organization’s core work processes is called:

    ► Restructuring
    ► Reengineering
    ► Downsizing
    ► Rightsizing
pg#186
Reengineering radically redesigns the organization’s core work processes to give
tighter linkage and coordination among the different tasks.

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Organization effectiveness depends on the extent to which its structures
are responsive to all of the following factors EXCEPT:

   ► Environment
   ► Organization size
    ► Technology
   ► Customer base
pg#186
See the figure 41

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are the advantages of network based form of
organizational structure EXCEPT:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 264 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

   ► Creates a “best-of-the-best” organization to focus resources on customer and
market needs
   ► Enables each organization to leverage a distinctive competency
   ► Permits rapid global expansion
   ► Managing lateral relations across autonomous
pg#195
Advantages
• Enables highly flexible and adaptive response to dynamic environments
• Creates a “best-of-thebest” organization to focus resources on customer and
market needs
• Enables each organization to leverage a distinctive competency
• Permits rapid global expansion
• Can produce synergistic results

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is aimed at culture change?
   ► Workforce reduction
   ► Organization redesign
   ► Systemic redesign
   ► Process redesign
pg#197
    Systemic redesign
Aimed at culture change
Long-term implementation
Fosters transformation

    Question No: 20   ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

 Which of the following is the name of committee that are created during
the project start-up phase and comprises key representatives from
management?

    ► Multiple-level committee
    ► Ad hoc committee
    ► External consultants committee
    ► Steering committee
pg#207
Steering committee. This top-level labor-management committee serves as the
basic center for planning.
It is created during the project start-up phase and comprises key representatives
from management, such as a president or chief operating officer, and each of the
unions and employee groups involved in the project,
such as local union presidents.

Question No: 21       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                               Page 265 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Which of the following method is aimed at identifying stress symptoms so
that corrective action can be taken?

   ► Health Profiling
► Charting Stressors
   ► Role Clarification
   ► Supportive Relationships
pg#258
Health Profiling. This method is aimed at identifying stress symptoms so that
corrective action can be taken.

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following are aimed at the process, content, or structure of
the group.
   ► Group intervention
   ► Individual intervention
   ► Basic process intervention
   ► Process intervention
pg#164
Group Interventions:
These interventions are aimed at the process, content, or structure of the group.

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 __________ is to compare results in the intervention situation with those
in another situation where no such change has taken place.
    ► Comparison unit
    ► Longitudinal measurement
    ► Statistical analysis
    ► Diagnosis analysis
pg#150
2. Comparison unit. It is always desirable to compare results in the intervention
situation with those in another situation where no such change has taken place.

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In which of the following consulting models, the leader hires a consultant to obtain
the information and make a report, often including recommendations for action ?

     ► Purchase of Expertise Model
     ► Doctor-patient Model
     ► Process Consultation Model
     ► Organization model
pg#4
In the “purchase of expertise model,” a leader or group identifies a need for
information or expertise that the organization cannot supply. The leader hires a
consultant to obtain the information and make a report, often including
recommendations for action.


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 266 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 25    ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

The life cycle of resistance to change consists of five phases. In which
phase the people can openly criticized, ridiculed, and persecuted the
person or group who see the need for change?
      ► First Phase
      ► Second Phase
      ► Third Phase
      ► Fourth Phase
pg#132
Phase 1
In the first phase, there are only a few people who see the need for change and
take reform seriously, As a fringe element of the organization, they may be openly
criticized, ridiculed,

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 There are two distinct types of OD evaluation: first “Guide the
implementation of interventions” and second is:
     ► Assess the overall impact of intervention
     ► Assess the need of intervention
     ► Assess the compatibility of intervention
     ► All of the given options
pg#143
There are two distinct types of OD evaluation—one intended to guide the
implementation of interventions and another to assess their overall impact.

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Formula to determine motivating potential of job is__________________.
     ► Job Meaningfulness + Autonomy + Job Feedback
     ► Job Meaningfulness – Autonomy x Job Feedback
     ► Job Meaningfulness + Autonomy x Job Feedback
     ► Job Meaningfulness x Autonomy x Job Feedback
  pg#220
Motivation Potential Score (MPS) = Job Meaningfulness x Autonomy x Job
Feedback

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following stage is concerned with leaving a career ?
     ► Establishment stage
     ► Advancement stage
     ► Maintenance stage
     ► Withdrawal stage
pg#237
The withdrawal stage (ages 60 years and above). This final stage is concerned
with leaving a career.

Question No: 29    ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 267 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Change in following four parameters of every organization remains
durable but it varies from one to other parameter. Which parameter is
durable for short-term?
    ► Infrastructure
    ► Physical
    ► Culture
    ► Behavior

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Under which of following diagnoses approach of culture, OD practitioner
find that people generally take cultural assumptions for granted and rarely
speak of them directly.
      ► The Behavioral Approach
      ► The Competing Values Approach
      ► The Symbolic Approach
      ► The Deep Assumption Approach
pg#285
Diagnosing organization culture at the deep assumptions level poses at least three
difficult problems for collecting pertinent information. First, culture reflects shared
assumptions about what is important, how things are done, and how people should
behave in organizations. People generally take cultural assumptions for granted and
rarely speak of them directly.

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If an organization's values are focused on internal integration issues and
emphasize innovation and flexibility, it manifests which of the following
culture?
      ► Clan Culture
      ► Adhocracy Culture
      ► Hierarchical Culture
      ► Market Culture
pg#283
if an organization's values are focused on internal integration
issues and emphasize innovation and flexibility, it manifests a clan culture.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
To become learning organization, an organization must increase the size of
which of the following?
    ► Organization’s Brain
    ► Organization’s Vision
    ► Organization’s Interdependence
    ► Organization’s Resources

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The organizations that provide employment security (ES) have which of
the following orientation because ES is considered as important factor for
the success of an organization.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 268 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
      ► “View people as strategic assets rather than as costs”
      ► “View people as pillar that absorb environment threats”
      ► “View people as a ladder that helps in achieving the goals”
      ► “View people as business partner that contribute their efforts for success”
pg#292
1. Employment security
Most research on the effects of management systems has incorporated security as a
critical element of high-performance management systems.

She views people as strategic assets rather than as costs.

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Team building is MOST important in which of the following type of
industries?

    ► Emerging
    ► Fast growing
    ► Stable
    ► Stagnant


Question No: 35      ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

Which of the following is among the earliest organization wide process
intervention approaches to OD?
   ► Organization confrontation meeting
   ► Inter-group relations
   ► The large-group intervention
   ► Grid Organization Development
pg#17

The first type of intervention, the organization confrontation meeting, is among the
earliest organization wide process approaches.

Question No: 36      ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

 Which of the following describes the shift in product life cycle?
   ► Organizational change
   ► Transformational change
   ► Network change
   ► Environmental change
 pg#275
Transformational change occurs in response to at least three kinds of disruption:
1. Industry discontinuities—sharp changes in legal, political, economic, and
technological conditions that shift the basis for competition within industries
2. Product life cycle shifts—changes in product life cycle that require different
business strategies

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 269 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
3.Internal company dynamics—changes in size, corporate portfolio strategy,
executive turnover, and the lik

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following problem is associated with external practitioners of
organization development?

    ►   Unfamiliarity with internal culture and technologies used
    ►   Lack of specialized skills
    ►   Lack of objectivity
    ►   Lack of degree of influence and status in client system

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is the lowest level in an organization having open
system?
    ► Strategy and structure of organization
    ► Group designs
    ► Individual job design
    ► Norms and work schedule

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which type of structure should be used in an ideal organization?
   ► Rigid
   ► Flexible
   ► Tall
   ► Small

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In which phase of life cycle of resistance to change, the change agent can
face maximum confrontation?
     ► First Phase
     ► Second Phase
     ► Third Phase
     ► Fourth Phase

 Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If an organization desires that the group should be effective than task-
related activities are needed. Which of following is the example of task-
related activities?
     ► Coordinating
     ► Elaborating
     ► Evaluating
     ► All of the given options

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In transactional management style, manager tries to develop which of the
following?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                           Page 270 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ►   Skills
    ►   Processes
    ►   Careers
    ►   Abilities

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If organizations want to redesign their structures into more integrative
and flexible forms then which of the following structures suits best?
     ► Functional structure
     ► Network structure
     ► Self-contained unit
     ► Matrix structure

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The information regarding different features of interventions and their
immediate effect is derived from which of the following?

    ► Evaluation Feedback
    ► Implementation Feedback
    ► Initial Diagnose
    ► Problem Feedback
Pg#143

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following may NOT be considered as outcome variable for an
organization?
    ► Performance
    ► Satisfaction
    ► Autonomy
    ► Absenteeism
pg#146

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In which of the organizational structure, high involvement of employees is
possible.
    ► Flat Structure
    ► Grid Structure
    ► Long Span of Control
    ► All structures are compatible

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following statements is NOT true?
     ► TQM may not be part of OD program. OD program may include TQM as one
of techniques.
     ► OD practitioners view organization problems as having a variety of causes
with no predefined solutions.


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 271 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► OD and TQM both view people as having inherent desire to contribute in
meaningful ways
     ► TQM and OD both have similar values because both believe in low employee
involvement?
pg#216

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following distinct career stages is extended for longest
period?
    ► The Establishment Stage
    ► The Withdrawal Stage
    ► The Maintenance Stage
    ► The Advancement Stage
pg#237

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
Discuss the function of quality of work life.

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
What is the purpose of collective response for an organization?

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
Discuss the significance of inter-group relations interventions?

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
How would you differentiate vertical market network from inter market network?

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
The most common organizational responses to the environment are administrative.
How an organization responds administratively to the environment?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 272 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT101 : Mid Term paper 2010
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010

MGT101- Financial Accounting (Session - 3)
Time: 60 min
Marks: 47

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following
account/s will be affected under the rule of accrual accounting, when furniture is
purchased on cash?

►   Only Cash Account
►   Only Furniture Account
►   Cash & Furniture Account
►   Only Purchases Account

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Obligations to pay cash or un-
earned incomes by the business are the:

►   Expenses
►   Assets
►   Liabilities
►   Equities

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following is used
to record financial transactions in chronological (day-to-day) order?

►   Voucher
►   General Journal
►   General Ledger
►   Trial balance

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following financial
statement summarizes the profitability of an organization for a particular period?

► Balance Sheet
► Trading and Profit & Loss account
► Cash Flow Statement

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 273 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU          




                               http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Statement of Retained Earnings

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. While making Income &
Expenditure account, Excess of income over expenses in a specified accounting
period is called:

►   Profit
►   Loss
►   Surplus
►   Deficit


Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. If the cost of sales is Rs.
60,000, sales are Rs. 90,000 and operating expenses are Rs. 25,000 during the
year. What would be the Net Profit?

►   Rs.   5,000
►   Rs.   25,000
►   Rs.   55,000
►   Rs.   60,000

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. In which of the following
condition a company will have positive working capital?

►   If   current   assets > current liabilities
►   If   current   Assets < current Liabilities
►   If   current   assets = current liabilities
►   If   current   assets < current liabilities

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which one of the following is
CORRECT about the closing stock?

►   It appears in the assets side of a balance sheet
►   It decreases the value of cost of goods sold
►   It becomes opening stock of next year
►   All of the given option

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 274 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU            




                               http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Your browser may not support display of this image. In cost of goods sold statement
the 'total factory cost' is equal to:

►   Cost   of   material   consumed   +   Labor cost
►   Cost   of   material   consumed   +   Conversion cost
►   Cost   of   material   consumed   +   Total factory cost
►   Cost   of   material   consumed   +   Factory overhead

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Consider the following
inventory record:
Date Item Quantity Cost/Unit Total
2007Jan. 2 Opening inventory 100 Rs.18.00 Rs.1,800
Mar. 4 Purchase 400 19.00 7,600
May 8 Purchase 800 20.00 16,000
Nov. 3 Purchase 500 21.00 10,500

Four hundred units are unsold, Use the FIFO method of inventory costing and
determine the value assigned to the 400 units on hand at the end of the period.

►   Rs.7,   500
►   Rs.7,   978
►   Rs.8,   000
►   Rs.8,   400

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Increase in an asset is
recorded on the:

►   Left or credit side of the account
►   Right or debit side of the account
►   Left or debit side of the account
►   Right or credit side of the account

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which one of the following is
NOT true about revaluation of fixed assets?

►   Revaluation should be made after regular intervals
►   Change in value should be permanent
►   Only relevant asset should be revalued in the whole class of asset
►   The profit or loss will be transferred to revaluation account

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 275 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Your browser may not support display of this image.
Particulars Rs.
Direct materials costs 80,000
Direct labor costs 50,000
Manufacturing overhead costs 60,000
Prime cost ?

►   Rs.130,   000
►   Rs.110,   000
►   Rs.140,   000
►   Rs.190,   000

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. What would be the value of
conversion cost, if the cost of material consumed during the month is Rs. 5,000,
labor cost incurred is Rs. 2,000 and the factory over head cost is Rs. 1,000?

► Rs. 3,000

► Rs. 8,000

► Rs. 7,000

► Rs. 5,000

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following is the
recording phase of an accounting system?

► Financial Accounting

► Cost Accounting

► Management Accounting

► Book-keeping

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following are the
obligations or debts of the business?

► Withdrawals

► Expenses

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 276 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

► Assets

► Liabilities

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. The accounting equation is
based on:

► Dual aspect concept

► Money measurement concept

► Going concern concept

► Separate entity concept

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. The book in which accounts are
maintained is called:

► Day book

► Journal

► Ledger

► Sales book

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which one of the following is
called the king of all books of account?

► The cash book

► Journal

► Ledger

► Trial balance

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Any mistake in ledger can

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 277 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
easily be detected with the help of:

► Journal

► Compound entry

► Single entry

► Memorandum entry

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following account
would be credited in case of loss of goods by fire?

► Purchase account

► Sales account

► Loss by fire account

► Capital account

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following is a
book of original entry in which all the vouchers are recorded at first?

► General Journal

► General Ledger

► Trial Balance

► Balance Sheet

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. The cash book in book-keeping
records:

► All cash and credit purchase of goods

► Only cash payments

► All receipts and payments in cash



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 278 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► All cash and credit sale of goods

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following journal
entry will be recorded, if the cash is deposited in the bank?

► Bank account (Dr) and Cash account (Cr)

► Cash account (Dr) and Bank account (Cr)

► Bank account (Dr) and Profit & Loss account (Cr)

► Cost of goods Sold account (Dr) and Bank account (Cr)

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. What is the best condition to
finance a business?

► Fully financed from your own resource

► Fully relied on financial institutions

► Investment through own resources as well as rely on financial instructions

► None of the given options

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following is/are
the method(s) for calculating the cost of inventory?

► FIFO Method

► Weighted Average Method

► LIFO Method

► All of the given options

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following account
would be debited in case of depreciation charged to fixed assets?

► Accumulated depreciation - Fixes assets

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 279 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

► Fixed assets

► Depreciation expense

► Depletion

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Depreciation of office building
is charged to:

► Cost of Goods Sold

► Administrative Expenses

► Selling Expenses

► Financial expenses

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Written down value of an asset
= ----------------.

► Original cost - Accumulated depreciation

► Original cost - Appreciation

► Book value - Accumulated depreciation

► Original cost - Salvage value

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. If Original cost is Rs. 100,000;
Depreciation rate is 20% p.a. using straight line method; what would be the value
of accumulated depreciation at the end of 2nd year?

►   Rs.   20,000
►   Rs.   40,000
►   Rs.   80,000
►   Rs.   60,000

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. If:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 280 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU               




                                http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

*   Cost of machine = Rs. 420,000
*   Useful life = 5 years
*   Residual value = Rs. 20,000
*   Sale price at the end of 5th year = Rs. 40,000

What will be the profit or loss on disposal of machine using straight line method?

►   Loss of Rs. 40,000
►   Profit of Rs. 40,000
►   Profit of Rs. 20,000
►   Loss of Rs. 20,000

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following is TRUE
about the revaluation of fixed assets?

►   Revaluation   should   be   carried   out   at a regular interval
►   Revaluation   should   be   carried   out   at irregular interval
►   Revaluation   should   be   carried   out   by stakeholders
►   Revaluation   should   be   carried   out   by stockholders

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Which of the following is/are
TRUE about the revaluation of fixed assets?

►   Revaluation should be carried out at a regular interval
►   Revaluation should be carried out by an expert.
►   The change in value should be permanent.
►   All of the given options

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your browser may not support display of this image. Favourable balance of the cash
book means:

►   Credit balance in cash book
►   Debit balance in pass book
►   Debit balance in cash book
►   Unfavorable balance in pass book

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 3 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. What do you know about the
Profit or Loss on Disposal of a fixed asset in accounting?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 281 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 



Question No: 36 ( Marks: 5 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. If:

*   Opening stock Rs. 40,000
*   Purchases Rs. 60,000
*   Return Inwards Rs. 10,000
*   Wages Rs. 5,000
*   Salaries Rs. 10,000
*   Rent Rs. 10,000
*   Closing Stock Rs. 20,000

Then:

Calculate the cost of goods sold for Trading concern.


Question No: 37 ( Marks: 5 )

Your browser may not support display of this image. Calculate Profit / (loss) on
disposal of asset with the help of given data.

Cost of asset Rs. 100,000
Life of asset 5 years
Depreciation method Straight line
Residual value Rs. 20,000
Sale price after 5 years Rs. 25,000




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 282 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                               http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT101 FINAL SPRING 2010
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010 MGT101- Financial Accounting (Session - 3)
Time: 90 min  Marks: 69

Question No: 1            ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                        Vehicles
which are used to supply finished products are called business ________.

      ►   Tangible assets
      ►   Intangible assets
      ►   Capital
      ►   Liabilities

Question No: 2            ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                        What
would be the affect on the components of the accounting equation, if goods are
purchased on cash?

      ►   Increase   in   cash and decrease in equity
      ►   Increase   in   cash and increase in goods
      ►   Increase   in   goods and decrease in cash
      ►   Increase   in   equipment and increase in equity

Question No: 3            ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                        In an
account, if credit side < debit side then the balance is known as:
    ► Negative Balance
    ► Debit Balance
    ► Positive Balance
    ► Credit Balance

Question No: 4            ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                        Which of
the following book(s) is(are) a part of General Ledger?

      ►   Cash Book
      ►   Purchase Return Book
      ►   Purchase Book
      ►   All of the given options

Question No: 5            ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                        Identify
the business transaction for given entry below.

    Vehicle Account        XXX (Dr.)
                            Bank Account       XXX (Cr.)

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 283 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
       ►   Paid for vehicle through cheque
       ►   Paid for vehicle through cash
       ►   Purchased vehicle on credit
       ►   None of the given options

Question No: 6        ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one
                                                                       Which one
of the following is NOT true about revenue expenditure?

       ►   These are the running expenses of the business
       ►   They improve the financial position of the business
       ►   They reduce the profit of the concern
       ►   They do not appear in the balance sheet

Question No: 7        ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one
                                                                       Which of
the following is NOT a characteristic of Joint Stock Company?

       ►   Separate Legal Entity
       ►   Limited Liability
       ►   Easy Formation
       ►   Common Seal

Question No: 8        ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one
                                                                          Upon
checking the Bank Statement against the Cash Book by Mr. A, It was discovered
that an amount of Rs.120 for dividend from XYZ Co. had not been entered in the
Cash Book. Which of the following entry should be recorded to rectify the mistake?
     ► Bank Account(Dr.) and Dividend Account (Cr.)
     ► XYZ Co. Account (Dr.) and Bank Account (Cr.)
     ► Dividend Account (Dr.) and Bank Account (Cr.)
     ► Bank Account (Dr.) and XYZ Co. Account (Cr.)

Question No: 9        ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one
                                                                       Following
information are extracted from books of Mr. XYZ

                       Particulars                          Rs.
    Closing value of stock                                 40,000
    Bad Debts (Given in trial balance)                        500
    Old provisions (Given in trial balance)                   800
    Sundry Debtors (Given in trial balance)                44,500
    Provision for doubtful debts @ 5%
    Which amount of new provision will be deducted
    from Sundry Debtors                                ?



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 284 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ►   Rs.   2,225
    ►   Rs.   2,525
    ►   Rs.   1,925
    ►   Rs.   3,025

Question No: 10       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                              Which of
the following is (are) benefit/s of subsidiary ledger accounts to business?

    ►   It tells about customer attitude of payments
    ►   It can be checked against the control account to pick up recording errors
    ►   It tells about the complete history of transactions of business client
    ►   All of the given options

Question No: 11       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                              Short-term
investments include all of the following EXCEPT:

     ► A stock investment in the General Electric Company intended to be sold
within one year
     ► A shares investment in the Coca-Cola Company intended to be held for
several years
     ► A bond receivable intended to be sold within one year
     ► Frequently traded securities

Question No: 12       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                       Wages
paid to laborers working in the manufacturing department is treated as an expense
of:


    ►   Administrative expenses
    ►   Selling expenses
    ►   Marketing expenses
    ►   Cost of goods sold

Question No: 13       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                              Which
account is increased with a debit and decreased with a credit?

    ►   Cash
    ►   Accounts Payable
    ►   Contributed Capital
    ►   Retained Earnings

Question No: 14       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 285 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU          




                               http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
                                                                           Which of
the following statements is NOT TRUE about the partnership form of business?
     ► A partnership is a business run by two or more persons
     ► A partnership business is easy to set up
     ► Each partner is liable under the law for the actions of other partners
     ► In the absence of agreement, partners will be paid salaries

Question No: 15            ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                          Authorized
share capital is also known as:
    ► Registered capital
    ► Issued capital
    ► Paid up capital
    ► Called up capital

Question No: 16            ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                          Which of
the following is the most important document of the company?

    ►   Memorandum of Association
    ►   Articles of Association
    ►   Prospectus
    ►   Annual Report

Question No: 17        ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
                               Particulars                Rs.
                 Share capital of Rs. 10 each          1,000,000
                 Profit before tax                       150,000
                 Taxes                                     10,000
                 Earning per share                            =?

    ►   Rs.   1.50   per   share
    ►   Rs.   1.40   per   share
    ►   Rs.   1.15   per   share
    ►   Rs.   1.25   per   share

Question No: 18            ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                          Mr.” A”
sold goods for Rs. 300,000 to Mr. “B”, Rs. 300,000 will be treated as
_____________ for business of Mr. "A".
     ► Revenue
     ► Net profit
     ► Gross profit
     ► Operating profit

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. B provided the following information at the end of the month:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 286 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

                                Particulars                Rs.
                     Cash                                   100
                     Accounts Receivable                    500
                     Accounts Payable                       200
                     Bank
                     Loans                                1,000

Based on the information provided, what are the total assets of Mr. B?

    ►   Rs.200
    ►   Rs. 600
    ►   Rs. 800
    ►   Rs. 1,700

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In balance sheet fixed assets are shown at:

    ►   Residual value
    ►   Market value
    ►   Fair value
    ►   Written down value (WDV)

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
To settle the balances of cash book and pass book ___________ is prepared.

    ►   Balance sheet
    ►   Profit and loss account
    ►   Bank reconciliation statement
    ►   Cash flow statement

Question No: 22     ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one
                                                                           Stock
account is credited and creditors account is debited, which of the following is
reflecting the statement?
     ► Discount received
     ► Goods returned
     ► Purchase of goods on credit
     ► Payment of goods

Question No: 23     ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one
                                                                        Suppose a
firm has 200 debtors, and each of them owes exactly Rs. 150 at the start of June.
What is the total amount owed by all debtors?
     ► Rs. 2,000
     ► Rs. 3,000
     ► Rs. 30,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 287 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Rs. 150,000

Question No: 24      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one
                                                                           Which of
the following justifies when profit is earned?
     ► Assets exceed Expenditure
     ► Income exceeds Expenditure
     ► Cash Inflow exceeds Cash Outflow
     ► Income exceeds Liabilities

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In a partnership of Mr. X and Mr. Y, the share of profit of Mr. X is Rs.3,840 and the
share of profit of Mr. Y is Rs. 5,760. What will be the ratio of their share?
     ► 1:2
     ► 2:3
     ► 3:2
     ► 2:1

Question No: 26      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one
                                                                      Puget
Sound Co. sold marketable securities Costing Rs.80,000 for Rs.92,000 cash. In the
company’s income statement and statement of cash flows, respectively, this will
appear as:
    ► A Rs.12,000 gain and a Rs.92,000 cash receipt
    ► A Rs.92,000 gain and a Rs.8,000 cash receipt
    ► A Rs.12,000 gain and a Rs.80,000 cash receipt
    ► A Rs.92,000 sale and a Rs.92,000 cash receipt

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. A & B entered into a partnership invested Rs.50,000 and Rs.65,000 with an
equal share in profit or loss. Markup on drawings of Mr. A is Rs.1,500 and of Mr. B is
Rs.1,800. The net income for the year is Rs.85,000. What will be the profit share of
Mr. B?
     ► Rs.42,350
     ► Rs.44,150
     ► Rs.41,600
     ► Rs.40,850

Question No: 28      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

Mr. A & B entered into a partnership invested Rs.50,000 and Rs.65,000 with an
equal share in profit or loss. Markup on capital of Mr. A is Rs.2,000 and markup on
drawings of Mr. B is Rs.3,000. The net income for the year is Rs.85,000. What will
be the profit share of Mr. B?
     ► Rs.40,000
     ► Rs.43,000
     ► Rs.130,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 288 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Rs.133,000

Question No: 29      ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one
                                                                           Which of
the following capital is offered to the general public?
     ► Issued capital
     ► Subscribed capital
     ► Authorized capital
     ► Reserve capital

Question No: 30      ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one
                                                                             Which of
the following financial statement is helpful for the investors and creditors to assess
the cash and non cash aspects of operating, investing and financing transactions on
an entity’s financial position?
     ► Balance Sheet
     ► Income Statement
     ► Statement of cash flows
     ► Statement of changes in equity

Question No: 31      ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one
                                                                           Which of
the following is not a measure of short-term liquidity?
     ► Current ratio
     ► Quick ratio
     ► Acid-test ratio
     ► Debt ratio

Question No: 32      ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one
                                                                         Which of
the following refers to the relation between persons who have agreed to share the
profits of a business carried on by all or any of them acting for all?
     ► Sole - proprietorship
     ► Partnership
     ► Company
     ► Trust

Question No: 33      ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one
                                                                           Which of
the following is a direct source of revenue?
     ► Sales proceeds
     ► Interest received
     ► Dividend received
     ► Discount received

Question No: 34      ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 289 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
                                                                              Which of
the following is NOT an item of a Balance Sheet?
     ► Accounts Receivable
     ► Accounts Payable
     ► Sales Revenue
     ► Marketable Securities

Question No: 35       ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one

A fixed asset cost Rs. 8,000; it is sold for Rs. 4,800. At the date of its disposal, its
net book value is Rs. 3,000. What is the profit or loss on disposal?
     ► Profit Rs. 3,200
     ► Loss Rs. 3,200
     ► Loss Rs. 1,800
     ► Profit Rs. 1,800

Question No: 36       ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one

Mr. B’s cash book shows a credit balance of Rs.68,000. He issued a cheque of
Rs.7,000 but not yet presented by the bank. What will be the balance of bank
statement?
     ► Rs. 61,000
     ► Rs. 75,000
     ► Rs. 68,000
     ► Rs. 7,000

Question No: 37       ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one

If (Amount of new provision + Amount of bad debts) < Amount of old provision
then amount will be shown on:
     ► Debit side of Profit & Loss account
     ► Credit side of Profit & Loss account
     ► Asset side of Balance Sheet
     ► Liability side of Balance Sheet

Question No: 38       ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one
                                                                              Which of
the following would NOT be included in the heads of Current Assets?
     ► Stock
     ► General Stores
     ► Spare parts
     ► Bank over draft

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Depreciation expense is charged to which of the following head?
   ► Administrative expenses
   ► Selling expenses

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                        Page 290 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Cost of sales
    ► It depends on the nature of expense

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Prepaid insurance will become an expense when the balance of prepaid amount is
_________.
    ► Expired
    ► Collected
    ► Paid
    ► Earned

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
XYZ Company has paid up capital of 20,000 shares of Rs. 100 each. The company
offers to existing shareholders the right to buy 3 shares of Rs. 100 each at Rs. 125
for every 5 shares held. What would be the number of right shares?
     ► 120 right shares
     ► 12,000 right shares
     ► 15,000 right shares
     ► 25,000 right shares

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is (are) type(s) of Public Limited Companies?
    ► Listed company
    ► Non listed company
    ► Private limited company
    ► Both listed company and non listed company

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is old name of Cash Flow Statement?
    ► Sources and Application of Funds
    ► Sources and Application of Liabilities
    ► Sources and Application of Activities
    ► Sources and Application of Income

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is the new name of Sources and Application of Funds?
    ► Income Statement
    ► Cash Flow Statement
    ► Statement of Changes in Owners Equity
    ► Balance Sheet

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is an example of cash outflow for a company?
    ► Cash collected from customers
    ► Cash paid for merchandise inventory
    ► Writing off an uncollectible accounts receivable
    ► Reclassifying accounts payable to notes payable

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 291 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is an example of Cash flow from operating activities?
    ► Cash payment to acquired fixed assets
    ► Issuing stock
    ► Cash collection as a result of machinery sold
    ► Cash payment to suppliers for goods and services

Question No: 47      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

If issuance of shares against cash is Rs. 2,000 and payment of dividend is Rs. 9,000
then which of the following is correct?
      ► Inflow of cash Rs. 11,000
      ► Outflow of cash Rs. 11,000
      ► Inflow of cash Rs. 7,000
      ► Outflow of cash Rs. 7,000

Question No: 48      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

In statement of cash flows, which of the following would not be considered as an
investing activity?
     ► Sales of fixed assets
     ► Purchase of long term securities
     ► Purchase of fixed assets
     ► Payments of dividends

Question No: 49      ( Marks: 3 )

Mr. A, B & C entered into a partnership. At the beginning of the year their capital
balances were Rs. 180,000, Rs. 140,000 and Rs. 80,000 respectively. Profit or loss
is to be divided as:
     Ø Mr. A: one-half
     Ø Mr. B: one-third
     Ø Mr. C: one-sixth
Required:
         If profit is Rs. 390,000, calculate the share of profit for all the partners.

Question No: 50      ( Marks: 3 )

If:
      ·   Retain earning at the beginning       Rs. 1,000
      ·   Dividend paid                               500
      ·   Retain earning at the end                 2,500

Then:
       You are required to prepare statement of Retain earnings to find the amount
of Net income

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 292 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 



Question No: 51    ( Marks: 5 )

The face value of the share of ABC public limited company is Rs.10. the share is
sold at Rs.15. total shares traded in the market are 50,000. What will be the
amount of share premium received and discuss for what it will be utilized?

Question No: 52    ( Marks: 5 )
                                                                     Given   the
following data:
Purchases Rs.54,533, Returns outwards Rs.2,341, Returns inwards Rs.1,766,
Carriage outwards Rs.543, Carriage inwards Rs.4,324, Opening stock Rs.17,600,
and closing stock Rs.14,342.

Determine the value of the cost of goods sold.

Question No: 53    ( Marks: 5 )
                      Particulars                 Rs.
       Raw Material - Opening Stock              10,00
                                                      0
       Raw Material –                            2,000
       Purchases
       Raw Material - Closing Stock              3,000
       Packing Material - Opening Stock          4,000
       Packing Material – Purchases              5,000
       Packing Material - Closing Stock          6,000

Based on the above information you are required to calculate the following:
  ·    Cost of Raw Material Consumed
  ·    Cost of Packing Material Consumed




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                              Page 293 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT101 : FINAL Term paper 2010
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT101- Financial Accounting (Session - 4)

Time: 90 min
Marks: 69

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is used to record financial transactions in chronological (day-
to-day) order?
► Voucher
► General Journal
► General Ledger
► Trial balance

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Consider the following:


Beginning inventory

10 units @ Rs. 10 per unit
First purchase

35 units @ Rs. 11 per unit
Second purchase

40 units @ Rs. 12 per unit
Third purchase

20 units @ Rs. 13 per unit

Eighty-five units were sold, what is the value of the ending inventory using the FIFO
method of inventory costing?
► Rs.260
► Rs.232
► Rs.284
► Rs.268

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Consider the following data and identify the amount which will be shown in profit &
loss account.
Particulars

Rs.
Bad debts

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 294 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

1,600
Provision for doubtful debts (old)

2,000
Current year’s provision (new)

800


►   Rs.   400
►   Rs.   800
►   Rs.   2,000
►   Rs.   2,400

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Transaction that has been completely forgotten to enter is called:
► Error of principle
► Error of omission
► Error of commission
► Error of original entry

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following item must be recorded in the adjusted Cash Book in order to
bring it in line with the entries in the Bank Statement?
► Bank charges
► An error on the Bank Statement
► An uncredited deposit
► An unpresented cheque

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Consider the following data and identify the amount which will be shown in profit &
loss account.
Particulars

Rs.
Bad debts

1,600
Provision for doubtful debts (old)

2,000
Current year’s provision (new)

1,000

► Rs. 600

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 295 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Rs. 1,600
► Rs. 2,000
► Rs. 2,600

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is TRUE about provisions?
► It is necessary to prepare for showing true picture of balance sheet
► It is a reduction from assets
► It is prepared for specific purposes
► All of the given options

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following account will be credited when interest on capital is charged
against the distribution of profit?
► Interest account
► Partner’s capital account
► Profit and Loss account
► Profit and loss appropriation account

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The primary purpose of preparing a cash flow statement for an entity is to provide
information about:
Its financial position at the end of an accounting period ►
Its cash receipts and cash payments during an accounting period ►
Its financial position at the start of an accounting period ►
None of the given options ►

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is a type of business formed under the Companies Ordinance
1984?
► Sole-Proprietorship
► Partnership
► Joint Stock Company
► All of the given options

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When the current Ratio is 2: 5 and the amount of Current Liabilities is Rs. 25,000.
What will be the amount of Current Assets?
► Rs. 62,500
► Rs. 12,500
► Rs. 10,000
► Cannot be calculated with the help of given data

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If company has distributable profit is Rs. 4, 90,000. Profit sharing share ratio of Mr.
A, Mr. B and Mr. C is 2:3:5 respectively what will be the Profit share for Mr. B in
distributable profit.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 296 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
►   Rs.   98,000
►   Rs.   1, 47,000
►   Rs.   2, 45,000
►   Rs.   3, 43,000

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If company has distributable profit is Rs. 4, 90,000. Profit sharing share ratio of Mr.
A, Mr. B and Mr. C is 2:3:5 respectively what will be the Profit share for Mr. C in
distributable profit.
► Rs. 98,000
► Rs. 1, 47,000
► Rs. 2, 45,000
► Rs. 3, 43,000

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following will be credited, if cash is drawn by Proprietor?
► Proprietor’s drawing
► Proprietor’s cash
► Proprietor’s capital
► Proprietor’s income

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An asset cost Rs. 50,000, has an estimated residual value of Rs.1, 500, and an
estimated useful life of 8 years. What is the depreciation rate under reducing
balance method?


►   11.5%
►   20.0%
►   25.0%
►   35.5%

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. B provided the following information at the end of the month:


Particulars

Rs.
Cash

100
Accounts Receivable

500
Accounts Payable


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 297 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
200
Bank Loans

1,000


Based on the information provided, what are the total assets of Mr. B?
► Rs.200
► Rs. 600
► Rs. 800
► Rs. 1,700

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When we close bad debt account, which of the following account is debited?
► Profit and loss account
► Bad debt account
► Debtor account
► Creditor account

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
ABC Company received discount on its credit purchases, which of the following will
be credited while entering in journal?
► Cash
► Discount received
► Creditors
► Bank

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Credit sales appear on the ____________ side of the Debtors control account.
► Left side or credit
► Left side or debit
► Right side or debit
► Right side or credit

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Bad debts belong to which one of the following class:
► Asset
► Revenue
► Expense
► Owner’s Equity

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is used to convert accounting information from the cash basis
of accounting to the accrual basis of accounting?
► Ledger
► Journal entries
► Adjusted entries

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 298 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Trial balance

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Adjusting entries are recorded in which of the following?
► Voucher
► General journal
► Ledger
► Trial balance

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Dillon Company sold marketable securities Costing Rs.60,000 for Rs.72,000 cash. In
the company’s income statement and statement of cash flows, respectively, this will
appear as:
► A Rs.72,000 gain and a Rs.6,000 cash receipt
► A Rs.12,000 gain and a Rs.72,000 cash receipt
► A Rs.12,000 gain and a Rs.60,000 cash receipt
► A Rs.72,000 sale and a Rs.72,000 cash receipt

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
For which of the following share premium can be utilized?
► To write off preliminary expenses
► To meet the expenses of issue of shares
► To issue bonus shares
► All of the given options

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
According to the statement of cash flows following are the examples of investing
activities except:
► Sales of machinery
► Capital invested by the owners
► Purchase of building for the business use
► Cash received from the disposal of equipment

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In statement of cash flows, a payment of cash dividends is related to:
► Investing activity
► Financing activity
► Operating activity
► Cash flows from operations

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is concerned with to maintain the books of accounts in a
systematic way?
► Accounting
► Recording
► Book-keeping
► Summarizing

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 299 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is the recording phase of an accounting system?
► Financial Accounting
► Cost Accounting
► Management Accounting
► Book-keeping

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The accounting equation is based on:
► Dual aspect concept
► Money measurement concept
► Going concern concept
► Separate entity concept

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following shows a debit balance under normal circumstances?
► Asset
► Expenses
► Both assets and expenses
► Revenue

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is used to record the receipts of cash or cheque?
► Journal Voucher
► Receipt Voucher
► Payment Voucher
► Cash voucher

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Closing stock of the previous year becomes:
► Opening stock of the next year
► Opening stock of previous year
► Closing stock of the next year
► None of the given options

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If:
Ø Cost of machine= Rs. 200,000
Ø Rate of depreciation = 10% p.a.
Ø Sale price= Rs. 50,000
What will be book value of machine after two years using diminishing balance
method?
► Rs. 150,000
► Rs. 162,000
► Rs. 160,000
► Rs. 180,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 300 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is TRUE about capital receipt?
► It decreases value of property or increases value of liability
► It is shown in the income and expenditure account
► It is recurring in nature
► It is not shown in the statement of financial positions

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Bank reconciliation statement is a part of:
► Pass book
► Ledger account
► Cash book
► Journal

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When Bank Statement shows a debit balance it means:
► Favourable balance as per cash book
► Debit balance as per cash book
► Favourable balance as per bank statement
► Overdraft as per bank statement

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Following information are extracted from books of Mr. XYZ


Particulars

Rs.
Bad Debts (Given in trial balance)

500
Old provisions (Given in trial balance)

700
Sundry Debtors (Given in trial balance)

44,800
If the Provision for doubtful debts has been increased by 5%, what amount of
provision for doubtful debts will be shown in Profit & Loss Account?
► Rs. 2,240
► Rs. 2,425
► Rs. 1,925
► Rs. 3,025

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is TRUE?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 301 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU            




                               http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
►   Unearned   revenue   is   an asset shown in balance sheet
►   Unearned   revenue   is   a liability shown in balance sheet
►   Unearned   revenue   is   a liability shown in profit and loss account
►   Unearned   revenue   is   revenue shown in profit and loss account

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Prepaid insurance will become an expense when the balance of prepaid amount is
_________.
► Expired
► Collected
► Paid
► Earned

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following would be included in the cost of goods sold?
► Cost of materials used
► Sales
► Operating expenses
► Operating income

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following Legal Documents of a company contain(s) the rules and
regulations framed for the internal management of the company?
► Memorandum of Association
► Articles of Association
► Both Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association
► Prospectus

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
ABC Co. Ltd. has a paid up capital of Rs. 800,000 divided into 8,000 shares of
Rs.100 each. Two bonus shares are issued for every four shares held in the
company. Select the write answer for bonus shares from the options given below.
► 4,000 bonus shares
► 8,000 bonus shares
► 16,000 bonus shares
► 32,000 bonus shares

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
XYZ Company has paid up capital of 20,000 shares of Rs. 100 each. The company
offers to existing shareholders the right to buy 3 shares of Rs. 100 each at Rs. 125
for every 5 shares held. What would be the number of right shares?
► 120 right shares
► 12,000 right shares
► 15,000 right shares
► 25,000 right shares

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 302 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
The amount of share premium can be utilized EXCEPT:
► To write off preliminary expenses
► To meet the expenses of issue of shares
► To distribute among the shareholders
► To issue bonus shares

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In converting from the cash to accrual basis of accounting, if a current asset
account has decreased, the decrease:
► Should be added to net income
► Should be subtracted from net income
► Should be multiplied with net income
► Has no effect on net income

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If, Retain earning at the beginning Rs. 897, Net income Rs. 140, and Retain earning
at the end Rs. 1,009. Then, which of the following figure represents the amount of
dividend paid?
► Rs. 28
► Rs. 252
► Rs. 739
► Rs. 2,046

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Current ratio may be increased by:
► Overstating current Assets
► Overstating current Liabilities
► Understating current Assets
► Understating current assets and overstating current liabilities

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is/are least important as a measure of short-term liquidity?
► Quick ratio
► Debt ratio
► Current ratio
► All of the given options

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
Differentiate between debtor’s turnover ratio and creditor’s turnover ratio.

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
Pass the journal entries if:
Ø Shares are issued against cash of Rs. 20,000.
Ø Shares are issued against transfer of asset amounting to Rs. 30,000.

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
What types of changes are made when a new partner joins partnership? Mention

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 303 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
those situations in which partnership comes to an end.

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
Ø When closing stock is given in trial balance only, then what will be its effect in
Profit & Loss account and Balance Sheet and why?
Ø When depreciation is given in trial balance only, then what will be its effect in
Profit & Loss account and Balance Sheet and why?

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
What do you know about the Cash flow from investing activities? Explain with the
help of examples.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 304 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT101 : LATEST Quiz
Question # 1 of 15 ( Start time: 05:38:27 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following is / are the particular/s of a cash book? (1) Date of
transaction (2) Account title (3) Amount
Select correct option:
1 only
1 & 2 only
1 & 3 only
1, 2 & 3

Question # 2 of 15 ( Start time: 05:38:51 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The total of all costs incurred to convert raw material into finished goods is known
as:
Select correct option:
Prime cost
Conversion cost
Sunk cost
Opportunity cost

Question # 3 of 15 ( Start time: 05:39:09 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Amount generated from sales in a business is called:
Select correct option:
Income
Net Income
Gross Profit
Operating profit

Question # 4 of 15 ( Start time: 05:39:57 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Cost of goods manufactured - opening work in process + ending work in process =?
Select correct option:
Cost of goods sold
Prime cost
Conversion cost
Total factory cost

Question # 5 of 15 ( Start time: 05:41:10 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following is the example of current liability?
Select correct option:
Notes payable
Notes receivable
Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses

Question # 6 of 15 ( Start time: 05:41:27 PM ) Total Marks: 1
What will be debited, if business sold goods for Rs.10, 000 on credit?
Select correct option:
Cash account

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 305 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Sales account
Accounts receivable account
Purchases account

Question # 7 of 15 ( Start time: 05:42:01 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following particular is NOT included in journal voucher?
Select correct option:
Name of organization
Bank receipt number
Debit amount
Credit amount

Question # 8 of 15 ( Start time: 05:42:25 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Consider the following data: Particulars Rs. Assets ? Owner's equity 35,000
Liabilities 90,000
Select correct option:
Rs. 35,000
Rs. 55,000
Rs. 1, 25,000
Rs. 1, 05,000

Question # 9 of 15 ( Start time: 05:43:03 PM ) Total Marks: 1
What would conversion costs if costs of raw materials, direct labor costs, and
manufacturing overhead costs Rs.80,000, Rs.50,000, and Rs.60,000, respectively?
Select correct option:
Rs.130, 000
Rs.110, 000
Rs.140, 000
Rs.190, 000

Question # 10 of 15 ( Start time: 05:43:40 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The main purpose of _________ is to ascertain true result of the business operation
during particular period of time.
Select correct option:
Cost Accounting
Financial Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Tax Accounting

Question # 11 of 15 ( Start time: 05:44:26 PM ) Total Marks: 1
If cost of sales is Rs. 90,000, income from sales Rs. 200,000 and operating
expenses Rs. 100,000. What will be net result?
Select correct option:
Rs. 5,000 Losses
Rs.10, 000 Profits
Rs 1, 95,000 Profits
Rs 1, 95,000 Losses

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 306 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question # 12 of 15 ( Start time: 05:45:12 PM ) Total Marks: 1
What is the next step to Journalizing in Accounting cycle?
Select correct option:
Recording
Posting
Balancing
Analyzing

Question # 13 of 15 ( Start time: 05:45:32 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Consider the following data: Particulars Rs. Assets 99,500 Owner's equity 50,500
Liabilities ?
Select correct option:
Rs. 49,000
Rs. 55,000
Rs. 125,000
Rs. 115,700

Question # 14 of 15 ( Start time: 05:46:07 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Net Profit = Income - _____________
Select correct option:
Liabilities
Assets
Expenses
Capital

Question # 15 of 15 ( Start time: 05:46:39 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Depreciation arises because of:
Select correct option:
Fall in the market value of an asset
Fall in the value of money
Physical wear and tear
All of the given options

Question # 1 of 15 ( Start time: 05:53:02 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following account balance/s is/are shown on credit side of Trial
Balance? (It is assumed that all account balances are shown on normal balance)
Select correct option:
Capital account
Sundry creditors account
Accounts payable account
All of the given options

Question # 2 of 15 ( Start time: 05:53:47 PM ) Total Marks: 1
In case of Income and Expenditure account, Excess of income over expenses in a
specified accounting period is called:
Select correct option:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 307 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Profit
Loss
Surplus
Deficit

Question # 3 of 15 ( Start time: 05:54:58 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following Organization converts raw material into finished goods?
Select correct option:
Trading concern
Manufacturing concern
Merchandising concern
Service concern

Question # 4 of 15 When total liabilities are subtracted from total assets the
remaining amount is known as:
Select correct option:
Equity or net assets
Net income or net loss
Total expenses
Total revenue

Question # 5 of 15 ( Start time: 05:56:21 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which one of the following is INCORRECT about closing Stock?
Select correct option:
It is added into current assets
It is deducted from Material available for use
It becomes opening stock of next year
It reduces the resources of business

Question # 6 of 15 ( Start time: 05:56:55 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Budget is a plan of income, expenses & other financial operations for:
Select correct option:
Current period
Future period
Past period
None of the given options

Question # 7 of 15 ( Start time: 05:57:33 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Find out the missing value of an Accounting Equation with the help of given data:
Cash Rs.100, 000 Debtors Rs.10, 000 Other Assets Rs. 1,000 Owner’s equity Rs. 1,
000 Liabilities ?
Select correct option:
Rs. 12,000
Rs. 11,000
Rs. 110,000
Rs. 111,000



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 308 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question # 8 of 15 ( Start time: 05:58:42 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following account summarizes the profitability of business for a specific
accounting period?
Select correct option:
Profit & Loss account
Cash flow statement
Receipt & Payment account
Balance Sheet

Question # 9 of 15 ( Start time: 05:59:12 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following asset is NOT depreciated?
Select correct option:
Factory Buildings
Office Equipment
Plant & Machinery
Land

Question # 10 of 15 What will be debited, if Mohsin commenced business with cash?
Select correct option:
Cash account
Capital account
Drawings account
Proprietor account

Question # 11 of 15 ( Start time: 06:00:17 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following is Not a part of General Ledger?
Select correct option:
Activity Book
Purchase Return Book
Purchase Book
Sales Book

Question # 12 of 15 ( Start time: 06:00:53 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Debit signifies:
Select correct option:
Increase in Asset account
Decrease in liability account
Decrease in capital account
All of the given options

Question # 13 of 15 ( Start time: 06:01:24 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Under the diminishing balance method, depreciation is calculated on:
Select correct option:
The original cost
The scrap value
Book value
Both original cost and Scrap value

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 309 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question # 14 of 15 ( Start time: 06:01:57 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The amount charged to depreciation goes on declining in:
Select correct option:
Depreciation fixed method
Annuity method
Written-down value method
Straight line depreciation method

Question # 15 of 15 ( Start time: 06:02:54 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following is NOT correct?
Select correct option:
Decrease in Assets will be debit
Decrease in Liabilities will be debit
Decrease in Expenses will be credit
Decrease in Revenue will be debit

Question # 1 of 15 ( Start time: 06:18:38 PM ) Total Marks: 1
What will be the effect on accounting equation if cash is received from a tenant as
office rent?
Select correct option:
Increase cash and decrease equity
Increase cash and increase equity
Decrease cash and increase equity
Decrease cash and increase dividends

Question # 2 of 15 ( Start time: 06:19:35 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which one of the following is INCORRECT about closing Stock?
Select correct option:
It is added into current assets
It is deducted from Material available for use
It becomes opening stock of next year
It reduces the resources of business

Question # 3 of 15 ( Start time: 06:20:07 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following is a FIRST product of accounting cycle?
Select correct option:
Voucher
General Journal
General Ledger
Financial Statements

Question # 4 of 15 ( Start time: 06:20:37 PM ) Total Marks: 1
If cost of sales is Rs. 95,000, income from sales Rs. 200,000 and operating
expenses Rs. 100,000. What will gross profit?
Select correct option:
Rs. 5,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 310 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Rs. 95,000
Rs. 1, 00,000
Rs.1, 05,000

Question # 5 of 15 ( Start time: 06:21:21 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following are recorded in Cash Book?
Select correct option:
Receipts and payments
Profits and losses
Assets and liabilities
Capital and Expenditures

Question # 6 of 15 ( Start time: 06:21:52 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Net Profit = Income - _____________
Select correct option:
Liabilities
Assets
Expenses
Capital

Question # 7 of 15 ( Start time: 06:22:17 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following particular/s is/are included in payment voucher?
Select correct option:
Name of organization
Cash payment
Date
All of the given options

Question # 8 of 15 ( Start time: 06:22:54 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Cost of goods manufactured + opening finished goods – ending finished goods =?
Select correct option:
Total factory cost
Cost of goods sold
Prime cost
Conversion cost

Question # 9 of 15 ( Start time: 06:24:08 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following account is normally NOT exists in the balance sheet of the
manufacturing concern?
Select correct option:
Work in Process Inventory
Raw Materials Inventory
Merchandise Inventory
Finished Goods Inventory

Question # 10 of 15 ( Start time: 06:24:51 PM ) Total Marks: 1
If cost of sales is Rs. 90,000, income from sales Rs. 200,000 and operating

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 311 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
expenses Rs. 100,000. What will be net result?
Select correct option:
Rs. 5,000 Losses
Rs.10, 000 Profits
Rs 1, 95,000 Profits
Rs 1, 95,000 Losses

Question # 11 of 15 ( Start time: 06:25:32 PM ) Total Marks: 1
All the statements are correct about Journal voucher EXCEPT:
Select correct option:
Financial data is picked only from journal vouchers to Journal
These are used to record all transaction other than cash & bank
These are used to make corrections or adjustments to previous Receipt
Format of journal voucher is different from other vouchers

Question # 12 of 15 ( Start time: 06:26:35 PM ) Total Marks: 1
In case of Income and Expenditure account, Excess of income over expenses in a
specified accounting period is called:
Select correct option:
Profit
Loss
Surplus
Deficit

Question # 13 of 15 ( Start time: 06:27:08 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The investment of Rs. 10,000 made by the owner in business will have an effect on
which of the following accounts?
Select correct option:
Cash Account & Capital Account
Cash Account & Expense Account
Capital Account & Revenue Account
Capital Account & Expense Account

Question # 14 of 15 ( Start time: 06:27:41 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Outsider’s claim against the assets of the business is called:
Select correct option:
Capital
Liability
Expense
Income

Question # 15 of 15 ( Start time: 06:28:25 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Consider the following data: Particulars Rs. Assets 75,500 Owner's equity ?
Liabilities 40,200
Select correct option:
Rs. 35,300
Rs. 55,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 312 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Rs. 125,000
Rs. 115,700

Question # 1 of 15 ( Start time: 06:30:56 PM ) Total Marks: 1
What will be debited, if business bought goods on credit from Mr. Ali?
Select correct option:
Purchases account
Mr. Ali account
Cash account
Sales account

Question # 2 of 15 ( Start time: 06:31:56 PM ) Total Marks: 1
In the cost of goods sold statement, the sum of labor cost and the factory over head
is known as:
Select correct option:
Conversion cost
Prime cost
Total factory cost
Cost of goods manufactured

Consider the following data: Particulars Rs. Assets ? Owner's equity 35,000
Liabilities 90,000
Select correct option:
Rs. 35,000
Rs. 55,000
Rs. 1, 25,000
Rs. 1, 05,000

Question # 4 of 15 ( Start time: 06:33:17 PM ) Total Marks: 1
When total liabilities are subtracted from total assets the remaining amount is
known as:
Select correct option:
Equity or net assets
Net income or net loss
Total expenses
Total revenue

Question # 5 of 15 ( Start time: 06:33:50 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following is fiscal Year of Government of Pakistan?
Select correct option:
1st January to 31st December
1st June to 31st May
1st July to 30th June
1st October to 30th September

Which of the following is/are inventory valuation method(s)?
Select correct option:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 313 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
FIFO
LIFO
Weighted average
All of the given options

Question # 7 of 15 ( Start time: 06:35:04 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The investment of Rs. 10,000 made by the owner in business will have an effect on
which of the following accounts?
Select correct option:
Cash Account & Capital Account
Cash Account & Expense Account
Capital Account & Revenue Account
Capital Account & Expense Account

Question # 8 of 15 ( Start time: 06:35:37 PM ) Total Marks: 1
What will be debited, if business purchased Furniture on cash?
Select correct option:
Furniture account
Cash account
Business account
Bank account

Question # 9 of 15 ( Start time: 06:36:09 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Cost of goods manufactured + opening finished goods – ending finished goods =?
Select correct option:
Total factory cost
Cost of goods sold
Prime cost
Conversion cost

Question # 10 of 15 ( Start time: 06:36:51 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following contents are included in the Cost of goods sold?
Select correct option:
Opening stock
Purchases
Freight in
All of the given options

Question # 11 of 15 ( Start time: 06:37:32 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Particulars Rs. Opening written down value of machine 1,00,000 Cost of new
machine purchased during the year 50,000 Depreciation during the year 20,000
Closing written down value (WDV) ?
Select correct option:
Rs. 1,30,000
Rs. 1, 50,000
Rs. 1, 20,000
Rs. 70,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 314 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question # 12 of 15 ( Start time: 06:38:28 PM ) Total Marks: 1
What will be debited, If Mr. “A” started business with Rs. 2, 00,000.
Select correct option:
Capital account
Cash account
Mr. A’s account
Business account

Question # 13 of 15 ( Start time: 06:39:03 PM ) Total Marks: 1
In cost of goods sold statement the ‘cost of goods manufactured’ is equal to:
Select correct option:
Total factory cost + Opening work in process + Ending work in process
Total factory cost + Opening work in process – Ending work in process
Total factory cost - Opening work in process + Ending work in process
Ending work in process +Total factory cost – Opening work in process

Question # 14 of 15 ( Start time: 06:40:04 PM ) Total Marks: 1
What is nature of Capital account?
Select correct option:
Debit
Credit
Expenses
Loss

Question # 15 of 15 ( Start time: 06:40:34 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The amount charged to depreciation goes on declining in:
Select correct option:
Depreciation fixed method
Annuity method
Written-down value method
Straight line depreciation method




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 315 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT101 FINAL 2010
FINAL TERM PAPER 2010

 Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A summarized record of transactions related to individuals or things is called a/an
___________.
      ► Account
      ► Voucher
      ► Journal
      ► Trial balance
 Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 An informal accounting statement that lists the ledger account balances at a point
in time and compares the total of debit balances with the total of credit balances is
known as:
      ► Income Statement
      ► Balance Sheet
      ► Trial Balance
      ► Cash Book

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 )          - Please choose one
         Cost of asset                                                   Rs.
                                                                   1,00,000
             Life of asset                                           5 years
             Depreciation for each year                           Rs. 15,000
             Sale price after 5 years                              Rs.50,000
             Written down value of asset at the end of 5th year    Rs.25,000
             Profit or loss on disposal of fixed assets                    ?

       ►   Rs.25, 000 profit
       ►   Rs. 75,000 loss
       ►   Rs. 15,000 profit
       ►   Rs. 1, 00,000 profit

    Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    A debit balance in the Bank Statement indicates:
        ► Cash at bank
        ► Bank overdraft
        ► Overpayment to creditors
        ► Cash in hand

  Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
It is supposed that on 31-12-2007, the sundry debtors are amounted to Rs. 40,000.
On the basis of past experience, it is estimated that 5 % of the sundry debtors are
doubtful. It is also suppose that during the year 2008 actual bad debts were Rs.
1,600. What entry will pass to create provision for doubtful debts?
      ► Profit & Loss a/c Rs. 2,000 (Dr) & Provision for doubtful debts a/c Rs. 2,000
(Cr)

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 316 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
        ► Provision for doubtful debts a/c Rs. 2,000 (Dr) & Profit & Loss a/c Rs. 2,000
(Cr)
        ► Provision for doubtful debts a/c Rs. 1,600 (Dr) & Profit & Loss a/c Rs. 1,600
(Cr)
        ► Profit & Loss a/c Rs. 1,600 (Dr) & Provision for doubtful debts a/c Rs. 1,600
(Cr)

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following account(s) will be affected, while rectifying the error of an
amount Rs.200 received from Mr.”P” wrongly credited to Mr.”Q’s” account?
    ► Only Cash Account
    ► Only P’s account
    ► Only Q’s account
    ► Both of Mr. P's & Mr.Q's Account

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Consider the following data and identify the amount which will be deducted from
Sundry Debtors in Balance Sheet.
                               Particulars           Rs.
                     Bad debts (from trial          1,600
                     balance)
                     Provision for doubtful debts   2,000
                     (old)
                     Current year’s provision       1,000
                     (new)
     ► Rs. 600
    ► Rs. 1,000
    ► Rs. 2,000
    ► Rs. 2,600

    Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    General office expenses are charged to which of the following head:
       ► Administrative expenses
       ► Marketing expenses
       ► Selling expenses
       ► Financial expenses

 Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following account is affected from the Drawings of cash in sole-
proprietorship business?
    ► Capital account
    ► Shareholder account
    ► Liability account
    ► Expense account

     Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following can offer its share to general public at large?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 317 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
       ►   A   private limited company
       ►   A   listed company
       ►   A   partnership firm
       ►   A   trust

   Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Merchandise on hand at either the beginning or end of the reporting period is
called__________.
     ► Raw material
     ► Cost of goods sold
     ► Work in process
     ► Inventory

  Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
How dividend declared is treated in the Balance Sheet of the company?
     ► Provision
    ► Current liability
    ► Reserves and surplus
    ► Current assets

     Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following is NOT a cash inflow?
       ► Sale of fixed asset
       ► Issue of debentures
       ► Cash from business operation
       ► Purchase of fixed asset

  Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An example of financing activities in the context of cash flow statement is:
     ► Capital expenditures on purchase of fixed assets
    ► Long-term deposit
    ► Financial charges paid
    ► Dividend paid

     Question No: 15        ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one
                                                                   Rs.
               Gross profit                                        50,000
               Operating profit                                    42,000
               Sales                                             250, 000
               What is the amount of operating expenses                 ?
       ► Rs. 8,000
       ► Rs. 92,000
       ► Rs. 62,500
       ► Rs. 300,000

     Question No: 16        ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 318 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Receipts from debtors appear on the ___________ side of the Debtors control
account.
    ► Left side or credit
    ► Left side or debit
    ► Right side or debit
    ► Right side or credit

   Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 We usually allow the customer to deduct a certain amount from the invoice value
for prompt payment. In doing so we are granting a:
     ► Commission
     ► Allowance
     ► Discount
     ► Rebate

     Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following is known as an asset account?
       ► Gains
       ► Prepaid insurance
       ► Unearned revenue
       ► Accounts payable

   Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. A & B entered into a partnership with an equal investment and equal share in
profit or loss. Markup on capital of Mr. A is Rs.2,500 and of Mr. B is Rs.2,800. The
net income for the year is Rs.95,000. What will be the amount of distributable
profit?
     ► Rs.89,700
     ► Rs.92,500
     ► Rs.95,000
     ► Rs.100,300

     Question No: 20   ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

 Mr. A & B entered into a partnership with an equal investment and equal share in
profit or loss. Markup on capital of Mr. A is Rs.2,000 and markup on drawings of Mr.
B is Rs.3,000. The net income for the year is Rs.50,000. What will be the profit
share of Mr. A?
     ► Rs.22,500
     ► Rs.25,500
     ► Rs.27,500
     ► Rs.55,000

     Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following is quoted company?
       ► Private Limited Company
       ► Public Limited Company

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 319 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
        ► Listed company
        ► Non Listed Company

   Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following items of balance sheet are useful in evaluating a company’s
liquidity?
      ► Current assets and other assets
      ► Current liabilities and current assets
      ► Current liabilities and plant and equipment
      ► Non current liabilities and other assets

     Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following is an example of liability in a business enterprise?
       ► Accounts payable
       ► Accounts receivable
       ► Commission received
       ► Commission paid

     Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following is/are TRUE with respect to the rules of Debit & Credit?
       ► Increase in capital is Credit
       ► Decrease in capital is Debit
       ► Increase in expense is Debit
       ► All of the given options

     Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following is/are NOT the example of intangible assets?
       ► Copyright
       ► Goodwill
       ► Patent
       ► Land

  Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following account would be credited, when goods are returned to
suppliers?
    ► Voucher payable account
    ► Stock account
    ► Sales account
    ► Work In Process account

   Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 What would be the value of total manufacturing cost, if the cost of material
consumed during the month is Rs. 5,000, labor cost incurred is Rs. 2,000 and the
factory over head cost is Rs. 1,000?
     ► Rs. 3,000
     ► Rs. 5,000
     ► Rs. 7,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                        Page 320 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
        ► Rs. 8,000

    Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If:
    ·    Direct Material Cost is Rs. 15,000
    ·    Factory overhead is Rs. 5,000
    ·    Manufacturing Cost is Rs. 30,000
Then:
         What is the amount of Prime Cost?
      ► Rs. 25,000
      ► Rs. 20,000
      ► Rs. 35,000
      ► Rs. 45,000

   Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following do NOT represent the Cost of goods sold?
     ► Sales – Gross Profit
     ► Opening Stock + Purchases – Return Outwards – Closing Stock
     ► Cost of goods Manufactured + Opening Finished Goods Inventory – Closing
Finished Goods Inventory
     ► Opening Stock + Purchases – Return Inwards – Closing Stock

     Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following represents a possession that has a value in an exchange?
       ► Asset
       ► Liability
       ► Expense
       ► Revenue

  Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Written down value of an asset = ----------------.
     ► Original cost – Accumulated depreciation
     ► Original cost – Appreciation
     ► Book value – Accumulated depreciation
     ► Original cost – Salvage value

      Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Distinction between capital and revenue items is important for the preparation of:
         ► Income statement only
         ► Balance sheet only
         ► Final accounts
         ► Bank statement

     Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    When Bank Statement shows a debit balance it means:
       ► Favourable balance as per cash book
       ► Debit balance as per cash book

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 321 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
        ► Favourable balance as per bank statement
        ► Overdraft as per bank statement

  Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following statement is correct, if a company fails to record estimated
bad debts expense?
    ► Net realizable value is understated
    ► Expenses are understated
    ► Revenues are understated
    ► Receivables are understated

     Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following is INCORRECT about subsidiary account?
       ► It is not a summary account
       ► It reduces the burden of control account
       ► It provides detailed information about individual accounts
       ► It summarizes the total of related items from other accounts

       Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    If cash sale is the missing figure, it can be ascertained by the construction of:
         ► Creditors Control Accounts
         ► Debtors Control Accounts
         ► Cash Account
         ► None of the given options

     Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following would be the example of Administrative Expenses?
       ► Financial charges
       ► Rent expenses
       ► Advertising expenses
       ► Selling expenses

     Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Which of the following would NOT be included in the heads of Current Assets?
       ► Stock
       ► General Stores
       ► Spare parts
       ► Bank over draft

       Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    If:
       Ø Capital at the start Rs. 100,000
       Ø Profit during the year Rs. 50,000
       Ø Withdrawal during the year Rs. 25,000

What would be the closing balance of capital?
    ► Rs. 175,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                         Page 322 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
        ► Rs. 150,000
        ► Rs. 125,000
        ► Rs. 75,000

  Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Rent receivable (given in trial balance) is an item of_____________.
     ► Balance Sheet
    ► Profit & Loss Account
    ► Trading Account
    ► Both Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Account

  Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which one of the following refers to the allotment of shares to the existing
shareholders by capitalizing the reserves into additional capital?
    ► Reserve funds
    ► Accumulated profit
    ► Right issue
    ► Bonus issue

   Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 XYZ Company has paid up capital of 20,000 shares of Rs. 100 each. The company
offers to existing shareholders the right to buy 3 shares of Rs. 100 each at Rs. 125
for every 5 shares held. What would be the number of right shares?
     ► 120 right shares
     ► 12,000 right shares
     ► 15,000 right shares
     ► 25,000 right shares

  Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is (are) type(s) of Public Limited Companies?
    ► Listed company
    ► Non listed company
    ► Private limited company
    ► Both listed company and non listed company

  Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following can be utilized to issue bonus shares?
    ► Share premium
    ► Term finance certificates
    ► Bonds
    ► Debentures

      Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    The statement of cash flows consists of __________ main sections (activities).
        ► One
        ► Two
        ► Three

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 323 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Four

    Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If issuance of debentures against cash is Rs. 3,000 and repurchase of shares of Rs.
4,000 then which of the following is correct?
      ► Inflow of cash Rs. 7,000
      ► Outflow of cash Rs. 7,000
      ► Inflow of cash Rs. 1,000
      ► Outflow of cash Rs. 1,000

  Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is adjusted as working capital change in operating activities
section of a cash flow statement?
     ► Decrease in trade receivable
     ► Repayment of dividend
     ► Payment of goodwill
     ► Investment in associated companies

    Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If there is a portion of long term loan of Rs. 30,000 payable in the current
accounting period. Where it will be shown in financial statement?
      ► Current liability
      ► Long term liability
      ► Current asset
      ► Owner’s equity

    Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
 Mr. A, B & C entered into a partnership. At the beginning of the year their capital
balances were Rs. 180,000, Rs. 140,000 and Rs. 80,000 respectively. Profit or loss
is to be divided as:
     Ø Mr. A: one-half
     Ø Mr. B: one-third
     Ø Mr. C: one-sixth
Required:
         If profit is Rs. 390,000, calculate the share of profit for all the partners.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 324 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ANS:
Total profit 390,000
Share of A = 390,000 * 1/2 = 195,000
Share of b = 390,000 * 1/3 = 130,000
Share of C = 390,000 * 1/6 = 65000

    Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
    Write down the components of Cash Flow Statement.

ANS:
Cash Flow statement has three components.
1. Cash related to operating activities of the business
2. Cash related to Investment made by the business
3. Cash related to the financial activities of the business

   Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
What is bank overdraft? Mention an example for this. Why companies have to pay
mark up on it. Under which head mark up paid on overdraft is shown in financial
statement.

ANS:
Bank overdraft is the amount drawn over the balance exists in the account of
business in the bank. This amount is the liability of the business and a kind of short
term loan. As the bank has provided loan, so the bank charge interest (markup) on
this amount as they have provided the short term loan to the business for markup
incentive.

As we know that the markup on overdraft relates to the finance of the business. So,
it is placed under the head of financial charges in the financial statements.

    Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
    Write note on following terms.
     Ø Net capital employed
     Ø Share holder's equity
     Ø Gain on sale of Fixed Assets
     Ø Return on Investment




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 325 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
Indicate in which section of the Balance Sheet each of the following accounts is
classified. Use the symbols CA for current assets, NCA for non current assets, CL for
current liabilities, LTL for long term liabilities, and SHE for stockholders’ equity.

ANS:
                    Accounts                    Section
    Prepaid rent                                CA
    Dividends payable                           CL
    Salaries payable                            CL
    Prepaid insurance                           CA
    Retained earnings                           CA
    Mortgage payable (due in 15 years)          LTL
    Unearned service revenue                    CA
    Accounts receivable                         CA
    Land                                        NCA
    Office supplies                             NCA




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 326 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT101 FinalTerm 2010
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010 MGT101- Financial Accounting (Session - 4)
Time: 90 min
Marks: 69

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A summarized record of transactions related to individuals or things is called a/an
___________.
    ► Account
    ► Voucher
    ► Journal
    ► Trial balance

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 An informal accounting statement that lists the ledger account balances at a point
in time and compares the total of debit balances with the total of credit balances is
known as:
      ► Income Statement
      ► Balance Sheet
      ► Trial Balance
      ► Cash Book

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Cost of asset                             Rs. 1,00,000
Life of asset                                   5 years
Depreciation for each year                   Rs. 15,000
Sale price after 5 years                      Rs.50,000
Written down value of asset at the end       Rs.25,000
of 5th year
Profit or loss on disposal of fixed assets            ?

    ►   Rs.25, 000 profit
    ►   Rs. 75,000 loss
    ►   Rs. 15,000 profit
    ►   Rs. 1, 00,000 profit

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A debit balance in the Bank Statement indicates:
      ► Cash at bank
      ► Bank overdraft
      ► Overpayment to creditors
      ► Cash in hand
Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 It is supposed that on 31-12-2007, the sundry debtors are amounted to Rs.
40,000. On the basis of past experience, it is estimated that 5 % of the sundry


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 327 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
debtors are doubtful. It is also suppose that during the year 2008 actual bad debts
were Rs. 1,600. What entry will pass to create provision for doubtful debts?
     ► Profit & Loss a/c Rs. 2,000 (Dr) & Provision for doubtful debts a/c Rs. 2,000
(Cr)
     ► Provision for doubtful debts a/c Rs. 2,000 (Dr) & Profit & Loss a/c Rs. 2,000
(Cr)
     ► Provision for doubtful debts a/c Rs. 1,600 (Dr) & Profit & Loss a/c Rs. 1,600
(Cr)
     ► Profit & Loss a/c Rs. 1,600 (Dr) & Provision for doubtful debts a/c Rs. 1,600
(Cr)

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following account(s) will be affected, while rectifying the error of an
amount Rs.200 received from Mr.”P” wrongly credited to Mr.”Q’s” account?
    ► Only Cash Account
    ► Only P’s account
    ► Only Q’s account
    ► Both of Mr. P's & Mr.Q's Account

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Consider the following data and identify the amount which will be deducted from
Sundry Debtors in Balance Sheet.

            Particulars               Rs.
Bad debts (from trial balance)        1,600
Provision for doubtful debts (old)    2,000
Current year’s provision (new)        1,000

     ►   Rs.   600
     ►   Rs.   1,000
     ►   Rs.   2,000
     ►   Rs.   2,600

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
General office expenses are charged to which of the following head:
   ► Administrative expenses
   ► Marketing expenses
   ► Selling expenses
   ► Financial expenses

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following account is affected from the Drawings of cash in sole-
proprietorship business?
    ► Capital account
    ► Shareholder account
    ► Liability account
    ► Expense account

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 328 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following can offer its share to general public at large?
   ► A private limited company
   ► A listed company
   ► A partnership firm
   ► A trust

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Merchandise on hand at either the beginning or end of the reporting period is
called__________.
     ► Raw material
     ► Cost of goods sold
     ► Work in process
     ► Inventory

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
How dividend declared is treated in the Balance Sheet of the company?
   ► Provision
   ► Current liability
   ► Reserves and surplus
   ► Current assets

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT a cash inflow?
   ► Sale of fixed asset
   ► Issue of debentures
   ► Cash from business operation
   ► Purchase of fixed asset

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An example of financing activities in the context of cash flow statement is:
    ► Capital expenditures on purchase of fixed assets
    ► Long-term deposit
    ► Financial charges paid
    ► Dividend paid

Question No: 15      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one
                                           Rs.
Gross profit                                50,000
Operating profit                            42,000
Sales                                     250, 000
What is the amount of operating                  ?
expenses

    ► Rs. 8,000
    ► Rs. 92,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 329 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Rs. 62,500
    ► Rs. 300,000

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Receipts from debtors appear on the ___________ side of the Debtors control
account.
     ► Left side or credit
     ► Left side or debit
     ► Right side or debit
     ► Right side or credit

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 We usually allow the customer to deduct a certain amount from the invoice value
for prompt payment. In doing so we are granting a:
     ► Commission
     ► Allowance
     ► Discount
     ► Rebate

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is known as an asset account?
   ► Gains
   ► Prepaid insurance
   ► Unearned revenue
   ► Accounts payable

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Mr. A & B entered into a partnership with an equal investment and equal share in
profit or loss. Markup on capital of Mr. A is Rs.2,500 and of Mr. B is Rs.2,800. The
net income for the year is Rs.95,000. What will be the amount of distributable
profit?
     ► Rs.89,700
     ► Rs.92,500
     ► Rs.95,000
     ► Rs.100,300

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Mr. A & B entered into a partnership with an equal investment and equal share in
profit or loss. Markup on capital of Mr. A is Rs.2,000 and markup on drawings of Mr.
B is Rs.3,000. The net income for the year is Rs.50,000. What will be the profit
share of Mr. A?
     ► Rs.22,500
     ► Rs.25,500
     ► Rs.27,500
     ► Rs.55,000

Question No: 21      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 330 
 
            Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    Which   of the following is quoted company?
       ►    Private Limited Company
       ►    Public Limited Company
       ►    Listed company
       ►    Non Listed Company

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following items of balance sheet are useful in evaluating a company’s
liquidity?
      ► Current assets and other assets
      ► Current liabilities and current assets
      ► Current liabilities and plant and equipment
      ► Non current liabilities and other assets

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is an example of liability in a business enterprise?
   ► Accounts payable
   ► Accounts receivable
   ► Commission received
   ► Commission paid

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is/are TRUE with respect to the rules of Debit & Credit?
   ► Increase in capital is Credit
   ► Decrease in capital is Debit
   ► Increase in expense is Debit
   ► All of the given options

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is/are NOT the example of intangible assets?
   ► Copyright
   ► Goodwill
   ► Patent
   ► Land

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following account would be credited, when goods are returned to
suppliers?
    ► Voucher payable account
    ► Stock account
    ► Sales account
    ► Work In Process account

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 What would be the value of total manufacturing cost, if the cost of material
consumed during the month is Rs. 5,000, labor cost incurred is Rs. 2,000 and the
factory over head cost is Rs. 1,000?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 331 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ►   Rs.   3,000
    ►   Rs.   5,000
    ►   Rs.   7,000
    ►   Rs.   8,000

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If:
    ·      Direct Material Cost is Rs. 15,000
    ·      Factory overhead is Rs. 5,000
    ·      Manufacturing Cost is Rs. 30,000
Then:
         What is the amount of Prime Cost?
      ► Rs. 25,000
      ► Rs. 20,000
      ► Rs. 35,000
      ► Rs. 45,000

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following do NOT represent the Cost of goods sold?
     ► Sales – Gross Profit
     ► Opening Stock + Purchases – Return Outwards – Closing Stock
     ► Cost of goods Manufactured + Opening Finished Goods Inventory – Closing
Finished Goods Inventory
     ► Opening Stock + Purchases – Return Inwards – Closing Stock

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following represents a possession that has a value in an exchange?
   ► Asset
   ► Liability
   ► Expense
   ► Revenue

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Written down value of an asset = ----------------.
    ► Original cost – Accumulated depreciation
    ► Original cost – Appreciation
    ► Book value – Accumulated depreciation
    ► Original cost – Salvage value

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Distinction between capital and revenue items is important for the preparation of:
     ► Income statement only
     ► Balance sheet only
     ► Final accounts
     ► Bank statement

Question No: 33       ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 332 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    When Bank Statement shows a debit balance it means:
       ► Favourable balance as per cash book
       ► Debit balance as per cash book
       ► Favourable balance as per bank statement
       ► Overdraft as per bank statement

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following statement is correct, if a company fails to record estimated
bad debts expense?
    ► Net realizable value is understated
    ► Expenses are understated
    ► Revenues are understated
    ► Receivables are understated

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is INCORRECT about subsidiary account?
   ► It is not a summary account
   ► It reduces the burden of control account
   ► It provides detailed information about individual accounts
   ► It summarizes the total of related items from other accounts

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If cash sale is the missing figure, it can be ascertained by the construction of:
     ► Creditors Control Accounts
     ► Debtors Control Accounts
     ► Cash Account
     ► None of the given options

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following would be the example of Administrative Expenses?
   ► Financial charges
   ► Rent expenses
   ► Advertising expenses
   ► Selling expenses

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following would NOT be included in the heads of Current Assets?
   ► Stock
   ► General Stores
   ► Spare parts
   ► Bank over draft

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If:
  Ø    Capital at the start Rs. 100,000
  Ø    Profit during the year Rs. 50,000
  Ø    Withdrawal during the year Rs. 25,000

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 333 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
What would be the closing balance of capital?
   ► Rs. 175,000
   ► Rs. 150,000
   ► Rs. 125,000
   ► Rs. 75,000

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Rent receivable (given in trial balance) is an item of_____________.
   ► Balance Sheet
   ► Profit & Loss Account
   ► Trading Account
   ► Both Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Account

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which one of the following refers to the allotment of shares to the existing
shareholders by capitalizing the reserves into additional capital?
    ► Reserve funds
    ► Accumulated profit
    ► Right issue
    ► Bonus issue

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 XYZ Company has paid up capital of 20,000 shares of Rs. 100 each. The company
offers to existing shareholders the right to buy 3 shares of Rs. 100 each at Rs. 125
for every 5 shares held. What would be the number of right shares?
     ► 120 right shares
     ► 12,000 right shares
     ► 15,000 right shares
     ► 25,000 right shares

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is (are) type(s) of Public Limited Companies?
   ► Listed company
   ► Non listed company
   ► Private limited company
   ► Both listed company and non listed company

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following can be utilized to issue bonus shares?
   ► Share premium
   ► Term finance certificates
   ► Bonds
   ► Debentures

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The statement of cash flows consists of __________ main sections (activities).
    ► One

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 334 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Two
     ► Three
     ► Four

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If issuance of debentures against cash is Rs. 3,000 and repurchase of shares of Rs.
4,000 then which of the following is correct?
      ► Inflow of cash Rs. 7,000
      ► Outflow of cash Rs. 7,000
      ► Inflow of cash Rs. 1,000
      ► Outflow of cash Rs. 1,000

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is adjusted as working capital change in operating activities
section of a cash flow statement?
     ► Decrease in trade receivable
     ► Repayment of dividend
     ► Payment of goodwill
     ► Investment in associated companies

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If there is a portion of long term loan of Rs. 30,000 payable in the current
accounting period. Where it will be shown in financial statement?
      ► Current liability
      ► Long term liability
      ► Current asset
      ► Owner’s equity

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
 Mr. A, B & C entered into a partnership. At the beginning of the year their capital
balances were Rs. 180,000, Rs. 140,000 and Rs. 80,000 respectively. Profit or loss
is to be divided as:
     Ø     Mr. A: one-half
     Ø     Mr. B: one-third
     Ø     Mr. C: one-sixth
Required:
         If profit is Rs. 390,000, calculate the share of profit for all the partners.
ANS:
Total profit 390,000
Share of A = 390,000 * 1/2 = 195,000
Share of b = 390,000 * 1/3 = 130,000
Share of C = 390,000 * 1/6 = 65000

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
Write down the components of Cash Flow Statement.
ANS:


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 335 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Cash Flow statement has three components.
1. Cash related to operating activities of the business
2. Cash related to Investment made by the business
3. Cash related to the financial activities of the business

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
 What is bank overdraft? Mention an example for this. Why companies have
to pay mark up on it. Under which head mark up paid on overdraft is shown
in financial statement.
ANS:
Bank overdraft is the amount drawn over the balance exists in the account of
business in the bank. This amount is the liability of the business and a kind of short
term loan. As the bank has provided loan, so the bank charge interest (markup) on
this amount as they have provided the short term loan to the business for markup
incentive.

As we know that the markup on overdraft relates to the finance of the business. So,
it is placed under the head of financial charges in the financial statements.

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
Write note on following terms.
  Ø    Net capital employed
  Ø    Share holder's equity
  Ø    Gain on sale of Fixed Assets
  Ø    Return on Investment




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 336 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5)
 Indicate in which section of the Balance Sheet each of the following accounts is
classified. Use the symbols CA for current assets, NCA for non current assets, CL
for current liabilities, LTL for long term liabilities, and SHE for stockholders’ equity.
ANS:
                  Accounts                        Section
Prepaid rent                                         CA
Dividends payable                                     CL
Salaries payable                                      CL
Prepaid insurance                                    CA
Retained earnings                                    CA
Mortgage payable (due in 15 years)                   LTL
Unearned service revenue                             CA
Accounts receivable                                  CA
Land                                                 NCA
Office supplies                                      NCA




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 337 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT201 : Mid Term paper 2010
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT201- Financial Management (Session - 6)

Time: 60 min
Marks: 44

Exam Date: 5/29/2010 12:00:00 AM

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Among the pairs given below select a(n) example of a principal and a(n) example of
an agent respectively.
► Shareholder; manager

► Manager; owner

► Accountant; bondholder

► Shareholder; bondholder


Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which group of ratios measures a firm's ability to meet short-term obligations?
► Liquidity ratios
► Debt ratios
► Coverage ratios
► Profitability ratios

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following would be considered a cash-flow item from an "investing"
activity?
► Cash outflow to the government for taxes

► Cash outflow to shareholders as dividends

► Cash outflow to lenders as interest

► Cash outflow to purchase bonds issued by another company


Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following influence capital budgeting cash flows EXCEPT __________.

► Choice of depreciation method for tax purposes
► Economic length of the project
► Projected sales (revenues) for the project

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 338 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Sunk costs of the project

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An investment proposal should be judged in whether or not it provides:
► A return equal to the return require by the investor
► A return more than required by investor
► A return less than required by investor
► A return equal to or more than required by investor

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following technique would be used for a project that has non-normal
cash flows?

► Internal rate of return

► Multiple internal rate of return

► Modified internal rate of return

► Net present value


Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statements is correct in distinguishing between serial bonds
and sinking-fund bonds?


► Serial bonds mature at a variety of dates, but sinking-fund bonds mature at a
single date
► Serial bonds provide for the deliberate retirement of bonds prior to maturity, but
sinking-fund bonds do not provide for the deliberate retirement of bonds prior to
maturity
► Serial bonds do not provide for the deliberate retirement of bonds prior to
maturity, but sinking-fund bonds do provide for the deliberate retirement of bonds
prior to maturity
► None of the above are correct since a serial bond is identical to a sinking fund
bond

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The value of a bond is directly derived from which of the following?

► Cash flows

► Coupon receipts

► Par recovery at maturity



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 339 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► All of the given options


Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following affects the price of the bond?

►   Market interest rate
►   Required rate of return
►   Interest rate risk
►   All of the given options

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If all things equal, when diversification is most effective?
► Securities' returns are positively correlated
► Securities' returns are uncorrelated
► Securities' returns are high
► Securities' returns are negatively correlated

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
You wish to earn a return of 12% on each of two stocks, A and B. Each of the stocks
is expected to pay a dividend of Rs. 2 in the upcoming year. The expected growth
rate of dividends is 9% for stock A and 10% for stock B. The intrinsic value of stock
A:


►   Will be greater than the intrinsic value of stock B
►   Will be the same as the intrinsic value of stock B
►   Will be less than the intrinsic value of stock B
►   None of the given options

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In the dividend discount model, which of the following is (are) NOT incorporated
into the discount rate?


►   Real risk-free rate
►   Risk premium for stocks
►   Return on assets
►   Expected inflation rate

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT a major cause of systematic risk.

►   A worldwide recession
►   A world war
►   World energy supply
►   Company management change

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 340 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following term may be defined as incidental cash flows that arise
because of the effect of new project on the running business?

►   Sunk cost
►   Opportunity cost
►   Externalities
►   Contingencies

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A preferred stock will pay a dividend of Rs. 2.75 in the upcoming year, and every
year thereafter, i.e., dividends are not expected to grow. You require a return of
10% on this stock. Use the constant growth model to calculate the intrinsic value of
this preferred stock.
► Rs. 0.275
► Rs. 27.50
► Rs. 31.82
► Rs. 56.25

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What is the present value of Rs.1,000 to be paid at the end of 5 years if the interest
rate is 8% compounded annually?
► Rs.680.58
► Rs.1,462.23
► Rs.322.69
► Rs.401.98

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What is the present value of Rs.53,000 to be paid at the end of 15 years if the
interest rate is 9% compounded annually?
► Rs.25,300
► Rs.34,122
► Rs.14,549
► Rs.11,989

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The objective of ________ is to maximize the shareholder’s wealth.
► Financial economics
► Financial management
► Financial accounting
► Financial engineering

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following accounting equation is accurate?
► Assets +Equity = Liabilities + Expenses
► Assets + Expenses = Liabilities +Expenses + Revenue

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 341 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Assets + Liabilities = Equity + Expenses + Revenue
► Assets + Revenue + Liabilities = Equity

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Through which of the following formula desired growth rate can be calculated?
► Return on equity × (1- payout ratio)
► Return on equity / (1- payout ratio)
► Return on equity + (1+ payout ratio)
► Return on equity - (1/ payout ratio)

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is a type of annuity in which no time span is involved?
► Ordinary annuity
► Annuity due
► Perpetuity
► None of the given options

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is not a type of problem in capital rationing?
► Size difference of projects
► Timing difference of projects
► Different lives of different projects
► Different cash flow streams

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Market price of a share will be determined from __________.
► Supply of share only
► Demand of share only
► Price of share of Benchmark Company
► From demand and supply in the market

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is called hybrid equity as it is the combination of both equity
and debt factor?
► Common stocks
► Preferred stocks
► Bonds & securities
► All of the given options

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following can be used as measure of return?
► Forecasted selling price
► Forecasted purchase price
► Forecasted dividend
► Forecasted time span of project

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 342 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Which of the following formula could be used to calculate expected rate of return
<r>?
► Po / Po × P1
► P1 + Po / Po
► P1 – Po / Po
► Po – P1 / Po

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Finance consists of which of the following area(s)?
► Money and capital market
► Investment
► Financial management
► All of the given options

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A proposal is accepted if payback period falls within the time period of 3 years.
According to the given criteria, which of the following project is most suitable to
accept?
Payback period
Project A 1.66
Project B 2.66
Project C 3.66

►   Project   A
►   Project   B
►   Project   C
►   Project   A&B

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 3 )
Define interest rate risk and investment risk.

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 3 )
A stock is expected to pay a dividend of Rs.0.75 at the end of the year. The
required rate of return is ks = 10.5%, and the expected constant growth rate is g =
6.4%. What is the stock's current price?

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 5 )
There are some risks (Unique Risk) that we can diversify but some of the risks
(Market risks) are not diversifiable. Explain both types of risk.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 5 )
Hammad Inc. is considering two alternative, mutually exclusive projects. Both
projects require an initial investment of Rs. 10,000 and are typical, average-risk
projects for the firm. Project A has an expected life of 2 years with after-tax cash
inflow of Rs. 6,000 and Rs. 8,000 at the end of year 1 and 2, respectively.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 343 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Project B has an expected life of 4 years with after-tax cash inflow of Rs. 4,000 at
the end of each of next 4 years. The firm’s cost of capital is 10 percent.

If the projects cannot be repeated, which project will be selected, and what is the
net present value?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 344 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT211 : FINAL PAPER SUBJECTIVE Feb 2011
62 MCQs 1 Mark

7 Subjective (3Q's of 3 Marks and 4Q's of 5 Marks
1. Differentiate between financial accounting and Managerial Accounting?

2. Define penetrating price?

3. Discuss duties of Information manager?

4. Five disadvantages of Partnership?

Pattern is:

62 MCQs 1 Mark

7 Subjective (3Q's of 3 Marks and 4Q's of 5 Marks)




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 345 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT211 Final 2009
 FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Fall 2009 MGT211- Introduction To Business (Session - 2)

Question No: 1     (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
Conversion of raw material into finished goods is the example of:
►Industry
Commerce
Foreign Trade
Finance
Industry
► Commerce
► Foreign trade
► Finance

Question No: 2      ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Examples of constructive industries include:
► Fishery
► Sugar mill
► Plant nurseries
► Canals

Question No: 3       (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
Which of the following is excluded from factors that can affect the business?
►Demographic Factors
►Economic and social factors
►Natural factors
►None of the above

Question No: 4    (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
A public company must havebasic legal documents.
►One
►Two
►Three
►Five

Question No: 5       (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
According to section 305(b) of Company Ordinance 1984, a company may be wound
up
by the court if number of members fall belowin case of public company.
►Two
►Five
►Eight
►Seven

Question No: 6      (Marks: 1) - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 346 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
If a very successful fast food restaurant has been ignoring customers' concerns
about the small war toys and toy guns included in their Kids Meals, then managers
should begin focusing on improving the firm's:
►Ethics
►Profitability.
►Productivity.
►Game plan

Question No: 7       (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
is a dimension of social responsibility that includes hiring minority
workers, making safe products, minimizing pollution, using energy wisely, and
providing a safe work environment
►Corporate philanthropy
►Corporate policy
►Corporate governance
►Corporate responsibility

Question No: 8      (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
At WAH Industries, new workers are immediately assigned to jobs. They learn by
doing the actual work and by watching longer-term employees. WAH uses a policy
of:

►Vertical assimilation.
►On-the-job training.
►Job rotation.
►Vestibule training

Question No: 9       (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
was the management theorist who developed a model of the order in
which people strive to satisfy their needs:
►Frederick Strauss
►Frederick Taylor
►Abraham Maslow
►Abraham Mayo

Question No: 10      (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
ABC Company is currently hiring employees from different countries. ABC Company
is
said to be implementingstrategy.
►Decentralization
►Downsizing
►Workforce diversity
►Retrenchment

Question No: 11        (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
Specifications of a product relate to the:
►Physical characteristics and level of quality

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 347 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
►Types of service that are provided along with the product Financing available with
the product
► Types of competitors offering a similar product

Question No: 12       (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
occurs when there is direct communication between a seller and an
individual customer using a promotion method other than face-to-face personal
selling.
► Direct marketing
► Personal marketing
► Direct distribution
► Interpersonal promotion

Question No: 13         (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
Which of the following parts are included in the marketing mix?
► Product, place, promotion, and price
► Competition and customer satisfaction
► Buying, selling, transporting and storing
► Profit, distribution, and advertising

Question No: 14      (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
A cohesive marketing mix consists of the product, promotion, price, and
► Personnel
► Production
► Communication

►Place

Question No: 15        (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
Marketers use market segmentation to:
► To link market needs to an organization's marketing program
► To relate supply to demand in economic terms.
► To develop specific marketing actions related to the 4 P's.
► All of the given options

Question No: 16      (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
In the marketing research process the 1st step is to define the problem followed by:
► Implementing plan
► Collection of data
► Developing recommendation
► Developing the research design

Question No: 17        (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
The marketing objective for the maturity stage of the Product life cycle is to:
► Maintain brand loyalty
► Stress differentiation
► Harvest

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                        Page 348 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Gain awareness
When a company retains the product but reduces marketing support costs, it is in
what stage of the Product life cycle?
► Decline
► Maturity
► Growth
► Introduction

Question No: 19       (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
The value of a brand which is in some instances listed on a firm's balance sheet is
known as:
► Brand equity
► Brand values
► Brand property
► Brand promise

Question No: 20        (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
Setting the highest initial price is called price:
► Penetration
► Gouging
► Parity
► Skimming

Question No: 21         (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
The major disadvantage of advertising on television is:
Local market focus
► Long life span
► Cost.
► Its inability to target specific audiences.

Question No: 22      (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
are company's legal debts or obligations that arise during the course of
business operations.
► Assets
► Liabilities
► Expenses
► Revenues

Question No: 23        (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
Which one of the following would normally be considered as one of the 'costs of
quality'?
► Internal failure costs
► Marketing costs
► Distribution costs
► Research and development costs

Question No: 24       (Marks: 1) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 349 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
After watching the 30-minute infomercial on Oxy-Clean, Mariah was certain the
cleaning product would remove the grape juice stain from her white carpet. In
terms of the communication process, Mariah has engaged in:
► Receiving.
► Messaging.
► Encoding.
► Decoding.

Question No: 25      (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
The three major categories of influences that are believed to influence the consumer
buying decision process are personal, psychological, and:
► Person-specific
► Social
► Demographic
► Situational

Question No: 26       (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
Which of the following statements is correct for a sole proprietorship?
► The sole proprietor has limited liability
► The sole proprietor can easily dispose of their ownership position relative to a
shareholder in a corporation
► The sole proprietorship can be created more quickly than a corporation
► The owner of a sole proprietorship faces double taxation unlike the partners in a
partnership

Question No: 27       (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
Which of the following is the oldest form of business organization?
► Sole proprietorship
► Partnership
► Company
► Cooperative Society

Question No: 28       (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
As the production manager of an engineering firm, you went out and bought a metal
cutting machine. What you have purchased can best be classified as
► a processed component.
► a component part.
► raw material.
► an industrial product.

Question No: 29         (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
Manual order processing
► allows the integration of order processing and production planning.
► is flexible in special situations.
► is practical for a large volume of orders.
► is the most widely used form of order processing.


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 350 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 30        (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
To effectively monitor changes in the marketing environment, marketers must
engage in:
►use of the marketing concept
►enviromnental scanning and analysis
►information collection
►marketing research

Question No: 31       (Marks; 1) - Please choose one

The use of a pull policy may require heavy expenditures for
►public relations and distribution.
►advertising and sales promotion.
►personal selling and public relations.
►distribution and advertising

Question No: 32       (Marks; 1) - Please choose one

The basic role of promotion is
►information.
►manipulation.
►communication.

►interpretation.

Question No: 33      (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
A marketer that wanted to include detailed explanations in advertisements would be
most likely to use
►radio
►television.
►outdoor displays.
►magazines.

Question No: 34       (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
Advertising is a major promotion mix ingredient that is a
►paid form of personal communication.
►paid form of nonpersonal communication.
►nonpaid form of personal communication.
►nonpaid form of nonpersonal communication.

Question No: 35        (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
The final stage of the selling process is the
►closing.
►trial close.
►presentation.
►folio w-up.


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 351 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 36    (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
Written or oral communication is termed as
►Verbal communication
►Non verbal communication
►Both verbal and non verbal communication
►None of the given options

Question No: 37    (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
is a system which support the decision of the management.
►DSS
►MIS
►ERP
►JIT

Question No: 38    (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
Assets which cannot be physically touched are termed as
►Intangible assets
►Tangible assets
►Goodwill
►None of the given options

Question No: 39      (Marks: 1) - Please choose one
All payables falls under the category of
►Liabilities
►Assets
►Goodwill
►None of the given options

Question No: 40       (Marks; 1) - Please choose one
A plan or an estimate for future expenses and revenues is termed as
►Budgeting
►Balance sheet
►Income statement
►None of the given options

Question No; 41       (Marks; 5)

What is meant by "Physical Distribution"? What are the different
transportation modes used for physical distribution of products?

Question No: 42       (Marks; 5)

In order to offer more satisfactory services, many companies have
discovered criteria that customers use to judge service quality. What is this
criterion in perspective to company?

Question No: 43       (Marks: 10)

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                            Page 352 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Explain product life cycle in detail.

Question No: 44      (Marks: 10)

Define sales promotion and describe its methods.

Question No: 45       ( Marks: 10 )
Define information system and discuss the types of information systems used in the
organizations




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 353 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

MGT211 Final Term 2010
 FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT211- Introduction To Business (Session - 3)
Time: 90 min
Marks: 69

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is/are the component/s of business?
  ► Industry
     ► Commerce
     ► Both industry and commerce
     ► Trade and aids to trade
   Ans1) trade and aid to trade
Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The notice calling the annual general meeting must be given to all its members at
least _______________ days before the date of the meeting.
     ► 21 days
     ► 30 days
     ► 45 days
     ► 51 days
   Ans 2) 21 days
Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The portion of capital kept at the winding up of a company for the payment of debts
is known as:
     ► Reserve capital
     ► Issued capital
     ► Subscribed capital
     ► Authorized capital
   Ans3)
Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following statements is false?
     ► Franchising is very common.
     ► A franchise enables one to use a larger company's trade name.
     ► A franchisee never has to pay the franchiser a percentage of sales revenues.
     ► A franchise may constrain the franchisee's independence.

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Business success can be attributed to:
    ► Luck.
    ► Hard work, drive and dedication.
    ► A high demand for the good or service produced.
    ► All of the given options
  Ans 5) All of the given options
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 354 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
A concept that implies that the firm should consider issues such as protecting the
consumer, paying fair wages, maintaining fair hiring practices, supporting
education, and considering environmental issues is:
    ► Financial management
    ► Profit maximization
    ► Social responsibility
    ► Agency theory

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The MBTI is a personality test that has been used to select candidates who will
more likely engage in organizational citizenship behaviors at work. However, critics
of this test suggest that the results can change over time as a person's personality
develops. Therefore the MBTI personality test may be:
     ► Legal but not valid
     ► Valid but not reliable
     ► Reliable but not valid
     ► Reliable but not legal

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
__________ is the process used by organizations to attract a qualified pool of job
applicants.
     ► Socialization
     ► Human resource planning
     ► Recruitment
     ► Affirmation action

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Profit sharing, gain sharing and pay-for-knowledge plans are examples of:
    ► Individual incentives
    ► Company-wide incentives
    ► Cafeteria benefit plans
    ► Merit salary systems

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statements is NOT true about services?
   ► They are experienced, used or consumed.
   ► They are often sold first, then consumed.
   ► They are perishable.
   ► They are tangible.

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Possession utility is provided when:
    ► A good or service is obtained and there is a right to use or consume it.
    ► A product is available where someone wants it.
    ► Someone performs a task for someone else
    ► Someone produces something tangible


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 355 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 ___________ includes all of the activities managers engage in to forecast their
current and future human resource needs.

    ► Recruitment and selection
    ► Job analysis and job design
    ► Selection and job design
    ► Human resource planning

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Specifications of a product relate to the:
   ► Physical characteristics and level of quality
   ► Types of service that are provided along with the product
   ► Financing available with the product
   ► Types of competitors offering a similar product

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Communicating information between sellers and potential buyers or others in the
channel to influence attitudes and behavior is called _________________.
    ► Advertising
    ► Promotion
    ► Publicity
    ► Marketing

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A product can be:
    ► Tangible
    ► Intangible
    ► Something that is offered for sale
    ► All of the given options
  Ans ) All of the given options
Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Consumer goods are classified as convenience, shopping, and:
    ► Durable.
    ► Nondurable.
    ► Consumer.
    ► Specialty.

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The stage of the Product life cycle where competitors appear is:
    ► Introduction
    ► Decline
    ► Maturity
    ► Growth

Question No: 18     ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 356 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Expectations that specify the role of price in a firm's marketing and strategic plans
are:
     ► Pricing considerations
     ► Pricing guidelines
     ► pricing objectives
     ► Pricing policies

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Setting the highest initial price is called price:
    ► Penetration
    ► Gouging
    ► Parity
    ► Skimming

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which type of sales promotion is used when a manufacturer places one small bottle
of shampoo in a clear bag and hangs it from the door of each house in a
neighborhood?
     ► A sample
     ► A deal
     ► A premium
     ► An introductory offer

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The activities and processes used in making both tangible and intangible products
is known as _____________.
     ► Operations.
     ► None of the given options
     ► Making
     ► Production.

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Under which cost flow assumption is the ending inventory composed of the earliest
purchased merchandise?
    ► FIFO
    ► LIFO
    ► Average cost
    ► Specific identification

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The preferred method for achieving total quality in process output is to:
    ► Rely on a team of highly trained and dedicated inspectors.
    ► Rely on operator self-inspection and self-correction.
    ► Build and install an error-proof process and maintain it.
    ► Perform inspection at the next process.

Question No: 24      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 357 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 What is data?
     ► All of the facts that are collected, stored, and processed by an information
system.
     ► All of the debit and credit information about each transaction.
     ► The same thing as information.
     ► All of the given options.

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is defined as large scale information system used for
organizing and managing a firm’s processes across product lines, departments and
geographic locations?
    ► Expert System
    ► Decision Support System
    ► Enterprise Resource Planning
    ► Electronic Data Interchange

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The financial statement which shows cash activity (receipts and disbursements)
during the accounting period is called a(n):
     ► Bank statement.
     ► Income statement.
     ► Statement of cash flows.
     ► Bank reconciliation.

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following regarding GAAP is true?
     ► GAAP is the body of accounting knowledge followed by all countries in the
world.
     ► GAAP is the abbreviation for generally accepted auditing procedures.
     ► Changes to GAAP must be approved by the Senate Finance Commission.
     ► All of the given options.

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The inventory cost flow assumption where the oldest cost of inventory items is
likely to remain on the balance sheet is______________
      ► All of the given options.
      ► FIFO
      ► LIFO
      ► Average

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following would generally have unlimited liability?
   ► A limited partner in a partnership
   ► A shareholder in a corporation
   ► The owner of a sole proprietorship
   ► A member in a limited liability company (LLC)


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 358 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The situation when a country imports more than its exports is:
    ► A trade surplus.
    ► A recession.
    ► A trade deficit.
    ► An expansion.

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The marketing environment is BEST described as being
    ► Composed of controllable variables.
    ► Composed of variables independent of one another.
    ► An indirect influence on marketing activity.
    ► Dynamic and changing.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which one of the following statements by a company chairman best reflects the
marketing concept?
    ► We believe that the marketing department must organise to sell what we
produce.
    ► We try to produce only high quality, technically efficient products.
    ► We try to encourage company growth.
    ► We have organised our business to make certain that we satisfy customer
needs.

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 When Nayer Carpets develops new carpets that are highly stain resistant and
durable, it must educate consumers about the product's benefits. This calls for
activity in which of the following marketing mix variables?
     ► Price
     ► Promotion
     ► Product
     ► Packaging

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The three major categories of influences that are believed to influence the
consumer buying decision process are personal, psychological, and:
     ► Person-specific
     ► Social
     ► Demographic
     ► Situational

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Nestle yoghurt represents which type of product for most consumers?
    ► Convenience
    ► Shopping
    ► Speciality
    ► Unsought

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 359 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
As the production manager of an engineering firm, you went out and bought a
metal cutting machine. What you have purchased can best be classified as
    ► a processed component.
    ► a component part.
    ► raw material.
    ► an industrial product.

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Physical distribution functions influence
    ► primarily pricing and product decisions.
    ► primarily promotion and pricing decisions.
    ► all elements of the marketing mix.
    ► primarily pricing decisions.

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 All elements of the marketing mix are influenced by physical distribution functions.
For this reason, it is important for marketers to remember that
      ► physical distribution decisions must be made prior to any other marketing
strategy consideration.
      ► physical distribution costs often rise as customer service requirements
decrease.
      ► over 75 percent of all marketing costs are associated with physical
distribution expenditures.
      ► no single distribution system is ideal for all situations and target markets.

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A fruit and vegetable wholesaler buys a loaded truck of strawberries from
a local farmer and then divides them into 10 kg baskets to sell to grocery
stores. This sorting function is called:
     ► Allocation.
     ► assorting.
     ► accumulation.
     ► sorting out.

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A product's ability that it cannot be used for various purposes in different capacities
and under different conditions is termed as__________
     ► Flexibility of a product
     ► Inflexibility of a product
     ► Availability of a product
     ► All of the given options

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statements is most suitable for Quality assurance?
   ► It refers to the prevention of product defects

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 360 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► It is an auditing function that provides feedback to the project team and
client about the quality of output being produced
     ► It is the technical process that includes the construction of control charts
     ► None of the given options

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is considered as the pillar of quality?
   ► Quality is free
   ► Doing it right the first time
   ► Process improvement
   ► None of the given options

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A person needs to buy a medicine in midnight and gets it from a pharmacy, the
availability of medicine in the midnight represents following
     ► Time utility
     ► Form utility
     ► Place utility
     ► None of the given options

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Flow of communication from top to bottom is known as_______
    ► Downward communication
    ► Upward communication
    ► Combination of Downward and upward communication
    ► None of the given options

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Auditors who are working within the organization are known as_______
    ► Internal auditors
    ► External auditors
    ► Both internal auditors and external auditors
    ► None of the given options

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Assets which cannot be physically touched are termed as___________
    ► Intangible assets
    ► Tangible assets
    ► Good will
    ► None of the given options
  Ans 46) Intangible assets
Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Profit and loss account is also termed as ___________
    ► Income statement
    ► Balance sheet
    ► Trial Balance
    ► None of the given options

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 361 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A plan or an estimate for future expenses and revenues is termed as_________
    ► Budgeting
    ► Balance sheet
    ► Income statement
    ► None of the given options

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
 Explain the nature and general purpose of financial statements.
Ans 49) statement prepared to meet the needs of all financial statement users as
opposed to meeting the needs of only a particular group such as investors,
creditors, management, or regulatory bodies. This is the purpose of financial
statements based on GAAP. Financial statements are written records of business
finances, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements. They stand as
one of the most essential components of business information, and as the principal
method of communicating financial information about an entity to outside parties. In
a technical sense, financial statements are a summation of the financial position of
an entity at a given point in time. General purpose financial statements are
designed to meet the needs of many diverse users, particularly present and
potential owners and creditors. Financial statements result from simplifying,
condensing, and aggregating masses of data obtained primarily from a company's
(or individual's) accounting system

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
 What is meant by the term ‘Just-in-Time’ Inventory system?
Ans 50) Pull driven inventory system in which materials, parts, sub-assemblies, and
support items are delivered just when needed and neither sooner nor later. Its
objective is to eliminate product inventories from the supply. As much a managerial
philosophy as an inventory system, JIT encompasses all activities required to make
a final product from design engineering onwards to the last manufacturing
operation. JIT systems are fundamentals to time based competition and rely on
waste reduction, process simplification, setup time and batch size reduction, parallel
processing, and shop floor layout redesign. Under JIT management, shipments are
made within rigidly enforced 'time windows’ and all items must be within the
specification with very little or no inspection. It was developed and perfected by
Taiichi Ohno of Toyota corporation during 1960s.

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
 Differentiate between push and pull strategies for promotion.
Ans 51) A push strategy is when a company proactively and aggressively markets or
promotes a product or product line to the market place or a market segment. This
can be through cold calling, direct mail, sending email blasts, advertising, etc. in
which the company explicitly asks a prospective consumer to take action such as:
"Buy Now!" "Call Today" Sign Up Now" "For More Info Visit..."




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 362 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Some times push strategy is accompanied by a sense of urgency and limited time
offers and one-time incentives to prompt consumers' immediate action.

On the other hand a pull strategy is more passive than aggressive. In this case
companies may have longer term strategy in mind. A company may look to instill
top of mind awareness in the marketplace or build its Brand equity. Another twist to
pull offers, is FREE Offers, this is when prospects are offered free trials, free
information passively. The purpose behind this is to generate leads to which
marketers can later promote back-end offers, in fact sometimes marketers will lose
money upfront because they know they'll make up their money in the back-end.
Good examples are: Coke Commercials (Enjoy Coca, Polar, Polar Bears) Lexus
Commercials, Free Offers on the internet or ON TV.

 To summarize a push strategy is aggressive, direct and calls prospects to action. A
pull strategy is passive, instills a message for top of mind awareness or to build
Brand equity.

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
 Define the term “Material Management”. What are the problems faced by
materials managers in today’s world?
Ans 52) Material Management is concerned with control of materials in such a
manner which ensures maximum return on working control. Material management
is concerned with the location & purchase of needed their storage & movement. It
also arranges to keep an account for them. It is also responsible for planning their
movement through manufacturing processes, store rooms and distribution channels.
It is the branch of logistics that deals with the tangible components of a supply
chain which covers the acquisition of spare parts/replacements, quality control of
purchasing and ordering such parts/replacements, and the standards involved in
ordering, shipping, and warehousing.

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
 Define channel of communication, discuss different types of channels of
business communication.
Ans 53) Various sources used by marketers to send marketing messages to
potential consumers. Communication channels may be personal, involving two or
more persons communicating directly with each other, such as a
customer/salesperson relationship, or impersonal such as bill boards etc.
 Types of communications:

· Verbal Communication

Verbal communication is further divided into written and oral communication. The
oral communication refers to the spoken words in the communication process. Oral
communication can either be face-to-face communication or a conversation over the
phone or on the voice chat over the Internet. Spoken conversations or dialogs are
influenced by voice modulation, pitch, volume and even the speed and clarity of

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 363 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
speaking. The other type of verbal communication is written communication.
Written communication can be either via snail mail, or email. The effectiveness of
written communication depends on the style of writing, vocabulary used, grammar,
clarity and precision of language.

· Nonverbal Communication

Non-verbal communication includes the overall body language of the person who is
speaking, which will include the body posture, the hand gestures, and overall body
movements. The facial expressions also play a major role while communication
since the expressions on a person’s face say a lot about his/her mood. On the other
hand gestures like a handshake, a smile or a hug can independently convey
emotions. Non verbal communication can also be in the form of pictorial
representations, signboards, or even photographs




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 364 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT301 : MID TERM PAPER 2010
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT301- Principles of Marketing

Time: 60 min
Marks: 47
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Your firm has just developed its first successful MIS. It interacts with information
users to access information needs, develop needed information, _____ the
marketing information and help managers use it in their decision making.

►   Distribute
►   Collect
►   Retrieve
►   Store

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
People are expected to perform activities according to the persons around them.
These activities reflect which one of the following concept?


►   Motive
►   Role
►   Lifestyle
►   Tradition

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Companies are refraining to use poisonous gases in the manufacturing of their
products to prevent damage to the environment. The companies are trying to
follow:
► Production Concept
► Product Concept
► Marketing Concept
► Societal Marketing Concept

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If Proctor and Gamble need to know what percentage of customers examines
product labels before making a product selection in the supermarket? By which
method this study would be accomplished?
► Focus groups
► Mail surveys
► Personal interviews
► Observations

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 365 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Advertising agencies are an example of which of the following marketing
intermediaries?

►   Insurance company
►   Financial intermediary
►   Marketing services agency
►   Physical distribution firm

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Through which process individuals and groups obtain what they need and want by
creating and exchanging products and value with others?
► Production process
► Marketing process
► Managerial process
► accounting process



Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following scheme is TRUE regarding marketing research in
sequence?
► Gathering data, analysis, interpretation
► Analysis, gathering data, interpretation
► Interpretation, gathering data, analysis
► Interpretation, reporting, analysis

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which method of research can be used to obtain information if people are unwilling
or unable to provide?

►   Observations
►   Focus groups
►   Personal interviews
►   Questionnaires

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When a church targets different demographic groups to increase attendance, it is an
example of which of the following options?

►   Not-for-profit marketing
►   Mindless marketing
►   Ethics in marketing
►   Societal marketing

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Sampling requires the answer to three questions. Which of the following is an
inappropriate one?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 366 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                              http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

►   Who is to be sampled (what sampling unit)?
►   How many people should be surveyed (what sample size)?
►   Why should they be sampled (justification)?
►   How should the people be chosen (what sampling method)?

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Relationship marketing is a consistent application of up to date knowledge of
individual customers to product and service design. Why it is communicated
interactively to customers?

►   For   delivering   short term value & satisfaction to customers
►   For   delivering   long term value & satisfaction to customers
►   For   delivering   short term value to management
►   For   delivering   long term value to management

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Demographic segmentation divides the market into groups based on which of the
following variables?
► Size, location, industry, customer
► Size, company, industry, technology
► Location, size, occupation, race
► Customer, technology, company, industry

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When the size, purchasing power and profiles of business market segments can be
determined, they are said to possess the requirement of being what?
► Measurable
► Accessible
► Substantial
► Actionable

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following sets reflects the marketing strategy statement in new
product development?

►   Idea generation; idea screening; concept development
►   Idea generation; concept development; concept testing
►   Target market description; planned product positioning; sales goals
►   Idea generation; test marketing; commercialization

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The concepts of exchange and relationships lead to the concept of a market. Which
one of the following sets reflects the market?

► Actual buyers & Potential buyers
► Whole sellers & Retailers

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 367 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Consumers & Customers
► Agents & Brokers

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following sets represents 4 C’s of the marketing mix?

►   Customer solution, cost, convenience, communication
►   Customer, cost, convenience, comfort
►   Convenience, communication, coverage, cost
►   Cost, coverage, communication, consultancy

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Supply's sales force of ABC Company continues to expand, the firm plans to add a
fleet of company cars to its sales compensation package. For ABC Company, this
would represent which one of the following purchases?
► New-task
► Modified rebuy
► Straight rebuy
► Repetitive

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The Cost to attract a new customer is how much more than to keep a current
customer satisfied.
► 5 to 10 times
► 6 to 12 times
► 10 to 20 times
► 10 to 15 times

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
XYZ retail store tries to satisfy all its customers and makes every effort in achieving
its sales. This is because they believe that losing a customer means not only losing
a single sale but the entire stream of purchase that customer will make in his life
time of patronage. This phenomenon is known as:
► Customer Lifetime Value
► Customer Equity
► Superior Customer Value
► Customer Satisfaction

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following options refers to “The art and science of choosing target
markets and building profitable relationships”?

►   Customer relationship management
►   Knowledge management
►   Total quality management
►   Marketing management


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 368 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In Boston Consulting ***** approach, which one of the following options provides a
measure of market attractiveness?

►   Business portfolio
►   Market share
►   Market growth rate
►   Relative market share

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The process in which individuals or groups select, purchase, use or dispose of
products, services, ideas or experiences to satisfy needs and desires is known as:

►   All of the given options
►   Consumer behavior
►   Supplier behavior
►   Organizational behavior

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Brand created and owned by the producer of a product or service is called:

►   National Brand
►   Private Brand
►   License Brand
►   Co-branding

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Marketing management functions in ascending order are:


►   Control – implementation – market planning
►   Market planning – control – implementation
►   Implementation – control – market planning
►   Marketing planning – implementation - control

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The marketing mix consists of the four Ps: product, price, place, and promotion. In
this modern marketing era, these tools might be more appropriately named the four
Cs: Customer solution, Customer cost, Communication and ___________.
► Customer control
► Convenience
► Consideration
► Customer relationship

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Launching a product in a small part of the market is called:
► Test marketing

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 369 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Product testing
► Marketing analysis
► All of the given

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The Planning which is concerned with translating the general goals and plans
developed by strategic managers into objectives that are more specific is called:
► Strategic Planning
► Tactical Planning
► Operational Planning
► Mission Planning

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In a business market the buyer has to make the most amount of decisions while
making a:


►   Straight rebuy
►   New task
►   Modified rebuy
►   None of the given options

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Manufacturers of surf excel are successful in making their product occupy a
desirable place in the hearts of its customers. Now surf excel is considered as a
powerful all purpose family detergent. The marketers have successfully
___________ its product.
► Differentiated
► Targated
► Positioned
► Segmented

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
XYZ companying is designing different products for different age groups. They are
keeping in mind the needs, wants and demands of the different age groups so that
their product would prove successful and profitable. XYZ is practicing
► Mass marketing
► Segment marketing
► Niche marketing
► All of the given options

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A good package may:
► Protect the product
► Help to sell the product
► Raise total distribution cost
► All of the given options

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 370 
 
              Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                               http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following steps in strategic planning occurs at the business unit level
rather than the corporate level?
► Defining the company mission
► Planning marketing strategies
► Setting companies objectives and goals
► Designing the business portfolio

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following options refers to “New Products”?
► Product modifications
► Product improvements
► New brands that a firm develops
► All of the given options

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A political force is one of the actors of marketing macro environment. It is difficult
for the marketers to deal with the political environment because:

►   It   is   simple to recognize
►   It   is   beyond their control
►   It   is   easily ignored
►   It   is   easily influenced

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 3 )
Differentiate between performance quality and conformance quality of the product.

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 5 )
List down the factors which plays important role for the development and marketing
of individual products and services?

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 5 )
How many stages are involved in adoption process?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 371 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT301 LATEST QUIZ
Question # 1 of 15 ( Start time: 04:41:55 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which one of the following represents large growing kid and teen market?
Select correct option:

Baby boomers
Generation-X
Generation-Y
Echo boomers

Question # 2 of 15 ( Start time: 04:43:30 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following is a synonym name of Echo boomers?
Select correct option:

Baby boomlets
Baby boomers
Generation-X
Generation-Y

Question # 3 of 15 ( Start time: 04:44:21 PM ) Total Marks: 1
A network of networks that consists of millions of smaller domestic, academic,
business, and government networks, which together carry various information and
services. Which one of the following networks represents it?
Select correct option:

LAN
Intranets
Extranet
Internet

Question # 4 of 15 ( Start time: 04:44:51 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Distribution of product to get it in the market refers to which of the following
activities?
Select correct option:

Selling activities
Advertising activities
Promotion activities
Place or distribution activities

Question # 5 of 15 ( Start time: 04:45:19 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The receptionist at a doctor's office throws away certain product circulars mailed by
pharmaceutical companies and keeps the ones on products she believes are useful.
The receptionist is performing which role in the buying centre?
Select correct option:

Influencer

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                         Page 372 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Buyer
Decider
Gatekeeper

Question # 6 of 15 ( Start time: 04:46:14 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Defining the problem and research objectives; developing the research plan;
collecting information; analyzing the information; and presenting the findings, these
are steps of which of the following steps?
Select correct option:

Marketing   survey
Marketing   intelligence
Marketing   research
Marketing   study

Question # 7 of 15 ( Start time: 04:46:47 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which one of the following is NOT base for marketing segmentation?
Select correct option:

Consumer markets
Industrial markets
Business markets
International markets

Question # 8 of 15 ( Start time: 04:47:59 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which one of the following option is true for the core marketing concept?
Select correct option:

Needs
Wants
Demands
All of the given options

Question # 9 of 15 ( Start time: 04:48:24 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Connecting with employees in the company refers to which of the following options?
Select correct option:

Extranet
Internet
Intranet
World wide web

Question # 10 of 15 ( Start time: 04:48:56 PM ) Total Marks: 1
A person’s buying choices are further influenced by four major psychological factors.
Which is NOT one of these factors?
Select correct option:



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 373 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Motivation
Perception
Habitual buying behavior
Learning

Question # 11 of 15 ( Start time: 04:49:46 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The total market approach to finding a target market will probably be
UNSUCCESSFUL when:
Select correct option:

Product differentiation is used
The firm defines the total market as its target market
People within the market have heterogeneous needs
People within the market have homogeneous needs

Question # 12 of 15 ( Start time: 04:51:07 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The buyer decision process consists of five stages. Which of the following is NOT
one of these stages?
Select correct option:

Evaluation of Alternatives
Information search
Variety-seeking buying behavior
Post purchase behavior

Question # 13 of 15 ( Start time: 04:51:42 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Following activities are the part of marketing process EXCEPT which of the
following?
Select correct option:

Analyzing marketing opportunities
Selecting target markets
Developing the business portfolio
Managing the marketing effort

Question # 14 of 15 ( Start time: 04:52:41 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which one of the following concept states that consumers will favor products that
offer the most quality, performance and features?
Select correct option:

Product concept
Selling concept
Marketing concept
Production concept

Question # 15 of 15 ( Start time: 04:52:55 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following demands that business markets have more?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 374 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Select correct option:

Derived demands
Derived demands
Fluctuating
Competitive

Question # 2 of 15 ( Start time: 06:59:59 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Following are the variables for the segmentation of International markets EXCEPT:
Select correct option:
Geographical location
Economic factors
Cultural factors
Psychological factors

Question # 3 of 15 ( Start time: 07:01:15 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which one of the following SBUs is low-growth, high share businesses which
generate a lot of cash that the firm uses to pay its bills and support other SBUs that
need investment.
Select correct option:
Stars
Cash cows
Question marks
Stars and cash cows

Which of the following is the last step in marketing research process?
Select correct option:
Developing the research plan
Interpreting and reporting the findings
Defining the problem and research objectives
Implementing the research plan

Question # 5 of 15 ( Start time: 07:03:26 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following planning is not the type of planning
Select correct option:
Strategic Planning
Tactical Planning
Production Planning
Operational Planning

Which of the following environment includes forces that create new technologies,
creating new product and market opportunities?
Select correct option:
Societal environment
Cultural environment
Technological environment
Natural environment

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 375 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question # 7 of 15 ( Start time: 07:04:58 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The network that connect people within a company to each other and to the
company network reflect which of the following technologies?
Select correct option:
WAN
Intranet
Extranet
Internet

Question # 8 of 15 ( Start time: 07:05:34 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Ratio of new entrants in the industry refers to which one of the following option?
Select correct option:
Threat of new entrants
Bargaining power of buyers
Bargaining power of suppliers
Rivalry among competing firms

Ratio of new entrants in the industry refers to which one of the following option?
Select correct option:
Threat of new entrants
Bargaining power of buyers
Bargaining power of suppliers
Rivalry among competing firms

Question # 9 of 15 ( Start time: 07:06:38 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which one of these is included in levels of marketing segmentations?
Select correct option:
Mass Marketing
Segment Marketing
Niche Marketing
All of given above

Large tools and machines used in a production process for a considerable length of
time are classified as which one of the following?
Select correct option:
Office equipment
Accessory equipment
Raw material
Consumable supply

Question # 11 of 15 ( Start time: 07:08:27 PM ) Total Marks: 1
This systematic collection and analysis of publicly available information about
competitors and developments in the marketing environment is very useful. What is
it called?
Select correct option:
Marketing data

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 376 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Marketing intelligence
Web Master
Secondary data

Question # 12 of 15 ( Start time: 07:09:16 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Delivery of customer satisfaction at a profit is known as:
Select correct option:
Sales
Price
Marketing
Value

The total market approach to finding a target market will probably be
UNSUCCESSFUL when:
Select correct option:
Product differentiation is used
The firm defines the total market as its target market
People within the market have heterogeneous needs
People within the market have homogeneous needs

Question # 14 of 15 ( Start time: 07:10:35 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Which of the following is NOT part of the microenvironment?
Select correct option:
Cultural forces
Financial intermediaries
Customer markets
Marketing channel firms

Question # 15 of 15 ( Start time: 07:11:21 PM ) Total Marks: 1
How many factors are included in Simple Marketing System?
Select correct option:
Two
Three
Four
Five

In SWOT analysis, threats and opportunities are part of which of the following
environment?
Select correct option:

Internal
Inside
External
Domestic

: university hires a professor for giving lectures to MBA students. The university is
primarily the marketer of which of the following?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 377 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Select correct option:

A good
A service
An idea
An image

: Which one of the following reflects customer markets?
Select correct option:

Open markets
Fixed price markets
Stock markets
Reseller markets

Which one of the following reflects customer markets?
Select correct option:

Open markets
Fixed price markets
Stock markets
Reseller markets

The mental act, condition or habit of placing trust or confidence in another shows
which of the following option?
Select correct option:

Motive
Belief
Behavior
Attitude

To ensure the effectiveness of segmentation, the segments should be measurable,
substantial, accessible and which one of the followings?
Select correct option:

Precise
Stable
Economic
Reachable

Question # 6 of 15 ( Start time: 07:27:40 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Demography is the study of human population in term of
Select correct option:

Spending power
Buying power

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 378 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Density
Natural resources

: Gathering secondary information is one of the steps of developing the research
plan. What does the meaning of secondary information in marketing research?
Select correct option:

That   already exists somewhere in an organized form
That   does not currently exist in an organized form
That   already exists somewhere, having been collected for another purpose
That   the researcher can obtain through surveys and observation

The first step in the marketing control process is BEST described as one
where the marketer performs which of the following activities?
Select correct option:

Evaluates performance
Measures performance
Sets specific goals
Takes corrective action

Which of the following marketing mix activity is most closely associated with
newsletters, catalogues and invitations to organization-sponsored events?
Select correct option:

Pricing
Distribution
Product development
Promotion

: Which of the following marketing mix activity is most closely associated with
newsletters, catalogues and invitations to organization-sponsored events?
Select correct option:

Pricing
Distribution
Product development
Promotion
MGT301 Final 2010 Paper Solved
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT301- Principles of Marketing (Session - 3)
Time: 90 min

Question No: 1      ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 379 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Which one of the following environment includes laws, government agencies, and
pressure groups that influence and limit various organizations and individuals in a
given society?
► Natural environment
► Political environment
► Societal environment
► Cultural environment
Reference

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Maslow has a list of human needs from the most pressing to the least pressing.
They include all of the following EXCEPT:
► Physiological needs
► Safety needs
► Need recognition
► Self-actualization
Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In which of the following cases two established brand names of different companies
are used on the same product?
► Brand extension
► Brand equity
► Co-branding
► Cannibalization
Reference


Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If BATA Company Ltd. has slow sales growth, profits are nonexistence and there are
heavy expenses incurred. Which of the following stage is being faced by the BATA?
► Introduction
► Growth
► Maturity
► Decline
Reference

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When establishing prices, a marketer's first step is to:
► Develop pricing objectives
► Select a pricing policies
► Evaluate competitors' prices
► Determine a pricing methods
Reference

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When Kodak sets the general price range, low for its cameras and set high for its
related film , it is practicing which one of the following pricing?
► Market-penetration pricing

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 380 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Market-skimming pricing
► Product line pricing
► Captive-product pricing
Reference

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following statements reflects competition-oriented pricing?
► Used when costs and revenues are considered secondary to competitors'
prices
► Not useful as a method of increasing or maintaining market share
► Of little use if the competing products are homogenous
► Most often used when competing products are heterogeneous
Reference

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which might be the effect of a successful price increase on profits?
► Profit can decrease
► No change observed in profits
► Infinite change in profits
► Profit can increase
Ref:Option no.1 can not because if profit decrease then it will not be a successful
price increase.
option 2,3 are logical not possible

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is considered as an independent business that sells
complementary products of several producers in assigned territories and is
compensated through commissions?
► Industrial distributor
► Production agent
► Wholesaler
► Manufacturers' agent
Reference

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Eliminating a wholesaler from a marketing channel results in which of the
following?
► Will cut costs and lead to lower prices in the market
► May or may not lower prices and will not eliminate the functions performed by
the wholesaler
► Will eliminate the functions performed by the wholesaler and will lower costs
► Will reduce channel conflict among the channel members

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is the primary purpose of a broker?
► Take title to a producer's goods
► Sell directly to the final consumer

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 381 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Sell directly to producers
► Bring buyers and sellers together
Reference

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is considered as huge superstores, perhaps as large as six
football fields?
► Hypermarket
► Department store
► General merchandise retailer
► Discount store
Reference

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Location is extremely important to a retailer due to which one of the following
reasons?
► Suppliers charge more to service stores in certain trading areas.
► A desirable location appeals to consumers' emotions and encourages them to
buy.
► Location is the major determinant of store image.
► Location determines the trading area from which the store must draw its
customers.
Reference

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Communication through a news story regarding an organization or its products that
is transmitted through a mass medium at no charge, refers to which one of the
following promotion mix?
► Advertising
► Sales promotion
► Personal selling
► Public relations
Reference

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If you are attempting to create primary demand toward your product, you will use
which type of the following ads?
► Informative
► Persuasive
► Reminder
► Cooperative
Reference

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following advertising is required by a product in the maturity
stage?
► Informative

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 382 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Comparative
► Persuasive
► Reminder
Reference

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Advertisers are increasingly shifting larger portions of their budgets to media that
cost less and target more effectively. All of the following are benefits greatly from
this shift EXCEPT:
► Outdoor advertising
► Cable television
► Network television
► Shopping carts
Reference

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The phase in the selling process in which the salesperson gathers as much
information about the prospective client before the sales call refers to which one of
the following option?
► Pre-approach
► Approach
► Prospecting
► Qualifying
Reference

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is the major benefit of using event sponsorship?
► Provides large amounts of free media coverage
► Enhances personal selling efforts
► Neutralizes the effects of unfavorable public relations
► Provides an excellent back-drop for advertisements

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following authorities might use several tools like news, speeches
and special events for the marketing purpose?
► Advertising agencies
► Advertising specialists
► Public relation professionals
► Computer programmers
Reference

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A broad set of communication activities used to create and maintain favorable
relations between the organization and its publics reflects which one of the following
marketing communication mix?
► Advertising
► Public relations

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 383 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Personal Selling
► Publicity
Reference

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following faces three challenges: expanding the total market,
protecting market share and expanding market share?
► Market leader
► Market challenger
► Market follower
► Market niche
Reference

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
GATT stands for which one of the following?
► General Agreement on Tariffs and Tax
► General Agreement on Tax and Trade
► General Agreement on Traffic and Trade
► General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are accurate descriptions of the benefits of internet buying
EXCEPT:
► Internet buying is convenient for the customers
► Internet offers buyers the benefit of comparative shopping
► Internet provides buyers with greater product access and selection
► Internet buying is easy and private for the customers
Reference

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An effective form of direct marketing today is using the 30-minute television
advertising programs for a single product to get instant feedback from customers
refers to which of the following concepts?
► TV commercial
► Infomercials
► Home shopping TV
► Publicity
Reference

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are the examples of public relations tools EXCEPT:
► Speeches
► Feature articles
► Special events
► News stories
Reference


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 384 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Product cost price value customer
This is related to which of the following pricing?
► Value based pricing
► Cost based pricing
► Competition-based Pricing
► Going-rate pricing

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are examples of items with elastic demand EXCEPT:
► Wheat
► Car
► Computer
► Gold jewelry
Reference

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In a textile firm if the director of marketing is concerned with the buyer-readiness
stages of his customers, the best promotional tool for him to use would be:
► Public relations and publicity
► Sales promotion
► Advertising
► Personal selling
Reference

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The challenges faced by market leader include all of the following EXCEPT:
► Expanding the total market
► Protecting market share
► Indirect attack
► Expanding market share

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is part of the four competitive positions?
► Market positional
► Market observer
► Market controller
► Market follower

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following has a lesser amount of risk,control and profit potential?
► Joint Venturing
► Direct Investment
► Exporting
► Licensing
Reference


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 385 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Offering Pepsi at a lower price during the month of Ramadan is related to which of
the following?
► Odd-Even Pricing
► Special-Event Pricing
► Segmented Pricing
► Skimming Pricing

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
With reference to E-Marketing, which one of the following can be used to increases
company profitability?
► Technology
► Virtual business
► Market positioning
► Brand awareness
Reference

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Internet began to expand with the World Wide Web in which of the following year?
► 1991
► 1992
► 1993
► 1994
Reference

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following provide connection and interaction between the consumer
and company?
► Virtual communities
► Business to consumer
► Business to business
► E-Marketing

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following claim that certain marketing practices hurt individual
consumers, society as a whole, and other business firms?
► Social critics
► Marketing ethics
► Environmentalism
► Public policy
Reference

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If your competitor has cut the price of its product and it is affecting the sale of your
product and profit margin of your company, then you might decide to take some
action. Which of the following action will your company take in this situation?
► With draw your product

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 386 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Close your business
► Improve quality& increase price
► Hold the same price
Reference

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. X prefers Toyota over Honda, because he considers Toyota to be cheaper,
faster, more economical and reliable. The evaluation performed by Mr. X is known
as:
► Customer Perceived Value
► Customer Preference
► Customer’s Choice
► Customer Satisfaction
Reference

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A network which is meant for the exclusive use of the organization and its
associates (customers, employees, members, suppliers, etc.) is known as:
► Intranet
► Internet
► Extranet
► World Wide Web
Reference

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The car manufacturers in order to compete with its rival brands are inserting Air
bags, Disc players, Cushions and Seat belts. This is done to:
► Reduce the possibility of accidents
► Increase short run customer satisfaction
► Increase long run customer satisfaction
► Add style to its cars

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A marketing department organization where a product manager develops a
complete strategy for a product or brand is called:
► Functional Organization
► Geographic Organization
► Product Management Organization
► Customer Management Organization
Reference

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which environmental factor is made up of institutions and other forces that affect a
society’s basic values, perceptions, preferences, and behaviors?
► Technological
► Political
► Demographic

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 387 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Cultural

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The consumer buyers’ characteristics are affected by which of the following factors?
► Cultural and Social
► Personal and Political
► Psychological and Demographical
► All of the given options

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of Ali’s friends try to follow him in his style and dressing. In his group Ali is
regarded as a/an:
► Charismatic
► All of the given options
► Opinion leader
► Important

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The tendency for people to screen out most of the information to which they are
exposed is called:
► Selective Attention
► Selective Retention
► Selective Distortion
► None of the given option
Reference

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Identify the ways that a company can lengthen its product line.
► Line stretching and line filling
► Line stretching and product width
► Line filling and product line development
► All of the given options

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Some companies place information and ordering machines at stores, airports and
other location. This is called_________.
► KIOSK Marketing
► Database Marketing
► Catalog Marketing
► None of the given option

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
Briefly explain the role of the internet in marketing.
ANS:
These days internet play very important role in marketing because everyone can
use internet whether he/she belongs to third world country or top countries like
America, Canada Germany etc.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                         Page 388 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Day by bay, internet users are increasing even shopping on internet is getting
popularity gradually.

Every person is connected to internet by some means so if you give advertisement
about your product on internet then it is guaranteed that your product will be seen
by millions of users all over the world and so in this way it is the most popular way
of marketing.

Moreover, I must say that internet is the cheapest way of marketing in the world
and only way through which your product or voice can go all over the world.
Electronic media and press are limited to some countries and you cannot afford to
give advertisement on other country's electronic media or press and even if you do
that then it will be very costly. So why don't you use a method in which your effort
will be almost nothing. For example, you know daily millions of people go to the
websites like www.amazon.com www.wordpress.com and www.youtube.com . If you
post your ad on these websites or one of the website then daily millions of people
will know about your company, products and things like this.

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
Sales Force Personnel are required to directly face the customers and deal with
them in a manner to persuade them to purchase the product. This is not an easy
task. What qualities do you think must be there in a sales agent to perform his job
perfectly?
ANS:
Sales Force Personnel are required to directly face the customers and deal with
them in a manner to persuade them to purchase the product. This is not an easy
task. What qualities do you think must be there in a sales agent to perform his job
perfectly?

Taking out the money from the customers pocket to make sale is surely not an easy
task, further more making a long lasting relation to get more sales in future with
the is also a hard nut to crash which are the main responsibilities of sales people.

That’s y a sales man should fully equipped with his tools, which are good education,
complete grip of knowledge not only about his own product but also about the
products the competitors are offering. Confident flexible who can handle all kind of
situations during the sale, and can convince the buyer to buy the product. good
prospecting is also a skill because the main important thing is to know about the
potential customer, where we can create the need or our product? Who can we
approach him? and how we can make a sale?.

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
XYZ Company manufactures the herbal products. There are other old companies in
this field. XYZ Company wants to promote its’ products. As Marketing Manager at
XYZ Company, what steps you will take to promote the company’s products.
ANS:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 389 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
I’ll do SWOT analysis this will be the main step for promoting products.
Public relations are also a good option to promote products.
Though advertising we can promote our products.
We can offer using sales promotions to promote our products.
We can produce better quality to promote our products.

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
What is meant by personal selling? Briefly explain your answer.
ANS:
Personal selling is when a company representative directly or personally present any
product to the expected customer.

Sale person communicate and share the information to the customer to convince
him to buy the product, the reprehensive directly contact the expected buyer or
client to inform him about the service to achieve a sale, it is the largest operating
 expense, usually business to business marketers use this strategy, a good example
of personal selling is, insurance companies, where the seller meet directly to with
client and present his product with all the benefits and service to make a sale.

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
What should management do at the time of Maturity stage to avoid decline of the
product? Explain your answer with the help of different approaches at this stage.
Suggest, which is the BEST approach?
ANS:
This is stage when companies mark down their prices and increae their advertising
and sale promotion.

Compnies should modify the market by increasing the consumption of the current
product    by    looking     for    new     users  in new    marke      segments,
They sohoul modify the product, byei changing and improving, quality featuers and
style       to        attract          more       and     new          customers.
And to modify the marketing mix, which includes cutting dwon the price a little bit
to create new users and cnage the advertisement strategy and offering sales
promotion is also a part of this strategy.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 390 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT301 Final Term 2010 SOLVED
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT301- Principles of Marketing (Session - 3)

Time: 90 min
Marks: 69

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which one of the following environment includes laws, government agencies, and
pressure groups that influence and limit various organizations and individuals in a
given society?
     ► Natural environment
     ► Political environment
     ► Societal environment
     ► Cultural environment

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Maslow has a list of human needs from the most pressing to the least pressing.
They include all of the following EXCEPT:
     ► Physiological needs
     ► Safety needs
     ► Need recognition
     ► Self-actualization

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In which of the following cases two established brand names of different companies
are used on the same product?
     ► Brand extension
     ► Brand equity
     ► Co-branding
     ► Cannibalization

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If BATA Company Ltd. has slow sales growth, profits are nonexistence and there
are heavy expenses incurred. Which of the following stage is being faced by the
BATA?
     ► Introduction
     ► Growth
     ► Maturity
     ► Decline

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When establishing prices, a marketer's first step is to:
   ► Develop pricing objectives
   ► Select a pricing policies
   ► Evaluate competitors' prices

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 391 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Determine a pricing methods

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 When Kodak sets the general price range, low for its cameras and set high for its
related film , it is practicing which one of the following pricing?
     ► Market-penetration pricing
     ► Market-skimming pricing
     ► Product line pricing
     ► Captive-product pricing

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which one of the following statements reflects competition-oriented pricing?
     ► Used when costs and revenues are considered secondary to competitors'
prices
     ► Not useful as a method of increasing or maintaining market share
     ► Of little use if the competing products are homogenous
     ► Most often used when competing products are heterogeneous

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which might be the effect of a successful price increase on profits?
   ► Profit can decrease
   ► No change observed in profits
   ► Infinite change in profits
   ► Profit can increase

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which one of the following is considered as an independent business that sells
complementary products of several producers in assigned territories and is
compensated through commissions?
    ► Industrial distributor
    ► Production agent
    ► Wholesaler
    ► Manufacturers' agent

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Eliminating a wholesaler from a marketing channel results in which of the
following?
     ► Will cut costs and lead to lower prices in the market
     ► May or may not lower prices and will not eliminate the functions performed
by the wholesaler
     ► Will eliminate the functions performed by the wholesaler and will lower costs
     ► Will reduce channel conflict among the channel members

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is the primary purpose of a broker?
   ► Take title to a producer's goods
   ► Sell directly to the final consumer

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 392 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Sell directly to producers
    ► Bring buyers and sellers together

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is considered as huge superstores, perhaps as large as six
football fields?
     ► Hypermarket
     ► Department store
     ► General merchandise retailer
     ► Discount store

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Location is extremely important to a retailer due to which one of the following
reasons?
     ► Suppliers charge more to service stores in certain trading areas.
     ► A desirable location appeals to consumers' emotions and encourages them
to buy.
     ► Location is the major determinant of store image.
     ► Location determines the trading area from which the store must draw its
customers.

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Communication through a news story regarding an organization or its products that
is transmitted through a mass medium at no charge, refers to which one of the
following promotion mix?
      ► Advertising
      ► Sales promotion
      ► Personal selling
      ► Public relations

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If you are attempting to create primary demand toward your product, you will use
which type of the following ads?
     ► Informative
     ► Persuasive
     ► Reminder
     ► Cooperative

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which one of the following advertising is required by a product in the maturity
stage?
     ► Informative
     ► Comparative
     ► Persuasive
     ► Reminder

Question No: 17     ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 393 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Advertisers are increasingly shifting larger portions of their budgets to media that
cost less and target more effectively. All of the following are benefits greatly from
this shift EXCEPT:
      ► Outdoor advertising
      ► Cable television
      ► Network television
      ► Shopping carts

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The phase in the selling process in which the salesperson gathers as much
information about the prospective client before the sales call refers to which one of
the following option?
     ► Reproach
     ► Approach
     ► Prospecting
     ► Qualifying

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is the major benefit of using event sponsorship?
   ► Provides large amounts of free media coverage
   ► Enhances personal selling efforts
   ► Neutralizes the effects of unfavorable public relations
   ► Provides an excellent back-drop for advertisements

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which one of the following authorities might use several tools like news, speeches
and special events for the marketing purpose?
    ► Advertising agencies
    ► Advertising specialists
    ► Public relation professionals
    ► Computer programmers

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A broad set of communication activities used to create and maintain favorable
relations between the organization and its publics reflects which one of the following
marketing communication mix?
      ► Advertising
      ► Public relations
      ► Personal Selling
      ► Publicity

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which one of the following faces three challenges: expanding the total market,
protecting market share and expanding market share?
     ► Market leader
     ► Market challenger
     ► Market follower

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 394 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Market niche

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
GATT stands for which one of the following?
   ► General Agreement on Tariffs and Tax
   ► General Agreement on Tax and Trade
   ► General Agreement on Traffic and Trade
   ► General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are accurate descriptions of the benefits of internet buying
EXCEPT:
     ► Internet buying is convenient for the customers
     ► Internet offers buyers the benefit of comparative shopping
     ► Internet provides buyers with greater product access and selection
     ► Internet buying is easy and private for the customers

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 An effective form of direct marketing today is using the 30-minute television
advertising programs for a single product to get instant feedback from customers
refers to which of the following concepts?
     ► TV commercial
     ► Infomercials
     ► Home shopping TV
     ► Publicity

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are the examples of public relations tools EXCEPT:
     ► Speeches
     ► Feature articles
     ► Special events
     ► News stories

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Product           cost price value customer
This is related to which of the following pricing?
     ► Value based pricing
     ► Cost based pricing
     ► Competition-based Pricing
     ► Going-rate pricing

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are examples of items with elastic demand EXCEPT:
     ► Wheat
     ► Car
     ► Computer
     ► Gold jewelry

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 395 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In a textile firm if the director of marketing is concerned with the buyer-readiness
stages of his customers, the best promotional tool for him to use would be:
     ► Public relations and publicity
     ► Sales promotion
     ► Advertising
     ► Personal selling

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The challenges faced by market leader include all of the following EXCEPT:
    ► Expanding the total market
    ► Protecting market share
    ► Indirect attack
    ► Expanding market share

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is part of the four competitive positions?
   ► Market positional
   ► Market observer
   ► Market controller
   ► Market follower

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following has a lesser amount of risk, control and profit potential?
   ► Joint Venturing
   ► Direct Investment
   ► Exporting
   ► Licensing

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Offering Pepsi at a lower price during the month of Ramadan is related to which of
the following?
     ► Odd-Even Pricing
     ► Special-Event Pricing
     ► Segmented Pricing
     ► Skimming Pricing

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 With reference to E-Marketing, which one of the following can be used to increases
company profitability?
     ► Technology
     ► Virtual business
     ► Market positioning
     ► Brand awareness

Question No: 35      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 396 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    Internet began to expand with the World Wide Web in which of the following year?
        ► 1991
        ► 1992
        ► 1993
        ► 1994

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following provide connection and interaction between the consumer
and company?
    ► Virtual communities
    ► Business to consumer
    ► Business to business
    ► E-Marketing

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following claim that certain marketing practices hurt individual
consumers, society as a whole, and other business firms?
    ► Social critics
    ► Marketing ethics
    ► Environmentalism
    ► Public policy

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If your competitor has cut the price of its product and it is affecting the sale of your
product and profit margin of your company, then you might decide to take some
action. Which of the following action will your company take in this situation?
      ► With draw your product
      ► Close your business
      ► Improve quality& increase price
      ► Hold the same price

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Mr. X prefers Toyota over Honda, because he considers Toyota to be cheaper,
faster, more economical and reliable. The evaluation performed by Mr. X is known
as:
     ► Customer Perceived Value
     ► Customer Preference
     ► Customer’s Choice
     ► Customer Satisfaction

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A network which is meant for the exclusive use of the organization and its
associates (customers, employees, members, suppliers, etc.) is known as:
     ► Intranet
     ► Internet
     ► Extranet
     ► World Wide Web

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 397 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The car manufacturers in order to compete with its rival brands are inserting Air
bags, Disc players, Cushions and Seat belts. This is done to:
     ► Reduce the possibility of accidents
     ► Increase short run customer satisfaction
     ► Increase long run customer satisfaction
     ► Add style to its cars

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A marketing department organization where a product manager develops a
complete strategy for a product or brand is called:
    ► Functional Organization
    ► Geographic Organization
    ► Product Management Organization
    ► Customer Management Organization

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which environmental factor is made up of institutions and other forces that affect a
society’s basic values, perceptions, preferences, and behaviors?
     ► Technological
     ► Political
     ► Demographic
     ► Cultural

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The consumer buyers’ characteristics are affected by which of the following factors?


     ►   Cultural and Social
     ►   Personal and Political
     ►   Psychological and Demographical
     ►   All of the given options

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 All of Ali’s friends try to follow him in his style and dressing. In his group Ali is
regarded as a/an:
      ► Charismatic
      ► All of the given options
      ► Opinion leader
      ► Important

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The tendency for people to screen out most of the information to which they are
exposed is called:
     ► Selective Attention
     ► Selective Retention

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                          Page 398 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Selective Distortion
    ► None of the given option

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Identify the ways that a company can lengthen its product line.
    ► Line stretching and line filling
    ► Line stretching and product width
    ► Line filling and product line development
    ► All of the given options

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Some companies place information and ordering machines at stores, airports and
other location. This is called_________.
     ► KIOSK Marketing
     ► Database Marketing
     ► Catalog Marketing
     ► None of the given option

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
 Briefly explain the role of the internet in marketing.
ANS:
These days internet play very important role in marketing because everyone can
use internet whether he/she belongs to third world country or top countries like
America, Canada Germany etc.

Day by bay, internet users are increasing even shopping on internet is getting
popularity gradually.

Every person is connected to internet by some means so if you give advertisement
about your product on internet then it is guaranteed that your product will be seen
by millions of users all over the world and so in this way it is the most popular way
of marketing.

Moreover, I must say that internet is the cheapest way of marketing in the world
and only way through which your product or voice can go all over the world.
Electronic media and press are limited to some countries and you cannot afford to
give advertisement on other country's electronic media or press and even if you do
that then it will be very costly. So why don't you use a method in which your effort
will be almost nothing. For example, you know daily millions of people go to the
websites like www.amazon.com www.wordpress.com and www.youtube.com . If
you post your ad on these websites or one of the website then daily millions of
people will know about your company, products and things like this.

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
 Sales Force Personnel are required to directly face the customers and deal with
them in a manner to persuade them to purchase the product. This is not an easy



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 399 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
task. What qualities do you think must be there in a sales agent to perform his job
perfectly?
   ANS:
Sales Force Personnel are required to directly face the customers and deal with
them in a manner to persuade them to purchase the product. This is not an easy
task. What qualities do you think must be there in a sales agent to perform his job
perfectly?

Taking out the money from the customers pocket to make sale is surely not an easy
task, further more making a long lasting relation to get more sales in future with
the is also a hard nut to crash which are the main responsibilities of sales people.

That’s y a sales man should fully equipped with his tools, which are good education,
complete grip of knowledge not only about his own product but also about the
products the competitors are offering. Confident flexible who can handle all kind of
situations during the sale, and can convince the buyer to buy the product. good
prospecting is also a skill because the main important thing is to know about the
potential customer, where we can create the need or our product? Who can we
approach him? and how we can make a sale?.

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
 XYZ Company manufactures the herbal products. There are other old companies in
this field. XYZ Company wants to promote its’ products. As Marketing Manager at
XYZ Company, what steps you will take to promote the company’s products.
ANS:
I’ll do SWOT analysis this will be the main step for promoting products.
Public relations are also a good option to promote products.
Though advertising we can promote our products.
We can offer using sales promotions to promote our products.
We can produce better quality to promote our products.

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
 What is meant by personal selling? Briefly explain your answer.
ANS:
Personal selling is when a company representative directly or personally present any
product to the expected customer.
Sale person communicate and share the information to the customer to convince
him to buy the product, the representive directly contact the expected buyr or client
to inform him about the servie to achive a sale, it is the laregest oprating expence,
usually business to business marketers use this strategy, a good example of
personal selling is, insurance compnies, where the seller meet directly to with client
and present his product with all the benifts and service to make a sale.

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
 What should management do at the time of Maturity stage to avoid decline of the
product? Explain your answer with the help of different approaches at this stage.
Suggest, which is the BEST approach?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 400 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ANS:
This is stage when compnies mark down their prices and increae their advertising
and sale promotion.
Compnies should modify the market by increasing the consumption of the current
product by looking for new users in new marke segments,
They sohoul modify the product, byei changing and improving, quality featuers and
style to attract more and new customers.
And to modify the marketing mix, which includes cutting dwon the price a little bit
to create new users and cnage the advertisement strategy and offering sales
promotion is also a part of this strategy.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 401 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT402 : FINAL Term paper 2010
Time: 90 min
Marks: 69


Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If Selling price per unit Rs. 15.00; Direct Materials cost per unit Rs. 3.50; Direct
Labour cost per unit Rs. 4.00 Variable Overhead per unit Rs. 2.00; Budgeted fixed
production overhead costs are Rs. 60,000 per annum charged evenly across each
month of the year. Budgeted production costs are 30,000 units per annum. What is
the Net profit per unit under Absorption costing method.
► Rs. 9.50
► Rs. 15.00
► Rs. 11.50
► Rs. 3.50

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following cost is linked with the calculation of cost of inventories?
► Product cost
► Period cost
► Both product and period cost
► Historical cost

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If, Sales = Rs. 800,000
Markup rate = 25% of cost
What would be the value of Gross profit?
► Rs. 200,000
► Rs. 160,000
► Rs. 480,000
► Rs. 640,000


Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is TRUE when piece rate system is used for wage
determination?
► Under this method of remuneration a worker is paid on the basis of time taken by
him to perform the work
► Under this method of remuneration a worker is paid on the basis of production
► The rate is expressed in terms of certain sum of money for total production
► The rate is not expressed in terms of certain sum of money for total production

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following manufacturers is most likely to use a job order cost
accounting system?
► A soft drink producer
► A flour mill

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 402 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Tobacco manufacturing concern
► A builder of offshore oil rigs

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Materials Costs (Rs.) Conversion Costs (Rs.)

Work-in-process, May 1 46,000 78,000
Current costs (May) 92,000 124,000
Total cost 138,000 202,000
If the equivalent units of production under FIFO costing were 40,000 and 50,000 for
materials and conversion costs, respectively, what are the costs per equivalent unit
for Material and Conversion?
► Rs. 1.15, Rs.1.56
► Rs.1.76, Rs.1.94
► Rs. 2.30, Rs. 2.48
► Rs. 3.45, Rs. 4.04

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Jones, Industries uses process costing system. In October, the finishing department
had 30,000 (20% as to conversion) units in beginning work-in-process, 45,000
(40% as to conversion) units in ending inventory and had 95,000 units transferred
in from the previous department. Material is added at the end of the process and
conversion costs are added uniformly throughout the process.
Required: If Jones uses weighted average, what are the equivalent units of
production for direct material and conversion costs?
► Material 125,000 units Conversion cost 45,000 units
► Material 125,000 units Conversion cost 98,000 units
► Material 125,000 units Conversion cost 18,000 units
► Material 125,000 units Conversion cost 80,000 units

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The salary of factory clerk is treated as:
► Direct labor cost
► Indirect labor cost
► Conversion cost
► Prime cost

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Average consumption x Emergency time is a formula for the calculation of:
► Lead time
► Re-order level
► Maximum consumption
► Danger level

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
EOQ is a point where:
► Ordering cost is equal to carrying cost

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 403 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Ordering cost is higher than carrying cost
► Ordering cost is lesser than the carrying cost
► Total cost is maximum

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A worker is paid Rs. 0.50 per unit and he produces 18 units in 7 hours. Keeping in
view the piece rate system, the total wages of the worker would be:
► 18 x 0.50 = Rs. 9
► 18 x 7 = Rs. 126
► 7 x 0.5 = Rs. 3.5
► 18 x 7 x 0.50 = Rs. 63

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following concept is used in absorption costing?
► Matching concept
► Cost concept
► Cash concept
► None of the given options

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When closing stock is over valuate, what would its effect on profit?
► Can not determined with given statement
► It will Increase the profit
► It will decrease the profit
► No effect on profit

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A firm sells bags for Rs. 14 each. The variable cost for each unit is Rs. 8. What is
the contribution margin per unit?
► Rs. 6
► Rs. 12
► Rs. 14
► Rs. 8

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT true? A small company's breakeven point:
► Occurs where its revenue equals its expenses
► Shows entrepreneurs’ minimum level of activity required to keep the company in
operation
► Is the point at which a company neither earns a profit nor incurs a loss
► Total contribution margin equals total variable expenses

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Keller Co. sells a single product for Rs. 28 per unit. If variable costs are 65% of
sales and fixed costs total Rs. 9,800, the break-even point will be:
► 15,077 units
► 18,200 units

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 404 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► 539 units
► 1,000 units

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In process costing, a joint product is
► A product which is later divided in to many parts
► A product which is produced simultaneously with other products and is of similar
value to at least one of the other products
► A product which is produced simultaneously with other products but which is of a
greater value than any of the other products
► A product produced jointly with another organization

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The by-product of Soap is:
► Glycerin
► Meat Hides
► Fats
► Flour Bran

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
While constructing production budget, numbers of units manufactured are
calculated by which of the following formula?
► Number of units to be sold + closing units – opening units
► Number of units to be sold - closing units + opening units
► Number of units to be sold - closing units – opening units
► Number of units to be sold + closing units + opening units

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If B Limited shows required production of 120 cases of product for the month, direct
labor per case is 3 hours at Rs. 12 per hour. Budgeted labor costs for the month
should be:
► Rs. 1,360
► Rs. 1,440
► Rs. 4,320
► Rs. 5,346

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following best describe a flexible budget?
► A budget of variable production costs only
► A budget which shows the costs and revenues at different levels of activity
► A budget which is prepared using a computer spreadsheet model
► A budget which is updated with actual costs and revenues as they occur during
the budget period

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is a process by which managers analyze options available to
set courses of action by the organization?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 405 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
►   Heuristics method
►   Decision making
►   The Delphi technique
►   Systematic error

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is not true about differential costs?
► It is a broader concept than variable cost as it takes into account additional fixed
costs caused by management decisions
► With the passage of time and change in situation, differential costs will vary
► The difference in cost between buying them from outside or make them in the
company is differential cost, irrelevant for decisions
► They are extra or incremental costs caused by a particular decision

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In short term decision making which of the following is not concerned?
► Cash flows
► Time value of money
► Payback period
► Capital investments

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In one off contracts, a contract will probably be accepted if:
► It increases contribution margin and decreases profit
► It increases both contribution margin and profit
► It reduces contribution margin and increases profit
► It reduces both contribution margin and profits

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is the Traditional approach for costing?
► Contribution approach
► Absorption costing approach
► Decision making approach
► Marginal costing approach

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What would be the margin of safety ratio based on the following information?
· Sales price = Rs. 100 per unit
· Variable cost = Rs. 25 per unit
· Fixed cost = Rs. 50 per unit
► 25%
► 33.333%
► 66.666%
► 75%

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following step is the 3rd step towards budgeting process?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 406 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
►   Forecasting
►   Determination of Principle budget factor
►   Decision about the removal of constraints
►   Construction of budget on agreed basis

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If:
Cost of opening finished goods Rs. 2,000
Cost of goods to be produced Rs. 6,000
Operating expenses Rs. 1,000.
Which of the following is the cost of goods available for sale?
► Rs. 8,000
► Rs. 4,000
► Rs. 7,000
► Rs. 9,000

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Ahmed Corporation has sales of Rs. 500,000 for the period. The selling expenses
are estimated as 12% of sales. The gross profit for the period is amounting to Rs.
150,000.
Calculate the amount of selling expenses for the period?
► Rs. 60,000
► Rs. 45,000
► Rs. 90,000
► Rs. 210,000

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT suitable action taken by the firm to overcome the
problem of cash shortage during a period?
► Overdraft arrangement
► Selling off assets
► Extension in credit period with suppliers
► Issue of bonus shares

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following would NOT lead to an increase in net cash flow?
► Larger sales volume
► Higher selling price
► Reduced material cost
► Charging of lower depreciation

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are features of a relevant cost EXCEPT:
► They affect the future cost
► They cause an increment in cost
► Relevant cost is a sunk cost
► They affect the future cash flows

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 407 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statement is TRUE about the relevant cost?
► It is a sunk cost
► It is an opportunity cost
► It do not affect the decision making process
► All costs are relevant

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Fixed budget is based on which of the following?
► Normal capacity
► Actual capacity
► Theoretical capacity
► None of the given options

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An ice factory has a contribution margin of Rs. 450,000 and fixed cost for the year
amounts to Rs. 495,000. The fixed cost of Rs. 215,000 can be eliminated if the
operations are to be closed during winter season. An extra sale of Rs. 25,000 is also
expected during winter season. What would be the decision?
► Operations would be closed during winter season
► Operations would be continued as we are having extra sales in winter season
► Operations would be partially closed
► None of the given options

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In decision making all costs already incurred in past should always be:
► Ignored
► Considered
► Partially ignored
► Partially considered

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statement is TRUE about historical cost?
► It is always relevant to decision making
► It is always irrelevant to decision making
► It is always an opportunity cost
► It is always realizable value

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In cost accounting, unavoidable loss is charged to which of the following?
► Factory over head control account
► Work in process control account
► Marketing overhead control account
► Administration overhead control account

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 408 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Meerick Differential Piece Rate Plan based on _____________piece rates is fixed.
► Two
► Three
► Four
► Five

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the given is (are) the method(s) of measurement of Labor Turnover?
► Separation method
► Flux method
► Replacement method
► All of the given options

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Cost of production report is also known as:
► Process cost sheet
► Job order cost sheet
► Balance sheet
► Material requisition sheet

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the given units can never become part of first department of Cost of
Production Report?
► Units received from preceding department
► Units transferred to subsequent department
► Lost units
► Units still in process

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Details of the process for the last period are as follows:

Put into process

5,000 kg
Materials

Rs. 2,500
Labor

Rs.700
Production overheads

200% of labor

Normal losses are 10% of input in the process. The out put for the period was 4,200
Kg from the process. There was no opening and closing Work- in- process. What
were the units of abnormal loss?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 409 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
►   500   units
►   300   units
►   200   units
►   100   units

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the given will NOT be included for the calculation of equivalent units of
material under weighted average costing method?
► Opening work in process units
► Closing work in process units
► Unit completed and transferred out
► None of the given options

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If products/goods cannot sell at split off point then cost can be allocated on the
basis of:
► Hypothetical market value basis
► Selling price ratio
► Income basis
► Cost basis

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
ABC Company makes a single product which it sells for Rs. 20 per unit. Fixed costs
are Rs. 75,000 per month and product has a profit/volume ratio of 40%. In that
period actual sales were Rs. 225,000.
Required: Calculate ABC Company Break Even point in Rs.
► Rs.187, 500
► Rs.562, 500
► Rs. 1,500,000
► None of the given options

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the given budget tells the financial effects?

►   Production budget
►   Production cost budget
►   Sales budget in units
►   None of the given options

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
A study has been conducted to determine if one of the departments of Mead
Company should be discontinued. The contribution margin in the department is Rs.
150,000 per year. Fixed expenses charged to the department are Rs. 195,000 per
year. It is estimated that Rs. 120,000 of these fixed expenses could be eliminated if
the department is discontinued. Will it be favorable to discontinue department
operations? Support your answer with suitable working.


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 410 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
The following information is available for Atlas Corporation to prepare a cash budget
for the month of September:
· Cash on hand beginning of September Rs. 16,000
· Expected receipts in September Rs. 272,000
· Sales salaries paid Rs. 62,000
· Material purchases (all in cash) Rs. 190,000
· Depreciation Rs. 44,000
Required: Calculate ending cash balance in September. Also show complete
working.

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
The Carter Manufacturing Company estimates its production requirements to be
30,000 units for October, 38,000 units for November and 41,000 units for
December. It takes 3 direct labor hours at a rate of Rs. 3 per hour to complete one
unit.
Prepare direct Labor budget cost for the last quarter of the year.

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
Data concerning P Co’s single product is as follows:


Rs./unit

Selling price

7.00
Variable cost

3.00
Fixed production cost

4.00
Fixed selling cost

1.00


Budgeted production and sales for the year are 12,000 units.
Required: What will be the company’s new Break Even point, to the nearest whole
unit if it is expected that the variable production cost per unit will each increase by
10% and fixed cost will rise by 25% and other things remains same.
Note: it is necessary to show complete working

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
G incorporation a manufacturer of skin care products is considering dropping from
its line Moisturizing Cream, which is currently losing money. Following information

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 411 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
of G incorporation’s three products are given below.

Cleansers

& Toners
(Rs)

Moisturizing
Cream
(Rs)

Eye Care Creams
(Rs)
Sales revenue

500,000

300,000

400,000
Less: Variable Cost

230,000

200,000

230,000
Contribution margin

270,000

100,000

170,000
Less: Fixed Cost:
Separable cost
Common cost

50,000
106,000




59,000
60,000



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                  Page 412 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

40,000
85,000
Profit (loss)

114,000

(19,000)

45,000

Required: What do you think that G incorporation should discontinue the product
line Moisturizing Cream? Support your answer with complete working.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 413 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT402 Final 2010
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT402- Cost & Management Accounting (Session - 2)
Time: 90 min
Marks: 69

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Superior Products makes a special ski. Next year Superior expects to produce
20,000 pairs of skis. Seven pounds of fiberglass are required to make each pair of
skis. The company expects to have 21,000 lbs of fiberglass in inventory at the end
of this year and next year wants to have an ending inventory of fiberglass of 18,000
lbs. How much fiberglass does Superior expect to purchase next year?
      ► 137,000 lbs
      ► 140,000 lbs
      ► 158,000 lbs
      ► 160,000 lbs

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 BDH produced 30,500 units of Kisty (a product). Each unit of Kisty takes two units
of component L. Component L is budgeted to cost Rs. 12 per unit. Current inventory
of L is 4,000 units. BDH wants 6,000 units of L on hand at the end of the next year.
How much will the direct materials budget show as the cost of materials to be
purchased?
      ► Rs. 756,000
      ► Rs. 390,000
      ► Rs. 684,000
      ► Rs. 330,000

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 )       - Please choose one
 Consider the following data:
Particulars                        Rs.
Raw material inventory             14,000
beginning
Purchases of Raw materials         120,000
Raw material inventory Ending      10,000
Direct labor                       200,000
Manufacturing Overhead (actual)    402,000
Manufacturing Overhead             404,000
(applied)

What is the amount of under or over applied manufacturing overhead cost?
    ► Over applied Rs. 2,000
    ► Over applied Rs. 3,000
    ► Under applied Rs. 3,000
    ► Under applied Rs. 2,000


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 414 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is calculated by a formula that uses net sales as
denominator?
    ► Inventory turnover ratio
    ► Gross profit rate
    ► Return on Investment
    ► None of the given options

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An average cost is also known as:
    ► Variable cost
    ► Unit cost
    ► Total cost
    ► Fixed cost

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Finished goods inventory costs represent the costs of goods that are:
     ► Currently being worked on
     ► Waiting to be worked on
     ► Waiting to be sold
     ► Already delivered to customers

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If, Basic SalaryRs.10,000
Per Piece commission Rs. 5
Unit sold700 pieces
Amount of commission received will be:
      ► Rs. 3,500
      ► Rs. 13,500
      ► Rs. 10,000
      ► Rs. 6,500

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Increased cost of production due to high labor turnover is a result of which of the
following factor?
     ► Interruption of production
     ► Coordination between new and old employee to produce more
     ► Increased production due to newly motivated employees
     ► Decrease losses as new employees will be more concerned towards output

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In order to compute equivalent units of production, which of the following must be
reasonably estimated?
     ► Units
     ► The percentage of completion
     ► Direct material cost

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 415 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Units started and completed

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following loss is not included as part of the cost of transferred or
finished goods, but rather treated as a period cost?
      ► Operating loss
      ► Abnormal loss
      ► Normal loss
      ► Non-operating loss

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Variable costing is also known as:
    ► Direct Costing
    ► Marginal Costing
    ► Both Direct Costing & Marginal Costing
    ► Indirect Costing

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Hyde Park Company produces sprockets that are used in wheels. Each sprocket
sells for Rs. 50 and the company sells approximately 400,000 sprockets each year.
Unit cost data for the year follows:

Direct material          Rs. 15
Direct labor             Rs. 10
Other cost:              Fixed    Variable
Manufacturing            Rs. 5    Rs. 7
Distribution             Rs. 4    Rs. 3

Required: Identify the unit cost of sprockets under direct costing
   ► Rs. 44
   ► Rs. 37
   ► Rs. 32
   ► Rs. 35

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If the selling price and the variable cost per unit both decrease at10% and fixed
costs do not change, what is the effect on the contribution margin per unit and the
contribution margin ratio?
      ► Contribution margin per unit and the contribution margin ratio both remains
unchanged
      ► Contribution margin per unit and the contribution margin ratio both
increases
      ► Contribution margin per unit decreases and the contribution margin ratio
remains unchanged
      ► Contribution margin per unit increases and the contribution margin ratio
remains unchanged


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 416 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Janet sells a product for Rs. 6.25. The variable costs are Rs. 3.75. Janet's break-
even units are 35,000. What is the amount of fixed costs?
     ► Rs. 87,500
     ► Rs. 35,000
     ► Rs.131,250
     ► Rs. 104,750

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are the objectives of budgeting EXCEPT:
     ► Maximization of sales
     ► Profit maximization
     ► Compete with competitors
     ► Increased cost

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Consider the following data for the month of January:
 Sales 600 units
Opening stock 80 units
If the closing stock has to be 50% higher than the previous month then production
will have to be:
      ► 700 units
      ► 720 units
      ► 640 units
      ► 600 units

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is a reason of main difference between production budget
and Production cost budget?
    ► Production budget is constructed in units
    ► Production budget is constructed in Rs.
    ► Production cost budget is constructed in units
    ► Both are same budgets

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following budget is the most important in service organizations?
   ► Production budget
   ► Merchandise purchases budget
   ► Direct labor budget
   ► Direct materials budget

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following would be found in a cash budget?
   ► Depreciation
   ► Accrued expenditure
   ► Provision for doubtful debts
   ► Capital expenditure

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 417 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is not true about differential costs?
     ► It is a broader concept than variable cost as it takes into account additional
fixed costs caused by management decisions
     ► With the passage of time and change in situation, differential costs will vary
     ► The difference in cost between buying them from outside or make them in
the company is differential cost, irrelevant for decisions
     ► They are extra or incremental costs caused by a particular decision

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In short term decision making which of the following is not concerned?
    ► Cash flows
    ► Time value of money
    ► Payback period
    ► Capital investments

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Optimum production plan is based on which of the following factor(s)?
    ► Identify the limiting factor
    ► Calculate contribution per unit of limiting factor
    ► Calculate contribution per unit for each product
    ► All of the given options

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT an assumption of the basic economic-order quantity
model?
   ► Annual demand is known
   ► Ordering cost is known
   ► Carrying cost is known
   ► Quantity discounts are available

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If 8,000 units were in beginning inventory, 24,000 units were started in process
and 6,000 units were in the ending inventory, how many units were completed and
transferred out?
      ► 30,000
      ► 20,000
      ► 26,000
      ► 24,000

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following business would most likely use process costing?
   ► A law firm
   ► A maker of frozen orange juice
   ► A hospital
   ► An auto repair shop

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 418 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT a method of allocating joint costs?
   ► Selling price method
   ► Hypothetical market value method
   ► By-product method
   ► Physical quantity method

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If, Total fixed cost Rs. 2,000, Variable manufacturing cost Rs. 3,000, Variable
selling cost Rs. 1,000 and Sales Rs. 10,000 then what will be the profit under
absorption costing?
      ► Rs.7,000
      ► Rs.5,000
      ► Rs.4,000
      ► Rs.8,000

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following cannot becomes a part of product cost under marginal
costing?
     ► Direct materials
     ► Variable manufacturing overhead
     ► Fixed manufacturing overhead
     ► Direct labor

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If units started in process are 25,000, units still in process are 5,000 and degree of
completion is 100% materials & 40% conversation cost. Which of the following is
Equivalent Production quantity of labour cost?
      ► 25,000 units
      ► 30,000 units
      ► 22,000 units
      ► 15,000 units

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If units started in process are 25,000, units still in process are 5,000 and degree of
completion is 100% materials & 40% conversation cost. Which of the following is
Equivalent Production quantity of FOH cost?
      ► 25,000 units
      ► 22,000 units
      ► 15,000 units
      ► 15,000 units

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A company has budgeted sales of Rs. 48,000, breakeven sales of Rs. 35,000 and
actual sales of Rs. 40,000 during a particular period. What will be the margin of
safety?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 419 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ►   Rs.   8,000
     ►   Rs.   13,000
     ►   Rs.   5,000
     ►   Rs.   21,000

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is the value of the benefit scarified when one decision is
taken in preference to an alternative decision?
    ► Sunk cost
    ► Fixed cost
    ► Opportunity cost
    ► Unavoidable costs

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 What would be the attitude of the management in treating Sunk costs in decision
making?
     ► A periodic investment of cash resources that has been made and should be
relevant for decision making
     ► It is a past cost which is not directly relevant in decision making
     ► Management will treat it as variable cost each time in decision making
     ► None of the given options

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is/are included in production budget?
   ► Raw material budget
   ► Direct labour budget
   ► Factory overhead budget
   ► All of the given options

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A company produced a desired level of product ‘A’ in 5,500 Hours. The standard
hours required to produce the same product are 5,000 Hours. What is the amount &
nature of variance?
     ► 500 hours (Favorable)
     ► 500 hours (Unfavorable)
     ► 5,000 hours (Favorable)
     ► 5,000 hours (Unfavorable)

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following cost would be increases with an increase in activity level?
   ► Incremental cost
   ► Avoidable cost
   ► Sunk cost
   ► Opportunity cost

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 )         - Please choose one
Consider the following data:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 420 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Salary                         Rs.5000
Per Piece                      10 % per
commission                     piece
Unit sold                      700 pieces
Price per piece                 Rs. 10
Amount of commission
received                       ?

    ►   Rs.   100
    ►   Rs.   500
    ►   Rs.   600
    ►   Rs.   700

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Calculate Estimated direct labor hours with the help of given data

Estimated FOH            Rs. 75,000
Over applied FOH         Rs. 5,000
Under applied FOH        Rs. 15,000
Overhead absorption      Rs.
rate                     5.00/hour

    ►   5,000 hours
    ►   1, 000 hours
    ►   3,000 hours
    ►   15,000 hours

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If absorbed factory overhead is Rs. 720,000 and Budgeted factory overhead for
actual volume is Rs. 740,000 then difference of both will be:
      ► Spending variance of Rs. 20,000
      ► Budgeted variance of Rs. 20,000
      ► Volume variance of Rs. 20,000
      ► Overhead variance of Rs. 20,000

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the given units can never become part of first department of Cost of
Production Report?
    ► Units received from preceding department
    ► Units transferred to subsequent department
    ► Lost units
    ► Units still in process

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Factory overheads can be absorbed by which of the following methods?
i.      Direct labours hours

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 421 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
ii.      Machine hours
iii.    As a percentage of prime cost
iv.     Rs. * Per unit
       ► i,ii iii and iv
       ► i and ii only
       ► iii and iv only
       ► i and iv only

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Information concerning Label Corporation’s Product A is as follows:

                         Rs.
Sales price              300,000
Variable cost            240,000
Fixed Cost               40,000

Assuming that Label increased sales of Product A by 20%, the profit of the product
A would be which of the following?
    ► Rs. 20,000
    ► Rs. 24,000
    ► Rs. 32,000
    ► Rs. 80,000

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Income Statement Budget include(s) all of the following EXCEPT:
    ► Selling & distribution expenses budget
    ► General & administrative expenses budget
    ► Financial charges budget
    ► Cash budget

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following factor is responsible for a difference between direct materials
consumed and direct materials purchased?
    ► Factory overhead
    ► Direct Labor
    ► Change in Inventory
    ► Total production cost

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If, units of goods to be sold are 800, closing finished goods units are 200 and
opening finished goods units are 100. What are the units of goods available for
sale?
      ► 900 units
      ► 1,000 units
      ► 700 units
      ► 600 units


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 422 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the given is (are) part of budgeted balance sheet?
   ► Assets
   ► Liabilities
   ► Owner’s equity
   ► All of the given options

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A cost that will not be incurred if an activity is suspended is called as:
    ► Avoidable cost
    ► Sunk cost
    ► Historical cost
    ► Opportunity cost

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 With reference to decision making, a business which has entered a binding contract
to spend money in future, this incurred cost will be considered as which of the
following?
     ► Historic cost
     ► Committed cost
     ► Binding cost
     ► Sunk cost

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
 A company is considering publishing a limited edition book bound in special leather.
It has in stock the leather bought some years ago for Rs. 1,000. To buy an
equivalent quantity now would cost Rs. 2,000. The company has no plans to use the
leather for other purposes, although it has considered the possibilities:
v       Of using it to cover desk furnishings, in replacement for other material which
could cost Rs. 900
v       Of selling it if a buyer could be found (the proceeds are unlikely to exceed
Rs. 800).
What should be the opportunity costs?

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
 The Midnight Corporation budget department gathered the following data for the
third quarter:

                                                July
Projected Sales (units)                         1,000
Selling price per unit (Rs.)                    30
Direct material purchase requirement
(units)                                         1,500
Purchase cost per unit (Rs.)                    15
Production requirements (units)                 800



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 423 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Additional Information

Direct labor hours Rs. 1.5 per unit
Direct Labor rate Rs. 2.5 per direct labor hour
Fixed FOH is Rs. 2600, included depreciation Rs.
300
Selling and Admin expense 4% of sales

Net Income before tax is as follows

July           8,000
August         10,000
September      8,000

All sales and purchase are for cash and all expenses are paid in the month incurred.
Assuming that the opening cash balance on July 01 is Rs. 40,000 and tax rate is
35%,
Requirement: Prepare cash budget for the month of July.

Question No: 51       ( Marks: 5 )

    Production          Rates           Per unit
    component                           Rate
    Direct material     2.5 lbs @ Rs.   Rs. 10.00
                        4.00
    Direct Labor        .5 hr @ Rs.     Rs. 8.00
                        16.00
    VOH                 .5 hr @ Rs.     Rs. 2.00
                        4.00
    Fixed FOH           Rs. 40,000      Rs. 2.50
    Actual Output       16,000 units
    Variable S&A        Rs. 6.00 per
                        unit
    Fixed S&A           Rs. 60,000
    Selling price       Rs. 40

Assume sales of 18,000 units.

Required: What is the profit under marginal costing method?

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
 A study has been conducted to determine if one of the departments of Sparrow
Company should be discontinued. The contribution margin in the department is Rs.
150,000 per year. Fixed expenses charged to the department are Rs. 130,000 per
year. It is estimated that Rs. 120,000 of these fixed expenses could be eliminated if
the department is discontinued.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 424 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
v       If the department is discontinued, what will be the impact on the company’s
overall net operating income?
v       Which costs are irrelevant to this decision?

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
 A Company manufacturers two products A and B. Forecasts for first 7 months is as
under:

    Month                            Sales in Units
                                   A           B
    January                        1,000       2,800
    February                       1,200       2,800
    March                          1,610       2,400
    April                          2,000       2,000
    May                            2,400       1,600
    June                           2,400       1,600
    July                           2,000       1,800

No work in process inventory has been estimated in any moth however finished
goods inventory shall be on hand equal to half the sales to the next month, in each
month. This is constant practice.
Budgeted production and production costs for the year 1999 will be as follows:

Production
units                          22,500      24,000
Direct Materials (per
unit)                          12.5        19
Direct Labor (per
unit)                          4.5         7
F.O.H.                         Rs.         Rs
(apportioned)                  66,000      96,000

Prepare for the six months period ending June 1999, a production budget for
‘’Product A”
MGT402 Final Term 2010
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT402- Cost & Management Accounting (Session - 4)

Time: 90 min
Marks: 69

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following cost is linked with the calculation of cost of inventories?
   ► Product cost
   ► Period cost

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 425 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Both product and period cost
    ► Historical cost

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Cost of incoming freight on merchandise to be sold to customers by a retail chain
would be considered by that merchandiser to be:
    ► Prime costs
    ► Inventoriable costs
    ► Period costs
    ► None of the given options

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If, Sales     = Rs. 800,000
Markup rate = 25% of cost
What would be the value of Gross profit?
      ► Rs. 200,000
      ► Rs. 160,000
      ► Rs. 480,000
      ► Rs. 640,000
Reference:
800000*25/125 = 160000


Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is TRUE when piece rate system is used for wage
determination?
     ► Under this method of remuneration a worker is paid on the basis of time
taken by him to perform the work
     ► Under this method of remuneration a worker is paid on the basis of
production
     ► The rate is expressed in terms of certain sum of money for total production
     ► The rate is not expressed in terms of certain sum of money for total
production

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is CORRECT to calculate cost of goods manufactured?
     ► Direct labor costs plus total manufacturing costs
     ► The beginning work in process inventory plus total manufacturing costs and
subtract the ending work in process inventory
     ► Beginning raw materials inventory plus direct labor plus factory overhead
     ► Conversion costs and work in process inventory adjustments results in cost
of goods manufactured

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are terms used to denote Factory Overheads EXCEPT:
     ► Factory burden
     ► Factory expenses

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 426 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Supplementary costs
    ► Conversion costs

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is TRUE regarding the use of blanket rate?
     ► The use of a single blanket rate makes the apportionment of overhead costs
unnecessary
     ► The use of a single blanket rate makes the apportionment of overhead costs
necessary
     ► The use of a single blanket rate makes the apportionment of overhead costs
uniform
     ► None of the given options

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In order to compute equivalent units of production, which of the following must be
reasonably estimated?
     ► Units
     ► The percentage of completion
     ► Direct material cost
     ► Units started and completed

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A chemical process has no normal wastage of input. In a period, 3,500 Kg of
material were in put and there was abnormal loss of 15% of in put. What quantity
of good production was achieved?
     ► 2,175 Kg
     ► 2,975 Kg
     ► 3,325 Kg
     ► 4,425 Kg
Reference:
3500 * 15/100 = 525
3500 – 525 = 2975

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following best describe a by product?
      ► A product that usually produces a large amount of revenue which compared
to the main product revenue
      ► A product that is produced from raw material that would otherwise be
scraped
      ► A product that has higher selling price per unit than the main product
      ► A product created with the main product where sales value does not cover
its cost of production

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If joint products are to be processed further beyond the point of separation, costs
should be assigned to the products on the basis of:
      ► Adjusted sales value

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 427 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Ultimate sales value
     ► A physical unit of measure
     ► An engineering analysis

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Variable costing is also known as:
    ► Direct Costing
    ► Marginal Costing
    ► Both Direct Costing & Marginal Costing
    ► Indirect Costing

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 ABC Company reported sales of Rs. 150,000 (20,000 units). Fixed costs amounted
to Rs. 20,000 and income for the period was Rs. 90,000. Determine the per-unit
variable cost.
     ► Rs.1.00
     ► Rs.2.00
     ► Rs.4.50
     ► Rs.5.50
Reference:
90000 + 20000 = 110000
1500000 - 110000
40000
40000/ 20000
2

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Selling price per unit is Rs. 15, total variable cost per unit is Rs. 9, and total fixed
costs are Rs. 15,000 of “XIT”. What is the breakeven point in units for “XIT”?
      ► 3,000 units
      ► 1,000 units
      ► 1,667 units
      ► 2,500 units
Reference:
15 – 9 = 6
15000/6 = 2500 units

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In process costing, a joint product is
     ► A product which is later divided in to many parts
     ► A product which is produced simultaneously with other products and is of
similar value to at least one of the other products
     ► A product which is produced simultaneously with other products but which is
of a greater value than any of the other products
     ► A product produced jointly with another organization
Reference:


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 428 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
http://wps.prenhall.com/ema_uk_he_upchurch_costacct_1/3/871/223193.cw/index
.html


Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Eclair Ltd manufactured three products,JP,1,JP2,JP,3 with the following cost of raw
material 10,000 kg cost Rs. 24,000 and conversion cost is Rs. 28,000.

    Out-Put
                                         sales price, per
                     Production,Kg       Kg

    JP,1             4,000                               11

    JP,2             3,000                               10
    JP,3             1,000                               26


Process costs are apportioned on a sales value basis.
Required: What was the apportioned cost for JP2.
     ► Rs. 13,520
     ► Rs. 22,880
     ► Rs. 15,600
     ► Rs. 52,000
Reference:
J1 =4000 x 11 = 44000/10000 x 52000 = 22880
J2 =3000 x 10 = 30000/10000 x 52000 = 15600
J3 =1000 x 26 = 26000/10000 x 52000 = 13520


Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following compose cost of goods sold EXCEPT:
     ► Raw material
     ► Labor
     ► Capital
     ► Factory overhead

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If a firm is using activity-based budgeting, the firm would use this in place of which
of the following budgets?
      ► Direct labor budget
      ► Direct materials budget
      ► Revenue budget
      ► Manufacturing overhead budget

Question No: 19      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 429 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Hogan Company plans to assemble 5,000 tables. Each table requires 0.25 hours of
direct labor at Rs. 19 per direct labor hour. The amount of direct labor that should
be budgeted for is:
      ► Rs. 380,000
      ► Rs. 95,000
      ► Rs. 39,583
      ► Rs. 23,750
Reference:
0.25 * 19 * 5000 = 23750

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Extent Incorporated estimates its direct labor costs at 2 hours per unit at an
average cost of Rs. 12 per hour. The budgeted direct labor cost to produce 27,000
units of product is:
       ► Rs. 324,000
       ► Rs. 470,000
       ► Rs. 540,000
       ► Rs. 648,000
  Reference:
  2 x 12 x 27000 = 648000

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The payments that a firm collects from its customers are called:
    ► Cash disbursements
    ► Cash outflows
    ► Cash receipts
    ► Capital expenditures

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The Auslander Company has 1,600 obsolete calculators that are carried in
inventory at a total cost of Rs. 106,800. If these calculators are upgraded at a total
cost of Rs. 40,000, they can be sold for a total of Rs. 120,000. As an alternative,
the calculators can be sold in their present condition for Rs. 44,800. What will be
the sunk cost in this situation?
     ► Rs. 0
     ► Rs. 40,000
     ► Rs. 44,800
     ► Rs. 106,800

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A relevant cost or benefit is one that will be affected by the decision. Which of the
following should be regarded as relevant in the decision-making process?
     ► Fixed overheads
     ► Notional costs
     ► Sunk costs
     ► Opportunity costs


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 430 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Decision making should be based on all of the following relevant costs features
EXCEPT:
     ► Relevant Costs are future costs
     ► Relevant Costs are cash flows
     ► Relevant Costs are incremental costs
     ► Relevant Costs are sunk costs

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The decision to drop a product line should be based on:
     ► The fact that the product line shows a net loss over several periods
      ► The ability of the firm to eliminate some fixed costs as a result of dropping
the product
      ► Whether the fixed costs that can be avoided by dropping the product line are
less than the contribution margin that will be lost
      ► Whether the fixed costs that can be avoided by dropping the product line are
greater than the contribution margin lost

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Lansing Department Store provided information regarding three departments:
                        Department Department Department
                              A            B            C
                            (Rs.)        (Rs.)        (Rs.)
Sales                           5,000      10,000       12,500
Variable costs                  2,500        8,500      13,500
Fixed costs
                                1,000        1,000        2,000
(unavoidable)
Fixed costs (avoidable)         1,000        2,000          500
Assuming the trends in costs and revenues continue, which department should be
discontinued?
     ► A only
     ► B only
     ► C only
     ► More than one department should be discontinued

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following product always possess a lower selling price then the main
product?
    ► By-product
    ► Joint product
    ► Both By-product and Joint product
    ► None of the given options

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Product cost under absorption costing is characteristically:
    ► Higher than under variable costing.
    ► Lower than under variable costing.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 431 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Equal to variable costing.
    ► Higher sometimes and lower sometimes than variable costing.

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is a purpose of Break-even chart with respect to its usage?
     ► To show the effect of change in circumstances
     ► To show the financial performance of business
     ► To show the financial health of business
     ► To calculate the cost of production
Reference:
Page 193

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If revenue is taken at vertical axis on a break even chart then which of the
following will be taken at horizontal level?
      ► Cost
      ► Production
      ► Net income
      ► sales

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is NOT the type of a functional budget?
     ► Σαλεσ budget
     ► Raw material budget
     ► Direct labour budget
     ► Cash budget
Reference:
Page 202

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT a requirement of the general principles of budgeting?
    ► Responsibility for forecasting costs must be clearly defined
              ► Changes are not Changes are not made just because of more
    favorable results are expected
    ► Accountability for actual results must be enforced
    ► Goals must be realistic and possible to attain

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are the examples of administrative expenses EXCEPT:
     ► Salaries of employees
     ► Utility bills
     ► Interest paid on debt
     ► Depreciation of office equipment

Question No: 34      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 432 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 The gross profit for the company amounts to Rs. 85,000. The selling and
administration expenses are Rs. 35,000 and Rs. 20,000 respectively. The financial
charges are Rs. 9,500. What would be the Profit before tax of a company?
     ► Rs. 35,000
     ► Rs. 30,000
     ► Rs. 20,500
     ► Rs. 50,000
Reference:
85000 – 35000 – 20000 – 9500 = 20500

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following would NOT lead to an increase in net cash flow?
   ► Larger sales volume
   ► Higher selling price
   ► Reduced material cost
   ► Charging of lower depreciation

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is used in decision making?
   ► Contribution margin approach
   ► Differential cost approach
   ► Fixed cost approach
   ► Both Contribution margin and Differential cost approach

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is a cost that is always irrelevant to decision making?
   ► Opportunity cost
   ► Sunk cost
   ► Direct material cost
   ► Direct labour cost

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The main difference between the profit center and investment center is:
    ► Decision making
    ► Revenue generation
    ► Cost incurrence
    ► Investment

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Inventory ordering cost is also known as:
    ► Procurement cost
    ► Inventory carrying cost
    ► Prime cost
    ► Conversion cost

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In which of the situation spending variance will give unfavorable result?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 433 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Actual factory overhead is less than absorbed factory overhead
    ► Actual factory overhead is greater than absorbed factory overhead
    ► Budgeted factory overhead for actual volume is less than actual factory
overhead
    ► Absorbed factory overhead less than budgeted factory overhead for actual
volume

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The net profit or net loss for a particular time period is calculated in which of the
given statement?
     ► Cost of goods manufactured statement
     ► Bank reconciliation statement
     ► Income statement
     ► Bank statement

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Factory overheads can be absorbed by which of the following methods?
  i.        Direct labours hours
  ii.      Machine hours
  iii. As a percentage of prime cost
  iv.      Rs. * Per unit
      ► i,ii iii and iv
      ► i and ii only
      ► iii and iv only
      ► i and iv only

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
By products can be sold in which of the following condition(s).

     ►   At split off point
     ►   After further processing
     ►   Both at split off point and after further processing
     ►   None of the given options

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the given is (are) part of budgeted balance sheet?
   ► Assets
   ► Liabilities
   ► Owner’s equity
   ► All of the given options

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If you are currently employed as a cost & management accountant in
manufacturing company and you are also thinking over to start your own business.
In considering whether or not to start your own business, your current salary level
would be:
     ► A sunk cost

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 434 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► An incremental cost
    ► An irrelevant cost
    ► An opportunity cost

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Flexible budget at actual capacity Rs. 73,400 and Actual cost incurred at actual
capacity Rs. 76,500. Identify the Expenditure Variance with the help of given data.
     ► Rs. 3,100 Favorable balance
     ► Rs. 3,100 Unfavorable balance
     ► Rs. 149,900 Favorable balance
     ► Rs. 149,900 Unfavorable balance

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The following monthly data are available for the XYZ, Inc. Unit sales price Rs. 36
Unit variable expenses Rs. 28 Total fixed expenses Rs. 50,000 Actual sales for the
month of May Rs. 262,000 and break even sales Rs. 225,000.
Required: Identify the margin of safety.
     ► Rs. 37,000
     ► Rs. 27,000
     ► Rs. 25,000
     ► Rs. 62,000
Reference:
MOS = Budgeted or Actual sales − Break even sales
MOS = 262000 – 225000
MOS = 37000

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Superior started 80,000 gallons of paint. During the month the company completed
92,000 gallons and transferred them to the mixing department. Superior had
38,000 gallons (30% complete as to conversion) in beginning inventory and 26,000
gallons (20% complete as to conversion) in ending inventory.
Required: How many gallons were completed in this period?
     ► 54,000 units
     ► 66,000 units
     ► 42,000 units
     ► 48,000 units
Reference:
Started and completed units = transfer - work in process opening
Started and completed units = 92000 - 38000
Started and completed units = 54000

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
Define the term capacity and volume in budgeting?
Solution:-
Capacity is the fixed capability of machine and plant plus the manpower, which the
management is committed to and expect the business to operate.


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 435 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Volume is the term which explains the best utilization of the existing capacity. This
is due to the volume differences why flexible budgets are made.

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
 Your Company regularly uses material X and currently has in stock 500 Kg for
which it paid Rs. 1,500 two weeks ago. If this ever to be sold as raw material, it
could be sold today for Rs. 2.00 per Kg. You are aware that the material can be
bought in open market for Rs. 3.25 per Kg but it must be purchased in quantities of
1,000 Kg. What would be the relevant cost for material X?
SOLUTION:-
AS this is regular used item case
So,
Replacement cost= Relevant cost
Replacement Cost= Rs.3.25*Rs.1000
Relevant Cost= Replacement Cost= Rs.3250

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
 Ali Company produces and sells Amrat Cola to retailers. The Cola is bottled in 2-
litter plastic bottles. The estimated budgeted sales for the year 2009 would be Rs.
360,000 and the estimated Profit for the year 2009 would be Rs 10,000.
The Margin of safety Ratio is calculated as 20%.
Required: Breakeven Sales for the year 2009
Solution:-
Absolute amount of mos = 360,000 * 20% = 72,000

MOS = budgeted sales – break even sales
Break even sales = Budgeted sales – MOS
= 360,000 – 72,000 = 288,000

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
 Golden Company sells its product for Rs. 42 per unit. The company’s unit product
cost based on the full capacity of 400,000 units is as follows:

Direct materials           Rs.    8
Direct labor                     10
Manufacturing                    12
overhead
Unit product cost          Rs. 30

A special order offering to buy 40,000 units has been received from a foreign
distributor. The only selling costs that would be incurred on this order would be Rs.
6 per unit for shipping. The company has sufficient idle capacity to manufacture the
additional units. Two-thirds of the manufacturing overhead is fixed and would not
be affected by this order. Assume that direct labor is an avoidable cost in this
decision. In negotiating a price for the special order, calculate the minimum
acceptable selling price per unit?


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 436 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Solution:-
the minimum price with no profit is rs 30 per unit
direct material, plus direct labour = 18
two third overhead are fixed and one third are variable, this means over head cost
of 4 rs per unit is variable, add them with variable cost
then variable cost will be 22
now add selling price per unit, which is rs 6
now 28 rs per unit is the minimum price that company would accept, below this
price there will be loss for the company
how ever there would be no profit at this price as well
profit means contribution margin
ok
direct labour = 10 rs
direct material = 8 rs
variable over head = 4 rs
selling cost = 6 rs
total variable cost = 10 + 8 + 4 + 6 = 28
so 28 is the minimum price to cover the variable cost
thus 28 is the minimum acceptable price
according to cost accounting, minimum price should cover the all variable expenses,




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 437 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU          




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
 A Company manufacturers two products A and B. Forecasts for first 7 months is as
under:

    Month
                                        Sales in Units
                                        A          B
    January                             1,000      2,800
    February                            1,200      2,800
    March                               1,610      2,400
    April                               2,000      2,000
    May                                 2,400      1,600
    June                                2,400      1,600
    July                                2,000      1,800

No work in process inventory has been estimated in any moth however finished
goods inventory shall be on hand equal to half the sales to the next month, in each
month. This is constant practice.
Budgeted production and production costs for the year 1999 will be as follows:


Production units                    22,500          24,000
Direct Materials (per
unit)                                  12.5            19
Direct Labor (per
unit)                                  4.5         7
F.O.H.                                  Rs.
(apportioned)                       66,000 Rs 96,000

Prepare for the six months period ending June 1999, a production budget for
‘’Product B”

January
               Feb    March April May June
Budgeted       2800   2800 2400 2000 1600 1600
sales in
units
Ending         1400   1200     1000 800       800    900
inventory
Total need     4200   4000     3400 2800 2400 2500
Opening        1400   1400     1200 1000 800  800
Inv
Required       2800   2600     2200 1800 1600 1700
Production



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 438 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Budgeted Production = 2800+2600+2200+1800+1600+1700=12700
Direct Material = 12700 x 19 = 241,300

Direct labor = 12700 x 7 = 88900

FOH = [96000/24000] 12700 X 4 = 50800

Budgeted Production Cost = 241300 + 88900 + 50800 = 381,000




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                    Page 439 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT411 : MID TERM 2010
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2009
MGT411- Money & Banking (Session - 2)

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following are without maturity dates?
► Zero coupon bonds
► Coupon securities
► Consols
► Preferred Bonds
Ref : consol, British government security without a maturity date.The name is a
contraction for Consolidated Annuities, a form of British government stock that
originated in 1751.
http://www.google.com.pk/url?sa=t&source=web&cd=2&ved=0CB0QFjAB&url=http
%3A%2F%2Fwww.britannica.com%2FEBchecked%2Ftopic%2F133572%2Fconsol&e
i=SuSlTdGXII3yrQfCh4T6CQ&usg=AFQjCNF56BH3AY1RTJpHs0H7ylb1iAycnw

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following institution takes direct deposit from customer and gives loan
to customer directly?
► Zarai Tarkaytee Bank LTD
► Soneri Bank
► Khushali Bank
► Credit union
Ref : Page 21
Depository institutions - take deposits and make loans.♣ (Commercial banks,
savings banks, and credit unions)

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. Ghazanfar obtains a home improvement loan from Allied Bank.This loan is:
► Mr. Ghazanfar’s asset and the bank's liability
► Mr. Ghazanfar 's asset, but the liability belongs to the bank's depositors
► Mr. Ghazanfar 's liability and an asset for the bank
► Both Mr. Ghazanfar's and bank's liability
Ref:
As the Bank has to take back that money so it is just like the account receiveable
for the bank and its assets for the bank
and for Mr. Ghazanfer , it is just like the libility onto to him as he has to pay back
that money to the bank.

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Components of M1 DO NOT include which one of the following?
► Currency in the hands of public
► Demand deposits
► Small denominations time deposit
► Checkable deposits

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 440 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Ref : M1 is the narrowest definition of money and includes only currency and
various deposit accountson which people can write Cheques
.♣ Currency in the hands of the public,
♣ Traveler’s Cheques,
♣ Demand deposits and
♣ Other chequeable deposits

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following has created an opportunity for small investors to participate
in economic activity?
► Mutual funds
► Small corporations
► Stock brokers
► Small investors cannot take part in economic activity

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT an example of financial institutions?
► Bank
► Securities firm
► Stock exchange
► Insurance company

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Requiring a large deductible on the part of an insured is one way insurers treat the
problem of:
► Free-riding
► Moral hazard
► Adverse selection
► The Lemons market

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In a financial market where information is symmetric:
► The same information would be known by both parties in a transaction
► One party to a transaction knows information the other party does not
► The ability to obtain information is available to only one party
► All of the given options

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When stock prices reflect fundamental values:
► All investors will experience capital gains
► All companies will have an easier task of obtaining financing for investment
projects
► The allocation of resources will be more efficient
► The overall level of the stock market should move higher continuously

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An index number is a valuable tool because:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 441 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► The number by itself provides all of the useful information needed
► The index provides a meaningful measurement scale to calculate percentage
changes
► The index is more stable than the data it reflects
► It does not require any calculations to compute percentage changes

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The concept of limited liability says a stockholder of a corporation:
► Is liable for the corporation's liabilities, but nothing more
► Cannot receive dividends that exceed their investment
► Cannot own more than fiver percent of any public corporation
► Cannot lose more than their investment

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Other things remaining equal, the liquidity premium theory is based upon the idea
that ____________.
► Investors prefer long-term bonds
► Investors prefer short-term bonds
► Investors are indifferent between short-term and long-term bonds
► Investors prefer intermediate-term bonds

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is NOT true for the expectation hypothesis?
► Risk free interest rate can be computed
► There is uncertainty in the future
► Identifying yield of bond today that will be available next year
► It focuses on risk free interest rate and the risk premium

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A graph of the term structure with YTM on Y-axis and time to maturity on X-axis is
called:
► Demand curve
► Supply curve
► Yield curve
► Leffer curve

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Bond A Bond B
Maturity 5 years 10 years
Default risk 5% 5%
Tax rate 30% 30%
Yield ? ?

See the above table and choose the one option which is NOT correct about the yield
of Bond A and Bond B?
► Bond tax status and default rate are not the only factors that affect the yield of
the two bonds

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 442 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Bond A has different yield from that of Bond B because of change in maturity
period
► Yields of both the bonds are not disturbed by maturity period
► Yield of Bond B depends on what people expect to happen in years to come

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The____________ are an assessment of the creditworthiness of the corporate
issuer.
► Bond yield
► Bond ratings
► Bond risk
► Bond price

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The bond rating of a security refers to which of the followings?
► The size of the coupon payment relative to the face value
► The return a holder is likely to receive
► The likelihood the lender/borrower will be repaid by the borrower/issuer
► The years until the bond matures

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An increase in the expected inflation shifts the bond demand to the _________
► Right
► Left
► No change
► None of the given options

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The current yield on a $10,000, 5% coupon bond selling for $8,000 is:
► 6.25%
► 7.50%
► 8.00%
► 5.00%

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If the annual interest rate is 6% (.06); the price of a one year Treasury bill would
be:
► $94.00
► $94.33
► $95.25
► $96.10

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The return on holding a bond till its maturity is called:
► Coupon rate
► Yield to maturity
► Current yield

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 443 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Fixed return

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following best describes the relationship between Bond prices and
yields?
► Move together directly
► Independent of each other
► Move together inversely
► Bond yields do not change since the coupon is fixed

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. A has a Treasury bill with a maturity period of 6 months where as Mr. B has a
bond with a maturity period of 1 year. Which of the following statement is NOT true
for this situation?
► Mr. A has paid less price for his bond than Mr. B
► Mr. A and Mr. B is a holder of zero coupon bond
► Mr. A will receive payment at the end of the maturity period
► Mr. B will receive the payment at the end of the maturity period

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What is true relationship between return and risk?
► Lower the risk greater the return
► Greater the risk greater the return
► Greater the risk no change in return
► No relationship between them

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Sum of all the probabilities should be equal to which one of the following?
► Zero
► One
► Two
► Three

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_________ measures the probability of worst outcome in any investment project.
► Variance
► Standard deviation
► Value at risk
► Hedging

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The variance is generally less useful than the standard deviation on which of the
following reasons?
► Variance is easier to calculate
► Variance is a measure of risk, whereas standard deviation is a measure of return
► Variance isn't calculated in the same units as payoffs where as standard deviation
is

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 444 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Both are equally useful

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A credit market instrument that pays the owner a fixed coupon payment every year
until the maturity date and then repays the face value is called:
► Simple loan
► Fixed-payment loan
► Coupon bond
► Discount bond

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following provides the greatest incentive to borrow?
► A high real interest rate
► A low real interest rate
► A high nominal interest rate
► A low nominal interest rate

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An investment carrying a current cost of $130,000 is going to generate $70,000 of
revenue for each of the next three years. To calculate the internal rate of return we
need to:
► Calculate the present value of each of the $70,000 payments and multiply these
and set this equal to $130,000
► Take the present value of $210,000 for three years from now and set this equal
to $130,000
► Set the sum of the present value of $70,000 for each of the next three years
equal to $130,000
► Subtract $130,000 from $210,000 and set this difference equal to the interest
rate

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A borrower is promised a $100 payment (including interest) one year from today. If
the lender has an 8% opportunity cost of money, he should be willing to accept
what amount today?
► Rs.100.00
► Rs.108.20
► Rs.92.59
► Rs.96.40

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is NOT an example of Centralized exchange?
► New York Stock Exchange
► NASDAQ
► Large exchanges in London
► Large exchanges in Tokyo

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 445 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Financial intermediaries provide small lender-savers all of the following advantages
EXCEPT:
► Greater liquidity
► Lower transaction cost
► Lower risk
► Higher return

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The shares of McDonald Corporation stock are examples of:
► A standardized financial instrument
► A standardized financial liability instrument
► A non-standardized financial instrument
► A means of payment

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statements is NOT correct?
► Banks are financial intermediaries
► Financial intermediary involves in giving loan and accepting deposit
► All financial intermediaries are insurance companies
► Financial intermediaries increase the efficiency of the economy

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Economic research shows:
► There is a strong inverse correlation between financial market development and
economic growth
► There is weak relation between financial market development and economic
growth around 0.25
► There is a relatively strong positive correlation between financial market
development and economic growth
► There isn't any correlation between financial market development and economic
growth

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statements is correct?
► If you can buy the same goods this year as you bought last year with less money
the money supply decreased.
► To purchase the same goods today that were purchased one year ago requires
more money, there must have been inflation
► To purchase the same goods today as one year ago requires less money, the
money supply must have increased
► To purchase the same goods today that were purchased one year ago requires
the same amount of money, there must have been inflation

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The one that you get from bank when you open your checking account is
__________.
► Debit card

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 446 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Credit card
► Store value card
► Customer card

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Wealth can be held in number of other forms but we use to hold money because of
which one of the following reason?
► It is the only mode of payment
► It is an asset
► It is most liquid
► It is the only store of value

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following are used to monitor and stabilize the economy?
► Stock exchanges
► Commercial Banks
► Central Banks
► Financial institutions

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 10 )
“A financial instrument is a real or virtual document representing a legal agreement
involving some sort of monetary value.” Discuss further on financial instruments by
giving examples. Point out some of its uses and important characteristics.

ANSWER: Financial Instrument: Financial instrument is a written obligation of one
party to transfer something of value to anther party at a future date under certain
conditions.
• By written obligation we mean that it is enforced by the government and this
obligation is an important feature of a financial instrument.
• The party here can be an individual, company or a government
• Future date can be specified or when some event occurs.
Examples: Stocks, bonds, insurance etc are examples of financial instruments.

Characteristics of Financial Instruments: There are certain characteristics of
financial instruments.
1. Standardization: It is a standardized agreement which enables reduction in costs
of complexity. So because of this most financial instruments today are similar.
2. Communicate Information: Provide certain important information about the
issuer which otherwise would have been difficult to gather for the lenders.

Value of Financial Instruments: The value of financial instruments depends on
various factors.
• Size: Larger the promised payment more valuable is the financial instrument.
• Timing: The sooner the payment is made increases the value of financial
instrument.
• Risk: A financial instrument is more valuable if there are greater possibilities that
payment will be made.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 447 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
• Circumstances: Payments made when needed the most makes the financial
instrument more valuable.
Uses of Financial Instruments:
• Store Of Value:
Stocks: The stock holder is a part owner of the firm and receives part of its profits.
Bonds: A form of loan which promises to make repayment in future dates.
Bank loans: Borrowers obtains resources from lenders in exchange of promised
payments.
• Transfer of Risk:
Insurance: Takes premium to assure payment under particular conditions (accident,
death etc)
Future contracts: It is an agreement to exchange fixed quantity of a commodity or
an asset at a fixed price. Transfer risk of price fluctuations.
Options: Gives holder the right to purchase fixed quantity of an underlying asset at
predetermined price within a specific period.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 448 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT411 :MID TERM 2010
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2009
MGT411- Money &amp; Banking (Session - 4)
Time: 60 min
Marks: 50

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If more students didn't pay back their student loans then which of the following
statement would imply?
► Student loans may become more difficult to obtain
► The interest rate on student loans would increase
► Fewer people may attend college
► All of the given options

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The reason for the government to get involved in the financial system is to:
► Protect investors
► Ensure the stability of the financial system
► Protect bank customers from monopolistic exploitation
► All of the given options

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Banks usually offer lower rates of interest to people willing to keep their funds in the
bank for a short time because:
► Banks really do not want these people as customers
► Banks really do not want a lot of people coming into the bank
► Banks realize that time has value
► All of the given options

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
For the valuation of goods and for quoting prices under the barter system the
general formula which is used for n goods is ___________.
► n (n+1)/ 2
► n (n-1)* 2
► n (n-1)/ 2
► (n-1)/ 2

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is the final mode of payment?
► Money
► ATM
► Cheque
► Yet to discover

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When a buyer buys a pair of shoes, with credit card. Which of the following

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 449 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
statement describes the payment procedure in this situation?
► Buyer pays that amount to shopkeeper at the spot with the help of credit card
► Buyer’s bank makes payment to shopkeeper later on
► Buyer’s bank makes payment to shopkeeper’s bank immediately
► Shopkeeper’s bank makes payment to shopkeeper

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
___________ includes currency and various deposit accounts on which people can
write cheque.
► M1
► M2
► M3
► M4

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Economists study the link between money and inflation because:
► Research shows that there is some inverse correlation between the supply of
money and inflation
► Economists believe that inflation in the 3-5% range is healthy for an economy
► As prices increase money becomes more valuable
► Research shows that there is some direct correlation between the supply of
money and inflation

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The financial intermediary that obtains funds largely through premium payments
and uses those funds to purchase corporate bonds and mortgages is:
► Credit unions
► Mutual funds
► Life insurance companies
► Pension funds

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT a non depository institution?
► House Building Finance Corporation
► Zarai Tarkaytee Bank LTD
► United Bank LTD
► Khushali Bank

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What will be the effect on the present value if we double the future value of the
payment?
► It will decrease the value by one-half
► It will increase the value by one-half
► It will equally increase the value i.e. doubles the value
► It will have no effect on the value

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 450 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
If a bond sells at a premium, where price exceeds face value, then we would expect
to see:
► Market interest rate the same as the coupon rate
► Market interest rates above the coupon rate
► Market interest rates below the coupon rate
► None of the given options

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The real interest rate is:
► The nominal rate plus the expected inflation rate
► The nominal rate minus the expected inflation rate
► The nominal interest rate divided by the Consumer Price Index
► The product of the nominal rate and the Consumer Price Index

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following provides the greatest incentive to borrow?
► A high real interest rate
► A low real interest rate
► A high nominal interest rate
► A low nominal interest rate

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What will be the result of the difference of real and nominal interest rate?
► The cost of borrowing
► The effect of inflation
► The price of bonds
► The return of bonds

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Suppose there are two investments, A and B, investment A has low standard
deviation where as investment B has high standard deviation. What would you think
that most people will choose?
► Investment A
► Investment B
► Indifference between them
► Insufficient information to decide

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What is true relationship between return and risk?
► Lower the risk greater the return
► Greater the risk greater the return
► Greater the risk no change in return
► No relationship between them

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A risk-averse investor will:
► Always prefer an investment with a lower expected return

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 451 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Always prefer an investment with a certain return to one with the same expected
return but any amount of uncertainty
► Always require a certain return
► Always focus exclusively on the expected return

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The risk premium for an investment:
► Increases with risk
► Is a fixed amount added to the risk free return
► Is negative for U.S. Treasury Securities
► Is negative for risk averse investors

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The return on holding a bond till its maturity is called:
► Coupon rate
► Yield to maturity
► Current yield
► Fixed return

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The price of a 6-month Treasury Bill is_________ the price of a 1-year Treasury Bill.

►   Lower than
►   Higher than
►   Equal to
►   None of the given options

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Current yield is equal to which of the following?
► Price paid / yearly coupon payment
► Price paid *yearly coupon payment
► Yearly coupon payment / face value of bond
► Yearly coupon payment / price paid

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Beside default risk which one if the following factor affects the return on bond?
► Taxes
► Monetary policy
► Junk bonds
► Debt

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statement is true for the given sentence, "that tax affects the
bond return"?
► Because only interest income they receive from bond is taxable
► Because principal amount and interest income they receive from bond is taxable
► Because bond holders are taxpayers

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 452 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Because all bond is sold with a condition that tax will be deducted from its return

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The slope of the yield curve seems to predict the performance of the economy with:
► Usually 3 months lag
► Usually two years lag
► Usually within few weeks
► Usually one year lag

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The expectations theory of the term structure assumes:
► Buyers of bonds consider bonds of different maturities to be perfect substitutes
► Markets for different maturity bonds are completely separate
► Buyers of bonds prefer bonds with shorter maturities
► Buyers of bonds prefer bonds with longer maturities

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The risk premium of a bond will:
► Higher for investment-grade bonds than for high-yield bonds
► Positive but small if the risk of default is zero
► Decrease when the default risk rises
► Increase when the risk of default rises

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The Segmented Markets Theory of term structure suggests that:
► Investors have strong preferences for bonds of a particular maturity
► Investors have no preference for short-term bonds over long-term bonds, or vice
versa
► Interest rates on long-term bonds strongly influence the demand for short-term
bonds
► Bonds of different maturities are perfect substitutes for each other

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
You start with a $1000 portfolio; it loses 40% over the next year, the following year
it gains 50% in value; At the end of two years the worth of your portfolio will be:
► $900
► $600
► $1000
► $1100

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If we ignore risk, the dividend discount model says the fundamental price of a stock
is simply:
► The current dividend divided by the interest rate less the dividend growth rate
► The annual growth rate of the dividend minus the interest rate divided by the
current dividend
► The current dividend divided by the interest rate plus the dividend growth rate

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 453 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► The current dividend divided by the dividend growth rate less the interest rate

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The theory of efficient market states that prices of financial instruments reflect:

►   All available information
►   Some of the information
►   No information
►   Imperfect information

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Consider a game which involves the rolling of a fair pair of dice. The winner is the
individual who calls the outcome correctly, the loser obviously called the wrong
outcome. The Theory of Efficient Markets would say:
► Part of the key information is to know the outcomes of the previous tosses
► Part of the key information is to know the skill of the person you are playing
against
► The key information is to know the probabilities of the outcome and the expected
payoff
► All of the given options

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Without the ability of financial intermediaries to pool the resources of small savers:
► Borrowers needing large amounts of money would find it less costly to obtain the
funds
► The economy would likely grow faster
► People would likely save more
► The risk associated with lending would increase

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If information in a financial market is asymmetric, this means:
► Borrowers and lenders have the same information
► Lenders lack any information
► Borrowers and lenders have perfect information
► Borrowers would have more information than lenders

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following has created an opportunity for small investors to participate
in economic activity?
► Mutual funds
► Small corporations
► Stock brokers
► Small investors cannot take part in economic activity

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_________ evolved from coffee houses to trading places to electronic networks.
► Financial companies

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 454 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Financial markets
► Financial institutions
► Financial intermediaries

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. Ghazanfar obtains a home improvement loan from Allied Bank.This loan is:
► Mr. Ghazanfar’s asset and the bank's liability
► Mr. Ghazanfar 's asset, but the liability belongs to the bank's depositors
► Mr. Ghazanfar 's liability and an asset for the bank
► Both Mr. Ghazanfar's and bank's liability

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Spreading involves:
► Finding assets whose returns are perfectly negatively correlated
► Building a portfolio of assets whose returns move together
► Investing in bonds and avoiding stocks during bad times
► Adding assets to a portfolio that moves independently

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following are without maturity dates?
► Zero coupon bonds
► Coupon securities
► Consols
► Preferred Bonds

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Zero-Coupon Bonds are pure discount bonds since they sell at a price __________.
► Equal their face value
► Below their face value
► Above their face value
► None of the given options

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 10 )
Sort out M1, M2 and M3 from the list below and calculate total value of M1, M2 and
M3.
The Monetary Aggregates
Monetary Aggregates Value as of August 2004 (U.S.$ billion)
+ Repurchase agreements
+ Savings deposits including money market deposit accounts
+ Other checkable deposits
+ Retail money market mutual fund shares
+ Eurodollars
+ Small-denomination time deposits
+ Demand deposits
+ Large-denomination time deposits
+ Traveler’s checks
+ Currency in the hands of the public

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 455 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
+ Institutional money market mutual fund shares
516.6
3415.3

328.5
735.5
344.5
794.7
315.3
1,036.3
7.6
686.2
1,104.7




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                 Page 456 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT411 :FINAL TERM 2010
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT411- Money & Banking (Session - 3)
Time: 90 min
Marks: 69

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_____________ are organized to eliminate the need of costly information
gathering.
► Central banks
► Commercial banks
► Stock exchanges
► Insurance companies
Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following financial instrument is NOT primarily used as store of
value?
► Banks loans
► Asset-backed securities
► Insurance contracts
► Stocks

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is NOT an example of Centralized exchange?
► New York Stock Exchange
► NASDAQ
► Large exchanges in London
► Large exchanges in Tokyo

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A borrower is promised a $100 payment (including interest) one year from today. If
the lender has an 8% opportunity cost of money, he should be willing to accept
what amount today?
► Rs.100.00
► Rs.108.20
► Rs.92.59
► Rs.96.40
Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
_________ measures the probability of worst outcome in any investment project.
► Variance
► Standard deviation
► Value at risk
► Hedging

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The risk premium for an investment:
► Increases with risk

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 457 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Is a fixed amount added to the risk free return
► Is negative for U.S. Treasury Securities
► Is negative for risk averse investors
Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The current yield on a $10,000, 5% coupon bond selling for $8,000 is:
► 6.25%
► 7.50%
► 8.00%
► 5.00%

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In which of the following bonds we may ignore the default risk?
► Privately issued bonds
► Government issued bonds
► Bonds issued by Corporate
► All of the given options

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A graph in which time to maturity is along x-axis and yield to maturity is along y-
axis is called __________.

►   Government curve
►   SWAP curve
►   Yield curve
►   LIBOR curve

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
According to the liquidity premium theory of the term structure, when the yield
curve has its usual slope, the market expects
► Short-term interest rates to rise sharply
► Short-term interest rates to stay near their current levels
► Short-term interest rates to drop sharply
► Short-term interest rates does not change

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Other things remaining equal, the liquidity premium theory is based upon the idea
that ____________.
► Investors prefer long-term bonds
► Investors prefer short-term bonds
► Investors are indifferent between short-term and long-term bonds
► Investors prefer intermediate-term bonds

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A stand by letter of credit is a form of:

► Loan
► Insurance

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 458 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Security
► Deposits

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is the similiraity between pension funds and insurance
companies?
► Pooling the savings of many investors
► Spreading risk
► Accepting deposits
► Both pool the savings of many investors and spread risk

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is included in the functions ofboth Finance company as
well as Government Sponsored Enterprise?

►   Consumer loans
►   Farm loans
►   Business loans
►   Mortgages

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is extended usually overnight to sound institutions on a
very short-term basis?
► Primary credit
► Secondary credit
► Seasonal credit
► All of the given options

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If Md reflects money demand, then we can write the equation for money demand
as:

►   Md   =VY
►   Md   = (1/V) PY
►   Md   = PY
►   Md   = V(Y/P)

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If a central bank sets an explicit inflation target it would require which one of the
following?

►   More emphasis on the interest rate target and less on a money target
►   To shift their focus entirely to a nominal interest rate target
►   Willingness to live with more volatility in the interest rate
►   To give up control of targeting the monetary base




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 459 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Banking is risky because __________.
► Depository institutions are highly leveraged
► Banks do in all the lines of banking trades
► Banks pay less for the deposits
► All of the given options

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A U.S. institution, United Bank, buys some financial assets denominated in British
pounds. Fluctuations in the dollar value of the pound will give rise to:
► Credit risk
► Operational risk
► Foreign exchange risk
► Country risk

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In general, if the financial institution's balance sheet displays assets and liabilities
that are "mis-matched" to a significant degree, the institution faces:
► Operational risk
► Sovereign risk
► Interest rate risk
► Liquidity risk

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Excess reserve-to-deposit ratio is a factor that affects the quantity of money. This
factor is controlled by which of the following?
► Central bank
► Bank regulators
► Commercial banks
► Non bank public

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Required reserve-to-deposit ratio is a factor that affects the quantity of money. This
factor is controlled by which of the following?
► Central bank
► Bank regulators
► Commercial banks
► Non bank public

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Monetary Base is a factor that affects the quantity of money. This factor is
controlled by which of the following?
► Central bank
► Bank regulators
► Commercial banks
► Non bank public


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                        Page 460 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In the long run, if we ignore changes in velocity then which of the following
statement is true?
► Inflation will equal money growth less the growth in potential output
► Inflation will equal the rate of money growth
► Inflation will be zero
► Inflation will equal money growth plus the growth in potential output

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Aggregate demand curve slopes down because of many reasons which of the
following is NOT the reason of its downward slope?
► Higher inflation increases real money balances
► Higher inflation induces policymakers to raise the real interest rate
► Rising inflation also reduces wealth
► Rising inflation lowers consumption

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following will not shift Aggregate Supply left?
► A new cost-reducing production technology
► A sudden increase in energy prices
► An increase in the expected price
► An increase in the wage rate

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following statement is true for investment if all other factors are
held constant?
► An investment with less risk should sell for a lower price and offer a lower return
► An investment with more risk should sell for a lower price and offer a higher
return
► An investment with less risk should sell for a lower price and offer a higher return
► An investment with more risk should offer a lower return and sell for a higher
price

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Zero-Coupon Bonds are pure discount bonds since they sell at a price __________.
► Equal their face value
► Below their face value
► Above their face value
► None of the given options

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
__________ pool money from individuals and invest in different portfolio and return
is distributed in different share holders.
► Mutual funds
► Investment banks
► Brokers
► Finance companies

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 461 
 
          Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If interest rate on liabilities is 8% and interest rate on deposits is 10% what be
interest margin?

►   18%
►   10%
►   8%
►   2%

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The two sides of the bank’s balance sheet often do not match up this phenomena
creates interest rate risk. How?

► There is interest-rate   risk because liabilities tend to be long term while assets
tend to be short term
► There is interest-rate   risk because liabilities tend to be short term while assets
tend to be long term
► There is interest-rate   risk because both the liabilities assets tend to be long term
► There is interest-rate   risk because both the liabilities assets tend to be short term

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What is the impact of growth of international banking?
► It increase the competition in the banking market
► It increase the efficiency of banking market

► Profits are harder to come as borrowers and depositors have more options
► All of the given options

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is the most important part of a bank examination?
► To examine past-due loans
► To examine the long term loans
► To examine the liquidity of the banks
► To examine the management of the bank

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If inflation were__________, an employer wishing to cut labor costs would need to
cut nominal wages, which is difficult to do.

►   Zero
►   Low
►   High
►   Stable

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 462 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Which of the following are functions of a central bank?

►   Regulating banks
►   Clearing checks
►   Acting as lender of last resort
►   All of the above

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
During the period of _______the central bank decreases the interest rate in order to
boost the economic activities in the country.

►   Boom
►   Recovery
►   Recession or boom
►   Recession

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following side of a balance sheet represent that central bank is a
bankers’ bank?

►   Asset side of the balance sheet
►   Liabilities side of the balance sheet
►   Equity side of the balance sheet
►   The whole balance sheet

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
“Politicians must clearly state their policy goals and the tradeoffs among them”
represent which of the following principle of central bank design?

► Independence
► Decision making by committee
► Accountability and transparency
► Policy framework
Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What is (are) the prerequisite of smooth functioning of central bank?

►   Transparency
►   Independence
►   Accountability
►   All of the given options

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When the currency that people are holding loses value much rapidly, what will be
the behavior of people?

► The will spend money as quickly as possible

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 463 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                            http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► They will try to save the money for future
► They will not bother the value of money

► None of the given option
Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The quantity of money people hold for transaction purposes does NOT depends
upon:

►   Nominal income
►   Cost of holding money
►   Availability of substitutes
►   Real income

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Higher the level of uncertainty about the future, the higher the demand for money
and the _________ the velocity of money.

►   Incomplete information
►   Lower
►   Higher
►   Stable

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The rate will change if one of the following components of aggregate demand that is
not sensitive to the real interest rate goes up (or down) or if potential output
changes.

►   Consumption
►   Investment
►   Net exports
►   Govt. spending

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Policymakers set their short-run nominal interest rate targets in response to
economic conditions in general and _____________in particular.

►   Inflation
►   Deposits
►   Exports
►   Imports

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The monetary policy reaction curve is located so that the central bank’s target
inflation is consistent with the long-run ____________, which equates aggregate
demand with potential output.
► Real interest rate
► Nominal interest rate

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 464 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Effective interest rate
► None of the given options

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
With a higher inflation target, the central bank will set a lower current __________
at every level of current inflation, shifting the monetary policy reaction curve to the
right.

► Real interest rate
► Nominal interest rate
► Effective interest rate
► None of the given options
Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is shown by the aggregate demand curve?
► How sensitive current output is to given change in current inflation
► Current output is not sensitive to given change in current inflation
► Current output and current inflation both move in the same direction
► None of the given options

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If current output is lower than potential output, the resulting recessionary gap
places pressure towards ________ on inflation, causing the short-run aggregate
supply curve to shift downward.

►   Right
►   Left
►   Upward
►   Downward

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
What is the effect of an increase in potential output on inflation and output?
Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
Give an account of different components of aggregate demand?

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
a. What does the slope of aggregate demand curve show?
b. In which situations aggregate demand curve will be flat and steep?
Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
“Responsible fiscal policy is essential to the success of monetary policy”. Discuss.
Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
Why monetary base is called as high powered money? What are the factors on
which the amount of excess reserves depends that a bank holds ?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 465 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT411 : MID TERM PAPER 2010
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT411- Money and Banking (Session - 3)

Time: 60 min
Marks: 44


Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Financial instruments are evolved just as ___________.
► Currency
► Stock
► Bond
► Commodity

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Price of 100 goods under the barter system would be _________.
► 5050
► 19800
► 4950
► 20200

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Wealth can be held in number of other forms but we use to hold money because of
which one of the following reason?
► It is the only mode of payment
► It is an asset
► It is most liquid
► It is the only store of value

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A decrease in the number of credit cards issued:
► Has the same impact on the economy as the Federal Reserve supplying less
money
► Reduces the money supply since credit cards act like money
► Would probably lower the amount in M3 but likely not M1
► None of the given options

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Risk sharing is the characteristic of which one of the following?
► Checks
► Checking accounts
► Money
► Bonds

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                               Page 466 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
___________ is the today's value of a payment that is promised to be made in the
future.
► None of the given options
► Future value
► Present value
► Agreed value

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is the procedure of finding out the Present Value (PV)?
► Discounting
► Compounding
► Time value of money
► Bond pricing

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Asma deposits funds into a CD account at her bank. The CD account has an annual
interest of 4.0%. If Asma leaves the funds in the CD account for entire two years
she will have $1081.60. What amount is Asma depositing?
► $960.60
► $900.00
► $1005.00
► $1000.00

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
You receive a check for $500 three years from today. The discounted present value
of this $500 is ___________.
► $500/(1+i)
► $500*(1+i)
► $500/(1+i)3
► $500*(1+i)3

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What will be the effect on the present value if we double the future value of the
payment?
► It will decrease the value by one-half
► It will increase the value by one-half
► It will equally increase the value i.e. doubles the value
► It will have no effect on the value

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The variance is generally less useful than the standard deviation on which of the
following reasons?
► Variance is easier to calculate
► Variance is a measure of risk, whereas standard deviation is a measure of return
► Variance isn't calculated in the same units as payoffs where as standarad
deviation is
► Both are equally useful

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 467 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A risk-averse investor will:
► Always prefer an investment with a lower expected return
► Always prefer an investment with a certain return to one with the same expected
return but any amount of uncertainty
► Always require a certain return
► Always focus exclusively on the expected return

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The return on the bond is equal to which of the following?
► Coupon rate + rate of capital gains
► Current yield + rate of capital gains
► Coupon rate - rate of capital gains
► Current yield - rate of capital gains

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An increase in the expected inflation shifts the bond demand to the _________
► Right
► Left
► No change
► None of the given options

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The bond rating of a security refers to which of the followings?
► The size of the coupon payment relative to the face value
► The return a holder is likely to receive
► The likelihood the lender/borrower will be repaid by the borrower/issuer
► The years until the bond matures

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The____________ are an assessment of the creditworthiness of the corporate
issuer.
► Bond yield
► Bond ratings
► Bond risk
► Bond price

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statement is true for the given sentence, "that tax affects the
bond return"?
► Because only interest income they receive from bond is taxable
► Because principal amount and interest income they receive from bond is taxable
► Because bond holders are taxpayers
► Because all bond is sold with a condition that tax will be deducted from its return

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 468 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Which one of the following is true for the relationship between the yield of taxable
and tax exempt bond?
► Higher the tax rate wider the gap between the yield of taxable and tax exempt
bond
► Taxable bond yield is always greater than tax exempt bond
► Higher the tax rate shorter the gap between yield of taxable and tax exempt
bond
► Lower the tax rate wider the gap between yield of taxable and tax exempt bond

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If the tax rate is higher than gap between yield on taxable and tax exempt bond?
► Shorter
► Wider
► No gap
► Any thing can be possible

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The liquidity premium theory suggests that yield curves should usually be:
► Up-sloping
► Inverted
► Flat
► Up-sloping through year 1, then flat thereafter

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A share of common stock represents ___________.
► A claim from a lender to a borrower
► A share in the company's assets
► A share of ownership of the company
► An unlimited liability to the owner of the stock

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
You start with a $1000 portfolio; it loses 40% over the next year, the following year
it gains 50% in value; At the end of two years the worth of your portfolio will be:
► $900
► $600
► $1000
► $1100

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If information in a financial market is asymmetric, this means:
► Borrowers and lenders have the same information
► Lenders lack any information
► Borrowers and lenders have perfect information
► Borrowers would have more information than lenders

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT an example of financial institutions?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 469 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
►   Bank
►   Securities firm
►   Stock exchange
►   Insurance company

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Components of M1 DO NOT include which one of the following?
► Currency in the hands of public
► Demand deposits
► Small denominations time deposit
► Checkable deposits

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. Ghazanfar obtains a home improvement loan from Allied Bank.This loan is:
► Mr. Ghazanfar’s asset and the bank's liability
► Mr. Ghazanfar 's asset, but the liability belongs to the bank's depositors
► Mr. Ghazanfar 's liability and an asset for the bank
► Both Mr. Ghazanfar's and bank's liability

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The interest rate used in the present value calculation is often referred as:
► Discount rate
► Inflation rate
► Nominal rate
► Deflation rate

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If there is a decrease in the expected future interest rate, what will be its affect on
bond?
► Bond will be less attractive
► Bond will be more attractive
► Bond will be less expensive
► Bond will be more expensive

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 3 )
Find out YTM of 1 year 10% coupon bond selling at $120. (Face value of bond =
$100).

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 3 )
Discuss briefly the facts about term Structure.

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 5 )
You are the founder of an automobile company. Describe the idiosyncratic &
systematic risks that your company faces.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 5 )
Discuss bubbles in your own word.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 470 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                 Page 471 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT501 FINALTERM Spring 2010
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT501- Human Resource Management (Session - 4)

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Who is said to be responsible for task allocation in order to fulfill the
organizational goals?
Stockholders
Stakeholders
Managers
Investors
Managers are responsible for allocating the task to an appropriate grid recourse
made for execution the aim is to find the recourse that is capable of handling the
task.

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Job analysis is performed to define:
Job description & job specification
Job specification & job position
Organizational rules & policies
Job description & job duties
A job analysis will provide information about jobs currently being done and the
abilities that individuals need to perform the jobs adequately.

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If the workforce of an organization represents true proportion of the
community sectors in all its job classifications, it represents the
_____________________ of its affirmative action.
Gaps
Effectiveness
Discrepancies
Performance
Effectiveness is the degree to which the organizations output correspond to the
need and wants of the external environment that include customers’ suppliers’
competitors and regulatory agencies.

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
According to which act, pay discrimination on the basis of gender for same
position & performance is prohibited?
Civil rights
Equal pay
Worker compensation
Age discrimination
Equal Pay Act of 1963




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 472 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
This law requires the same pay for men and women who do the same job in the
same organization. Basically this law provides protection against discrimination
based upon sex.

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Followings are included in contingent workers EXCEPT:
Part-timers
Contractors
Directors
Temporaries
Contingent Workers
It is also known as part-timers, temporaries, and independent contractors, comprise
the fastest-growing segment of our economy.

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
___________________ Managers develop organizational wide goals.
Middle-level
First-line level
Low-level
Top-level

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following performance appraisal method is usually adopted
for evaluating performance at managerial positions?
Management by objective
Critical incident
Paired comparison
Essay method
Management by objectives (MBO)—It is a goal-oriented performance appraisal
method, requires that supervisors and employees determine objectives for
employees to meet during the rating period, and the employees appraise how well
they have achieved their objectives

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Term used to refer the potential employees available for work within the
geographic area from which employees are recruited is:
Labor market
Employment market
Employee market
Job market
b. The labor market as a determinant of financial compensation:
Potential employees located within the geographical area from which employees are
recruited comprise the labor market.

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
People can be more productive while working in:
Isolation

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 473 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Groups
Crowd
None of the given options

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The number of people hired for a particular job compared to the number of
individuals in the applicant pool is often expressed as:
   Application ratio
   Recruitment ratio
   Selection ratio
   Employment ratio
Applicant Pool
The number of applicants for a particular job can also affect the selection process.
The process can be truly selective only if there are several qualified applicants for a
particular position. The number of people hired
for a particular job compared to the individuals in the applicant pool is often
expressed as a selection ratio

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Decision regarding the delivery medium for training is made prior to which
of the following step?
Evaluating the training program
Designing the contents of training to be delivered
Identifying whether the training is required or not
Conducting need assessment to identify issues

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The framework of providing learning and experience to the employees in a
definite time period to improve their job performance and growth, is
referred to which of the following?
HRD (Human Resource Development)
HRP (Human Resource Planning)
HRIS (Human Resource Information System)
SHRM (Strategic Human Resource Management)
HRD has been defined as an organized learning experience, conducted in a definite
time period, to increase the possibility of improving job performance and growth.
Training is the part of HRD that deals with the designing programs that permit
learners to acquire knowledge and skills needed for their present jobs.

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following term is used to represent the shift in job position
without any change in salary or grade?
Promotion
Transfer
Demotion
Resignation



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 474 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The lifelong series of activities that contribute to a person’s career
exploration, establishment, success, and fulfillment is called:
Organizational development
Career management
Career development
Career planning
Ref: http://docs.google.com/viewer?a=v&q=cache:edLna5fVFbAJ:www.pearsoned-
asia.com/desslertan/tif/test_item_file_ch10.doc+The+lifelong+series+of+activities
+that+

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Anum is working with a coach to identify her personal skills and interests.
Then she plans to get information about opportunities that fit her skills and
interests and set career goals for what she seeks to accomplish. Anum is
said to be indulged in:
Career management
Career development
Career planning
Career allocation

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is a part of organization’s role in the career
development of an employee?
Communicating the mission, policies and procedures
Providing timely performance feedback
Participating in career development discussions
Seeking out career information

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
As a CEO of a pharmaceutical firm, what could be your foremost preference
while offering benefits to employees?
Shorter working hours
Child care centers
Medical allowances
Transportation facilities

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which incentive plan focuses on co-operation between managers and
employees through sharing thier problems, goals and ideas?
Improshare plan
Scanlon plan
Profit-sharing plan
Stock ownership plan
• Scanlon Plan: An organization wide incentive program focusing on co-operation
between manager and employee through sharing problems, goals and ideas.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 475 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
• Improshare: A special type of incentive plan using a specific mathematic formula
for determining employee bonus.

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
'Organizational politics' leads to which of the following?
Employee anxiety
Employee interrelationship
Efficient production
Job satisfaction

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Interdepartmental communication by people at different levels is known
as:
Diagonal communication
Horizontal communication
Upward communication
Downward communication
Diagonal Communication
Less common; this involves interdepartmental communication by people at different
levels. A good example would be a project team drawn from different grades and
departments.

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. Ali is perceived to be the best counselor among all of his followers.
Thus, what kind of a leader Ali is?
Influential
Self-confident
Charismatic
Knowledgeable

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If the time between violation & the respective penalty implementation
lengthens, the impact of the disciplinary action will:
Be exceeded
Remain the same
Become invisible
Be reduced

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following can be an alternative decision to employee
termination?
Demotion
Retirement
Resignation
Lay-off

Question No: 24     ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 476 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Paperless organizations are the organizations which are:
Using computer terminal only
Maintaining manual filling systems only
Shifting from manual to computerized databases
None of the given options

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
'Nirala Sweets' has recently opened one of its outlets in London. This move
has classified Nirala Sweets as a/an:
Domestic organization
International organization
Multinational organization
Transnational organization
Multinational Corporation (MNC)—A firm that is based in one country (the
parent or home country) and produces goods or provides services in one or more
foreign countries (host countries).

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following does not play any significant role in avoiding
workplace accidents?
Maintenance of equipments
Rewards attached with safety measures
Safety trainings to employees
Increased employee empowerment

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following relatively tends to earn the highest total
compensation from the parent company?
Local country nationals
Host country nationals
Third country nationals
Expatriates
Ethnocentric Staffing Companies primarily hire expatriates to staff higher-level
foreign positions.

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following is not a function of HRM department which helps in
training and development program?
Provide employee orientation training
Contribute to management development programs
Monetary satisfaction
Provide training and development.

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When an employee progresses vertically upward in the organization from one
specific job to the next that is known as;
Traditional Career Path

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 477 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Network Career Path
Lateral Skill Path
Dual-Career Path
Traditional Career Path—An employee progresses vertically upward in the
organization from one specific job to the next.

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is not included in intrinsic rewards?
Working conditions
Promotion opportunities
Salary
Interesting work
Because salary is extrinsic rewards

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is not included in intrinsic rewards?
Interesting work
Promotion opportunities
Paid vacations
Working conditions

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following situation is a most appropriate to solve problem?
Win/lose
Lose/lose
Win/win
All are appropriate

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Collective-bargaining process can’t be completed with out negotiations.
What do management and union ensure?
That conflict is contained within manageable boundaries
Agreement between all parties sould not be involved
That conflict is always resolved by force
It achieves a set of lasting agreements

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
“Forces acting on/within person that cause specific goal directed behavior”
is the definition of;
Motivation
Stimuli
Resentment
Conation
Motivation represents the forces acting on or within a person that
cause the person to behave in a specific, goal-directed

Question No: 35      ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 478 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Omer is a member of a team that makes recommendations for others to
implement. Omer is a member of which of the following team?
Work team
Virtual team
Problem solving team not sure
Self managed team

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following can be the action of management when firms are faced
with the shortage of workers. EXCEPT
Creative recruiting
Employee referrals
Job fairs
Layoffs

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following step comes first in the strategy process?
Determine desirable goals and/or strategies
Assess current situation and current strategy
Search for and select suitable courses of action
Implement changes

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Last week, Saba won a cash prize of Rs 25 million in a prize bond draw. She
quit her job on Monday. According to motivation theory what can be the
reason?
Saba’s individual needs changed
Saba’s individual interests changed
Organizational preferences changed
Organizational needs were realigned

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Symptoms of talking too fast or loud or being aggressive and critical are
_____________symptoms.
Personal
Physiological
Behavioral
Psychological

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following substitute(s) for leadership make a leader
unnecessary?
When task is clear and routine
When followers are experts and self-leaders
When organizational rules and policies are well defined and fully practiced
All of the given options



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 479 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following organizational characteristics can be substitutes for
leadership EXCEPT
Clear formalized tasks
Mechanistic rules and procedures
Unified work groups not sure
Mentor relationships

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following dimension of trust is characterized by reliability,
predictability, and good judgment in handling situations?
Uniformity
Consistency
Competence
Integrity
Ref ZC3lqWwrmFyLA_AgZFoOEsWmxKbPgjn08rEhg4hKRT8qLSLpW-
YywIkpjZE9I1bBmtbfu2l7EwT&sig=AHIEtbT7CrQMILLihS-kS_1rW_gDpTFflA

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following dimension of trust is identified by exhibiting
characteristics of willingness to protect and save face for a person?
Uniformity
Consistency
Competence
Loyalty
ZC3lqWwrmFyLA_AgZFoOEsWmxKbPgjn08rEhg4hKRT8qLSLpW-
YywIkpjZE9I1bBmtbfu2l7EwT&sig=AHIEtbT7CrQMILLihS-kS_1rW_gDpTFflA

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
___________________ are importers and exporters, they have no
investment outside of their home country.
International companies
Multinational companies
Global companies
Transnational companies

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
___________________ are importers and exporters, they have no
investment outside of their home country.
International companies
Multinational companies
Global companies
Transnational companies
International companies are importers and exporters, they have no investment
outside of their home country.

Question No: 46    ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 480 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Which of the following is correctly describing difference between
resignation and termination?
Resignation is a severe disciplinary action imposing on an employee by a company.
Termination is a personal decision of an employee.
In case of resignation employee decides to leave the organization and in
case of termination employer decides to break the contract of employment
In case of resignation employer decides to break the contract of employment and in
case of termination employee decides to leave the organization
None of the given option

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Suppose there are two executives who have no disagreement on the goals
and contents of work, but disagree on how the group’s work should be
accomplished. The type of conflict experienced by them is called:
Task conflict
Relationship conflict
Process conflict
Traditional conflict
Types of Conflict
   • Task conflict: Conflicts over content and goals of the work
   • Relationship conflict: Conflict based on interpersonal relationships
   • Process conflict: Conflict over how work get done

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Under which of the following category union can bargain with the
management on appointing a particular person as union leader?
Mandatory bargaining issue
Permissive bargaining issue
Prohibited bargaining issue
Obligatory bargaining issue

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
Explain any two types of organizational conflict with example.
  • Task conflict: Conflicts over content and goals of the work
  • Relationship conflict: Conflict based on interpersonal relationships

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
What is the main point of difference regarding leadership between the two schools
of thoughts i.e. trait and behavioral?

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
Is it necessary for a leader to be best performer among all?

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
Explain the measures that can be taken to enhance the effectiveness of
organizational discipline.



virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 481 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
What is Burnout? How organizational policies and unrealistic goals can cause
Burnout among the employees.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 482 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Mgt501 : subjective part of latest 3 final term paper Feb 2011
MGT501 LATEST FINAL TERM PAPERS 2011

Q.1 How "situation" affect the leadership process?
Q.2 how can we create smoking free organization?
Q.3 Strategies of job pricing?
Q. 4 under which condition termination of employee is prohibited?
Q. 5 Need of leader in mechanistic organizations? 5marks

Q1: Why a cricket team is said to be a 'Team' not a "*****"? (5)

Q2: What factors explain the decline in unionization for the last half century? Do
you think the unions in organizations should completely die or they should continue?
(5)

Q3: How many levels of training are recommended for managers for preparing an
international assignment? Describe each level. (5)
 Q4: Explain the expectancy theory. Also identify its three elements and the formula
derived by the scientist in this theory. (5)

Q5: What options do multinational firms have while staffing for positions in foreign
subsidiaries?(3)

Q6: Mention any three reasons that are unacceptable for management and result in
immediate termination of the concerned employee. (3)

Q7: What is Adam’s Equity Theory? What are the factors in which this equity
lies?(3)




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 483 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT 501 Final Term Spring 2010
INALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT501- Human Resource Management (Session - 2)
Ref No: 1457886
Time: 90 min
Marks: 69

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Jobs are compensated on the basis of:
► Job analysis
    ► Job specification
    ► Job worth
    ► Job description

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The ability to think about abstract & complex situations is refered to as:
   ► Mechanical skill

    ► Technical skill

    ► Interpersonal skill

    ► Conceptual skill


Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A company is hiring new entrants as well as some experienced people for
its upcoming project, therefore, it is said to be:
     ► Advancing in technology

    ► Globalizing its operations

    ► Responding to frequent changes

    ► Enhancing workforce diversity


Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
HR generalist is involved in:
   ► Performing all or few (more than one) HR functions
   ► Performing a single focused HR function
   ► Providing orientation to employees only
   ► Designing special compensation packages for female employees

Question No: 5    ( Marks: 1 )     - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                            Page 484 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 ________ team allows groups to meet without concern for space or time
and enables organizations to link workers together.


    ► Process

    ► Self-managed

    ► Virtual

    ► Cross-functional


Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A new circular was issued by the top management of the organization to
conduct performance appraisal of each employee after completion of one
year of his/her service, which term best describes the above situation?
    ► Project based method
    ► Focal point method
    ► Anniversary method
    ► Base timings method

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When supervisors are indulged in identifying the subordinates’
performance deficiencies & provide suggestions for improvements , the
process is said to be:
    ► Strategic performance appraisal
    ► Organizational development
    ► Upward feedback
    ► Downward feedback

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If a performance appraisal focuses on an employee’s quality and quantity
of wok, then the performance appraisal is focused on measuring _____.
    ► Generic dimensions of performance
    ► Performance of actual duties
    ► Employee competency
    ► Achievement of objectives

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following could result in a legally questionable appraisal
process?
    ► Conduct job analysis to establish criteria for successful performance
    ► Base appraisals on subjective supervisory observations
    ► Administer and score appraisals in a uniform manner
    ► Use clearly defined job performance dimensions


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                               Page 485 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are examples of upward communication, EXCEPT:
    ► Routine staff meetings of general manager with the supervisors
    ► Routine discussion meetings between employee groups
    ► Routine meetings of supervisors with the employees
    ► Routine meetings of general manager with the non-supervisory employees

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the given employment testing approach requires individuals to
perform activities similar to those they might encounter in an actual job?
    ► In-basket technique
    ► Role playing
    ► Interview simulations
    ► Case study

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is said to be an output of an organization?
   ► Human resource
   ► Physical assets
   ► Goods & services
   ► Financial reserves

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following helps an organization in defining and measuring the
progress towards goal achievement?
    ► Key performance indicator
    ► Adoptation to legal compliance
    ► Strong compensation system
    ► Employee career planning

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which performance appraisal technique lists the traits and a range of
performance?
    ► Paired comparison
    ► Management by objective
    ► Alternation ranking
    ► Graphic rating scale

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which is considered to be the simplest method for job evaluation?
   ► Classification method
   ► Factor comparison method
   ► Point factor method
   ► Ranking method

Question No: 16    ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                             Page 486 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Under which of the following methods of jobs evaluation, jobs are
arranged in an order?
    ► Ranking method
    ► Classification method
    ► Factor comparison method
    ► Point factor method

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT included in direct financial payments?
   ►Wages
   ►Insurance
   ►Commissions
   ►Incentives

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Employee rewards like health & life insurance, pensions, time-off with pay,
child care facilities etc. are all referred to:

    ► Variable pay
    ► Fringe benefit
    ► Monthly salary
    ► Annual bonus

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is an incentive plan that rewards employees for
exceeding a predetermined goal by sharing the extra profits?
   ► Scanlon plan
   ► Piece-work plan
   ► Gainsharing plan
   ► Variable pay plan

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following criteria is said to be essential for an effective
communication?
  ► Sender and receiver are using the same code\language
  ► At least two people are involved & willing to communicate
  ► A channel to communicate should be present
  ► All of the given options

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 “Employees' appraisal should not be influenced by characteristics like
ethnicity, color, nationality, age & gender.” Which of the following defends
the above statement?
   ► Rights to privacy
   ► Labor law
   ► Employment at will
   ► Discrimination law

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                             Page 487 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 ____________ is the early return of an expatriate manager to the home
country without completion of an overseas assignment.
   ► Culture shock
   ► Expatriate return
   ► Expatriate failure
   ► Repatriation

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
“Leaders are born not made”. Which of the following theory depicts the
given statement?
   ► Trait Theory
   ► Situational Theory
   ► Behavioral Theory
   ► Motivational Theory

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following skills are required for an effective team?

    ► Problem-solving skills
    ► Technical skills
    ► Interpersonal skills
    ► All of the given options

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Ms. Sadia always takes complex tasks as challenge rather than considering
them as burden and tries to optimize her potential to handle the perceived
challenges. Which one of the following traits depicts Sadia as a leader?
   ► Intelligence
   ► Knowledge
   ► Dominance
   ► Self-confidence

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
"Accounting department of 'EFU General Insurance ltd', share information
of multiple levels of different departments to assist in preparing the annual
budget on a consistent basis". Which type of communication it is?
   ► Diagonal communication
   ► Horizontal communication
   ► Upward communication
   ► Downward communication

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following does not signify the usefulness of conflict?
  ► It brings life and creativity
  ► It promotes goal achievement

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                            Page 488 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► It encourages organizational politics
    ► It promotes change & synergy

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 JJP Enterprise seeks to attract one of its managers to move to Gawadar to
manage the working of its subsidiary in Gawadar. The firm will likely need
to offer a ________________ in addition to a manager’s base salary.
   ► Cost-of-living allowance
   ► Bonus
   ► Hardship allowance
   ► Tax equalization adjustment

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is not included in intrinsic rewards?
  ► Promotion opportunities
  ► Working conditions
  ► Interesting work
  ► Wage

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is not included in intrinsic rewards?
  ► Promotion opportunities
  ► Credit union
  ► Working conditions
  ► Interesting work

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The progressive discipline procedures that address the issue of discharge
belong to which offense?

    ► First offense
    ► Second offense
    ► Third offense
    ► Fourth offense

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Collective-bargaining process can’t be completed with out negotiations.
What do management and union ensure?

    ► That conflict is contained within manageable boundaries
    ► Agreement between all parties sould not be involved
    ► That conflict is always resolved by force
    ► It achieves a set of lasting agreements

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Protection from undesirable circumstances and safety come under which
stage of Maslow hierarchy of need?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                          Page 489 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ►   First
     ►   Second
     ►   Third
     ►   Fourth

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Pictures of minorities, women and disabled employees in company
broachers give credibility to which of the following message?

     ►   “We   are an equal opportunity employer”
     ►   “We   are working on women right”
     ►   “We   offend sexual harassment at workplace”
     ►   “We   provide healthy work environment”

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are advantages of internal recruiting except

    ► It is less costly than going outside to recruit
    ► Those chosen internally already know the organization
    ► It improves the probability of good selection
    ► It generate infighting among the rival candidates for promotion

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
For the post of tutor, candidates are asked to deliver a lecture to a group
of selected students. Which one of the following statement is most correct?

    ► This is used to have a face to face interaction
    ► Demonstration is mandatory for all post graduate colleges
    ► Delivering lecture is a type of work sampling
    ► This is an example of in-basket simulation

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statement is correct regarding work sampling?



     ► It is often difficult to use for managerial jobs because it is hard to address the
full range of managerial activities
     ► Work sampling techniques are conducted for candidates applying for higher
positions in organization
     ► Work sampling techniques are much expensive and it’s really very hard to
interpret results
     ► This technique is used to measure the impact of employee’s job satisfaction
on performance

Question No: 38       ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 490 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU         




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Which of the following is considered as “Red Flag” concerning the job
applicants?

   ► When the applicant is     providing detailed information about his work history
   ► When the applicant is     giving solid justification for leaving last job
   ► When the applicant is     describing his engagement in personal business in
between the gap of his first   and last jobs
   ► When the applicant is     avoiding to provide previous employment history

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
How does mentoring differ from the orientation?




   ► Mentoring is done when an employee is being prepared for jobs of greater
responsibility. Orientation is done when an employee first joins an organization
   ► Mentoring is done by the supervisor. Orientation is conducted by the peers
   ► Mentoring is done to familiarize employees with procedures. Orientation is
guiding employee in task completion
   ► There is no difference in mentoring and orientation

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Individual based rewards include all of the following EXCEPT

    ► Merit pay
    ► Bonus
    ► Piece work plan
    ► Gain sharing

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Under which of the following situation would a team-based compensation
most likely function well?

   ► A situation   in which a team of workers perform interdependent tasks
   ► A situation   in which a team of workers perform independent tasks
   ► A situation   in which a team of workers have homogenous skills and
competencies
   ► A situation   in which a team of workers have mutual distrust for each other

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statement is correct for explaining difference
between leadership and power?

    ► Leadership focuses influence upward. Power is used to gain downward
influence.
    ► Leadership is a mean of achieving goals. Power focuses on goal achievement.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 491 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
   ► Leadership requires goal compatibility with followers. Power requires follower
dependency.
   ► Leadership required followers’ independency. Power requires goal
compatibility with followers.

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 All of the following organizational characteristics can be substitutes for
leadership EXCEPT
    ► Clear formalized tasks
    ► Mechanistic rules and procedures
    ► Unified work groups
    ► Mentor relationships

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Mr. Yoong is a Chinese executive working in Zong Telecom Pakistan, a
China based telecommunication company. Mr. Yoong is therefore be
classified as a/an:
   ► Guest-country national
   ► Host-country national
   ► Expatriate
   ► Third-country national

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 ___________________ are importers and exporters,                 they   have   no
investment outside of their home country.


    ► International companies
    ► Multinational companies
    ► Global companies
    ► Transnational companies

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 What is the main point of difference between a multinational and
transnational corporation?

    ► Transnational corporations have a central corporate facility but highly
decentralized operations and MNC is more focused on adapting their products and
service to each individual local market.
    ► Transnational corporations have centralized operations and MNC has
decentralized operations
    ► Transnational corporations invested in foreign operations and MNC invested
inlocal operations
    ► Transnational concentrate on local markets and MNC focus on foreign markets

Question No: 47     ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 492 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Shaukat was accused of using organizational resources for personal use.
He was caught red-handed thrice by his manager while misusing the
company resources. If you were in place of his manager what actionswould
you take against him?
   ► Warn him in writing
   ► Suspend him for some time
   ► Dismiss him permanently
   ► It is too early to take any action

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following given statement is most appropriate regarding
employee access to their employment history files?
  ► Employee can demand to immediately see their file whenever they want
  ► An employee may have access to file on a 24 hour turnaround time
  ► An employee may have access to file on giving one month prior application
  ► An employee may have no access to his employment history file

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
 There are three types of positive powers that effective leaders use; charismatic,
expert and referent power. Explain expert power with examples.

Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
What are the three key areas need to be addressed while doing global business?
Define each.

Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
What measures should be taken to handle organizational politics?

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
Is it necessary for a leader to be best performer among all?

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
 Explain the expectancy theory. Also identify its three elements and the formula
derived by the scientist in this theory.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                Page 493 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT 501 Spring 2010 Final Term Exam
FINALTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT501- Human Resource Management
Time: 90 min
Marks: 69

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
HRIS helps managers to perform which of the following functions more
effectively & systematically?
    ► Controlling functions
    ► Planning functions
    ► Human resource functions
    ► Management functions

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The three most important job-related attitudes are:
   ► Job involvement, organizational commitment and job enrichment
   ► Job satisfaction, job orientation and organizational commitment
   ► Job satisfaction, job involvement and organizational commitment
   ► Job satisfaction, job enlargement and organizational behavior

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Under which managerial function, managers ensure goal attainment?

    ►   Planning
    ►   Organizing
    ►   Leading
    ►   Controlling

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Ratio of outputs to inputs is known as:

    ►   Performance
    ►   Effectiveness
    ►   Motivation
    ►   Efficiency

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Organization is said to be an open system, because:
   ► It operates within an environment
   ► It operates in isolation
   ► Its activities are random
   ► Its activities are independent

Question No: 6        ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                             Page 494 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Evaluation method generally adopted by most of the educational institutes
to evaluate the students’ academic performance is:
    ► Project based method
    ► Focal point method
    ► Anniversary method
    ► Base timings method

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Management has pointed out Mr. Haseeb as a low performer & shows their
dissatisfaction with his performance, Mr. Haseeb had tried a lot to put more
& more efforts but still unable to satisfy the management, after some time
he started overlooked the appraisal reports as he perceived that
management is habitual of criticizing the employees’ performance. This
reaction by Haseeb is resulted due to:
    ► Lack of trained raters
    ► Unserious attitude towards appraisal
    ► Lack of proper feedback
    ► Management is biased

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 NAVEENA Textiles, evaluates its employees on regular basis, but has never
taken any step against the individuals often indulged in offensive behavior,
this may result in:
     ► Irregular performance appraisals
     ► Performance appraisals’ failure
     ► Frequent performance appraisals
     ► Semi-annual performance appraisals

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 According to which of the following method, each job is assigned to a
particular grade/category depending on the type of jobs, the organizations
required?
    ► Ranking method
    ► Classification method
    ► Factor comparison method
    ► Point factor method

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is considered as the MOST reliable data collection
source needed for job analysis?
   ► Experienced job analyst
    ► Top leading managers
    ► Employees of that particular job
    ► Head of the department

Question No: 11    ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                           Page 495 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 Jamal Enterprises' top management refused to consider its female
marketing manager for the post of Vice President. This action of the
company is representing which of the following?
    ► Gender discrimination
    ► Legal consideration
    ► Reverse discrimination
    ► Glass ceiling effect

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 )       - Please choose one
SWOT Analysis is a tool for:

    ►   Determining the mission
    ►   Dividing missons into goals
    ►   Scanning the environment
    ►   Monitoring frequent performances

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Miss. Fouzia wants to excel herself in the banking field by clearing the IBP
Superior Qualification (ISQ) examination. But her current job’s strict
timings do not allow her to fulfill her plans. To address this problem, the
bank could help her by:
    ► Providing her with a career coach
    ► Encouraging her to join a career success team
    ► Facilitating her with flexible working hours
    ► Suggesting her a better occupation to adopt

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 'Monoo Textiles' wants to encourage the involvement of women on the
upper-level managerial positions. Which of the following suggestions
should Monoo Textiles consider?
    ► Offering flexible work schedules
    ► Providing additional financial benefits
    ► Awarding seniority status
    ► Facilitating with career success teams

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If a supervisor wants to criticize his subordinate in an appraisal interview,
it is best to:
      ► Hold meeting with other people to diffuse the negative situation
      ► Provide examples of critical incidents by that employee
      ► Acknowledge personal biases with the employee
      ► Scold the employee on excuses for poor performance

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Under which of the following methods of jobs evaluation, jobs are
arranged in an order?
    ► Ranking method

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                             Page 496 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Classification method
    ► Factor comparison method
    ► Point factor method

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Ali was working as MTO in ABL & getting the package of Rs.20.000, few
weeks ago he resigned from ABL & joined HBL which is offering him
Rs.30,000 at the same post of MTO. In this situation HBL is adopting the
________ pay strategy.
    ► Above market rate
    ► Below market rate
    ► At market rate
    ► All of the given options

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are examples of direct compensation, EXCEPT:
    ► Pension
    ► Salary
    ► Bonus
    ► Commission

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In the negotiation process, bargaining issues like wages, working hours,
terms & conditions of employment etc. all comes under:
     ► Labor issues
     ► Mandatory issues
     ► Permissive issues
     ► Prohibited issues

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following factor truly explains the reason behind union
membership within organizations?
   ► To influence organizational rules & policies
   ► To become popular within the organization
   ► To protect employees' legal rights & interests
   ► To provide assistance in organizational wide strategies

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 University administration has provided students with the evaluation forms
to be filled, in order to evaluate the performance of faculty members. This
action of university management is represented as:
     ► Distributive justice
     ► Due process
     ► Just cause
     ► Procedural justice

Question No: 22    ( Marks: 1 )   - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                          Page 497 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 A MOST important advantage of using expatriates to fill foreign subsidiary
management positions is that:
    ► They are less expensive than local managers
    ► They are more motivated to perform as compared to host-country nationals
    ► They perform well in foreign assignments as compare to working in the head
quarters
    ► They are more likely to implement the instructions from headquarters

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The process of influencing an organized group towards goal
accomplishment is called _______________.
    ► Organizing
    ► Planning
    ► Managing
    ► Leading

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Creating conditions for a team to be effective is the responsibility of a(n):
   ► Organization
   ► HR department
   ► Leader
   ► Employee

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
“Leaders are born not made”. Which of the following theory depicts the
given statement?
    ► Trait Theory
    ► Situational Theory
    ► Behavioral Theory
    ► Motivational Theory

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 If the time between violation & the respective penalty implementation
lengthens, the impact of the disciplinary action will:
     ► Be exceeded
     ► Remain the same
     ► Become invisible
     ► Be reduced

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
According to which of the following an indiviual can be asked for the
written explanation for the first offense of severe nature?
    ► Hot stove rule
    ► Positive discipline
    ► Progressive discipline
    ► Implied discipline


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                               Page 498 
 
            Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                              http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
     
     Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 )       - Please choose one
"Effectiveness" is represented by:

        ►   Doing   things before time
        ►   Doing   right things right
        ►   Doing   things in minimum time
        ►   Doing   things with minimum resources

    Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
     Which of the following system assists in matching job description with the
    individual’s qualification?
         ► DBMS (Data Base Management System)
         ► IS (Information System)
         ► MIS (Management Information System)
         ► HRIS (Human Resource Information System)

    Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    'Nirala Sweets' has recently opened one of its outlets in London. This move
    has classified Nirala Sweets as a/an:
        ► Domestic organization
        ► International organization
        ► Multinational organization
        ► Transnational organization

    Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
     Organizations are bound to provide the specified ratio of medical
    assistance to workers in case of work related accidents & diseases. This
    ratio is specified by:
         ► Minimum wage act
         ► Labor law
         ► Employment at will
         ► Discrimination law

    Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
     Employee has the right to quit one job and join another organization
    according to his/her own preferences, as protected by:
        ► Discrimination law
        ► Rights to privacy
        ► Labor law
        ► Employment at will

    Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
    Verbal cautions issued by the HR manager to the employees under the
    progressive discipline procedures belong to which offence?

        ► First offense
        ► Second offense

    virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                           Page 499 
     
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Third offense
    ► Fourth offense

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Love, affection, friendship and belongingness come under which stage of
Maslow hierarchy of need?
    ► First
    ► Second
    ► Third
    ► Fourth

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
“Forces acting on/within person that cause specific goal directed
behavior” is the definition of;
    ► Motivation
    ► Stimuli
    ► Resentment
    ► Conation

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The vice president of human resources of a large-sized manufacturing firm
hires Ms. Robina to deal with the compensation and benefit affairs of the
employees. Which of the following is the most appropriate position for her?
    ► HR professional
    ► HR Generalist
    ► HR Specialist
    ► HR Advisor

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Being head of human resource department, you received a gap analysis
report. It indicated labor shortage and need to hire five more admin
assistant, six machine operators and three surveyors. What should be your
next step to fill identified gaps?
     ► Examine current HR inventories to determine internal sources available to
remove gap
    ► Hire admin assistant on priority basis and leave hiring of other posts on
some other time
    ► Compensation packages offered for the said posts should be revised
immediately
    ► The identified gaps are ignorable that’s why further actions are not required

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 During job analysis process, what type of data will be collected by the
analyst with regard to "job context"?
    ► Work schedule, financial and non financial incentives and physical working
conditions
    ► Personal attributes such as personality and interests and work experiences

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 500 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                             http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
       ► Products made or services performed and material produced
       ► Error analysis, work standards and measurements such as time taken for a
task

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following statement is most correct?
   ► Performance simulation tests are used in private organizations
   ► Performance simulation tests have high construct validity
   ► Performance simulation tests have high content validity
   ► Performance simulation tests are restricted to managerial positions

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Under which of the following situation would a team-based compensation
most likely function well?


    ► A situation     in which a team of workers perform interdependent tasks
    ► A situation     in which a team of workers perform independent tasks
    ► A situation     in which a team of workers have homogenous skills and
competencies
    ► A situation     in which a team of workers have mutual distrust for each other

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT considered as a role of line managers in
organizational health and safety program?
    ► Investigate accidents details
    ► Help employees to work safely
    ► Ensure workers are doing job in safe environment
    ► Develop health and safety program

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Sonia has negative affectivity. When ever she faced an ordinary problem,
she is likely to


       ►   Don't bother it
       ►   Handle it with out any tension
       ►   Magnify it and create stress for herself
       ►   Have a heart attack on the spot

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
key recommendation for improving self confidence is to
    ► Study the defeats of other people
    ► Criticize others rather than oneself
    ► Develop positive thinking approach
    ► Remember your life’s failure events


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 501 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU    




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Question No: 44 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 By contrasting leadership versus power, we can say leaders achieve goals,
and power is:
     ► Usually used by poor leaders
     ► A means of achieving goals
     ► Based on leaders’ expectations
     ► A mode of exploiting always

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following dimension of trust is identified by exhibiting
characteristics of willingness to protect and save face for a person?
    ► Uniformity
    ► Consistency
    ► Competence
    ► Loyalty

Question No: 46 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 ___________________ are importers and exporters,            they   have   no
investment outside of their home country.




    ► International companies
    ► Multinational companies
    ► Global companies
    ► Transnational companies

Question No: 47 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 When people in a country accept the fact that power in institutions and
organizations is distributed unequally then they are pointing which of the
following dimension of culture?

    ►   Power distance
    ►   Individualism
    ►   Uncertainty avoidance
    ►   Masculinity/femininity

Question No: 48 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 What should be the MOST important criterion in determining whether
conflict is functional or dysfunctional?

    ►   Overall morale
    ►   Turnover rates
    ►   Absenteeism levels
    ►   Performance

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                           Page 502 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                       http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

Question No: 49 ( Marks: 3 )
Mr Ahmed is an IT manager, he is appointed to evaluate the performance
of employees of production department, because he is the only senior
manager in the organization. How you evaluate this decision of the senior
management?


Question No: 50 ( Marks: 3 )
Electronic mode of communication makes communication more effective
but there are some drawbacks of this mode. Write down at least three
drawbacks.


Question No: 51 ( Marks: 5 )
What are the criteria that make the leaders & managers similar to each
other?

Question No: 52 ( Marks: 5 )
Company consults its legal advisor for some legal assistance, what sort of
power that legal advisor will practice?

Question No: 53 ( Marks: 5 )
 Explain the expectancy theory. Also identify its three elements and the
formula derived by the scientist in this theory




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                           Page 503 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT502 : Subjective part of Final Term papers Feb 2011

Time 120 mints
total question are 69
62 are MCqs
3 question are of 3 marks
4 question are of 5 marks
long question are
1) TQM got important , justify with reason ?
2) indiviual play important role in performance appraisal?
3) step in selection of employee for organisation?
4) discribe horizantal structure and network organisational structure?
5) company upgrade system from manual record to computerized record,
is it organisational development . justify with reason
6) manager make rational decision making when risk is high . explain
with reason
7) couseling can improve performance ... kuch esi tarha ka tha 7
question yaad nahi

MCQs are mostley new . 62 main se just 30 % hi old thay .
Mgt502 subjective Part of one Final Term paper
MY paper of MGT502
Time 120 mints
total question are 69
6
3 question are of 3 marks
4 question are of 5 marks
Long question are
1) TQM got important , justify with reason ?

2) indiviual play important role in performance appraisal?
3) step in selection of employee for organisation?

4) discribe horizantal structure and network organisational structure?

5) company upgrade system from manual record to computerized record,
is it organisational development . justify with reason

6) manager make rational decision making when risk is high . explain
with reason

Mgt502 subjective Part of one Final Term paper

mgt502 (current paper )
what is globlaization

importance of confidence in oral presentation

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                               Page 504 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU          




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

important factor on the tone of memorandum

what is meant by sine die and ex officio begining of thesis
principal bargaining

important points in writing refussing letter

solicited application letter

table of content of formal report

aida plan

five power at work place

collection letter at final stage

divide the topic under research

guideline in writing application letter

Mgt502 subjective Part of one Final Term paper (Solved)

1 What are the ingredients of total quality management? Elements
A total commitment to:
–High-quality results.
–Continuous improvement.
–Customer satisfaction.
–Meeting customers’ needs.
–Doing all tasks right the first time.

2 mr arslam is a managing director at super corporation he is not happy
with the culture of the organization it is the time to change the culture of
the organization discuss deifernt requremnt mr arslan should concider a
for a successful changing of different organization culture?

Requirements for Successfully Changing Organizational Culture




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                             Page 505 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT502 Final 2008 Solved
Spring 2008
MGT502- Organizational Behaviour
Time: 120 min
Marks: 80

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
We can expect individuals to work considerably below their potential if which of the
following conditions occurs?

    ►   Employees are expected to achieve unclear objectives
    ►   The criteria for measuring performance objectives are vague
    ►   Employees lack confidence on their evaluation process
    ►   All of the given options

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If an organization used an outside consultant as opposed to an insider as a change
agent, the result would probably be more _____.

    ►   Conservative
    ►   Risk averse
    ►   Objective
    ►   Prone to bias

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following change is imposed on the organization and often unforeseen?

     ► Planned change
     ► Unplanned change
     ► Evolutionary change
     ► Revolutionary change
Unplanned Change - change that is imposed on the organization and is often
unforeseen.

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
All of the following are factors that serve to sustain organizational cultures EXCEPT:

    ►   Selection
    ►   Orientation
    ►   Socialization
    ►   Economy

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The primary or dominant values that are accepted throughout the organization are
called:

    ► Uniform cultures

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 506 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Formalization
     ► Core values
     ► Cultural Liabilities

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
360 degree feedback evaluation can be used in organizations to incorporate which
of the following ?

     ►   Encourage employees’ involvement
     ►   Support bureaucratic management style
     ►   Mantain closed communication system
     ►   Show resistance for change

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Whichof the following type of questionnaire is used in collecting job analysis
information?

     ► Structured
     ► Unstructured
     ► Both structured and unstructured
     ► None of the given options
Structured or unstructured questionnaires may be used to obtain job analysis
information.

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
McDonald’s has been training thousands of its employees at its Hamburger
University, it is an example of which one of the following?

     ► On the job training
     ► Off the job training
     ► Apprenticeship
     ► Informal training
Off the job training involves employees taking training courses away from their
place of work. This is often also referred to as "formal training". Off the job training
courses might be run by the business' training department or by external providers.

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Job rotation, apprenticeships, understudy assignments, and formal mentoring
programs are considered as a part of which one of the following?

     ►   On the job training
     ►   Off the job training
     ►   Informal training
     ►   None of the given options

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Human Resource Manager in an organization possesses_____________.

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 507 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

     ►   Staff authority
     ►   Line authority
     ►   Top level authority
     ►   Middle level authority

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Training is most relevant to which relationship in the expectancy theory of
motivation?

     ► Effort-goal
     ► Reward-goal
     ► Performance-goal
     ► Effort-performance
 Expectancy is the belief that one's effort (E) will result in attainment of desired
performance (P) goals.

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following has proven to be a particularly good predictor for jobs that
require cognitive complexity?

      ► Intelligence tests
      ► Integrity evaluations
      ► Work sampling
      ► Aptitude tests
Intelligence tests have proven to be a particularly good predictor for jobs that
require cognitive complexity.

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A business firm that has extensive international operations in more than one foreign
country is an example of________________.

     ►   National organization
     ►   Multinational organization
     ►   Foreign organization
     ►   None of the given options

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following statement is TRUE with regard to boundaryless
organizations?

     ►   These organizations attempt to emulate simple structure
     ►   These remove the horizontal boundaries of management
     ►   These do not adopt participative decision making style
     ►   Team members will be rewarded for mastering multiple skills

Question No: 15       ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 508 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
What the CEO would be likely to do in a rapidly growing organization?

     ► Create a flat hierarchy
     ► Consolidate levels of authority
     ► Create a new level in the hierarchy
     ► Create a maximum chain of command.
Ref: In a rapidly growing organization, the CEO would be likely to create a new
level in the hierarchy. Creating a new level in the hierarchy would reduce the CEO's
span of control and thereby decrease his responsibility.

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT a common success criteria for any organizational
structures?

     ►   Decentralized reporting
     ►   High residual mass
     ►   Permanent monitoring
     ►   Rapid response

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Theories of leadership that isolate characteristics that differentiate leaders from
non-leaders are called:

     ►   Behavioral theories of leadership
     ►   Contingency theories of leadership
     ►   Trait theories of leadership
     ►   Situational theories of leadership

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is the greatest value of feedback?

     ► It improves communication by reducing the chance of
misunderstandings
     ► It allows further discussions between the sender and receiver
     ► It forces the sender to think twice about what is communicated
     ► It is not necessary in written communication
Feedback gained from surveys can be used in training activities to help employees
to address customer-related grievances more competently and resolve queries and
complaints more quickly.

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Adil wants to get credit from the bank but bank can not approve credit to him
because of past slow pay record. The bank manager and Adil meet and agree on a
win-win solution that meets the need of both parties by involving a guarantee that
will ensure payment if not made within prescribed period. This is an example of :

     ► Compromising intention

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 509 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Accommodating intention
     ► Distributive negotiation
     ► Integrative negotiation

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Activities that influence the distribution of advantages and disadvantages within an
organization are known as:

     ► Human resources
     ► Political behaviors
     ► Influential power moves
     ► Interactive initiatives
We shall define political behavior in organizations as those activities that are not
required as part of one’s formal role in the organization but that influence, or
attempt to influence, the distribution of advantages and disadvantages within the
organization.

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If individual efforts at gaining power fail, which of the following can be an
alternative response?

     ►   Intimidation
     ►   Ingratiation
     ►   To form a coalition
     ►   Promotional moves

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is the main focus of Leadership?

     ►   Elimination of dependency relationships
     ►   Suppression of the interests of minorities
     ►   Downward influence of a leader on followers
     ►   Importance of lateral and upward influence patterns

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The power that the Dean of Commerce department has been granted by the
University over the faculty is an example of which of the following power?

     ► Academic
     ► Legitimate
     ► Reward
     ► Referent
Legitimate power Obtaining compliance through formal authority.

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
When a bank robber points a gun at a bank employee, which of the following is his
base of power?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 510 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 

    ► Coercive
    ► Legitimate
    ► Positional
    ► Authoritative
Coercive power Obtaining compliance through threatened or actual punishment.

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is a feeling of devotion, duty, or attachment to somebody or
something?

    ► Integrity
    ► Consistency
    ► Loyalty
    ► Reliability
The quality or state of being loyal a feeling of devotion, duty, or attachment to
somebody or something .

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The charismatic leaders are likely to:

     ►   Invoke high performance among followers
     ►   Encourage women to seek leadership positions
     ►   Motivate followers to become more extroverted
     ►   Avoid media attention regarding their achievements

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT an example of a prediction based on path-goal
theory?

      ► Directive leadership leads to greater satisfaction when tasks are ambiguous
or stressful
      ► Subordinates with an internal locus of control will be more satisfied
with a directive style
      ► Supportive leadership results in high employee performance when
performing structured tasks
      ► Directive leadership is likely to be perceived as redundant by employees with
a lot of experience

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A ______ is a senior employee who guides and supports a less-experienced
employee.

     ►   Mentor
     ►    Leader
     ►   Coach
     ►   Facilitator

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 511 
 
           Recent Solved Past Papers GURU   




                           http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Mentoring, When an experienced employee guides and supports a less-experienced
employee.

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is an important nonverbal component of communication?

       ► Written memo
       ► Paraphrase
       ► Eye contact
       ► E-mail
    Nonverbal Communication Messages sent outside of the written or spoken word.

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The communication used by managers to provide job instructions is an example of:

       ►   Downward
       ►   Lateral
       ►   Directional
       ►   Diagonal

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is the product of a sender’s encoding?

       ►   Channel
       ►   Message
       ►   Transmission
       ►   Medium

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following leadership style gave the group members complete freedom?

     ► Autocratic
     ► Democratic
     ► Laissez-faire
     ► Consideration
Ref: Laissez-faire leadership involves giving group members the freedom to make
their own decisions.

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A __________is a collection of people who come together to accomplish a specific
goal.

       ►   Task force
       ►   Team
       ►   Committee
       ►   Command force


virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 512 
 
         Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 A task force is a collection of people who come together to accomplish a specific
goal.

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Research does NOT support which of the following statements about gender in the
workplace?

     ►   Women are more willing to conform to authority than men
     ►   Men are more aggressive than women
     ►   Women are more productive at work than men
     ►   Men have higher expectations of success

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT true about the two-factor theory?

   ► Working conditions are characterized as hygiene factors
   ► Intrinsic factors are motivators
   ► A job becomes satisfying when the dissatisfying characteristics are
removed
   ► Responsibility is a satisfier

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Hunger, thirst, sex, pay, and physical work environment are examples of which of
Alderfer’s needs?

     ► Existence
     ► Safety
     ► Growth
     ► Physiological
 Physiological needs: food, drink, shelter, sexual satisfaction, and other physical
requirements.

Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If you believe that outside forces are largely responsible for your fate, you are the
person having:

     ►   External Locus of control
     ►   Personal Locus of control
     ►   Internal Locus of control
     ►   Core locus of control

Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Ali is an employee in a company. He expresses his dissatisfaction by discussing the
problem with the superiors, suggests improvements and involves the unions in
problem solving, He expresses his dissatisfaction in which of the following ways:

     ► Exit

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 513 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Voice
    ► Loyalty
    ► Neglect

Question No: 39 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one of the following are not the skills exhibited by an effective manager?

    ►   Clarifies goals and objectives for everyone involved
    ►   Discourages participation, upward communication, and suggestions
    ►   Plans and organizes for an orderly work flow
    ►   Facilitates work through team building, training, coaching and support

Question No: 40 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Management functions of planning, organizing, leading and controlling were first
classified by_______.

    ►   Stephen Covey
    ►   Henry Mintzeberg
    ►   Henri Fayol
    ►   Marry Parker

Question No: 41 ( Marks: 5 )
Identify what are the main sources of organizational conflict?

Question No: 42 ( Marks: 5 )
What are the ingredients of Total Quality Management?

Question No: 43 ( Marks: 10 )
What are different techniques to manage stress?

Question No: 44 ( Marks: 10 )
Distinguish between the roles of mediator, arbitrator, conciliator, and consultant.

Question No: 45 ( Marks: 10 )
Identify the behaviors to be expected from persons who exhibit each of the five
primary conflict-handling intentions.




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 514 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Spring 2010 MidTerm MGT502
MIDTERM EXAMINATION
Spring 2010
MGT502- Organizational Behaviour
Time: 60 min
Marks: 47

 Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The behavior of people is influenced by which of the following factors?
    ► Psychological needs
    ► Individual drives
    ► Social roles and status
    ► All of the given options

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Management functions of planning, organizing, leading and controlling were first
classified by_______.
     ► Stephen Covey
     ► Henry Mintzeberg
     ► Henri Fayol
     ► Marry Parker

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Ali migrated from Pakistan to a foreign country. He is disorientated by the country’s
customs and has difficulty in adapting it. He also feels homesickness. What is Ali
experiencing?
     ► Culture shock
     ► Foreign culture
     ► Alien culture
     ► Adventure
People who move to a foreign country feel confused and bewildered by the country’s
customs and will have difficulty adapting. This is known as culture shock.

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
“Smoking is injurious to health”. This statement is an example of which one of the
following components of attitude?
     ► Cognitive
     ► Affective
     ► Behavioral
     ► Behavior intension
 Cognitive component: The beliefs or ideas one has about an object or situation.


Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Values like working hard, being creative and honest are the means which lead
towards achieving organizational goals. Which of the following term best described
these values?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 515 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
      ► Terminal values
      ► Instrumental values
      ► Theoretical values
      ► Social values
Ref: The instrumental values are: cheerfulness, ambition, love, cleanliness, self-
control, capability, courage, politeness, honesty, imagination, independence,
 intellect, broad-mindedness, logic, obedience, helpfulness, responsibility and
forgiveness.

 Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The time at which an object or event is seen is an example of what type of factor
influencing the perceptual process?
     ► Situation
     ► Perceiver
     ► Reality
     ► Target

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If someone wishes to emphasize the importance of making decisions consistent with
fundamental liberties and privileges, the focus of his/her teaching will be on which
of the following?
      ► Rights
      ► Privilege
      ► Justice
      ► Utilitarianism
Focus on rights—calls on individuals to make decisions consistent with fundamental
liberties and privileges as set forth in documents such as the Bill of Rights.

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What would be the predicted result of overpaying a piece-rate worker, according to
equity theory?
     ► Quality will increase
     ► Quantity will increase
     ► Quality will decrease
     ► There will be no effect

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
What sort of goals does Management By Objectives (MBO) emphasize?
    ► Attainable, verifiable and measurable
    ► Achievable, controllable and profitable
    ► Inspirational, teachable and creative
    ► Challenging, emotional and constructive

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is an example of a piece-rate plan?
    ► Stock options
    ► Rs20 for each unit produced

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                    Page 516 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
    ► Productivity bonus
    ► Commission

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Employees who band together to seek improved working conditions form a(n)
__________________ group.
     ► Support
     ► Interest
     ► Work
     ► Command
 Interest groups: Comprises workers coming together to achieve a mutual objective.

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following leadership style gave the group members complete freedom?
    ► Autocratic
    ► Democratic
    ► Laissez-faire
    ► Consideration

 Ref: Laissez-faire leadership involves giving group members the freedom to make
their own decisions.
Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
According to the Ohio State studies, the extent to which a leader’s behavior is
directed toward getting the job done is called:
     ► Initiating structure
     ► Consideration
     ► Maximization
     ► Path-goal

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is NOT a barrier to effective communication?
► Filtering
► Silence
► Language
► Selective perception

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Formal guidelines and authority hierarchies are examples of which function of
communication?
► Control
► Agreement
► Motivation
► Information

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
An informal communication network is typically called a _________.
► Grapevine

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 517 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
► Chain system
► Contextual system
► Free acting system
Informal communication is more spontaneous communication occurring without
regard for the formal channels of communication. (The ‘grapevine’)

Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which emotions are the emotions an individual actually is experiencing, despite
what they might apparently show?
    ► Felt
    ► Displayed
    ► Conditional
    ► Exposed
 Lesson 9
Felt emotions are an individual’s actual emotions.

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Teams typically outperform individuals when the tasks being completed _______.
   ► Require multiple skills
   ► Require judgment
   ► Require experience
   ► All of the given options
The current popularity of teams seems based on the evidence that teams typically
outperform individuals when the tasks being done require multiple skills, judgment,
and experience.

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In which of the following communication network, any network member can
communicate with any other member?
    ► Wheel
    ► All-channel
    ► Interpersonal
    ► Circle
In an all-channel network, every member communicates with every other member.

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Rising Sun is a manufacturing corporation, which is a profitably operating for many
years. Employees of this organization are satisfied and motivated because they are
involved in decision making that result in fewer conflicts. They keep on innovating
new products. Rising Sun is practicing which of the following approach to gain
organizational effectiveness?
    ► The internal system approach
    ► The external resource approach
    ► The organizational process approach
    ► Technical approach

Question No: 21     ( Marks: 1 )    - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                  Page 518 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
The use of wide range of tools, knowledge, or techniques that are used to transform
inputs into outputs is called:
     ► Task environment
     ► Structure
     ► Mission
     ► Technology

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Weight-lifting, pull-ups and leg lifts are the examples of which of the following
abilities?
      ► Emotional Intelligence
      ► Mental Ability
      ► Physical Ability
      ► Memory Ability

Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
CEO of a computer manufacturing organization rewards his employees with
computers, vacations or bonuses for meeting personal or organizational goal. He is
practicing which of the following method of shaping behavior?
     ► Positive reinforcement
     ► Negative reinforcement
     ► Punishment
     ► Extinction

Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Ethical behavior is influenced by which of the following two major factors?
     ► Religion and value system
     ► Terminal and instrumental values
     ► Ethical reasoning and intelligence
     ► Individual influences and organizational influences

Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Suleman is very talkative and assertive and enjoys meeting new people on a regular
basis. Which of the following job can attract Suleman the most?
     ► Accountant
     ► Sales representative
     ► Animal trainer
     ► Research scientist

Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A colleague of Mr. Usman talks on phone for three hours every morning. Mr. Usman
thinks that his job involves a lot of phone contacts. While one of his colleagues Mr.
Ali thinks that he wastes a lot of time in socializing on the phone. Mr. Usman and
Mr. Ali are at which of the following stage of perceptual process?
      ► Selective attention
      ► Organization
      ► Interpretation

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 519 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Behavior

Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
If a manger is responsible to define goals, establish an overall strategy for achieving
those goals and matching activities accordingly, then which one of the following
functions is he/ she performing?
     ► Planning
     ► Organizing
     ► Leading
     ► Controlling
 In planning, managers establish their organization’s strategy, in other words, how
best to allocate and use resources to achieve organizational goals.

Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Categorizing or labeling people on the basis of a single attribute is called:
     ► Attribution
     ► Prejudice
     ► Stereotyping
     ► Selective perception
Stereotyping—judging someone on the basis of our perception of the group to which
he or she belongs.

Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
People with which of the following decision making style work well with others and
enjoy social interactions?
     ► Behavioral
     ► Directive
     ► Analytical
     ► Conceptual
 Behavioural Style: People with a behavioural decision-making style work well with
others, are open to suggestions, and are concerned about the achievements.

Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following needs requires increased responsibility, high status and
recognition?
    ► Self esteem
    ► Self-actualization
    ► Social
    ► Safety

Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is the set of activities that involve the alteration of specific
job or its part in order to enhance employees’ productivity?
     ► Job specification
     ► Job sharing
     ► Job design
     ► Job worth

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                        Page 520 
 
        Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
Managers can raise a worker’s self-esteem and increase worker productivity by
changing the reward system or the job design.

Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
At SOIL Corporation employees at shop floor are organized into teams that perform
a wide variety of tasks. Moreover they have responsibility for quality, scheduling
and setting work priorities. SOIL Corporation is using which of the following job
design strategy to enhance motivation?
     ► Job rotation
     ► Job sharing
     ► Job enrichment
     ► Job enlargement
   Job Rotation: The periodic shifting of a worker from one task to another.

Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which of the following is a technique that is valuable in its ability to generate a
number of independent judgments without the requirement of a face-to-face
meeting?
    ► The nominal group technique
    ► Dialectical inquiry
    ► Brainstorming
    ► The Delphi technique

Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Mr. Afaq is working in a sales department of Star Corporation. He gave a personal
report to the general manager. In his report he pointed out that the sales staff are
not performing their due responsibilities. Afaq’s attitude is showing which of the
following component?
     ► Cognitive
     ► Affective
     ► Behavioral
     ► None of the given option

Question No: 35 ( Marks: 3 )
What is the difference between leadership and management?

Question No: 36 ( Marks: 5 )
A decision making style is the combination of an individual’s perception and his
response to certain information. Explain different decision making styles exhibited
by managers.

 Question No: 37 ( Marks: 5 )
Group formation can meet both organizational and personal goals. How groups help
can organizations and individuals in their goal achievement?




virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                       Page 521 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
MGT503 Final 2010
FINALTERM EXAMINATION Spring 2010
MGT503- Principles of Management (Session - 2)

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Promoting team spirit within the organization is called:
     ► Stability of tenure of personnel
     ► Remuneration
     ► Centralization
     ► Esprit de corps
 Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Through technological and managerial process inputs of an organization are
transformed into:
     ► Output
     ► Feedback
     ► Feed forward
     ► Transformation
 Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Constituencies in an organization’s external environment that are affected by the
organization’s decisions and actions are called:
     ► Stakeholders
     ► Advisories
     ► Beneficiaries
     ► Environmentalists
 Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The culture of an organization is largely determined by:
     ► Top management
     ► Employees
     ► Stockholders
     ► The company founders
 Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The set of processes involved in creating or determining the strategies of the
organization is called:
     ► Strategy formulation
     ► Strategy implementation
     ► Strategy evaluation
     ► Strategy imitation
 Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 When the strength provides superior and unique customer value and is difficult to
imitate then the distinctive competence creates a sustainable:
      ► Competitive advantage
     ► Scope
     ► Resource deployment
     ► Effective strategy
 Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Most managers believe that if an MBO (management by objective) program is to be
successful, it must start at:

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 522 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU      




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
      ► Non-managerial level
     ► Top Level
     ► Middle level
     ► Lower level
 Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is the set of strategic alternatives that an organization
chooses from, as it manages its operations simultaneously across several industries
and several markets?
      ► Business-level strategy
     ► Corporate-level strategy
     ► Functional-level strategy
     ► Market-level strategy
Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 ABC Company continues to offer the same quality beauty products it has for the
last 10 years. The company is successful and has no current plans for change.
Which of the following types of strategies is it employing?
    ► Growth
     ► Stability
     ► Retrenchment
     ► Combination
Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A strategy in which an organization seeks to distinguish itself from competitors
through the quality of its products or services is called:
     ► Deliberate strategy
     ► Differentiation strategy
     ► Emergent strategy
     ► Focus Strategy
 Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In which organizational structure employee have two managers?
     ► Team
     ► Learning
     ► Boundaryless
     ► Matrix
Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Suppose that motivated employees are in great tension. In order to relieve this
tension they should:
     ► Involve in entertaining
     ► Stability of tenure of personnel
     ► Remuneration
     ► Centralization

  Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In Equity theory, which of the following term is used for persons, systems or selves
against which individuals compare themselves?
     ► Model
     ► Referent
     ► Leader

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                   Page 523 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU     




                        http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
      ► Professional
 Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is one of the seven traits associated with leadership?
      ► Fluency of speech
      ► Honesty
      ► Appearance
      ► Social class
 Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Women tend to use which of the following leadership style?
      ► Autocratic
      ► Laissez-faire
      ► Dictatorial
      ► Democratic
 Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 It is most appropriate to use oral communication when you have to communicate:
      ► A monthly report to the CEO on company performance
      ► An impersonal message to a group of people
      ► A lengthy welcoming message to a new salesperson
      ► A brief, time sensitive personal massage
 Question No: 17 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Direct supervision is the best-known form of which of the following control?
       ► Feed forward
      ► Concurrent
      ► Feedback
      ► Management
  Question No: 18 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is a process that involves managers from all parts of the
organization in the formulation of strategic goals?
      ► Strategic organizing
      ► Strategic management
      ► Strategic positioning
      ► Strategic planning
 Question No: 19 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following is the disadvantage of the Process departmentalization?
      ► Time consuming process
      ► Cost of Production is high
      ► Can be used only with certain type of products
      ► Duplication of functions across the departments
 Question No: 20 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 According to Adam Smith, the division of labor results in:
      ► Increased worker's motivation
      ► Decreased worker's specialization
      ► Increased worker's productivity
      ► Decreased worker's motivation
Question No: 21 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following terms is sometimes used to describe picking a course of
action that is satisfactory under the circumstances?

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                 Page 524 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
     ► Escalation of commitment
     ► Satisficing
     ► Risk
     ► Bounded rationality
Question No: 22 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the following order is correct about strategy formulation?
     ► Developing specific strategies, identifying the mission and strategic goals,
conducting competitive analysis
     ► Identifying the mission and strategic goals, conducting competitive analysis,
developing specific strategies
     ► Identifying the mission and strategic goals, developing specific strategies,
conducting competitive analysis
     ► Developing specific strategies, conducting competitive analysis, identifying
the mission and strategic goals
 Question No: 23 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 When we talk about an organization’s core technology, we mean organization’s:
     ► Less important technology
     ► Most important technology
     ► All technologies the organization is using
     ► Technology that is never used
Question No: 24 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 “What motivates us” relates to which of the following type of motivation theory?
     ► Content Theories of motivation
     ► Process theories of motivation
     ► Reinforcement theories of motivation
     ► Hawthorne studies
Question No: 25 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Mr. A is working as machine operator and he has to take precautionary measures
to keep himself safe from any injury. Which of the following needs is critical for Mr.
A?
     ► Social
     ► Self actualization
     ► Esteem
     ► Safety
Question No: 26 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Saad, a new employee has observed that one of his colleagues is being warned by
the manager on coming late. Saad decided to come on time to avoid such warning,
manager has used which of the following behavior modification method?
     ► Extinction
     ► Negative reinforcement
     ► Punishment
     ► Positive reinforcement
  Question No: 27 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 According to Goal setting theory which of the following is important while setting
the goals?
     ► Goal commitment
     ► All of the given options

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                     Page 525 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU        




                          http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
      ► Goal specificity
      ► Goal acceptance
 Question No: 28 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Mr. A has been given the project of collecting data on students’ motivation from
different institutes. He is performing the tasks by putting all of his efforts because
he will be given bonus pay if he fulfills his task on time. He is influenced by which of
the following powers of his boss?
      ► Reward Power
      ► Coercive Power
      ► Referent Power
      ► Expert Power
  Question No: 29 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Amir has very good communication skills and inspires his followers through his
personal appeal and confidence. Which leadership styles Amir adopts?
     ► Visionary
      ► Charismatic
      ► Transformational
      ► Laissez fair
 Question No: 30 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 The behavior that arises among individuals who have previously worked in any
other groups is called:
      ► Primacy
      ► Carryover behavior
      ► Group cohesiveness
      ► Group behavior
  Question No: 31 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Controlling function is important at which level of organizations?
      ► Strategic
      ► Tactic
      ► Operation
      ► All of the given options
  Question No: 32 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 A performance measurement tool that covers four areas "financial, customer,
internal processes, and people" and that can enhance company’s performance is
called:
      ► Benchmarking
      ► Cyber control system
      ► Non-cybernetic control system
      ► Balanced scorecard
  Question No: 33 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 In order to successfully attain the organizational targets & customer satisfaction, in
which of the following area managers have to concentrate?
      ► Co-ordination with subordinates & peers
      ► Feedback from internal & external environment
      ► Integrated network of departments & divisions
      ► All of the given options
 Question No: 34 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

virtual.uni.help@gmail.com                                                      Page 526 
 
       Recent Solved Past Papers GURU       




                         http://vusolutions.blogspot.com/ 
 
 In order to deal against global competition which of the given approach is generally
adopted by different countries?
      ► Concentrate on producing cheap products
      ► Target the elite class of the society only
      ► Draft cooperation agreement with other countries
      ► Enhance profit margins by setting high prices
Question No: 35 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Cognitive ability of an individual effects the decision making process in which of the
following manner?
      ► Cannot utilize the available resources
      ► Cannot interpret all available information
      ► Cannot provide required financial resources
      ► Cannot control the external situations
 Question No: 36 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 While scanning the environment, which of the given element is considered at the
most, by the organizations?
      ► Internal environment
      ► Task external environment
      ► Mega external environment
      ► Domestic environment
 Question No: 37 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 Which of the element of SWOT analysis is most useful in developing competitive
advantage of a firm?
      ► Strength
      ► Weakness
      ► Opportunity
      ► Threat
 Question No: 38 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
 All of the following are the characteristics of Max Weber’s ideal bureaucracy
EXCEPT:
      ► Formalization of rules and procedures
      ► Impersonality in applic